CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORP
10-Q, EX-10, 2000-11-08
PERSONAL CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Previous: CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORP, 10-Q, 2000-11-08
Next: CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORP, 10-Q, EX-27, 2000-11-08



Exhibit 10.1

                                  $100,000,000

                       REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT

                                     between

                                CAPITAL ONE INC.
                                   as borrower

                        CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                  as guarantor

                                       and

                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                    as lender

                                 August 10, 2000


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Part 1
   1. Interpretation...........................................................2
Part 2
   2. Grant of Facility........................................................2
   3. Purpose..................................................................2
   4. Conditions Precedent.....................................................2
Part 3
   5. Utilisation of Facility..................................................2
Part 4
   6. Making of Advances.......................................................2
   7. Payment of Interest......................................................2
   8. Calculation of Interest..................................................2
   9. Repayment of Advances....................................................2
Part 5
   10. Cancellation............................................................2
   11. Prepayment..............................................................2
Part 6
   12. Taxes...................................................................2
   13. Tax Receipts............................................................2
   14.  Tax Undertaking by the Bank and Tax Refunds............................2
   15. Increased Costs.........................................................2
   16. Illegality..............................................................2
   17. Mitigation..............................................................2
Part 7
   18. Representations.........................................................2
   19. Financial Information...................................................2
   20. Financial Condition.....................................................2
   21. Covenants...............................................................2
   22. Events of Default.......................................................2
Part 8
   23. Default Interest and Indemnity..........................................2
Part 9
   24. Currency of Account and Payment.........................................2
   25. Payments................................................................2
   26. Set-Off.................................................................2
Part 10
   27. Commitment Commission and Arranging Fee.................................2
   28. Costs and Expenses......................................................2
Part 11
   29. Benefit of Agreement....................................................2
   30. Assignments and Transfers by the Obligors...............................2
   31. Assignments and Transfers by the Bank...................................2
   32. Disclosure of Information...............................................2
   33. Calculations and Evidence of Debt.......................................2
   34. Amendments and Waivers..................................................2
   35. Remedies and Waivers....................................................2
   36. Partial Invalidity......................................................2
   37. Maximum Rate of Return..................................................2
   38. Notices.................................................................2
   39. Counterparts............................................................2
Part 12
   40. Law.....................................................................2
   41. Jurisdiction............................................................2

<PAGE>

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 10th day of August, 2000

BETWEEN

(1)      CAPITAL ONE INC. (the "Borrower");

(2)      CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION as guarantor (the "Guarantor"); and

(3)      BANK OF MONTREAL (the "Bank").


NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

                                     Part 1

                                 INTERPRETATION

1.       Interpretation

1.1      Definitions In this Agreement:

"Advance" means any advance made or to be made pursuant to the terms hereof;

"Affiliate" means any person which, directly or indirectly,  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with,
another  person or any  Subsidiary  of such  other  person.  The term  "control"
(including the terms  "controlled  by" or "under common control with") means the
possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the  power to  direct  or  cause  the
direction  of the  management  and  policies  of such  person,  whether  through
ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise;

"Available Commitment" means, at any time, the Commitment less the Outstandings
at such time;

"Bank  Regulatory  Authority"  shall mean the Board of  Governors of the Federal
Reserve System,  the Comptroller of the Currency,  the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation,  the Minister of Finance, Office of the Superintendent of Financial
Institutions, Bank of Canada, the Canadian Deposit Insurance Corporation and all
other relevant bank and provincial regulatory  authorities  (including,  without
limitation, relevant state and provincial bank regulatory authorities);

"Canadian  Prime Rate"  means,  in relation to any Advance or unpaid sum and any
date,  the higher of (i) the rate announced from time to time by the Bank as its
prime lending rate on such date for Canadian Dollar denominated commercial loans
made in Canada  and in force on such date and (ii) the rate at which the Bank is
offering  at or about 10:00 a.m.  (Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada  time) to purchase
bankers'  acceptances  on such date in respect of a bankers'  acceptance  with a
term of 30 days, plus 1.00 percent;

"Canadian Qualified Lender" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 12.1
 (Tax Gross-Up);

"Commitment" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 2 (Grant of
Facility);

"Compliance  Certificate" means a certificate  demonstrating compliance with the
covenants set forth in Clause 20 (Financial  Condition) as of the date specified
in such  certificate,  substantially  in the form set out in the Fourth Schedule
(Form of Compliance Certificate);

"Cost  of Funds  Rate"  means  the  rate of  interest,  expressed  as an  annual
percentage, quoted by the Bank to the Borrower from time to time and at any time
as the Bank's cost in making  available an amount of Canadian  Dollars  equal to
the amount of the relevant Utilisation for the relevant Term;

"Event of Default" means any of those events specified in Clause 22 (Events of
Default);

"Facility" means the revolving credit facility granted to the Borrower hereunder
;

"Facility  Office" means, in respect of the Bank, the office in Canada set forth
opposite  the Bank's  name in the  signature  page  below (or,  in the case of a
Transferee,  at the end of the  Transfer  Certificate  to which it is a party as
Transferee) or such other office in Canada as it may from time to time notify to
the Borrower;

"Final  Maturity  Date"  means the day which is 364 days after the date  hereof;
provided that if the Final Maturity Date determined as aforesaid would fall on a
day which is not a business day, it shall be the immediately  preceding business
day which is a business day in Toronto, Canada and Falls Church, Virginia;

"Finance Documents" means each of this Agreement,  the Guarantee, any Compliance
Certificate,  any notice  delivered in connection  herewith or therewith and any
other agreement or document designated as such by the Bank and the Borrower;

"Group" means, at any time, the Guarantor and each of its Subsidiaries at such
time;

"Guarantee"  means  the  guarantee  of even  date  herewith  to be  given by the
Guarantor in favour of the Bank in  substantially  the form set out in the Sixth
Schedule (Form of Guarantee);

"Lien" means, with respect to any property, any mortgage,  lien, pledge, charge,
security  interest or encumbrance  of any kind in respect of such property.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  a person  shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien
any property  that it has acquired or holds  subject to the interest of a vendor
or lessor under any  conditional  sale  agreement,  capital lease or other title
retention agreement (other than an operating lease) relating to such property;

"Margin" means, at any time, 0.75% per annum;

"Material  Adverse Effect" means with respect to an Obligor,  a material adverse
effect on (a) the property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects
or capitalization of such Obligor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the
ability of such Obligor to perform its obligations  under the Finance  Documents
to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability of the obligations of
such Obligor under the Finance  Documents to which it is a party, (d) the rights
and remedies of the Bank  against such Obligor or (e) the timely  payment of the
principal of or interest on or in  connection  with any Advance or other amounts
payable by such Obligor in connection therewith;

"Obligors" means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantor and "Obligor"
means either one of the Borrower and
the Guarantor;

"Original Financial Statements" means:

         (i)      in  relation  to  the  Guarantor,   its  audited  consolidated
                  financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December,
                  1999 together with its  consolidated  management  accounts for
                  its financial period ended 31 March, 2000;

         (ii)     in relation to the  Borrower,  a statement  of such  financial
                  information   concerning   the   Borrower   included   in  the
                  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  31
                  December, 1999 supplied pursuant to paragraph (i) so certified
                  by an officer of the Guarantor  together with its consolidated
                  management  accounts for its  financial  period ended 30 June,
                  2000;

"Outstandings" means, at any time, the aggregate of each outstanding Advance at
such time;

"Permitted Disposal" means any of the following:

     (i)  the merger or  consolidation  of any  Affiliate of any Obligor with or
          into, or the transfer by such Affiliate of all or substantially all of
          its  business or property to (x) such  Obligor if such  Obligor is the
          continuing,  surviving  or  transferee  corporation  or (y) any  other
          Affiliate of such Obligor;

     (ii) the  merger  or  consolidation  of any  Obligor  with or into,  or the
          transfer by any Obligor of all or substantially all of its business or
          property,  to any  Affiliate of such Obligor if such  Affiliate is the
          continuing,  surviving or transferee entity,  such Affiliate expressly
          assumes the  obligations of the Obligor  hereunder and such Affiliate,
          following such merger,  consolidation or transfer,  has a Tangible Net
          Worth (as defined in Clause 20.3  (Definitions of Financial  Terms) at
          least equal to that of the Obligor immediately prior thereto;

     (iii)the  merger or  consolidation  of any  Obligor  with or into any other
          person, or the transfer by any such person of all or substantially all
          of its  business  or property to any  Obligor,  or the  transfer by an
          Obligor of all or substantially all of its business or property to any
          such  person so long as (x) no Event of Default  has  occurred  and is
          continuing immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer
          or  would  result  therefrom,  (y)  such  person,  if the  continuing,
          surviving or transferee  entity,  expressly assumes the obligations of
          such  Obligor  hereunder  and (z)  such  Obligor  or such  person,  as
          appropriate,  following such merger,  consolidation or transfer, has a
          Tangible  Net  Worth  (as  defined  in  Clause  20.3  (Definitions  of
          Financial  Terms) at least equal to that of such  Obligor  immediately
          prior thereto;

     (iv) the merger or  consolidation  of any  Affiliate of any Obligor with or
          into, or the transfer by any such person of all or  substantially  all
          of its business or property to any other person so long as no Event of
          Default (other than pursuant to Clause 21.4  (Disposals)) has occurred
          and is continuing  immediately prior to such merger,  consolidation or
          transfer or would result therefrom; and

     (v)  the sale by any Obligor or any Affiliate of any Obligor of credit card
          loans and other finance receivables pursuant to securitizations.

"Potential  Event of Default"  means any event that with notice or lapse of time
or both would become an Event of Default;

"Receivables" means, with respect to any Obligor, any amount owing, from time to
time, with respect to a credit card, consumer revolving or consumer  installment
loan account, home equity line of credit or residential mortgage loan account or
other consumer receivable owned by such Obligor, including,  without limitation,
amounts  owing for payment of goods and  services,  cash  advances,  convenience
checks, annual membership fees, finance charges, late charges,  credit insurance
premiums  and cash  advance  fees  and  fees  relating  to  additional  consumer
products,  and any other  receivables  arising out of financing  transactions by
such Obligor;  provided that the term "Receivables" shall not include any of the
foregoing that is subject to a securitization effected in the ordinary course of
business;

"Repayment  Date" means,  in relation to any  Advance,  the last day of the Term
thereof or, if such day is not a business day, the next business day following;

"Requested Amount" means, in relation to any Utilisation Request, the aggregate
principal amount of the Advance requested;

"Restricted  Shares" means,  with respect to any Obligor,  shares of stock of or
other  ownership  interests in such Obligor or any  Subsidiary  thereof  engaged
primarily   in  the   extension   of  consumer   credit  to  third   parties  or
securitizations  of receivables  related to such  extension of consumer  credit,
excluding  without  limitation  any such  ownership  interests of any Obligor in
America One Communications, Inc.;

"Rollover  Advance"  means an Advance  which is used to  refinance  an  existing
Advance and which is the same amount as such maturing Advance and is to be drawn
on the day such maturing Advance is to be repaid;

"Schedule I Bank" means a banking entity which is named in Schedule I of the
Bank Act (Canada) S.C. 1991 C.46, as such schedule may be amended from time to
time;

"Schedule II Bank" means a Canadian Subsidiary of a non-resident banking entity,
which  Subsidiary  is named in Schedule II of the Bank Act  (Canada)  S.C.  1991
C.46, as such schedule may be amended from time to time;

"Subsidiary"  of any corporation  (the "Parent") means any other  corporation of
which more than 50% of the  outstanding  capital  stock having  ordinary  voting
power to elect a majority of the Board of  Directors  of such other  corporation
(irrespective  of whether or not at the time capital stock of any other class or
classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence
of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by the Parent or
by the Parent and/or one or more  Subsidiaries of the Parent,  and shall include
any  corporation  that is a direct  or  indirect  Subsidiary  of any such  first
mentioned Subsidiary;

"Term" means,  in relation to any Advance,  the period for which such Advance is
borrowed as specified in the Utilisation Request relating thereto;

"Termination Date" means the day falling one month prior to the Final Maturity
Date;

"Transfer Certificate" means a certificate  substantially in the form set out in
the  First  Schedule  (Form of  Transfer  Certificate)  signed by the Bank and a
Transferee whereby:

         (i)      the Bank seeks to procure the transfer to such  Transferee  of
                  all or a part of the Bank's rights and  obligations  hereunder
                  upon and subject to the terms and conditions set out in Clause
                  31 (Assignments and Transfers by Bank); and

         (ii)     such Transferee  undertakes to perform the obligations it will
                  assume as a result of delivery of such certificate to the Bank
                  as is contemplated in Clause 31.2 (Transfers by Bank);

"Transfer Date" means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the
making  of  the  transfer  as  specified  in  the  schedule  to  such   Transfer
Certificate;

"Transferee" means a bank or other financial institution to which the Bank seeks
to transfer  or, as the case may be, has  transferred  all or part of the Bank's
rights and  obligations  hereunder;  "Utilisation"  means a  utilisation  of the
Facility hereunder;

"Utilisation Date" means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the
Advance in respect thereof is to be made; and

"Utilisation  Request"  means a notice given to the Bank  pursuant to Clause 5.1
(Delivery of a  Utilisation  Request) in the form set out in the Third  Schedule
(Utilisation Request).

1.2      Interpretation. Any reference in this Agreement to:

the  "Bank"  shall  be  construed  so as  to  include  its  and  any  subsequent
successors, permitted Transferees and permitted assigns in accordance with their
respective interests;

a document is in an "agreed form" when it has been initialled or signed by or on
behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Bank;

a  "business  day" shall be  construed  as a  reference  to a day (other  than a
Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are  generally  open for business in Toronto,
Ontario, Canada and Falls Church, Virginia;

a "Clause" shall,subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference
to a clause hereof;

"financial  indebtedness"  shall be construed,  with respect to any person, as a
reference to any indebtedness of such person for or in respect of:

     (i)  obligations  created,  issued or incurred by such person for  borrowed
          money  (whether by loan,  the issuance and sale of debt  securities or
          the sale of property to another person subject to an  understanding or
          agreement,  contingent or otherwise,  to repurchase such property from
          such person);

     (ii) obligations of such person to pay the deferred purchase or acquisition
          price of  property  or  services,  other than trade  accounts  payable
          (other  than  for  borrowed  money)  arising,   and  accrued  expenses
          incurred,  in the  ordinary  course of  business so long as such trade
          accounts payable are payable within 90 days of the date the respective
          goods are delivered or the respective services are rendered;

     (iii)indebtedness  of others  secured by an  encumbrance on the property of
          such person, whether or not the respective indebtedness so secured has
          been assumed by such person;

     (iv) contingent and non-contingent obligations of such person in respect of
          letters of credit,  bankers' acceptances or similar instruments issued
          or accepted by banks and other financial  institutions  for account of
          such person;

     (v)  capital lease  obligations  of such person (being all  obligations  of
          such  person to pay rent or other  amounts  under a lease of (or other
          agreement  conveying  the right to use)  property  to the extent  such
          obligations  are  required to be  classified  and  accounted  for as a
          capital lease on a balance sheet of such person under GAAP (as defined
          in Clause 20.3  (Definition  of Financial  Terms) or in any similar or
          equivalent  manner under the relevant  generally  accepted  accounting
          principles  applicable to the  preparation of such person's  financial
          statements if these are other than GAAP) and, for the purposes of this
          Agreement,  the amount of such  obligations  shall be the  capitalised
          amount  thereof,  determined in accordance  with GAAP (as so defined);
          and

     (vi) financial indebtedness of others guaranteed by such person;

a "holding  company" of a person shall be construed as a reference to any person
of which the first-mentioned person is a Subsidiary;

"indebtedness"  shall be  construed  so as to include  any  obligation  (whether
incurred  as  principal  or as surety) for the  payment or  repayment  of money,
whether present or future, actual or contingent;

a "Part" shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference
to a part hereof;

a "person"  shall be  construed  as a reference  to any person,  firm,  company,
corporation,  government,  state or province or agency of a state or province or
any   association  or  partnership   (whether  or  not  having   separate  legal
personality) of two or more of the foregoing;

a "Schedule" shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a
reference to a schedule hereto;

"tax" shall be construed so as to include any tax, levy,  impost,  duty or other
charge of a similar  nature  (including,  without  limitation,  any  penalty  or
interest  payable in  connection  with any failure to pay or any delay in paying
any of the same);

"VAT" shall be  construed  as a reference  to any goods and  services  tax under
Canadian law and any other similar tax under any other jurisdiction,  including,
in each case,  similar  tax which may be imposed in place  thereof  from time to
time;

a "wholly-owned subsidiary" of a person shall be construed as a reference to any
person which has no other members or  shareholders  except that other person and
that other  person's  wholly-owned  Subsidiaries  or persons acting on behalf of
that other person or its wholly-owned Subsidiaries; and

the "winding-up",  "dissolution" or "administration" of a company or corporation
shall be construed  so as to include any  equivalent  or  analogous  proceedings
under the law of the  jurisdiction  in which  such  company  or  corporation  is
incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such company or corporation carries on
business  including,  without  limitation,  being  subject to or the  seeking of
liquidation,     bankruptcy,    winding-up,     reorganisation,     dissolution,
administration,  arrangement,  adjustment,  protection  or relief of  debtors or
compromise, arrangement or proposals with creditors.

1.3 Currency "C$" and "Canadian  Dollars"  denote the lawful  currency of Canada
from time to time.

1.4      "US$" and "United States Dollars" denote the lawful currency of the
United States of America from time to time.

1.5  References  Save where the  contrary is  indicated,  any  reference in this
Agreement to:

         (i)      this  Agreement or any other  agreement  or document  shall be
                  construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may
                  be,  such other  agreement  or  document  as the same may have
                  been, or may from time to time be, amended,  restated, varied,
                  novated or supplemented;

         (ii)     a statute shall be construed as a reference to such statute as
                  the same may have been,  or may from time to time be,  amended
                  or re-enacted;

         (iii) a time of day  shall be  construed  as a  reference  to  Toronto;
Ontario time; and

         (iv) a person, shall mean that person's successor, permitted transferee
or assignee.

1.6 Headings Clause, Part and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

                                     Part 2

                                  THE FACILITY

2.       Grant of Facility

         The Bank  grants to the  Borrower  upon the terms  and  subject  to the
conditions  hereof,  a revolving  credit facility in a total aggregate amount of
C$100,000,000 (the "Commitment").

3.       Purpose

3.1 Purpose The Facility is intended for the general  corporate  purposes of the
Borrower, and, accordingly,  the Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it
hereunder in or towards satisfaction of such purposes.

3.2  Application  Without  prejudice to the  obligations  of the Borrower  under
Clause 3.1  (Purpose),  the Bank shall not be obliged to concern itself with the
application of amounts raised by the Borrower hereunder.

4.       Conditions Precedent

4.1 Save as the Bank may otherwise  agree, the Bank shall be under no obligation
hereunder  unless  the Bank  has  received  (or  waived  receipt  of) all of the
documents listed in the Second Schedule (Condition Precedent Documents) and that
each is, in form and substance, satisfactory to the Bank.

4.2 The Bank shall,  on request by the Borrower,  certify in writing  whether or
not it has  received  or waived  receipt of any of the  documents  listed in the
Second Schedule (Condition  Precedent Documents) and whether each is in form and
substance satisfactory to it.

                                     Part 3

                             UTILISATION OF FACILITY

5.       Utilisation of Facility

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request The Borrower may from time to time utilise
the  Facility  by  delivering  to the Bank,  by no later than 10:30 a.m.  on the
proposed Utilisation Date, a duly completed Utilisation Request. The Bank shall,
upon receipt of a duly  completed  Utilisation  Request,  advance the  Requested
Amount to the Borrower by no later than 3:00 p.m. on the Utilisation Date.

5.2 Utilisation  Request Each Utilisation Request delivered to the Bank pursuant
to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request) shall be irrevocable and shall
specify:

         (i)      the proposed Utilisation Date;

         (ii) the Requested  Amount (to be determined in accordance  with Clause
5.3 (Requested Amount));

         (iii)    the  Term  in  question  which  will  begin  on  the  proposed
                  Utilisation Date and end on a business day, will not exceed 90
                  days in  duration  and will  expire  on or  before  the  Final
                  Maturity Date; and

         (iv) the account to which the proceeds of the proposed  Utilisation are
to be paid.

5.3  Requested  Amount The  Requested  Amount to be specified  in a  Utilisation
Request  delivered  pursuant to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a  Utilisation  Request)
shall be in a minimum amount of C$100,000 and an integral multiple of C$100,000.



                                     Part 4

                                  THE ADVANCES

6.       Making of Advances

If the Borrower  notifies the Bank that it is to make an Advance,  and if on the
proposed Utilisation Date relating to such an Advance:

         (i)      no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred
                  and has not been  remedied  or  waived  pursuant  to Clause 34
                  (Amendments and Waivers); and

         (ii)     each of the representations which are to be deemed repeated at
                  any time after the date hereof in accordance with Clause 18.15
                  (Repetition of Representations) are true and correct on and as
                  of  such  Utilisation  Date  by  reference  to the  facts  and
                  circumstances   existing   at  the  time  (or,   if  any  such
                  representation  is expressly  stated to have been made as of a
                  specific date, as of such specific date), except to any extent
                  waived pursuant to Clause 34 (Amendments and Waivers),

then, on such Utilisation Date, the Bank shall, subject to all the terms of this
Agreement, make such Advance through its Facility Office.

7.       Payment of Interest

On the  Repayment  Date  relating to each Advance the Borrower  shall pay to the
Bank all unpaid accrued interest on that Advance.

8.       Calculation of Interest

8.1  Interest  Applicable  to  Advances  The rate of interest  applicable  to an
Advance from time to time during the Term of such Advance  shall be the rate per
annum determined by the Bank to be the sum of:

         (i)      the Cost of Funds Rate for such Advance; and

         (ii) the Margin from time to time.

8.2 Bank to  Notify  The Bank  shall not later  than the time  specified  in the
applicable part of the Third Schedule notify the Borrower of each  determination
of the rate of interest made by it pursuant to Clause 8.1  (Interest  Applicable
to Advances).

9.       Repayment of Advances

Except as otherwise  provided herein, the Borrower shall repay each Advance made
to it in full on the Repayment Date relating  thereto and the Borrower shall not
repay or prepay all or any part of any Advance  outstanding  hereunder except at
the times and in the manner expressly provided herein.

                                     Part 5

                                  CANCELLATION

10.      Cancellation

10.1  Cancellation  At any time prior to the day  falling  one month  before the
Final  Maturity  Date the  Borrower  may, by giving to the Bank not less than 15
days' prior notice to that effect, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum
amount of C$5,000,000,  or equal to the amount of the Available  Commitment,  if
less) of the Available Commitment.

10.2 Notice of  Cancellation  Any notice of  cancellation  given by the Borrower
pursuant to Clause 10.1  (Cancellation)  shall be irrevocable  and shall specify
the date  upon  which  such  cancellation  is to be made and the  amount of such
cancellation.

11.      Prepayment

The Borrower may, on any business day,  prepay all (or any part thereof being in
aggregate  at least  C$100,000  and an integral  multiple of  C$100,000)  of any
Advance  made to it without  premium or penalty  but without  prejudice  to such
Borrower's obligations under Clause 23.4 (Broken Periods), by giving to the Bank
not less than 5 days'  notice  of the date of the  prepayment.  Any such  notice
shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Borrower to make the prepayment on the
date therein stated.

                                     Part 6

                            CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES

12.      Taxes

12.1 Tax Gross-up All payments to be made by any Obligor to any person under any
Finance Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on
account of tax unless such Obligor is required to make such a payment subject to
the  deduction  or  withholding  of tax,  in which case the sum  payable by such
Obligor in respect of which such deduction or withholding is required to be made
shall be increased to the extent  necessary to ensure that,  after the making of
the required  deduction or  withholding,  such person receives and retains (free
from any liability in respect of any such  deduction or  withholding)  a net sum
equal to the sum  which it  would  have  received  and so  retained  had no such
deduction or withholding  been made or required to be made,  provided however if
on the due date of an interest  payment to the Bank on an  Advance,  the Bank is
not a  Canadian  Qualified  Lender;  and as a result the  applicable  Obligor is
required to deduct or withhold Canadian withholding tax pursuant to Part XIII of
the Income  Tax Act  (Canada)  from that  payment of  interest,  the  applicable
Obligor shall not be so required to pay an additional  amount in respect of that
deduction or withholding  unless it results from the  introduction  of or change
in, or in the interpretation or application of, any relevant law or any relevant
practice of a Canadian taxing  authority after this Agreement is entered into or
such  Obligor  would have been  required to make a deduction or  withholding  on
account  irrespective  of  whether  the Bank is or is not a  Canadian  Qualified
Lender.

For the purposes of this Clause,

"Canadian  Qualified  Lender"  means a Schedule I Bank or a Schedule  II Bank or
other person not being a  "non-resident  person" for the purposes of Section 212
of the Income Tax Act (Canada) except that, if any of those statutory provisions
are repealed,  modified,  extended or  re-enacted,  the Bank may at any time and
from  time to time  amend  the  relevant  definition  in such  manner  as it may
determine  to be  appropriate  by giving  notice of the  amended  definition  or
definitions to the Borrower.

12.2 Tax  Indemnity  Without  prejudice  to the  provisions  of Clause 12.1 (Tax
Gross-Up),  if any  person  or an agent on its  behalf is  required  to make any
payment on account of tax (not  being a tax  imposed on the  overall  net income
including  profits and gains of its Facility Office by the jurisdiction in which
it is  incorporated  or in which its Facility Office is located) or otherwise on
or in relation to any sum received or receivable  under any Finance  Document by
such person (including, without limitation, any sum received or receivable under
this Clause 12) or any  liability  in respect of any such  payment is  asserted,
imposed, levied or assessed against such person, the Obligor by whom such sum is
paid or payable shall, upon demand by the Bank,  promptly  indemnify such person
against such payment or liability,  together  with any  interest,  penalties and
reasonable  expenses payable or incurred in connection  therewith but not to the
extent that such  liability,  interest,  penalties and reasonable  expenses have
arisen as a result of undue delay in all the  circumstances by any person or any
agent on its behalf in the filing or the submission of tax returns, computations
or  claims or the  default  of any  person  or any agent on its  behalf in doing
anything contemplated by the Finance Documents.

12.3  Notification The Bank will notify the applicable  Obligor as soon as it is
reasonably  practicable of any circumstances  arising as a result of which it is
reasonably  likely  that it will  be  making  a claim  under  Clause  12.2  (Tax
Indemnity)  and if it intends to make a claim under such Clause it shall  notify
the  applicable  Obligor of the event by reason of which it is entitled to do so
and shall deliver to the applicable Obligor a certificate to that effect setting
out in reasonable detail the basis and computation of such claim;  provided that
nothing herein shall require the Bank to disclose any  confidential  information
relating to the organisation of its affairs.

12.4 Double  Taxation  Relief If, and to the extent  that,  the effect of Clause
12.1 (Tax Gross-up) or Clause 12.2 (Tax Indemnity) can be mitigated by virtue of
the provisions of any applicable double tax convention  entered into between the
United  States of America and Canada,  (whether by a claim to  repayment  of any
taxes referred to in Clause 12.1 (Tax  Gross-up) or Clause 12.2 (Tax  Indemnity)
or  otherwise)  the Bank agrees to  co-operate  with the Borrower with a view to
filing or providing any tax claims,  forms,  affidavits,  declarations  or other
like  documents  which the Borrower has requested and which are required for the
purpose of ensuring  the  application  of such double tax  convention  so far as
relevant.  To the extent  that the effect of Clause  12.1 and Clause 12.2 can be
mitigated and the Bank fails to co-operate to the extent  required  hereby to so
mitigate the effect of such  clauses,  the  provisions of Clause 12.1 and Clause
12.2 shall not be applicable in relation to payments of interest to the Bank.

13.      Tax Receipts

13.1  Notification  of Requirement to Deduct Tax If, at any time, any Obligor is
required by law to make any deduction or withholding  from any sum payable by it
under any Finance Document (or if thereafter there is any change in the rates at
which or the manner in which such  deductions or withholdings  are  calculated),
such Obligor shall as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming aware of the
same, notify the Bank.

13.2  Evidence  of Payment of Tax If any  Obligor  makes any  payment  under any
Finance  Document in respect of which it is required  to make any  deduction  or
withholding,  it shall pay or otherwise  account for the full amount required to
be deducted or withheld to the relevant  taxation or other authority  within the
time  allowed for such payment  under  applicable  law and shall  deliver to the
Bank,  within  thirty days after the due date of such  payment,  withholding  or
deduction,  evidence satisfactory to the Bank of that deduction,  withholding or
payment and (where  remittance  is  required) of the  remittance  thereof to the
relevant taxing or other authority.

14.      Tax Undertaking by the Bank and Tax Refunds

14.1 Bank The Bank undertakes,  promptly upon its Facility Office becoming aware
of the same, to notify the Borrower if it shall cease to be a Canadian Qualified
Lender.

14.2     Tax Credit Clawback If:

         (1)      an Obligor makes a payment under Clause 12.1 (Tax Gross-Up) (a
                  "Tax  Payment") in respect of a payment to the Bank under this
                  Agreement; and

         (2)      the Bank  determines  in its absolute  discretion  and in good
                  faith  that it has  obtained a refund of tax or  obtained  and
                  used a credit  against  tax on its  overall net income (a "Tax
                  Credit") which the Bank in its absolute discretion and in good
                  faith is able to identify as attributable to that Tax Payment

then,  if in its  absolute  discretion  and in good  faith it can do so  without
prejudicing  the amount of any Tax Credit for the Bank, the Bank shall reimburse
the  applicable  Obligor  such  amount  as the Bank in its  absolute  discretion
determines,  but in good faith, to be such proportion of that Tax Credit as will
leave the Bank (after that reimbursement) in no better or worse position than it
would have been in if no Tax  Payment had been  required.  The Bank shall not be
obliged to arrange its business or tax affairs in any particular way in order to
be eligible for a Tax Credit (and, if it does make a claim,  shall have absolute
discretion  as to the extent,  order and manner in which it does so) and whether
any amount is due from it under this  Clause  14.2 (and,  if so, what amount and
when).  The Bank shall not be obliged to disclose any information  regarding its
tax affairs and computations.

15.      Increased Costs

15.1  Changes  in  Circumstances  If, by reason of (i) any  change in law in any
jurisdiction or in its  interpretation or administration  and/or (ii) compliance
with any  request  from or  requirement  of any  central  bank or other  fiscal,
monetary  or other  authority  (including,  without  limitation,  a  request  or
requirement  (x) which  affects  the  manner  in which  the Bank or any  holding
company of the Bank is required to or does  maintain  capital  resources  having
regard to the Bank's obligations under any Finance Document and to amounts owing
to  it  under  any  Finance  Document  but  excluding  the  implementation,   as
contemplated on the signing of this Agreement,  of any of the matters set out in
the  July  1988  report  of the  Basle  Committee  on  Banking  Regulations  and
Supervisory Practices entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement
and Capital  Standards" (the "Cooke  Report"),  (y) which  implements any change
after the signing of this Agreement in, or in the  interpretation or application
of, such matters or any increase in the  requirements  of the Cooke Report after
the date hereof:

         (a)      the Bank or any holding company of the Bank incurs a cost as a
                  result of the Bank's having entered into and/or performing its
                  obligations  under any  Finance  Document  and/or  assuming or
                  maintaining a commitment under any Finance Document and/or its
                  making one or more Advances;

         (b)      the  Bank  or any  holding  company  of  the  Bank  suffers  a
                  reduction  in the rate of return on its overall  capital  (not
                  being a reduction by reason of the  imposition of, or increase
                  in the rates of tax  payable  on its  overall  profits  or net
                  income)  as a result  of a change  in the  manner in which the
                  Bank is  required  to allocate  resources  to its  obligations
                  under any Finance Document;

         (c)      there is any  increase  in the cost to the Bank or any holding
                  company of the Bank of funding  or  maintaining  all or any of
                  the  advances  comprised  in a class of advances  formed by or
                  including  the  Advances  made  or  to be  made  by  the  Bank
                  hereunder; or

         (d)      the Bank or any holding  company of the Bank becomes liable to
                  make any payment on account of tax or  otherwise  (not being a
                  tax imposed on the net income of the Bank's Facility Office by
                  the  jurisdiction  in which it is incorporated or in which its
                  Facility  Office is located) on or  calculated by reference to
                  the  amount  of the  Advances  made or to be made by the  Bank
                  hereunder  and/or  to any sum  received  or  receivable  by it
                  hereunder,

then the  Borrower  shall,  provided  that the Bank has notified the Borrower of
such claim pursuant to Clause 15.2 (Increased  Costs Claim),  within 10 business
days of receipt of a demand of the Bank,  pay to the Bank amounts  sufficient to
indemnify the Bank or any such holding company against,  as the case may be, (1)
such cost, (2) such reduction in such rate of return (or such proportion of such
reduction  as is, in the opinion of the Bank,  attributable  to its  obligations
hereunder),  (3) such increased cost (or such  proportion of such increased cost
as is, in the opinion of the Bank,  attributable  to its funding or  maintaining
Advances) or (4) such  liability  (save and to the extent that the Bank has been
compensated for such liability pursuant to Clause 12 (Taxes)).

15.2  Increased  Costs  Claim If the Bank  intends to make a claim  pursuant  to
Clause 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances),  it shall notify the Borrower thereof by
delivery  of a  certificate  setting  out in  reasonable  detail  the  basis and
computation  of such claim;  provided that nothing herein shall require the Bank
to disclose any  confidential  information  relating to the  organisation of its
affairs.

15.3  Option to repay in relation to  increased  costs claim If the  Borrower is
required  to  pay  any  amount  to  the  Bank  under  Clause  15.1  (Changes  in
Circumstances),  then subject to that Borrower  giving the Bank not less than 10
days prior notice:

         (i)      the  Borrower  may  prepay  all,  but not  part,  of  Advances
                  together with accrued  interest on the amount prepaid.  On any
                  such   prepayment  the  Commitment   shall  be   automatically
                  cancelled; and/or

         (ii)     the Borrower  shall have the right at any time  thereafter  to
                  locate a new lender to which all the rights and obligations of
                  the Bank hereunder may be transferred.  If such new lender has
                  been located  then the Bank and such new lender shall  execute
                  and  deliver a Transfer  Certificate  pursuant to which all of
                  the  rights and  obligations  of the Bank  hereunder  shall be
                  transferred  to such new lender with effect from the  Transfer
                  Date specified in such Transfer Certificate.

16.      Illegality

If, at any time,  it is unlawful  for the Bank to make,  fund or allow to remain
outstanding all or any of the Advances made or to be made by it hereunder or for
it, then the Bank shall,  promptly after becoming aware of the same,  deliver to
the Borrower and the  Guarantor a  certificate  to that effect and,  unless such
illegality is avoided in accordance with Clause 17  (Mitigation),  to the extent
of such illegality:

         (i)      the Bank shall not thereafter be obliged to participate in the
                  making of such Advances and the amount of the Commitment shall
                  be immediately reduced accordingly; and

         (ii)     if the Bank so requires,  the  Borrower  shall on such date as
                  the Bank shall have  specified  as being  necessary  to comply
                  with the relevant law repay such Advance together with accrued
                  interest thereon and all other amounts owing to the Bank.

17.      Mitigation

If, in respect of the Bank,  circumstances  arise which would, or would upon the
giving of notice, result in:

     (i)  the  reduction  of the  Commitment  to  zero  pursuant  to  Clause  16
          (Illegality);

     (ii) an  increase  in the amount of any payment to be made to it or for its
          account pursuant to Clause 12.1 (Tax Gross-Up); or

     (iii)a claim for  indemnification  pursuant to Clause 12.2 (Tax  Indemnity)
          or 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances).

then,  without  in any  way  limiting,  reducing  or  otherwise  qualifying  the
obligations of the Borrower under any of the Clauses referred to in (i), (ii) or
(iii)  above,  the Bank shall,  in  consultation  with the  Borrower,  take such
reasonable  steps as the Bank  acting in good  faith  considers  appropriate  to
mitigate  the  effects  of such  circumstances  including  the  transfer  of its
Facility  Office to  another  jurisdiction  or the  transfer  of its  rights and
obligations  hereunder  to  another  financial  institution  acceptable  to  the
Borrower willing to participate in the Facility  provided that the Bank shall be
under no  obligation to take any such action if, in the bona fide opinion of the
Bank,  to do so  would or  might  have an  adverse  effect  upon  its  business,
operations or financial condition.

                                     Part 7

                REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

18.      Representations

Each of the Obligors  makes the  representations  and  warranties  in respect of
itself only set out in Clause  18.1 to Clause  18.14 and  acknowledges  that the
Bank  entered  into this  Agreement  in  reliance on those  representations  and
warranties.

18.1 Status and Due  Authorization It is a corporation  duly organised,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of:

         (i)      in the case of the Guarantor, Delaware; or

         (ii)     in the case of the Borrower, Ontario,

with all  requisite  corporate or other power to execute and deliver the Finance
Documents  to which it is a party and to  exercise  its rights and  perform  its
obligations  thereunder and all corporate and other action required to authorise
its execution  and delivery of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and
its performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken.

18.2  Validity and  Admissibility  in Evidence All acts,  conditions  and things
required to be done,  fulfilled and performed in order (a) to enable it lawfully
to enter  into,  exercise  its rights  under and  perform  and  comply  with the
obligations  expressed  to be assumed by it in each of the Finance  Documents to
which it is a party, (b) to ensure that the obligations  expressed to be assumed
by it in each of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party are legal,  valid
and  binding  and (c) to make  each  Finance  Document  to  which  it is a party
admissible  in evidence in its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  have been done,
fulfilled and performed and all material governmental licences,  authorizations,
consents and approvals under the laws of any  jurisdiction  necessary to own its
assets and carry on its  business as now being or as  proposed  to be  conducted
have been obtained.

18.3 Most Recent Financial  Statements The most recent  financial  statements of
the  Guarantor and the Borrower  delivered in accordance  with the terms of this
Agreement  were  prepared in accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally
accepted in the relevant  jurisdiction of incorporation and consistently applied
and  in the  case  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of the
Guarantor give (in  conjunction  with the notes thereto) a true and fair view of
the financial  condition of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries,  and in the case
of the  financial  statements of the Borrower  delivered in accordance  with the
terms of this Agreement,  show with reasonable  accuracy the financial condition
of the Borrower,  in each case, at the date as of which they were prepared,  and
the  results  of the  Borrower's,  the  Guarantor's  or, as the case may be, the
Group's operations during the financial year then ended.

18.4 No Material  Adverse  Change Since  publication  of the Original  Financial
Statements of the  Borrower,  there has been no material  adverse  change in the
property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects or capitalization
of the Borrower and, since publication of the Original  Financial  Statements of
the  Guarantor,  there has been no  material  adverse  change  in the  property,
business,  operations,  financial condition,  prospects or capitalization of the
Group taken as a whole.

18.5  No  Undisclosed  Liabilities  As at the  date  as of  which  the  Original
Financial  Statements  of each Obligor were prepared such Obligor had no, or, in
the  case  of the  Guarantor,  no  member  of the  Group  had  any,  liabilities
(contingent or otherwise) which were not disclosed thereby (or by notes thereto)
or reserved  against  therein nor any unrealised or  anticipated  losses arising
from  commitments  entered  into by it which were not so  disclosed  or reserved
against,  in each  case,  as  required  under GAAP (as  defined  in Clause  20.3
(Definitions of Financial Terms)).

18.6  Litigation  Other than as  disclosed to the Bank prior to the date hereof,
there are no legal or arbitral proceedings,  or any proceedings by or before any
governmental or regulatory authority or agency, now pending or (to the knowledge
of any  Obligor)  threatened  against or affecting  the  Guarantor or any of its
Subsidiaries  as to  which  there  is a  reasonable  possibility  of an  adverse
determination  that  could  (either  individually  or in the  aggregate)  have a
Material Adverse Effect.

18.7  Execution  of the Finance  Documents  Its  execution  and  delivery of the
Finance  Documents  to which it is a party and its  exercise  of its  rights and
performance of its obligations thereunder do not and will not:

         (i)      conflict  with  any   agreement,   mortgage,   bond  or  other
                  instrument  or  treaty  to  which  it is a party  or  which is
                  binding upon it or any of its assets;

         (ii)     conflict with its charter,  by-laws or any other  constitutive
                  documents and rules and regulations; or

         (iii)    conflict with any  applicable  law,  regulation or official or
                  judicial order, writ, injunction or decree,

which, in each case, is reasonably  likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and
could subject the Bank to liability.

18.8 Full  Disclosure All of the written  information  supplied by any member of
the  Group to the  Bank in  connection  herewith  is true  and  accurate  in all
material respects.

18.9  Claims  Pari  Passu The claims of the Bank  against  it under the  Finance
Documents  will  rank at least  pari  passu  with the  claims  of all its  other
unsecured  creditors  save  those  whose  claims  are  preferred  solely  by any
bankruptcy,   insolvency,   liquidation   or  other   similar  laws  of  general
application.

18.10 No  Immunity  In the case of any Obligor  incorporated  in Canada,  in any
proceedings  taken in Canada in  relation to any of the  Finance  Documents,  no
Obligor will be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets  immunity from
suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

18.11 No  Winding-up  It has not taken any  corporate  action nor have any other
steps  been  taken  or legal  proceedings  been  started  or (to the best of its
knowledge and belief)  threatened  against it for its  winding-up,  dissolution,
administration  or  re-organisation  or  for  the  appointment  of  a  receiver,
administrator,  administrative receiver,  trustee or similar officer of it or of
any or all of its assets or revenues.

18.12  Encumbrances  Save as  permitted  by Clause 21.5  (Negative  Pledge),  no
encumbrance exists over all or any of its present or future revenues or assets.

18.13 No Obligation to Create Security Its execution and delivery of the Finance
Documents to which it is a party and its exercise of its rights and  performance
of its obligations thereunder will not result in the existence of nor oblige any
Obligor  to create  any  encumbrance  over all or any of its  present  or future
revenues or assets.

18.14 Ownership of the Borrower The Borrower is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the
Guarantor.

18.15 Repetition of Representations The representations contained in this Clause
18 (other than those made under Clauses 18.4,  18.5, 18.6 (but only with respect
to proceedings that could have a Material Adverse Effect of the type referred to
in clause (a) of the definition thereof),  18.8, and 18.13) by any Obligor shall
be deemed to be repeated  by such  Obligor on each date upon which an Advance is
made (other than Rollover  Advances) by reference to the facts and circumstances
then existing.

19.      Financial Information

Each Obligor shall deliver or cause to be delivered or otherwise  made available
through  electronic  media  (provided that the Bank shall be given prior written
notice of such availability) to the Bank the following financial  statements and
information:

19.1 Annual  Statements Each Obligor shall as soon as the same become available,
but in any event within 120 days after the end of its financial year, deliver to
the Bank its unaudited  financial  statements (or, in the case of the Guarantor,
the consolidated  audited financial  statements of the Group) for such financial
year.

19.2  Semi-annual and Quarterly  Statements The Guarantor shall, as soon as same
become  available,  but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of its
quarters  ending three  months,  six months and nine months after the end of its
financial  years,  deliver  to the Bank  its  consolidated  unaudited  financial
statements of the Group for such period.  The Borrower shall as soon as the same
become  available,  but in any event within 90 days after the end of the half of
its  financial  years  ending six months  after the end of its  financial  year,
deliver to the Bank its unaudited financial statements for such period.

19.3 Other  Financial  Information  Each Obligor  shall from time to time on the
request of the Bank,  furnish the Bank with such information  about the business
and financial condition of the Group as the Bank may reasonably require.

19.4 Requirements as to Financial Statements Each Obligor shall ensure that:

         (i)      each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  this  Clause 19 is  prepared  on the same basis as was used in
                  the  preparation of its Original  Financial  Statements and in
                  accordance with accounting  principles  generally  accepted in
                  its jurisdiction of incorporation and consistently applied;

         (ii)     each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  Clause 19.1 is certified by a duly authorised  officer of such
                  Obligor  as  giving  a true  and  fair  view of its  financial
                  condition  (or,  in the case of  financial  statements  of the
                  Guarantor, the financial condition of the Group) as at the end
                  of the period to which those financial  statements  relate and
                  of the  results of its (or,  as the case may be, the  Group's)
                  operations during such period;

         (iii)    in respect of the Guarantor  each set of financial  statements
                  delivered  by the  Guarantor  pursuant to Clause 19.1  (Annual
                  Statements) has been audited by an internationally  recognised
                  firm of  independent  auditors  licensed  to  practise  in its
                  jurisdiction of incorporation; and

         (iv)     each set of  consolidated  financial  statements  and accounts
                  delivered  to  the  Bank   pursuant  to  Clause  19.1  (Annual
                  Statements)   or  Clause  19.2   (Semi-annual   and  Quarterly
                  Statements)  shall be accompanied by a compliance  certificate
                  signed  by  a  duly  authorised   officer  of  the  Guarantor,
                  substantially in the form set out in the Fourth Schedule (Form
                  of   Compliance   Certificate),   together   with  any   other
                  information required to determine whether or not the financial
                  condition of the Group  satisfies the  provisions of Clause 20
                  (Financial Condition).

20.      Financial Condition

20.1 Financial  Condition of the Borrower The Guarantor  shall procure that, and
the  Borrower  from time to time shall  ensure in  relation to itself  that,  as
evidenced  by the most  recent  set of  financial  statements  delivered  by the
Borrower pursuant to Clause 19 (Financial Information):

         (i)      Minimum Net Worth
                  Its  Net   Worth   shall   not  on  any  date  be  less   than
                  U.S.$23,000,000  plus 25% of  Cumulative  Net Income as of the
                  last day of each six month period of the  Borrower  (the first
                  such six month  period  ending  June 30,  2000 and  thereafter
                  every six month period).

         (ii)     Maximum Debt to Total Capital
                  The ratio of its Debt to Total  Capital  shall not on any date
                  be more than 9 to 1.

         (iii)    Minimum Equity to Total Assets
                  Its  Equity  shall  not on any date be less  than  7.5% of its
                  Total Assets.

         (iv)     Minimum Eligible Assets to Debt
                  The ratio of its Eligible Assets to Debt shall not on any date
                  be less than 1.10 to 1.

20.2  Financial  Condition of the Guarantor The Guarantor  shall ensure that, as
evidenced  by the  most  recent  set of  financial  statements  delivered  by it
pursuant to Clause 19 (Financial Information):

         (i)      Maximum Delinquency Ratio
                  Its  Delinquency  Ratio  shall  not  on  the  last  day of any
                  calendar month be more than 6.0%.

         (ii)     Minimum Tier 1 Capital to Managed Receivables Ratio
                  The ratio of its Tier 1 Capital to Managed  Receivables  shall
                  not on any date be less than 4.0 % and remain so for more than
                  90  days  and the  ratio  of its  Tier 1  Capital  to  Managed
                  Receivables shall not on any date be less than 3.5%.

         (iii)    Minimum Tangible Net Worth
                  The Tangible Net Worth of the Guarantor  shall not on any date
                  be less  than  US$1,250,000,000  plus  40% of  Cumulative  Net
                  Income  as of  the  last  day  of the  fiscal  quarter  of the
                  Guarantor  most recently  ended (being June 30, 2000) plus 40%
                  of   Cumulative   Equity   Proceeds   as  of   such   date  of
                  determination.

         (iv)     Leverage Ratio
                  Its Leverage Ratio shall not on any date exceed 10.0 to 1.

         (v)      Double Leverage Ratio
                  Its Double Leverage Ratio shall not on any date exceed 1.25 to
1.

20.3     Definitions of Financial Terms In this Agreement:

"Cumulative  Equity Proceeds" shall mean, as of any date of  determination,  the
aggregate  amount of all cash received on or prior to such date of determination
by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in respect of any Equity Issuance effected
after 30 June 2000, net of reasonable expenses incurred by the Guarantor and its
Subsidiaries in connection therewith;

"Cumulative  Net Income"  shall mean,  as of any date of  determination,  (i) in
respect to the Guarantor,  the net income of the Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP)
for each fiscal quarter of the Guarantor (a) commencing  with the fiscal quarter
ended 30 June 2000 and (b) ending with the fiscal quarter most recently ended on
or prior to such date of determination; provided that the Guarantor's Cumulative
Net Income shall be determined  exclusive of any fiscal quarter of the Guarantor
for which the  consolidated  net income of the  Guarantor  and its  consolidated
Subsidiaries   (determined  on  a  consolidated  basis  without  duplication  in
accordance with GAAP) is less than zero; and (ii) in respect of the Borrower the
net income of the Borrower  (determined  in  accordance  with GAAP) for each six
month  period of the Borrower (a)  commencing  with the six month period  ending
June 30, 2000 and (b) ending with the six month period most recently ended on or
prior to such date of determination;

"Debt"  means at any time and in relation to any  person,  indebtedness  of such
person owed to the Bank under any Finance  Document and any indebtedness of such
person owed to any person which is not Subordinated Indebtedness,  not including
securitization liability;

"Delinquency  Ratio" shall mean, on any date and with respect to the  Guarantor,
the ratio of (a) all Past Due Receivables  with respect to the Guarantor on such
date to (b) the aggregate amount of all Managed  Receivables with respect to the
Guarantor on such date;

"Double Leverage Ratio" shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (a) the sum of the
Guarantor's  Intangibles calculated on an unconsolidated basis on such date plus
the amount of the aggregate  investment of the Guarantor in the capital stock of
its Subsidiaries to (b) the Guarantor's Net Worth on such date;

"Eligible  Assets" means the consolidated  cash, cash equivalents and marketable
securities of the Borrower  which are  unrestricted  or unpledged  plus reported
loan  receivables  of the  Borrower  less any (a) Past  Due  Receivables  or (b)
reported loan receivables that are restricted, pledged or subordinated;

"Equity" means on any date and with respect to any person, the aggregate at such
time of such  person's  called up share  capital,  any  credit  balance  on such
person's share premium account or consolidated  profit and loss account and such
person's consolidated reserves less any debit balance on the consolidated profit
and loss account of such person;

"Equity Issuance" shall mean (a) any issuance or sale by the Guarantor or any of
its  Subsidiaries of (i) any of its capital stock,  (ii) any warrants or options
exercisable  in respect of its capital stock (other than any warrants or options
issued to  directors,  officers  or  employees  of the  Guarantor  or any of its
Subsidiaries  pursuant to employee  benefit  plans  established  in the ordinary
course of  business  and any  capital  stock of the  Guarantor  issued  upon the
exercise of such warrants or options) or (iii) any other  security or instrument
representing an equity interest (or the right to obtain any equity  interest) in
the Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries or (b) the receipt by the Guarantor or
any of its  Subsidiaries  from any person not a shareholder  of the Guarantor of
any capital contribution (whether or not evidenced by any equity security issued
by the recipient of such contribution);  provided that Equity Issuance shall not
include (i) any such issuance or sale by any  Subsidiary of the Guarantor to the
Guarantor or any wholly owned  Subsidiary  of the  Guarantor or (ii) any capital
contribution by the Guarantor or any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor to
any Subsidiary of the Guarantor;

"GAAP" shall mean on any date and with respect to any person, generally accepted
accounting  principles in the United  States of America  applied on a consistent
basis with  those used in the  preparation  of the  latest  annual or  quarterly
financial  statements furnished by on behalf of such person to the Bank pursuant
hereto.

"Intangibles" means as at any date and with respect to any person, the aggregate
amount (to the extent  reflected in determining the  consolidated  stockholders'
equity of such person and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries)  of (a) all write-ups
(other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups
of  assets  of a  going  concern  business  made  within  12  months  after  the
acquisition  of such  business)  subsequent to 30 June 2000 in the book value of
any asset by any such person or any of its  consolidated  Subsidiaries,  (b) all
Investments in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and all equity investments in persons
that are not  Subsidiaries  and (c) all  unamortized  debt discount and expense,
unamortized  deferred charges,  goodwill,  patents,  trademarks,  service marks,
trade names, anticipated future benefit of tax loss carry-forwards,  copyrights,
organisation or developmental expense and other intangible assets;

"Investments"  means  for any  person  (a) the  acquisition  (whether  for cash,
Property,  services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock,  bonds, notes,
debentures,  partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any
other person or any agreement to make any such acquisition  (including,  without
limitation,  any "short sale" or any sale of any  securities at a time when such
securities are not owned by the person entering into such sale);  (b) the making
of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other
person  (including  the purchase of Property from another  person  subject to an
understanding or agreement,  contingent or otherwise, to resell such Property to
such person), but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having
a term not exceeding 90 days arising in connection with the sale of inventory or
supplies by such person in the ordinary course of business;  or (c) the entering
into of any  guarantee  of, or other  contingent  obligation  with  respect  to,
indebtedness  or other  liability of any other person and (without  duplication)
any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such person;

"Leverage  Ratio"  means on any  date,  the  ratio of (a) the  indebtedness  (as
determined on a consolidated basis without  duplication in accordance with GAAP)
of the Guarantor with respect to the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries
at such date minus the aggregate  amount of all on-balance  sheet loans held for
securitization  at such date to (b) the  Guarantor's  Tangible Net Worth at such
date;

"Managed  Receivables" means on any date and with respect to any person, the sum
for such person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated
basis without  duplication in accordance with GAAP) of (a) all on-balance  sheet
credit card loans and other  finance  receivables  plus (b) all on balance sheet
credit card loans and other finance receivables held for securitization plus (c)
all securitized credit card loans and other finance  receivables of such person;
provided that, as the term "Managed  Receivables"  is used in the Tier I Capital
to Managed  Receivables Ratio calculation,  clauses (a), (b) and (c) above shall
be determined exclusive of securitized, non-revolving finance receivables;

"Net  Worth"  means on any date the  consolidated  stockholders'  equity  of the
Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries, all determined as of such date on a
consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP;

"Past Due  Receivables"  means on any date and with  respect to any person,  (i)
with respect to the definition of Delinquency  Ratio,  Managed  Receivables  and
(ii)  with  respect  to  the  definition  of  Eligible  Assets,   reported  loan
receivables,  in each case contractually past due 90 days or more plus all other
non performing assets provided however that receivables which are loans, whether
or not  contractually  past due 90 days or more,  shall not constitute  Past Due
Receivables to the extent of any cash balance of the account debtor on such loan
on deposit with the creditor  (but only to the extent such  creditor is entitled
under an agreement governing such loan to set-off such cash balances against the
obligations  of the account  debtor  under such loan and to the extent such cash
balances are not subject to any other  set-off or deduction by such  creditor or
any of its affiliates against a matured obligation owing by such debtor);

"Property"  shall  mean any  right or  interest  in or to  property  of any kind
whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible;

"Subordinated  Indebtedness"  means at any time and in  relation  to any person,
indebtedness  of such  person  fully  subordinated  to the  indebtedness  of the
Borrower  under any Finance  Document by a  subordination  agreement in form and
substance  satisfactory to the Bank or if the lender of such  indebtedness is an
Affiliate of the Borrower in a form which includes provisions  providing for the
relevant subordination in an agreed form;

"Tangible  Net  Worth"  means on any date and with  respect to any  person,  the
consolidated   stockholders'   equity  of  such  person  and  its   consolidated
Subsidiaries less Intangibles of such person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries,
all  determined as of such date on a consolidated  basis without  duplication in
accordance with GAAP;

"Tier 1 Capital"  means on any date and with respect to any person,  the amount,
for such person and its  Subsidiaries  (determined on a  consolidated  basis) on
such date of "Tier 1  Capital",  within  the  meaning  given to such term in the
Capital  Adequacy  Guidelines  for State Member Banks  published by the Board of
Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System (12 C.F.R.  Part 208,  Appendix A, as
amended,  modified  and  supplemented,  and in effect  from time to time and any
replacement thereof);

"Total Assets" means on any date and with respect to any person the amount,  for
such person,  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  (determined on a consolidated
basis) of "average total  consolidated  assets" within the meaning given to such
term in the Capital Adequacy  Guidelines for State Member Banks published by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 C.F.R.  Part 208,  Appendix
A, as amended,  modified and  supplemented,  and in effect from time to time and
any replacement thereof);

"Total Capital" means on any date and with respect to any person,  the Equity of
such person plus Subordinated Indebtedness of such person;

20.4 Accounting Terms All accounting expressions which are not otherwise defined
herein shall be construed  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles in the United States of America.

21.      Covenants

21.1 Litigation Each Obligor shall promptly give to the Bank notice of all legal
or arbitral  proceedings,  and of all investigations or proceedings by or before
any governmental or regulatory authority or agency, and any material development
in respect of such legal or other proceedings, against or affecting such Obligor
or any of its Subsidiaries, except investigations or proceedings (a) as to which
there is no reasonable  possibility of an adverse  determination or (b) that, if
adversely determined, would not (either individually or in the aggregate) have a
Material Adverse Effect.

21.2  Maintenance of Legal  Validity Each Obligor shall obtain,  comply with the
terms of and do all that is  necessary  to maintain in full force and effect all
authorizations,  approvals, licences and consents required in or by the laws and
regulations of its  jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it lawfully to enter
into and perform its obligations under each of the Finance Documents to which it
is a party and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility
in  evidence  in its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  of  each  of the  Finance
Documents to which it is a party.

21.3  Insurance  The  Guarantor  shall  procure  that  each  Obligor   maintains
insurances  on and in  relation  to  its  business  and  assets  with  reputable
underwriters or insurance  companies against such risks and to such extent as is
usual for  companies  carrying  on a  business  such as that  carried on by such
Obligor.

21.4  Disposals The Guarantor  shall ensure that no Obligor  shall,  without the
prior  written  consent  of the Bank,  enter into any  transaction  of merger or
consolidation  or  amalgamation  or  liquidate,  wind-up or  dissolve  itself or
convey,  sell,  lease,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of,  by  one  or  more
transactions  or  series  of  transactions  (whether  related  or  not),  all or
substantially all of its revenues or its assets other than by way of a Permitted
Disposal.

21.5 Negative Pledge The Guarantor  shall ensure that no Obligor shall,  without
the prior written consent of the Bank, create or permit to subsist any Lien over
any (1) Receivables of any Obligor or (2) Restricted Shares owned by it, in each
case whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

          (a)  Liens for taxes not yet due or Liens for taxes being contested in
               good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves
               (in the good faith  judgment of the  management  of the  relevant
               Obligor) have been established;

          (b)  Liens  imposed  by law (i) which  are  incurred  in the  ordinary
               course  of  business  and  (x)  which  do not  in  the  aggregate
               materially   detract  from  the  value  of  such  Receivables  or
               Restricted  Shares or  materially  impair the use  thereof in the
               operation  of the  business of any Obligor or (y) which are being
               contested  in  good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings,   which
               proceedings  have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale
               of the  Receivables or Restricted  Shares subject to such Lien or
               (ii) which do not relate to material  liabilities  of any Obligor
               and do not in the aggregate  materially detract from the value of
               the  Receivables  or  Restricted  Shares of the Group  taken as a
               whole;  provided that no Lien permitted under this clause (b) may
               secure any obligation in an amount exceeding US$10,000,000; and

          (c)  Any pledge of Receivables  to a Federal  Reserve Bank made in the
               ordinary   course  of  business  to  secure   advances  or  other
               transactions and manage the liquidity position of an Obligor.

21.6 Claims Pari Passu Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times the claims of
the Bank against it under each of the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu
with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are
preferred by any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  liquidation or other similar laws of
general  application  or granted a  super-priority  or deemed trust by reason of
statute.

21.7  Notification  of Events of  Default  Each  Obligor  shall  promptly  after
becoming  aware of the same  inform the Bank of the  occurrence  of any Event of
Default or Potential  Event of Default and upon receipt of a written  request to
that  effect  from  the Bank  acting  reasonably  in  circumstances  which  give
reasonable  grounds  for belief that an Event of Default or  Potential  Event of
Default may have occurred, confirm to the Bank that, save as previously notified
to the  Bank or as  notified  in such  confirmation,  no  Event  of  Default  or
Potential Event of Default has occurred.

22.      Events of Default

Each of Clause 22.1 to Clause 22.17 describes  circumstances which constitute an
Event of Default for the  purposes of this  Agreement.  Clause  22.18 and Clause
22.19  deal with the  rights of the Bank  after  the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default.

22.1  Failure  to Pay Any  Obligor  fails to pay any sum due  from it under  any
Finance  Document  at the time,  in the  currency  and in the  manner  specified
therein and such failure is not remedied within five business days.

22.2 Cross  Default  Any  financial  indebtedness  of any member of the Group in
excess  of an  aggregate  of  US$50,000,000  (or  its  equivalent  in any  other
currency) is not paid when due, any such financial indebtedness of any member of
the Group is declared to be or  otherwise  becomes due and payable  prior to its
specified  maturity,  any commitment for, or underwriting of, any such financial
indebtedness  of any  member  of the  Group is  cancelled  or  suspended  or any
creditor or creditors of any member of the Group become  entitled to declare any
such financial  indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to
its specified maturity.

22.3 Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made
by any Obligor in any of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party or in any
notice or other  document,  certificate  or  statement  delivered by it pursuant
hereto is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect
when made or deemed to be made.

22.4 Specific  Covenants Any Obligor fails duly to perform or comply with any of
the  obligations  expressed  to  be  assumed  by  it  in  Clause  19  (Financial
Information) or Clause 21 (Covenants)  and, if such breach is capable of remedy,
such breach has not been remedied within 30 days after notice of such breach has
been given by the Bank to the relevant Obligor.

22.5  Financial  Condition  At any time any of the  requirements  of  Clause  20
(Financial Condition) is not satisfied.

22.6 Other  Obligations  Any  Obligor  fails duly to perform or comply  with any
other obligation  expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document and such
failure, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 30 days after the Bank has
given notice thereof to such Obligor.

22.7     Insolvency and Rescheduling

         (a)      An Obligor:

          (i)  voluntarily  commences  any  proceeding  or files any proposal or
               petition,  or notice thereof,  including,  without limitation,  a
               notice of  intention  under the  Bankruptcy  and  Insolvency  Act
               (Canada) (the "BIA"),  seeks relief under the BIA, the Companies'
               Creditors  Arrangement Act (Canada),  the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or
               any  other  federal,   state,  provincial  or  other  bankruptcy,
               insolvency or similar law;

          (ii) consents  to the  institution  of,  or fails to  controvert  in a
               timely and appropriate manner, any such proceeding, or the filing
               of any such petition;

          (iii)applies  for  or  consents  to  the  appointment  of a  receiver,
               trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator  or similar  official for such
               Obligor or any  Subsidiary or such Obligor,  or for a substantial
               part of its property;

          (iv) files an answer admitting the material  allegations of a petition
               filed against it at any such proceeding;

          (v)  makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

          (vi) becomes  unable,   admits  in  writing  its  inability  or  fails
               generally, to pay its debts as they become due, or

          (vii) takes action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

(b)               Any   involuntary   proceeding   shall  be   commenced  or  an
                  involuntary  petition  shall be filed in a court of  competent
                  jurisdiction seeking:

          (a)  relief  in  respect  of  any  Obligor  or any  Subsidiary  of any
               Obligor,  or a substantial  part of its property,  under the BIA,
               the  Companies'  Creditors  Arrangement  Act  (Canada),  the U.S.
               Bankruptcy Code or any other federal,  state, provincial or other
               bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law;

          (b)  the appointment of a receiver, trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator
               or similar  official for either any Obligor or any  Subsidiary of
               any Obligor,  or for a substantial  part of its  property,  or an
               encumbrancer or lienor takes  possession of any substantial  part
               of its property; or

          (c)  the winding up or liquidation of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of
               any  Obligor;  and such  proceeding  or petition  shall  continue
               undismissed  for 90 days  or an  order  or  decree  approving  or
               ordering  any of the  foregoing  shall  continue  unstayed and in
               effect for 90 days.

22.8 Winding-up Any Obligor takes any corporate  action or other steps are taken
or legal proceedings are started for its winding-up, dissolution, administration
or   re-organisation   or  for  the  appointment  of  a  liquidator,   receiver,
administrator,  administrative  receiver,  conservator,  custodian,  trustee  or
similar officer of it or of all or substantially  all of its revenues and assets
other than (a) in connection with a solvent  reconstruction,  the terms of which
have been previously approved by the Bank, or (b) a winding up petition which is
proved to the  satisfaction  of the Bank to be frivolous or vexatious  and which
is, in any event, discharged within 21 days of its presentation.

22.9 Analogous  Events Any event occurs which under the laws of any jurisdiction
has a similar or  analogous  effect to any of those  events  mentioned in Clause
22.7  (Insolvency and  Rescheduling),  Clause 22.8  (Winding-up) or Clause 22.17
(Judgement Defaults).

22.10 Governmental Intervention By or under the authority of any government, (a)
the  management  of the  Guarantor  is  wholly  or  partially  displaced  or the
authority of the Guarantor in the conduct of its business is wholly or partially
curtailed  which is likely  to have a  Material  Adverse  Effect or (b) all or a
majority  of the issued  shares of the  Guarantor  or the whole or any part (the
book value of which is twenty percent or more of the book value of the whole) of
its revenues or assets is seized,  nationalised,  expropriated  or  compulsorily
acquired which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.11  Ownership  of the  Guarantor  Any person or group of persons  (within the
meaning  of Section 13 or 14 of the United  States  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) shall have acquired beneficial  ownership
(within  the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  promulgated  by the U.S.  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  under the  Exchange  Act) of 20% or more of the issued and
outstanding  shares of  voting  common  stock  issued  by the  Guarantor  or the
Guarantor shall at any time fail to own and control,  beneficially and of record
(free and clear of all encumbrances), at least 95% of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock of each class of voting securities issued by Capital One
Bank or the  Guarantor  shall at any time fail to own and control,  beneficially
and of record (free and clear of all  encumbrances),  at least 95% of the issued
and  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of each  class of voting  securities
issued by Capital One, F.S.B.

22.12    Ownership of the Borrower  The Borrower is no longer a wholly owned
Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

22.13 The Group's  Business  Any Obligor (i) ceases to carry on the  business it
carries on at the date  hereof the cession of which is likely to have a Material
Adverse  Effect or (ii) enters into any unrelated  business the entry into which
is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.14    Repudiation  Any Obligor repudiates any Finance Document.

22.15  Illegality  At any time it is or  becomes  unlawful  for any  Obligor  to
perform or comply  with any or all of its  obligations  under any of the Finance
Documents  or any of the  obligations  of any  Obligor  under any of the Finance
Documents are not or cease to be legal, valid and binding.

22.16  Performance of Obligations  Any Obligor  becomes unable to perform any of
its  obligations  under any of the Finance  Documents  and such  inability has a
Material  Adverse  Effect on the ability of the  Borrower to perform its payment
obligations under any of the Finance Documents.

22.17  Judgment  Defaults A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money
of US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more
in the  aggregate  shall  be  rendered  by one or  more  courts,  administrative
tribunals or other bodies  having  jurisdiction  against the Guarantor or any of
its Subsidiaries and the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be
made for such discharge),  or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured,
within 30 days from the date of entry  thereof and the  Guarantor or  Subsidiary
shall not,  within said period of 30 days,  or such longer  period  during which
execution of the same shall have been  stayed,  appeal  therefrom  and cause the
execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal.

22.18  Acceleration and Cancellation  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
and at any time thereafter, the Bank may, by written notice to the Borrower:

         (i)      declare  the  Advances  to  be  immediately  due  and  payable
                  (whereupon  the same  shall  become so payable  together  with
                  accrued  interest  thereon and any other sums then owed by the
                  Borrower  hereunder)  or declare  the  Advances  to be due and
                  payable on demand of the Bank; and/or

         (ii)     declare that the Facility  shall be  cancelled,  whereupon the
                  same shall be cancelled and the Commitment shall be reduced to
                  zero.

22.19  Advances  Due on Demand If,  pursuant to Clause 22.18  (Acceleration  and
Cancellation), the Bank declares the Advances to be due and payable on demand of
the Bank,  then, and at any time  thereafter,  the Bank may by written notice to
the Borrower require repayment of the Advances on such date as it may specify in
such  notice  (whereupon  the same  shall  become  due and  payable on such date
together  with  accrued  interest  thereon  and any other  sums then owed by the
Borrower hereunder) or withdraw its declaration with effect from such date as it
may specify in such notice.

                                     Part 8

                         DEFAULT INTEREST AND INDEMNITY

23.      Default Interest and Indemnity

23.1 Default Interest Period If any sum due and payable by any Obligor under any
Finance  Document to which it is a party is not paid on the due date therefor in
accordance  with the  provisions  of Clause 25  (Payments) or if any sum due and
payable by any Obligor under any judgment of any court in connection herewith is
not paid on the date of such judgment, the period beginning on such due date or,
as the case may be, the date of such  judgment and ending on the date upon which
the obligation of such Obligor to pay such sum (the balance thereof for the time
being unpaid being herein referred to as an "unpaid sum") is discharged shall be
divided  into  successive  periods,  each of which  (other than the first) shall
start on the last day of the  preceding  such period and the duration of each of
which shall (except as otherwise  provided in this Clause 23) be selected by the
Bank.

23.2 Default  Interest During each such period relating  thereto as is mentioned
in Clause 23.1  (Default  Interest  Period) an unpaid sum shall bear interest at
the rate per  annum  which is the sum from time to time of one  percent  and the
Canadian Prime Rate.

23.3 Payment of Default  Interest Any  interest  which shall have accrued  under
Clause  23.2  (Default  Interest)  in  respect of an unpaid sum shall be due and
payable and shall be paid by the Obligor owing such unpaid sum at the end of the
period by reference to which it is  calculated or on such other date or dates as
the Bank may specify by written notice to such Obligor.

23.4  Broken  Periods If the Bank  receives  or  recovers  all or any part of an
Advance made by the Bank otherwise than on the last day of the Term thereof, the
Borrower  shall pay to the Bank on demand an amount equal to the amount (if any)
by which (i) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount
so received or  recovered  had it been  received or recovered on the last day of
the Term thereof exceeds (ii) the amount of interest which in the opinion of the
Bank would have been  payable to the Bank on the last day of the Term thereof in
respect of a deposit in the  currency  of the amount so  received  or  recovered
equal to the amount so received or recovered placed by it with a Schedule I Bank
in Toronto for a period starting on the first business day following the date of
such  receipt or  recovery  and ending on the last day of the Term  thereof.  In
addition  the  Borrower  shall also pay to the Bank a breakage fee in respect to
any such receipt of all or any part of an Advance in accordance  with the Bank's
usual practice.

23.5     Indemnities  Each Obligor undertakes to indemnify:

         (i)      the  Bank  and  the  Bank's  officers,  directors,  employees,
                  agents,  and delegates against any cost, claim,  loss, expense
                  (including  legal  fees) or  liability  (other  than any cost,
                  claim,  loss, expense or liability incurred as a result of the
                  Bank's own wilful  misconduct  or gross  negligence)  together
                  with any VAT thereon, which any of them may reasonably sustain
                  or incur as a  consequence  of the  occurrence of any Event of
                  Default or any default by such Obligor in the  performance  of
                  any of the  obligations  expressed  to be assumed by it in the
                  Finance Documents (or any of them); and

         (ii)     the Bank  against any loss (other than any loss  incurred as a
                  result  of  the  Bank's  own   wilful   misconduct   or  gross
                  negligence)  it may  suffer  as a  result  of its  funding  an
                  Advance  requested by the Borrower  hereunder  but not made by
                  reason of the  operation of any one or more of the  provisions
                  hereof.

23.6  Unpaid  Sums or  Advances  Any unpaid sum shall (for the  purposes of this
Clause 23 and Clause 15.1 (Changes in  Circumstances))  be treated as an Advance
and accordingly in this Clause 23 and Clause 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances) the
term "Advance" includes any unpaid sum and "Term", in relation to an unpaid sum,
includes  each such  period  relating  thereto as is  mentioned  in Clause  23.1
(Default Interest Periods).

                                     Part 9

                                    PAYMENTS

24.      Currency of Account and Payment

24.1 Currency of Account Canadian Dollars is the currency of account and payment
in respect of the  Facility,  for each and every sum at any time due from any of
the  Obligors  under the Facility  and, in  connection  therewith,  in the other
Finance Documents provided that:

         (i)      each payment pursuant to Clause 12.2 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause
                  15.1 (Changes in Circumstances)  shall be made in the currency
                  specified  by  the  party  acting   reasonably   and  claiming
                  thereunder; and

         (ii)     any amount  expressed  to be payable in a currency  other than
                  Canadian Dollar shall be paid in that other currency.

24.2  Currency  Indemnity  If any sum due from any  Obligor  under  the  Finance
Documents or any order or judgment  given or made in relation  thereto has to be
converted from the currency (the "first  currency") in which the same is payable
thereunder  or under such order or judgment  into another  currency (the "second
currency") for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against such
Obligor,  (ii)  obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or
(iii)  enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation  thereto,  such
Obligor  shall  indemnify and hold harmless each of the persons to whom such sum
is due from and against any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between
(a) the rate of  exchange  used for such  purpose to convert the sum in question
from the first  currency  into the second  currency and (b) the rate or rates of
exchange at which such person may in the  ordinary  course of business  purchase
the first currency with the second  currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in
satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.

25.      Payments

25.1 Payments to the Bank On each date on which any Finance Document requires an
amount to be paid by any Obligor  under any of the Finance  Documents in respect
of the  Facility or  otherwise  to the Bank,  such  Obligor  shall make the same
available to the Bank:

          (i)  where such amount is denominated in Canadian Dollars,  by payment
               in Canadian  Dollars for value on the day in question to the Bank
               via:  (or  such  other  account  or bank  as the  Bank  may  have
               specified for this purpose);

          (ii) where such amount is  denominated  in United States  Dollars,  by
               payment in United States Dollars for value on the day in question
               to the Bank at the Facility  Office unless the Bank has specified
               another  address or account by written  notice to the Borrower at
               least two business days prior to such payment.

          (iii)where  such  amount  is  denominated  in any other  currency,  by
               payment in such  currency for value on the day in question to the
               Bank's account number specified for such purpose.

25.2  Alternative  Payment  Arrangements  If,  at  any  time,  it  shall  become
impracticable  (by reason of any  action of any  governmental  authority  or any
change in law, exchange control regulations or any similar event) for any or all
of the Obligors to make any payments hereunder in the manner specified in Clause
25.1  (Payments  to the  Bank),  then such  Obligor  may agree  with the  Bank's
alternative  arrangements  for the payment  direct to the Bank of amounts due to
the Bank hereunder  provided that, in the absence of any such agreement with the
Bank,  such Obligor shall be obliged to make all payments due to the Bank in the
manner specified herein.

25.3 No  Set-off  All  payments  required  to be made by any  Obligor  under the
Finance  Documents  shall be  calculated  without  reference  to any  set-off or
counterclaim  and shall be made free and clear of and without any  deduction for
or on account of any set-off or counterclaim.

25.4  Interest  Act  (Canada)  For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) and
disclosure  thereunder,  whenever interest to be paid hereunder or in connection
herewith  is to be  calculated  on the  basis of a year of 365 days or any other
period of time that is less than a calendar year, the yearly rate of interest to
which the rate determined pursuant to such calculation is equivalent is the rate
so  determined  multiplied  by the actual number of days in the calendar year in
which the same is to be  ascertained  and  divided  by either  365 or such other
period of time, as the case may be. The rates of interest  under this  Agreement
are nominal rates,  and not effective  rates or yields.  The principal of deemed
reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest  calculation  under this
Agreement.

25.5 Suspense  Accounts Where and for so long as reasonably  deemed necessary by
the Bank  for the  purpose  of  maximising  its  recoveries  in any  winding-up,
dissolution or  administration  then taking place or reasonably likely to occur,
all  moneys  received,  recovered  or  realised  by the  Bank by  virtue  of the
Guarantee  may,  in  that  Bank's  discretion,  be  credited  to a  suspense  or
impersonal  account  and may be held in  such  account  for so long as the  Bank
thinks reasonably fit pending the application from time to time (as the Bank may
think fit) of such moneys in or towards the payment and discharge of any amounts
owing by any of the Obligors to the Bank hereunder.

25.6  Non-Business  Days In the event that any payment required to be made under
any Finance  Document  falls to be made on a day which is not a business  day it
shall be made on the next business day.

26.      Set-Off

Each  Obligor  authorises  the Bank to apply any  credit  balance  to which such
Obligor is entitled on any account of such Obligor with the Bank in satisfaction
of any sum due and payable from such Obligor to the Bank  hereunder  but unpaid;
for this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase with the moneys standing to
the credit of any such  account  such other  currencies  as may be  necessary to
effect such  application.  The Bank shall not be obliged to  exercise  any right
given to it by this  Clause 26.  Nothing in this Clause 26 shall  constitute  an
encumbrance.

                                     Part 10

                            FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES

27.      Commitment Commission and Arranging Fee

27.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Bank a commitment  commission of 0.35 percent
per  annum on the  amount of the  Bank's  Available  Commitment  from day to day
during the period  beginning  on the date  hereof and ending on the  Termination
Date and payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each quarter or, if not
a business day, then the next business day immediately thereafter.

27.2 The  Borrower  shall pay to the Bank an  arrangement  fee in respect to the
Commitment in the amount of 0.10 percent of the  Commitment  (being  C$100,000),
which fee has been  fully  earned  by the Bank as a result of the Bank  entering
into of this Agreement  whether or not any Advance is made by the Bank hereunder
and is payable at closing.

28.      Costs and Expenses

28.1 Costs and Expenses The Borrower  shall,  from time to time on demand of the
Bank,  reimburse the Bank for all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses
(including  reasonable  legal fees, not to exceed  C$25,000 plus  disbursements)
together with any VAT thereon incurred by it in connection with the negotiation,
preparation  and execution of the Finance  Documents  and the  completion of the
transactions  therein  contemplated  except,  for the  avoidance  of  doubt,  in
relation to any transfer or assignment by the Bank of its rights or  obligations
hereunder.

28.2  Preservations  and Enforcement of Rights The Borrower shall,  from time to
time on  demand  of the Bank,  reimburse  the Bank for all  costs  and  expenses
(including  reasonable  legal fees)  together  with any VAT  thereon  reasonably
incurred in or in connection with the preservation  and/or enforcement of any of
their rights under any of the Finance  Documents  except,  for the  avoidance of
doubt,  in relation to any transfer or  assignment  by the Bank of its rights or
obligations hereunder.

28.3 Stamp Taxes The Borrower shall pay all stamp,  registration and other taxes
to which  any of the  Finance  Documents  or any  judgment  given in  connection
therewith  is or at any time may be  subject  and  shall,  from  time to time on
demand of the Bank,  indemnify the Bank against any liabilities,  costs,  claims
and expenses  resulting  from any failure to pay or any delay in paying any such
tax.

28.4  Guarantor's  Liabilities for Costs If the Borrower fails to perform any of
its  obligations  under this Clause 28, the Guarantor  shall  indemnify the Bank
against any loss incurred by it as a result of such failure.

28.5 Waivers and Consents The Borrower shall, from time to time on demand of the
Bank (and without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 28.2  (Preservations and
Enforcements  of Rights) and Clause 34.2 (Amendment  Costs)  compensate the Bank
for all reasonable  costs and expenses  (including  telephone,  fax, copying and
travel costs)  incurred by the Bank in connection with its taking such action as
it may  deem  appropriate  in  complying  with any  request  by any  Obligor  in
connection with:

          (a)  the  granting  or  proposed  granting  of any  waiver or  consent
               requested hereunder by any Obligor;

          (b)  any actual breach by any Obligor of its obligations hereunder;

          (c)  the  occurrence  of any event  which is an Event of  Default or a
               Potential Event of Default; or

          (d)  any  amendment  or proposed  amendment  hereto  requested  by any
               Obligor.


                                     Part 11

                            ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

29.      Benefit of Agreement

This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and enure to the  benefit of each party
hereto  and its or any  subsequent  successors  and  permitted  Transferees  and
assigns.

30.      Assignments and Transfers by the Obligors

None of the  Obligors  shall be entitled to assign or transfer all or any of its
rights,  benefits  and  obligations  hereunder  except  pursuant  to a Permitted
Disposal.

31.      Assignments and Transfers by the Bank

31.1  Assignments and Transfers The Bank may assign all or any of its rights and
benefits  hereunder or transfer in  accordance  with Clause 31.2  (Transfers  by
Bank) all or any of its rights,  benefits and obligations  hereunder or transfer
its Facility  Office  provided that (save in the case of an assignment of rights
and benefits to any Affiliate of the Bank) no such assignment or transfer may be
of an amount of less than  C$5,000,000  or may be made without the prior written
consent of the Borrower such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld or delayed
(and, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be unreasonable  for the Borrower
to  withhold  or delay its  consent in the case of an  assignment  of rights and
benefits to any proposed  assignee  whose  long-term debt  obligations  are then
rated below Baa3 by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. or below BBB- by Standard &
Poor's Ratings  Services).  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no consent from any
Obligor shall be required with respect to any such assignment or transfer at any
time after any notice has been delivered pursuant to Clause 22.18  (Acceleration
and Cancellation).

31.2  Transfers by Bank If the Bank wishes to transfer all or any of its rights,
benefits   and/or   obligations   hereunder  as   contemplated  in  Clause  31.1
(Assignments and Transfers),  then such transfer may be effected by the delivery
to the Bank of a duly completed and duly executed Transfer  Certificate in which
event, on the later of the Transfer Date specified in such Transfer  Certificate
and the fifth  business day after (or such earlier  business day endorsed by the
Bank on such Transfer  Certificate  falling on or after) the date of delivery of
such Transfer Certificate to the Bank:

         (i)      to the extent that in such Transfer Certificate the Bank party
                  thereto seeks to transfer its rights, benefits and obligations
                  hereunder,  each  Obligor and the Bank shall be released  from
                  further  obligations  towards one another  hereunder and their
                  respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (such
                  rights,  benefits and  obligations  being  referred to in this
                  Clause 31.2 as "discharged rights and obligations"); and

         (ii)     each Obligor and the  Transferee  party  thereto  shall assume
                  obligations  towards one another and/or acquire rights against
                  one  another  which  differ  from such  discharged  rights and
                  obligations  only insofar as such Obligor and such  Transferee
                  have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of such Obligor
                  and the transferring Bank.

32.      Disclosure of Information

The Bank may disclose to any actual or potential  assignee or  Transferee  or to
any sub-participant in relation to any of the Finance Documents such information
about the Obligors and the Group as the Bank shall consider appropriate provided
that,  prior to the  disclosure  of such  information,  it has  obtained  a duly
completed confidentiality  undertaking (substantially in the form set out in the
Fifth  Schedule  (Form of  Confidentiality  Undertaking))  from  such  potential
assignee, Transferee or sub-participant.

33.      Calculations and Evidence of Debt

33.1 Basis of Accrual  Subject to Clause 25.4 (Interest Act (Canada)),  interest
and commitment  commission  shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated
on the  basis  of a year of 365 days  (or,  in any case  where  market  practice
differs,  in  accordance  with market  practice)  and the actual  number of days
elapsed. Each rate of interest stipulated as an annual rate of interest pursuant
to any Finance  Document  which is  calculated  with  reference to a period (the
"deemed  interest  period")  that is less than the actual  number of days in the
calendar  year of  calculation  is,  for the  purposes  of  disclosure  required
pursuant to the Interest Act (Canada), equivalent to such annual rate multiplied
by the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation  and divided by
the number of days in the deemed interest period.

33.2  Evidence  of Debt The Bank shall  maintain  in  accordance  with its usual
practice accounts  evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by and owing to
it hereunder.

33.3 Prima Facie Evidence In any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in
connection with any of the Finance  Documents,  the entries made in the accounts
maintained  pursuant  to Clause  33.2  (Evidence  of Debt)  shall be prima facie
evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Obligors therein
recorded.

33.4  Certificates  of Bank A  certificate  of the Bank as to (i) the  amount by
which a sum payable to it hereunder  is to be  increased  under Clause 12.1 (Tax
Gross-Up) or (ii) the amount for the time being required to indemnify it against
any such  cost,  payment  or  liability  as is  mentioned  in  Clause  12.2 (Tax
Indemnity) or 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances)  shall, in the absence of manifest
error, be conclusive for the purposes of any of the Finance  Documents and prima
facie evidence in any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection
with any of the Finance Documents. A certificate of the Bank as to the amount at
any time due from the Borrower hereunder or the amount which, but for any of the
obligations  of  the  Borrower  hereunder  being  or  becoming  void,  voidable,
unenforceable or ineffective,  at any time would have been due from the Borrower
hereunder  shall,  in the  absence of  manifest  error,  be  conclusive  for the
purposes of any of the Finance Documents.

34.      Amendments and Waivers

34.1 Amendments and Waivers Save as otherwise  provided herein, any provision of
any of the Finance Documents may be amended or supplemented only if the Borrower
and the Bank so agree in writing.

34.2  Amendment  Costs  If  any  Obligor  requests  any  amendment,  supplement,
modification or waiver in accordance  with Clause 34.1  (Amendments and Waivers)
then  that  Obligor  shall  within  five  business  days of  demand of the Bank,
reimburse the Bank for all reasonable costs and expenses  (including legal fees)
together  with  any  VAT  thereon  incurred  by the  Bank  in  the  negotiation,
preparation and execution of any written instrument  contemplated by Clause 34.1
(Amendments and Waivers).

35.      Remedies and Waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Bank any
right or remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall any
single or partial  exercise of any right or remedy  prevent any further or other
exercise  thereof or the  exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and
remedies  herein  provided  are  cumulative  and not  exclusive of any rights or
remedies provided by law.

36.      Partial Invalidity

If, at any time,  any provision of any Finance  Document is or becomes  illegal,
invalid  or  unenforceable  in any  respect  under the law of any  jurisdiction,
neither the legality,  validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of
the Finance  Documents  nor the  legality,  validity or  enforceability  of such
provision under the law of any other  jurisdiction  shall in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

38.      Maximum Rate of Return

Notwithstanding  any  provision to the contrary  contained  herein,  in no event
shall the aggregate  "interest" (as defined in Section 347 of the Criminal Code,
Statutes  of  Canada,  1985,  C.46  as the  same  may be  amended,  replaced  or
re-enacted from time to time) payable hereunder exceed the effective annual rate
of interest  on the "credit  advanced"  (as defined in that  section)  hereunder
lawfully permitted under that section and, if any payment,  collection or demand
pursuant to the Finance  Documents in respect of "interest"  (as defined in that
section) is  determined to be contrary to the  provisions of that section,  such
payment,  collection  or  demand  shall be  deemed  to have  been made by mutual
mistake  of the  Obligors  and the  Bank  and the  amount  of  such  payment  or
collection shall be refunded to the applicable Obligor;  for purposes hereof the
effective  annual  rate of  interest  shall be  determined  in  accordance  with
generally accepted actuarial  practices and principles over the term of the loan
on the basis of annual  compounding  of the lawfully  permitted rate of interest
and,  in the  event  of  dispute,  a  certificate  of a Fellow  of the  Canadian
Institute of Actuaries appointed by the Bank will be conclusive for the purposes
of such determination.

38.      Notices

38.1  Communications in writing Each  communication to be made under any Finance
Document  shall,  unless  otherwise  stated,  be made  in  writing  but,  unless
otherwise stated, may be made by fax, telex or letter.

38.2  Delivery  Any  communication  or document to be made or  delivered  by one
person to another  pursuant to any of the Finance  Documents  shall (unless that
other person has by fifteen days' written notice to each Obligor or the Bank, as
appropriate,  specified  another  address)  be made or  delivered  to that other
person at the address  identified with its signature below (or, in the case of a
Transferee,  at the end of the  Transfer  Certificate  to which it is a party as
Transferee)  and shall be deemed to have been made or delivered when  dispatched
and the appropriate  answer back received in the case of any communication  made
by telex) or (in the case of any communication made by letter) when left at that
address  or (as the case  may be) ten days  after  being  deposited  in the post
postage  prepaid in an envelope  addressed to it at that address or (in the case
of any  communication  made by fax)  transmission has been completed and, in the
case of the Bank, when received by the department or officer identified with the
Bank's  signature  below (or such other  department or officer as the Bank shall
from time to time specify for this purpose).

38.3 English Language Each  communication  and document made or delivered by one
party  to  another  pursuant  to any of the  Finance  Documents  shall be in the
English language or accompanied by a translation  thereof into English certified
(by an officer of the person making or delivering  the same) as being a true and
accurate translation thereof.

38.4 Notices Effective Each communication or document to be made or delivered to
any Obligor hereunder shall be effective if made or delivered to the Guarantor.

39.      Counterparts

This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by different
parties  hereto on  separate  counterparts  each of  which,  when  executed  and
delivered, shall constitute an original, but all the counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                     Part 12

                              LAW AND JURISDICTION

40.      Law

This  Agreement  shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance  with
the laws of the Province of Ontario.

41.      Jurisdiction

41.1  Ontario  Courts  Each of the  parties  hereto  irrevocably  agrees for the
benefit of each other party hereto that any  competent  court in the Province of
Ontario  shall  have  jurisdiction  to hear and  determine  any suit,  action or
proceeding,  and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection
with the Finance Documents (respectively  "Proceedings" and "Disputes") and, for
such purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

41.2 Appropriate  Forum Each Obligor  irrevocably  waives any objection which it
might now or hereafter  have to the courts  referred to in Clause 41.1  (Ontario
Courts) being  nominated as the forum to hear and determine any  Proceedings and
to settle  any  Disputes  and  agrees  not to claim that any such court is not a
convenient or appropriate forum.

41.3  Service of  Process  Each  Obligor  agrees  that the  process by which any
Proceedings  are begun may be served on it by being delivered in connection with
any  Proceedings in Ontario,  to the Borrower at its principal place of business
in  Ontario.  If the  appointment  of the person  mentioned  in this Clause 41.3
ceases to be effective in respect of any or all of the Obligors, such Obligor or
Obligors shall immediately appoint a further person in Ontario to accept service
of process on its behalf in Ontario  and,  failing  such  appointment  within 15
days,  the Bank shall be  entitled  to  appoint  such a person by notice to such
Obligor or Obligors.  Nothing  contained  herein shall affect the right to serve
process in any other manner permitted by law.

41.4 Non-exclusive  Submissions The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts
referred  to in  Clause  41.1  (Ontario  Courts)  shall  not (and  shall  not be
construed so as to) limit the right of the Bank to take Proceedings  against any
Obligor in any other  court of  competent  jurisdiction  nor shall the taking of
Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions  preclude the taking of Proceedings
in any other  jurisdiction  (whether  concurrently  or not) if and to the extent
permitted by applicable law.

41.5 Consent to Enforcement Each Obligor hereby consents generally in respect of
any  proceedings  to the  giving of any  relief or the issue of any  process  in
connection with such  proceedings  including,  without  limitation,  the making,
enforcement or execution  against any property  whatsoever  (irrespective of its
use or intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such
proceedings.

41.6 Waiver of  Immunity To the extent that any Obligor may in any  jurisdiction
claim  for  itself or its  assets  immunity  from  suit,  execution,  attachment
(whether  in aid of  execution,  before  judgment or  otherwise)  or other legal
process and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction  there may be attributed
to itself or its assets such  immunity  (whether or not  claimed),  such Obligor
hereby  irrevocably  agrees  not to claim and  hereby  irrevocably  waives  such
immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction.


<PAGE>

         AS  WITNESS  the hands of the duly  authorised  representatives  of the
parties hereto the day and year first before written.

The Borrower

CAPITAL ONE INC.


By:

Address for Notices:       Suite 5800
                           40 King Street West
                           Toronto, Ontario
                           M5H 3Z7

With a copy to:

                           Director of Corporate Funding
                           Capital One Services, Inc.
                           8000 Jones Branch Drive
                           McLean, Virginia 22102
                           Fax: 703-875-1099
                           Email: [email protected]


The Guarantor

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


By:

Address for Notices:       c/o Capital One Services, Inc.
                           8000 Jones Branch Drive
                           McLean, Virginia 22102
                           Attention:  Director of Corporate Funding
                           Fax:  703-875-1099
                           Email:  [email protected]


<PAGE>



The Bank

BANK OF MONTREAL


By:
         Name:
         Title:

Wiring Instructions:
Bank of Montreal, Montreal, for further payment to
Bank of Montreal, Transit:0002
Main Branch, First Canadian Place,
Toronto, Ontario, M5X1A1
Account number:  TR:0002,-1042-242
Re:  Capital One, Inc.
Attn:  Sattee Goonsammy 416-867-6978

If any questions:  Rebecca Scharffe
                       Deal Specialist
                           (312) 750-3806
                           (312) 750-1790 -fax

Address for Notices:       U.S. Financial Institutions

                           115 South LaSalle Street

                           12th Floor West

                           Chicago, IL 60603


Attention:  Inba Ponnusamy

<PAGE>


                               THE FIRST SCHEDULE

                          Form of Transfer Certificate

To:      Bank of Montreal


                              TRANSFER CERTIFICATE


Relating to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the  "Facility  Agreement")  dated  August  10,  2000  whereby  a
C$100,000,000  revolving  credit facility was made available to Capital One Inc.
as  borrower  under the  guarantee  of  Capital  One  Financial  Corporation  as
guarantor by Bank of Montreal.

1. Terms  defined  in the  Facility  Agreement  shall,  subject to any  contrary
indication, have the same meanings herein. The term Transferee is defined in the
schedule hereto.

2. The Bank (i)  confirms  that the  details in the  schedule  hereto  under the
heading  "Commitment"  and  "Advance(s)"  accurately  summarises  its Commitment
and/or,  as the case may be, the Term and Repayment Date of one or more existing
Advances made by it and (ii)  requests the  Transferee to accept and procure the
transfer to the Transferee of the portion  specified in the schedule  hereto of,
as the case may be, its Commitment and/or such Advance(s) by counter-signing and
delivering this Transfer  Certificate to the Bank at its address for the service
of notices specified in the Facility Agreement.

3. The Transferee  hereby requests the Bank to accept this Transfer  Certificate
as being  delivered to the Bank  pursuant to and for the purposes of Clause 31.2
(Transfers by Bank) of the Facility Agreement so as to take effect in accordance
with the terms  thereof  on the  Transfer  Date or on such  later date as may be
determined in accordance with the terms thereof.

4. The Transferee confirms that it has received a copy of the Facility Agreement
together with such other  information as it has required in connection with this
transaction  and that it has not relied and will not hereafter  rely on the Bank
to check or enquire on its behalf into the  legality,  validity,  effectiveness,
adequacy,  accuracy or completeness  of any such  information and further agrees
that it has not  relied  and will not rely on the Bank to assess  or keep  under
review on its  behalf  the  financial  condition,  creditworthiness,  condition,
affairs, status or nature of the Borrower or the Guarantor.

5. The Transferee  hereby undertakes with the Bank and each of the other parties
to the Facility  Agreement  that it will perform in accordance  with their terms
all those  obligations  which by the  terms of the  Facility  Agreement  will be
assumed  by it  after  delivery  of this  Transfer  Certificate  to the Bank and
satisfaction  of  the  conditions  (if  any)  subject  to  which  this  Transfer
Certificate is expressed to take effect.

6. The Bank makes no  representation  or warranty and assumes no  responsibility
with   respect  to  the   legality,   validity,   effectiveness,   adequacy   or
enforceability  of the Facility  Agreement or any document  relating thereto and
assumes no  responsibility  for the  financial  condition of the Borrower or the
Guarantor or for the performance and observance by the Borrower or the Guarantor
of any of its obligations under the Facility  Agreement or any document relating
thereto  and any and all such  conditions  and  warranties,  whether  express or
implied by law or otherwise, are hereby excluded.

7. The Bank hereby gives notice that nothing herein or in the Facility Agreement
(or any  document  relating  thereto)  shall  oblige  the  Bank to (i)  accept a
re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of its rights, benefits
and/or obligations under the Facility Agreement  transferred  pursuant hereto or
(ii)  support any losses  directly or  indirectly  sustained  or incurred by the
Transferee  for  any  reason  whatsoever  including,   without  limitation,  the
nonperformance by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other party to the Facility
Agreement (or any document  relating  thereto) of its obligations under any such
document.  The Transferee hereby acknowledges the absence of any such obligation
as is referred to in (i) or (ii) above.

8. This  Transfer  Certificate  and the rights and  obligations  of the  parties
hereunder  shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
Province of Ontario.

                                  THE SCHEDULE


1.       Transferee:

2.       Transfer Date:

3.       Commitment Portion Transferred

4.       Advance(s):

         Term and Repayment Date Portion Transferred

         Administrative Details of Transferee

         Address:

         Contact Name:

         Account for Payments

         Facsimile:

         Telephone:


<PAGE>


                               THE SECOND SCHEDULE

                          Condition Precedent Documents

1.       In relation to each Obligor:

          (i)  a copy,  certified to be a true copy by a duly authorised officer
               of such Obligor,  of the  Memorandum  and Articles of Association
               (or equivalent documents) of such Obligor;

          (ii) a copy,  certified to be a true copy by a duly authorised officer
               of such Obligor,  of a Board  Resolution (or, as  appropriate,  a
               resolution  of  the  Executive   Committee,   but  in  such  case
               accompanied by the  authorization of such Executive  Committee so
               to act) of such Obligor  approving  the  execution,  delivery and
               performance  of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and
               the terms and conditions hereof and authorising a named person or
               persons to sign the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and
               any  documents to be delivered by such Obligor  pursuant  hereto;
               and

          (iii)a  certificate  of a duly  authorised  officer  of  such  Obligor
               setting out the names and signatures of the persons authorised to
               sign, on behalf of such Obligor,  the Finance  Documents to which
               it is a party and any  documents  to be delivered by such Obligor
               pursuant hereto.

2. An opinion of Smith Lyons, Canadian counsel to the Borrower, in substantially
the form distributed to the Bank prior to the execution hereof.

3. A copy,  certified  to be a true  copy by a duly  authorised  officer  of the
Guarantor, of the Original Financial Statements of such Obligor.

4.       The Guarantee.

5. Evidence that the credit facility for Capital One Finance Company and Capital
One Inc. provided pursuant to the credit facility agreement dated 29 August 1997
has been repaid in full and cancelled.


<PAGE>


                               THE THIRD SCHEDULE

                               Utilisation Request


                               Please see attached

                               [Intrader Printout]


<PAGE>


                               THE FOURTH SCHEDULE

                         Form of Compliance Certificate


To:      Bank of Montreal


Dear Sirs

Capital One - Compliance Certificate


We refer to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the "Facility  Agreement") dated August 10, 2000 and made between
Capital One Inc. as borrower, Capital One Financial Corporation as guarantor and
Bank of Montreal as the Bank. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall bear
the same meanings in this Certificate.

I, [ ], a duly authorized  officer of Capital One Financial  Corporation  hereby
certify that to the best of my knowledge,  information  and belief as at [insert
date]:

A.       the Borrower's Net Worth is as follows:

         [amount of Net Worth]      $U.S.     o

B.       In the case of the Borrower:-

         (a)      the ratio of its Debt to Total Capital is [ ]

         (b)      the ratio of its Equity to Total Assets is [  ]

         (c)      the ratio of its Eligible Assets to Debt is [ ]

C.       In the case of the Guarantor:-

         (a)      its Delinquency Ratio is [   ]%

         (b)      the ratio of its Tier 1 Capital to Managed Receivables is [  ]

         (c)      its Tangible Net Worth is [  ]        $U.S.  o

         (d)      its Leverage Ratio is [   ]

         (e)      its Double Leverage Ratio is [   ]


I confirm that to the best of my knowledge  and belief,  having made due enquiry
no Event of Default or Potential  Event of Default has  occurred  (which has not
been remedied or waived  pursuant to Clause 33 (Amendments  and Waivers) and the
Group  was in  compliance  with all of the  covenants  contained  in  Clause  19
(Financial Condition) of the Facility Agreement as at [ ].

                                       Yours faithfully

                                       ....................................
                                       Name:
                                       Title:
                                       Capital One Financial Corporation


<PAGE>

                               THE FIFTH SCHEDULE

                       Form of Confidentiality Undertaking

From: Bank of Montreal
         [Address]
         and
         Capital One Financial Corporation
         [Address]

To:      [Prospective Recipient]
         [Date]

Dear Sirs,

Capital One - Confidentiality Agreement

We refer to our  conversations  about the facility for Capital One Inc.  ("COI")
(the "Transaction") and to the agreement (as from time to time amended,  varied,
novated or  supplemented,  the "Facility  Agreement")  dated August 10, 2000 and
made between COI as borrower, Capital One Financial Corporation as guarantor and
Bank of  Montreal  as the Bank.  Following  our receipt of a copy of this letter
countersigned by you, we may give you certain structural  concepts,  information
and documents relating to the Transaction (together the "Information").

In this  letter,  the "Bank  Group"  means Bank of Montreal  and its  subsidiary
undertakings,  parent  undertakings  and fellow  subsidiary  undertaking and the
"Capital One Group" means Capital One Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries
and affiliates.

In return for us agreeing to provide you with certain Information,  you agree as
follows:

(a) You shall hold in strict  confidence all Information  disclosed to you by us
or on our behalf and agree that such  Information is supplied solely to help you
in deciding  whether you want to participate in the  Transaction and will solely
be used by you for that  purpose.  Despite  this  obligation,  you may  disclose
Information:

          (i)  to  your  advisers  who  need to know  such  Information  for the
               purpose of evaluating the Transaction;

          (ii) which,  except  through a failure by you or any adviser to comply
               with  an  undertaking  as to  confidentiality,  is in the  public
               domain; and

          (iii)to bank supervisory authorities,  statutory auditors or examining
               authorities,  if you are obliged by law or regulation to disclose
               the Information to them.

         If you have to  disclose  any  Information  under  sub-paragraph  (iii)
above,  you will give us such prior notice of that  disclosure  as is reasonably
practicable.

(b) You shall get your  advisers to give us an  undertaking  in the form of this
letter before letting them see any of the Information.  You shall be responsible
for any breach by your advisors of any such undertaking.

(c) At our  request,  you shall  provide us with details of all advisers to whom
any Information has been, or is to be, disclosed.

(d) You  acknowledge  that no member of the Bank  Group is  responsible  for the
accuracy and/or completeness of any Information. You shall be solely responsible
for making your own independent  appraisal and  investigation of the Transaction
and all parties connected with the Transaction (the "Transaction Parties").  You
shall not rely upon any member of the Bank Group (now or hereafter) (1) to check
the accuracy and/or completeness of any Information,  or (2) to assess or review
any aspect of the Transaction or any Transaction Party.  Accordingly,  except in
the case of fraud, the Bank Group accepts no  responsibility or liability to you
(whether for negligence or otherwise).

(e)      You acknowledge that:

         (i) members of the Bank Group may,  now and in the  future,  have other
investment  and  commercial   banking,   trust  and  other   relationships  with
Transaction Parties and with other parties ("Other Parties");

         (ii) as a result  of these  other  relationships,  members  of the Bank
Group may have or get  information  about  Other  Parties,  Transaction  Parties
and/or the  Transaction or which may be relevant to any of these.  Despite this,
no member of the Bank Group will have to disclose such information,  or the fact
that it is in possession of such information, to you;

         (iii)  members  of the Bank  Group  may,  now and in the  future,  have
fiduciary or other  relationships  under which it, or they, may exercise  voting
power over  securities of various  persons.  Those  securities may, from time to
time, include securities of Transaction Parties; and

         (iv) each member of the Bank Group may exercise such voting powers, and
otherwise  perform its  functions  in  connection  with such  fiduciary or other
relationships,  without regard to its  relationship to the  Transaction  Parties
and/or the Transaction.

(f) You will return to us all documents evidencing the Information together with
any copies of the  Information,  promptly  upon either (1) your  decision not to
participate in the Transaction or (2) a request by us to do so.

(g) You agree that the delivery to you of  Information  does not  constitute any
representation  or warranty by Bank Group as to the accuracy or  completeness of
that Information.

This letter  embodies  the entire  agreement  between you and us relating to the
Information.  It supersedes  any prior  agreement or  understanding  (oral or in
writing) relating to the Information.  It may not be amended or waived except in
writing.

You acknowledge that you have not relied on any representation  other than those
set out in this letter. We are not liable to you for any  representation  (other
than any fraudulent representation) that is not set out in this letter.

You acknowledge that, except where otherwise  indicated,  your obligations under
this letter are for the benefit of both the Capital One Group and the Bank Group
and can be enforced by either.

This letter and all claims  arising from or in  connection  with it are governed
by, and are to be  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the  Province  of
Ontario.  You submit, for our benefit, to the jurisdiction of the Ontario courts
for the resolution of any dispute arising in connection with this letter.

Please sign,  date and return to us the enclosed  copy of this letter to confirm
your agreement to the above,

Yours faithfully



 ........................................
for and on behalf of
Bank of Montreal



 ........................................
for and on behalf of
Capital One Financial Corporation

[On Copy]:

Agreed and Accepted

for and on behalf of
[Prospective Recipient]


 ........................................
Dated [                             ]


<PAGE>


                               THE SIXTH SCHEDULE
                                Form of Guarantee

GUARANTEE dated as of August 10, 2000 made by CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION,
a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Guarantor"),  in  favour  of Bank  of  Montreal
(including any and all branches or offices thereof, the "Bank").

WHEREAS,  Capital One Inc., a direct  wholly owned  Canadian  subsidiary  of the
Guarantor has entered into a Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of the
date hereof (as from time to time amended, the "Facility Agreement") providing a
revolving  facility  by the Bank to the  Borrower  (as  defined in the  Facility
Agreement)  (the  "Facility")  in a  principal  amount  up to but not  exceeding
C$100,000,000; and

WHEREAS,  the  Guarantor has  determined  that the making of the Facility to the
Borrower will be financially beneficial to the Borrower and the Guarantor;

NOW, THEREFORE, to induce the Bank to enter into the Facility Agreement, and for
other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor agrees as follows:

1. Definitions Except as otherwise  expressly provided herein,  terms defined in
the Facility Agreement are used herein as defined therein.

2.       The Guarantee

2.1      The Guarantee The Guarantor hereby:

         (a)      guarantees  to the Bank and its  successors  and  assigns  the
                  prompt  payment  in full  when due of all  obligations  of the
                  Borrower  now  or  hereafter   existing   under  the  Facility
                  Agreement, whether for principal,  interest, fees, expenses or
                  otherwise    (such    obligations    being   the   "Guaranteed
                  Obligations"); and

         (b)      agrees as a primary obligation to indemnify the Bank from time
                  to time on demand from and against any loss  incurred by it as
                  a result of the  Facility  Agreement  being or becoming  void,
                  voidable or unenforceable for any reason  whatsoever,  whether
                  or not known to the Bank,  the  amount of such loss  being the
                  amount which the Bank would  otherwise  have been  entitled to
                  recover from the Borrower.

2.2 Obligations  Unconditional  The Guarantor  acknowledges that the obligations
undertaken  by  it  under  this   Guarantee  are   absolute,   irrevocable   and
unconditional  under  any and all  circumstances.  In  full  recognition  and in
furtherance of the foregoing, the Guarantor agrees that:

         (a)      Without affecting the  enforceability or effectiveness of this
                  Guarantee in accordance with its terms and without  affecting,
                  limiting,  reducing,  discharging or terminating the liability
                  of  the  Guarantor,  or  the  rights,  remedies,   powers  and
                  privileges of the Bank under this Guarantee,  the Bank may, at
                  any time and from time to time and without notice or demand of
                  any kind or nature whatsoever except as expressly  required by
                  applicable law:

                  (i)      amend,  supplement,  modify,  extend,  renew,  waive,
                           accelerate  or otherwise  change the time for payment
                           or  performance  of, or the terms of, all or any part
                           of the Guaranteed Obligations (including any increase
                           or  decrease  in the rate or rates of interest on all
                           or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations);

                  (ii)     amend,  supplement,  modify,  extend, renew, waive or
                           otherwise  change, or enter into or give, any Finance
                           Document  or  any   agreement,   security   document,
                           guarantee, approval, consent or other instrument with
                           respect  to  all  or  any  part  of  the   Guaranteed
                           Obligations,  any Finance  Document or any such other
                           instrument or any term or provision of the foregoing;

                  (iii)    accept or enter  into new or  additional  agreements,
                           security documents,  guarantees (including letters of
                           credit)  or other  instruments  in  addition  to, any
                           Finance  Document,  any existing security in relation
                           to all or any part of the  Guaranteed  Obligations or
                           any  collateral  now  or in the  future  constituting
                           security for the Guaranteed Obligations;

                  (iv)     accept or receive (including from any other guarantor
                           of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations,  if
                           any)   partial   payments  or   performance   of  the
                           Guaranteed  Obligations  (whether  as a result of the
                           exercise of any right,  remedy, power or privilege or
                           otherwise);

                  (v)      settle,  compromise,  release,  liquidate  or enforce
                           upon such  terms  and in such  manner as the Bank may
                           determine or as applicable law may dictate all or any
                           part of the Guaranteed  Obligations or any collateral
                           for or guarantee of (including without limitation any
                           letter of credit, if any, issued with respect to) all
                           or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

                  (vi)     consent to the merger or  consolidation  of, the sale
                           of substantial  assets by, or other  restructuring or
                           termination   of  the  corporate   existence  of  the
                           Borrower  or  any  other  person  (including  without
                           limitation any other  guarantor of all or any part of
                           the Guaranteed Obligations, if any);

                  (vii)    proceed  against the Borrower or the Guarantor or any
                           collateral  in such order and such manner as the Bank
                           may, in its discretion, determine;

                  (viii)   enter  into  such  other   transactions  or  business
                           dealings  with  the  Borrower,   any   Subsidiary  or
                           Affiliate  of the  Borrower or the  Guarantor  or any
                           other  guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed
                           Obligations as the Bank may desire; and

                  (ix)     do all or any combination of the actions set forth in
                           this Section 2.2(a) or take any other actions or fail
                           to take any actions to the fullest extent permissible
                           under  applicable  law in respect  of the  Guaranteed
                           Obligations.

         (b)      The enforceability and effectiveness of this Guarantee and the
                  liability of the Guarantor, and the rights,  remedies,  powers
                  and privileges of the Bank,  under this Guarantee shall not be
                  affected,  limited, reduced, discharged or terminated, and the
                  Guarantor  hereby  expressly  waives,  to the  fullest  extent
                  permitted by law, any defense now or in the future arising, by
                  reason of:

                  (i)      the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of all
                           or  any  part  of  the  Guaranteed  Obligations,  any
                           Finance  Document or any other agreement  relative to
                           all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

                  (ii)     any  disability  or other defense with respect to all
                           or any  part  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  of the
                           Borrower or any other guarantor of all or any part of
                           the   Guaranteed   Obligations   (including   without
                           limitation  any  issuer  of any  letter  of  credit),
                           including  the effect of any  statute of  limitations
                           that  may bar the  enforcement  of all or any part of
                           the Guaranteed  Obligations or the obligations of any
                           such other guarantor;

                  (iii)    the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any
                           security or guarantee  (including  without limitation
                           any  letter  of  credit)  for all or any  part of the
                           Guaranteed  Obligations  or the lack of perfection or
                           continuing  perfection  or failure of the priority of
                           any lien on any collateral for all or any part of the
                           Guaranteed Obligations;

                  (iv)     the  cessation,  for  any  cause  whatsoever,  of the
                           liability of the  Borrower or any other  guarantor of
                           all or any part of the Guaranteed  Obligations (other
                           than, subject to Section 2.5 hereof, by reason of the
                           full  payment  and   performance  of  all  Guaranteed
                           Obligations);

                  (v)      any  failure  of the Bank to  pursue or  exhaust  any
                           right, remedy, power or privilege it may have against
                           the  Borrower  or any other  guarantor  of all or any
                           part  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  or  any  other
                           person or to take any action  whatsoever  to mitigate
                           or  reduce  such or any other  guarantor's  liability
                           under  this  Guarantee,   the  Bank  being  under  no
                           obligation  to take any such  action  notwithstanding
                           the  fact  that  all or any  part  of the  Guaranteed
                           Obligations  may be due  and  payable  and  that  the
                           Borrower may be in default of its  obligations  under
                           any Finance Document;

                  (vi)     any  counterclaim,  set-off or other  claim which the
                           Guarantor  or any other  guarantor of all or any part
                           of the Guaranteed  Obligations has or alleges to have
                           with  respect  to all or any  part of the  Guaranteed
                           Obligations;

                  (vii)    any failure of the Bank to file or enforce a claim in
                           any  bankruptcy or other  proceeding  with respect to
                           any person;

                  (viii)   any    bankruptcy,    insolvency,     reorganization,
                           arrangement,  readjustment  of debt,  liquidation  or
                           dissolution  proceeding  commenced  by or against any
                           Obligor,  including  any discharge of, or bar or stay
                           against collecting, all or any part of the Guaranteed
                           Obligations  (or any  interest  on all or any part of
                           the Guaranteed  Obligations) in or as a result of any
                           such proceeding;

                  (ix)     any action  taken by the Bank that is  authorized  by
                           this Section 2.2 or otherwise in this Guarantee or by
                           any other  provision  of any Finance  Document or any
                           omission to take any such action;

                  (x)      any change in the direct or indirect ownership or
                           control of the Borrower or of any shares or ownership
                           interests thereof; or

                  (xi)     any  other   circumstance   whatsoever   that   might
                           otherwise  constitute a legal or equitable  discharge
                           or  defense  of a surety or  guarantor  of all or any
                           part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

         (c)      The Guarantor expressly waives, for the benefit of the Bank,
                  all set-offs and counterclaims and all diligence, presentment,
                  demand for payment or performance, notices of nonpayment or
                  nonperformance, protest, notices of protest, notices of
                  dishonor and all other notices or demands of any kind or
                  nature whatsoever, and any requirement that the Bank, exhaust
                  any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower
                  under the Facility Agreement or any other agreement referred
                  to herein or therein, or against any other person under any
                  other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed
                  Obligations, and all notices of acceptance of this Guarantee
                  or of the existence, creation, incurring or assumption of new
                  or additional Guaranteed Obligations.  The Guarantor further
                  expressly waives the benefit of any and all statutes of
                  limitation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

         (d)      The Guarantor represents and warrants to the Bank that it has
                  established adequate means of obtaining financial and other
                  information pertaining to the business, operations and
                  condition (financial and otherwise) of the Borrower  and its
                  properties on a continuing basis and that the Guarantor is now
                  and will in the future remain fully familiar with the business
                  , operations and condition (financial and otherwise) of the
                  Borrower and its properties.  The Guarantor further represents
                  and warrants that it has reviewed and approved each of the
                  Finance Documents and is fully familiar with the transactions
                  contemplated by the Finance Documents and that it will in the
                  future remain fully familiar with such transaction and with
                  any new agreements relating to the Facility.  The Guarantor
                  hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any duty on the part
                  of the Bank (should any such duty exist) to disclose to such
                  or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed
                  Obligations any matter of fact or other information related
                  to the business, operations or condition (financial or
                  otherwise) of the Borrower or its properties or to any Finance
                  Document or the transactions under-taken pursuant to, or
                  contemplated by, any such Finance Document, whether now or in
                  the future known by the Bank.

         (e)      The Guarantor intends that its rights and obligations shall be
                  those  expressly  set  forth  in this  Guarantee  and that its
                  obligations   shall  not  be   affected,   limited,   reduced,
                  discharged  or  terminated  by  reason  of any  principles  or
                  provisions  of law  which  conflict  with  the  terms  of this
                  Guarantee.

2.3 Understanding With Respect to Waivers and Consents The Guarantor represents,
warrants  and agrees  that each of the waivers  and  consents  set forth in this
Guarantee is made  voluntarily  and  unconditionally.  If,  notwithstanding  the
intent of the parties that the terms of this Guarantee  shall control in any and
all   circumstances,   any  such  waivers  or  consents  are  determined  to  be
unenforceable under applicable law, such waivers and consents shall be effective
to the fullest extent permitted by law.

2.4 Taxes The  provisions  of Clauses  12, 13 and 14 of the  Facility  Agreement
shall  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  this  Guarantee  to the  extent  that  such
provisions relate to payment obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

2.5 Reinstatement The obligations of the Guarantor under this Section 2 shall be
automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by
or on behalf  of the  Borrower  in  respect  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  is
rescinded or must be otherwise  restored by any holder of any of the  Guaranteed
Obligations,   whether  as  a  result  of  any   proceedings  in  bankruptcy  or
reorganization or otherwise, and the Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the
Bank on  demand  for all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  (including,  without
limitation,  fees of  counsel)  incurred  by the Bank in  connection  with  such
rescission or  restoration,  including  any such costs and expenses  incurred in
defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference,
fraudulent transfer or the like under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

2.6  Subrogation The Guarantor  hereby agrees that,  until the final payment and
satisfaction  in full  of all  Guaranteed  Obligations  and  the  expiration  or
termination of the Commitment of the Bank under the Facility Agreement, it shall
not exercise any right or remedy  arising by reason of any  performance by it of
its  guarantee  in Section  2.1 hereof,  whether by  subrogation  or  otherwise,
against the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations
or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

2.7 Remedies The  Guarantor  agrees that, as between the Guarantor and the Bank,
the obligations of the Borrower under the Facility  Agreement may be declared to
be  forthwith  due and payable as provided in Part 7 of the  Facility  Agreement
(and  shall be  deemed  to have  become  automatically  due and  payable  in the
circumstances  provided  in said Part 7) for  purposes  of  Section  2.1  hereof
notwithstanding  any  stay,  injunction  or other  prohibition  preventing  such
declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as
against  the  Borrower  and  that,  in the  event of such  declaration  (or such
obligations  being deemed to have become  automatically  due and payable),  such
obligations  (whether or not due and payable by the  Borrower)  shall  forthwith
become due and payable by the Guarantor for purposes of said Section 2.1.

2.8 Manner of Payment The Guarantor  shall make any payment  required to be made
hereunder in lawful  money as  specified in Clause 24 of the Facility  Agreement
and in same day funds to the Bank at the place  specified  for  payments  in the
Facility Agreement, without set-off,  counterclaim or other defense and free and
clear of and without deduction for any present or future income,  stamp or other
taxes, levies, imposts,  deductions,  charges, fees, withholdings,  liabilities,
restrictions  or conditions of any nature  whatsoever now or hereafter  imposed,
levied, collected,  assessed or withheld by any jurisdiction or by any political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (whether pursuant to Delaware
law or otherwise).

3.  Representations and Warranties The Guarantor  represents and warrants to the
Bank that all the  representations  and  warranties  pertaining to the Guarantor
contained in the Facility Agreement are true and correct as of the date the same
are deemed to be made or repeated  under Clause 18.15 of the Facility  Agreement
by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

4.       Covenants

4.1 General  Covenants The Guarantor agrees that until the final payment in full
of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  it  will  comply  with  each  of the  covenants
pertaining to the Guarantor under Clauses 19 to 21 of the Facility Agreement.

4.2 Regulatory Capital The Guarantor will cause each of its Insured Subsidiaries
to be (and each of Capital One Bank and Capital One,  F.S.B. so long as it is an
Insured Subsidiary to be) at all times "adequately  capitalized" for purposes of
12 U.S.C. ss. 1831o, as amended,  re-enacted or redesignated  from time to time,
and at all times to maintain  such amount of capital as may be  prescribed  from
time to time, whether by regulation, agreement or order, by each Bank Regulatory
Authority having jurisdiction over such Insured Subsidiary.

For the purposes of this Clause 4.2, "Insured Subsidiary" shall mean any insured
depositary  institution  (as defined in 12 U.S.C.  ss.1813(c)  (or any successor
provision),  as amended,  re-enacted or redesignated from time to time), that is
controlled  (within  the  meaning  of  12  U.S.C.   ss.1841  (or  any  successor
provision),  as amended,  re-enacted or redesignated  from time to time), by the
Guarantor.

4.3 Further  Assurances  The Guarantor  shall from time to time upon the written
request of the Bank,  execute and deliver  such  further  documents  and do such
other  acts and  things as the Bank may  reasonably  request  in order  fully to
effect the purposes of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

5.       Miscellaneous

5.1      Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

(a)  This Guarantee shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with, the
     law of the Province of Ontario.

(b)  The Guarantor hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts
     of the  Province  of  Ontario  for the  purposes  of all legal  proceedings
     arising  out  of  or  relating  to  this  Guarantee  or  the   transactions
     contemplated hereby. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably appoints Smith Lyons,
     Suite 5800,  Scotia  Plaza,  40 King  Street  West,  M5H 3Z7 (the  "Process
     Agent") as its true and lawful  attorney-in-fact  to receive service of all
     writs,  summons  and  other  process  in  connection  with any  such  legal
     proceedings  in Ontario and agrees that the failure of the Process Agent to
     convey  any such  process to the  Guarantor  shall not impair or affect the
     validity thereof or of any judgment based thereon.

(c)  The  Guarantor  irrevocably  waives,  to the fullest  extent  permitted  by
     applicable  law, any  objection  which it may now or hereafter  have to the
     laying of the venue of any such proceeding  brought in such a court and any
     claim that any such proceeding  brought in such a court has been brought in
     an inconvenient forum.


5.2 Waiver of Jury Trial THE GUARANTOR AND THE BANK HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO
THE FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE  LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

5.3 Notices All notices,  requests,  consents and demands  hereunder shall be in
writing and  telecopied  or delivered to the intended  recipient at the "Address
for Notices"  specified beneath its name on the signature pages hereof or, as to
any party,  at such  other  address  as shall be  designated  by such party in a
notice to each other party. Except as otherwise provided in this Guarantee,  all
such communications  shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by
telex or telecopier or personally  delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice,
upon receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

5.4 Waivers, Etc. The terms of this Guarantee may be waived,  altered or amended
only by an instrument in writing duly executed by the Guarantor and the Bank.

5.5 Successors and Assigns This Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties and their  respective  successors and assigns  (provided,
however,  that the  Guarantor  shall not  assign or  transfer  any of its rights
hereunder without the prior written consent of the Bank).

5.6  Counterparts  This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts,
all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any
of  the  parties   hereto  may  execute  this  Guarantee  by  signing  any  such
counterpart.

5.7  Severability If any provision  hereof is invalid and  unenforceable  in any
jurisdiction,  then,  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  (i) the other
provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and
shall be  liberally  construed  in  favour of the Bank in order to carry out the
intentions  of the  parties  hereto as nearly  as may be  possible  and (ii) the
invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall
not  affect  the  validity  or  enforceability  of such  provision  in any other
jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Guarantee to be duly
executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.



The Guarantor

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


By:  ...................................

Address for Notices:       c/o Capital One Services, Inc.
                           8000 Jones Branch Drive
                           McLean, Virginia 22102

Attention:                 Director of Corporate Funding


The Bank

BANK OF MONTREAL

By:  ...........................

By:  ...........................

Address for Notices:


Attention:



<PAGE>

Exhibit 10.2
                                  $100,000,000

                       REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT

                                     between

                                CAPITAL ONE INC.
                                   as borrower

                        CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                  as guarantor

                                       and

                                 BANK ONE CANADA
                                    as lender



                                 August 10, 2000


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Part 1
   1. Interpretation...........................................................1
Part 2
   2. Grant of Facility........................................................8
   3. Purpose..................................................................8
   4. Conditions Precedent.....................................................8
Part 3
   5. Utilisation of Facility..................................................9
Part 4
   6. Making of Advances.......................................................9
   7. Payment of Interest.....................................................10
   8. Calculation of Interest.................................................10
   9. Repayment of Advances...................................................10
Part 5
   10. Cancellation...........................................................10
   11. Prepayment.............................................................11
Part 6
   12. Taxes..................................................................11
   13. Tax Receipts...........................................................12
   14.  Tax Undertaking by the Bank and Tax Refunds...........................13
   15. Increased Costs........................................................13
   16. Illegality.............................................................15
   17. Mitigation.............................................................15
Part 7
   18. Representations........................................................16
   19. Financial Information..................................................18
   20. Financial Condition....................................................19
   21. Covenants..............................................................24
   22. Events of Default......................................................25
Part 8
   23. Default Interest and Indemnity.........................................29
Part 9
   24. Currency of Account and Payment........................................31
   25. Payments...............................................................31
   26. Set-Off................................................................33
Part 10
   27. Commitment Commission and Arranging Fee................................33
   28. Costs and Expenses.....................................................33
Part 11
   29. Benefit of Agreement...................................................34
   30. Assignments and Transfers by the Obligors..............................35
   31. Assignments and Transfers by Bank......................................35
   32. Disclosure of Information..............................................35
   33. Calculations and Evidence of Debt......................................36
   34. Amendments and Waivers.................................................36
   35. Remedies and Waivers...................................................37
   36. Partial Invalidity.....................................................37
   37. Maximum Rate of Return.................................................37
   38. Notices................................................................37
   39. Counterparts...........................................................38
Part 12
   40. Law....................................................................38
   41. Jurisdiction...........................................................38

<PAGE>


<PAGE>


THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 10th day of August, 2000

BETWEEN

(1)      CAPITAL ONE INC. (the "Borrower");

(2)      CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION as guarantor (the "Guarantor"); and

(3)      BANK ONE CANADA (the "Bank").


NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

                                     Part 1

                                 INTERPRETATION

1.       Interpretation

1.1      Definitions In this Agreement:

"Advance" means any advance made or to be made pursuant to the terms hereof;

"Affiliate" means any person which, directly or indirectly,  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with,
another  person or any  Subsidiary  of such  other  person.  The term  "control"
(including the terms  "controlled  by" or "under common control with") means the
possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the  power to  direct  or  cause  the
direction  of the  management  and  policies  of such  person,  whether  through
ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise;

"Available Commitment" means, at any time, the Commitment less the Outstandings
 at such time;

"Bank  Regulatory  Authority"  shall mean the Board of  Governors of the Federal
Reserve System,  the Comptroller of the Currency,  the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation,  the Minister of Finance, Office of the Superintendent of Financial
Institutions, Bank of Canada, the Canadian Deposit Insurance Corporation and all
other relevant bank and provincial regulatory  authorities  (including,  without
limitation, relevant state and provincial bank regulatory authorities);

"Canadian  Prime Rate"  means,  in relation to any Advance or unpaid sum and any
date,  the higher of (i) the rate announced from time to time by the Bank as its
prime lending rate on such date for Canadian Dollar denominated commercial loans
made in Canada  and in force on such date and (ii) the rate at which the Bank is
offering  at or about 10:00 a.m.  (Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada  time) to purchase
bankers'  acceptances  on such date in respect of a bankers'  acceptance  with a
term of 30 days, plus 1.00 percent;

"Canadian Qualified Lender" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 12.1
 (Tax Gross-Up);

"Commitment" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 2 (Grant of
Facility);

"Compliance  Certificate" means a certificate  demonstrating compliance with the
covenants set forth in Clause 20 (Financial  Condition) as of the date specified
in such  certificate,  substantially  in the form set out in the Fourth Schedule
(Form of Compliance Certificate);

"Cost  of Funds  Rate"  means  the  rate of  interest,  expressed  as an  annual
percentage, quoted by the Bank to the Borrower from time to time and at any time
as the Bank's cost in making  available an amount of Canadian  Dollars  equal to
the amount of the relevant Utilisation for the relevant Term;

"Event of Default" means any of those events specified in Clause 22 (Events of
Default);

"Facility" means the revolving creditfacility granted to the Borrower hereunder;

"Facility  Office" means, in respect of the Bank, the office in Canada set forth
opposite  the Bank's  name in the  signature  page  below (or,  in the case of a
Transferee,  at the end of the  Transfer  Certificate  to which it is a party as
Transferee) or such other office in Canada as it may from time to time notify to
the Borrower;

"Final  Maturity  Date"  means the day which is 364 days after the date  hereof;
provided that if the Final Maturity Date determined as aforesaid would fall on a
day which is not a business day, it shall be the immediately  preceding business
day which is a business day in Toronto, Canada and Falls Church, Virginia;

"Finance Documents" means each of this Agreement,  the Guarantee, any Compliance
Certificate,  any notice  delivered in connection  herewith or therewith and any
other agreement or document designated as such by the Bank and the Borrower;

"Group" means, at any time, the Guarantor and each of its Subsidiaries at such
time;

"Guarantee"  means  the  guarantee  of even  date  herewith  to be  given by the
Guarantor in favour of the Bank in  substantially  the form set out in the Sixth
Schedule (Form of Guarantee);

"Lien" means, with respect to any property, any mortgage,  lien, pledge, charge,
security  interest or encumbrance  of any kind in respect of such property.  For
purposes of this  Agreement,  a person  shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien
any property  that it has acquired or holds  subject to the interest of a vendor
or lessor under any  conditional  sale  agreement,  capital lease or other title
retention agreement (other than an operating lease) relating to such property;

"Margin" means, at any time, ____% per annum;

"Material  Adverse Effect" means with respect to an Obligor,  a material adverse
effect on (a) the property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects
or capitalization of such Obligor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the
ability of such Obligor to perform its obligations  under the Finance  Documents
to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability of the obligations of
such Obligor under the Finance  Documents to which it is a party, (d) the rights
and remedies of the Bank  against such Obligor or (e) the timely  payment of the
principal of or interest on or in  connection  with any Advance or other amounts
payable by such Obligor in connection therewith;

"Obligors" means, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantor and "Obligor"
means either one of the Borrower and the Guarantor;

"Original Financial Statements" means:

         (i)      in  relation  to  the  Guarantor,   its  audited  consolidated
                  financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December,
                  1999 together with its  consolidated  management  accounts for
                  its financial period ended 31 March, 2000;

         (ii)     in relation to the  Borrower,  a statement  of such  financial
                  information   concerning   the   Borrower   included   in  the
                  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  31
                  December, 1999 supplied pursuant to paragraph (i) so certified
                  by an officer of the Guarantor  together with its consolidated
                  management  accounts for its  financial  period ended 30 June,
                  2000;

"Outstandings" means, at any time, the aggregate of each outstanding Advance at
 such time;

"Permitted Disposal" means any of the following:

(i)               the merger or  consolidation  of any  Affiliate of any Obligor
                  with or into,  or the  transfer  by such  Affiliate  of all or
                  substantially  all of its  business  or  property  to (x) such
                  Obligor  if  such  Obligor  is the  continuing,  surviving  or
                  transferee  corporation  or (y) any  other  Affiliate  of such
                  Obligor;

(ii)              the merger or  consolidation  of any Obligor with or into,  or
                  the transfer by any Obligor of all or substantially all of its
                  business or property, to any Affiliate of such Obligor if such
                  Affiliate is the continuing,  surviving or transferee  entity,
                  such  Affiliate  expressly  assumes  the  obligations  of  the
                  Obligor  hereunder and such Affiliate,  following such merger,
                  consolidation  or  transfer,  has a  Tangible  Net  Worth  (as
                  defined in Clause 20.3  (Definitions  of  Financial  Terms) at
                  least equal to that of the Obligor immediately prior thereto;

(iii)             the merger or  consolidation  of any  Obligor  with or into
                  any  other  person,   or  the  transfer  by  any  such  person
                  of  all  or substantially all of its business or property to
                  any Obligor, or the transfer by an Obligor of all or
                  substantially  all of its business or property to any such
                  person  so long as (x) no  Event  of  Default  has  occurred
                  and is  continuing immediately  prior to such  merger,
                  consolidation  or transfer or would  result therefrom,  (y)
                  such person, if the continuing,  surviving or transferee
                  entity, expressly assumes the obligations of such Obligor
                  hereunder and (z) such Obligor or  such  person,  as
                  appropriate,  following  such  merger,  consolidation  or
                  transfer,  has a Tangible Net Worth (as defined in Clause 20.3
                 (Definitions  of Financial  Terms)  at least  equal  to that of
                  such  Obligor  immediately  prior thereto;

(iv)              the merger or  consolidation  of any  Affiliate of any Obligor
                  with or into,  or the  transfer  by any such  person of all or
                  substantially  all of its  business  or  property to any other
                  person so long as no Event of Default  (other than pursuant to
                  Clause  21.4   (Disposals)  has  occurred  and  is  continuing
                  immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer or
                  would result therefrom; and

(v)               the sale by any  Obligor or any  Affiliate  of any  Obligor of
                  credit card loans and other  finance  receivables  pursuant to
                  securitizations.

"Potential  Event of Default"  means any event that with notice or lapse of time
or both would become an Event of Default;

"Receivables" means, with respect to any Obligor, any amount owing, from time to
time, with respect to a credit card, consumer revolving or consumer  installment
loan account, home equity line of credit or residential mortgage loan account or
other consumer receivable owned by such Obligor, including,  without limitation,
amounts  owing for payment of goods and  services,  cash  advances,  convenience
checks, annual membership fees, finance charges, late charges,  credit insurance
premiums  and cash  advance  fees  and  fees  relating  to  additional  consumer
products,  and any other  receivables  arising out of financing  transactions by
such Obligor;  provided that the term "Receivables" shall not include any of the
foregoing that is subject to a securitization effected in the ordinary course of
business;

"Repayment  Date" means,  in relation to any  Advance,  the last day of the Term
thereof or, if such day is not a business day, the next business day following;

     "Requested  Amount"  means,  in relation to any  Utilisation  Request,  the
aggregate principal amount of the Advance requested;

"Restricted  Shares" means,  with respect to any Obligor,  shares of stock of or
other  ownership  interests in such Obligor or any  Subsidiary  thereof  engaged
primarily   in  the   extension   of  consumer   credit  to  third   parties  or
securitizations  of receivables  related to such  extension of consumer  credit,
excluding  without  limitation  any such  ownership  interests of any Obligor in
America One Communications, Inc.;

"Rollover  Advance"  means an Advance  which is used to  refinance  an  existing
Advance and which is the same amount as such maturing Advance and is to be drawn
on the day such maturing Advance is to be repaid;

     "Schedule  I Bank" means a banking  entity  which is named in Schedule I of
the Bank Act (Canada)  S.C. 1991 C.46, as such schedule may be amended from time
to time;

"Schedule II Bank" means a Canadian Subsidiary of a non-resident banking entity,
which  Subsidiary  is named in Schedule II of the Bank Act  (Canada)  S.C.  1991
C.46, as such schedule may be amended from time to time;

"Subsidiary"  of any corporation  (the "Parent") means any other  corporation of
which more than 50% of the  outstanding  capital  stock having  ordinary  voting
power to elect a majority of the Board of  Directors  of such other  corporation
(irrespective  of whether or not at the time capital stock of any other class or
classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence
of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by the Parent or
by the Parent and/or one or more  Subsidiaries of the Parent,  and shall include
any  corporation  that is a direct  or  indirect  Subsidiary  of any such  first
mentioned Subsidiary;

"Term" means,  in relation to any Advance,  the period for which such Advance is
borrowed as specified in the Utilisation Request relating thereto;

"Termination  Date"  means the day  falling  one  month  prior to the Final
Maturity Date;

"Transfer Certificate" means a certificate  substantially in the form set out in
the  First  Schedule  (Form of  Transfer  Certificate)  signed by the Bank and a
Transferee whereby:

         (i)      the Bank seeks to procure the transfer to such  Transferee  of
                  all or a part of the Bank's rights and  obligations  hereunder
                  upon and subject to the terms and conditions set out in Clause
                  31 (Assignments and Transfers by Bank); and

         (ii)     such Transferee  undertakes to perform the obligations it will
                  assume as a result of delivery of such certificate to the Bank
                  as is contemplated in Clause 31.2 (Transfers by Bank);

"Transfer Date" means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the
making  of  the  transfer  as  specified  in  the  schedule  to  such   Transfer
Certificate;

"Transferee" means a bank or other financial institution to which the Bank seeks
to transfer  or, as the case may be, has  transferred  all or part of the Bank's
rights and  obligations  hereunder;  "Utilisation"  means a  utilisation  of the
Facility hereunder;

"Utilisation Date" means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which
the Advance in respect thereof is to be made; and

"Utilisation  Request"  means a notice given to the Bank  pursuant to Clause 5.1
(Delivery of a  Utilisation  Request) in the form set out in the Third  Schedule
(Utilisation Request).

1.2      Interpretation. Any reference in this Agreement to:

the  "Bank"  shall  be  construed  so as  to  include  its  and  any  subsequent
successors, permitted Transferees and permitted assigns in accordance with their
respective interests;

a document is in an "agreed form" when it has been initialled or signed by or on
behalf of the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Bank;

a  "business  day" shall be  construed  as a  reference  to a day (other  than a
Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are  generally  open for business in Toronto,
Ontario, Canada;

a "Clause"  shall,  subject to any contrary  indication,  be construed as a
reference to a clause hereof;

"financial  indebtedness"  shall be construed,  with respect to any person, as a
reference to any indebtedness of such person for or in respect of:

     (i)  obligations  created,  issued or incurred by such person for  borrowed
money (whether by loan, the issuance and sale of debt  securities or the sale of
property to another person subject to an understanding or agreement,  contingent
or otherwise, to repurchase such property from such person);

     (ii) obligations of such person to pay the deferred purchase or acquisition
price of property or services, other than trade accounts payable (other than for
borrowed money) arising,  and accrued expenses incurred,  in the ordinary course
of business so long as such trade accounts payable are payable within 90 days of
the date the  respective  goods are  delivered  or the  respective  services are
rendered;

     (iii)  indebtedness  of others secured by an encumbrance on the property of
such  person,  whether or not the  respective  indebtedness  so secured has been
assumed by such person;

     (iv) contingent and non-contingent obligations of such person in respect of
letters  of  credit,  bankers'  acceptances  or  similar  instruments  issued or
accepted by banks and other financial institutions for account of such person;

     (v) capital lease obligations of such person (being all obligations of such
person  to pay  rent or  other  amounts  under a lease  of (or  other  agreement
conveying the right to use) property to the extent such obligations are required
to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such
person under GAAP (as defined in Clause 20.3  (Definition of Financial Terms) or
in any  similar or  equivalent  manner  under the  relevant  generally  accepted
accounting  principles  applicable to the preparation of such person's financial
statements  if  these  are  other  than  GAAP)  and,  for the  purposes  of this
Agreement,  the  amount  of such  obligations  shall be the  capitalised  amount
thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP (as so defined); and

     (vi) financial indebtedness of others guaranteed by such person;

a "holding  company" of a person shall be construed as a reference to any person
of which the first-mentioned person is a Subsidiary;

"indebtedness"  shall be  construed  so as to include  any  obligation  (whether
incurred  as  principal  or as surety) for the  payment or  repayment  of money,
whether present or future, actual or contingent;

a "Part"  shall,  subject to any  contrary  indication,  be  construed as a
reference to a part hereof;

a "person"  shall be  construed  as a reference  to any person,  firm,  company,
corporation,  government,  state or province or agency of a state or province or
any   association  or  partnership   (whether  or  not  having   separate  legal
personality) of two or more of the foregoing;

a "Schedule" shall, subject to any contrary  indication,  be construed as a
reference to a schedule hereto;

"tax" shall be construed so as to include any tax, levy,  impost,  duty or other
charge of a similar  nature  (including,  without  limitation,  any  penalty  or
interest  payable in  connection  with any failure to pay or any delay in paying
any of the same);

"VAT" shall be  construed  as a reference  to any goods and  services  tax under
Canadian law and any other similar tax under any other jurisdiction,  including,
in each case,  similar  tax which may be imposed in place  thereof  from time to
time;

a "wholly-owned subsidiary" of a person shall be construed as a reference to any
person which has no other members or  shareholders  except that other person and
that other  person's  wholly-owned  Subsidiaries  or persons acting on behalf of
that other person or its wholly-owned Subsidiaries; and

the "winding-up",  "dissolution" or "administration" of a company or corporation
shall be construed  so as to include any  equivalent  or  analogous  proceedings
under the law of the  jurisdiction  in which  such  company  or  corporation  is
incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such company or corporation carries on
business  including,  without  limitation,  being  subject to or the  seeking of
liquidation,     bankruptcy,    winding-up,     reorganisation,     dissolution,
administration,  arrangement,  adjustment,  protection  or relief of  debtors or
compromise, arrangement or proposals with creditors.

1.3 Currency "C$" and "Canadian  Dollars"  denote the lawful  currency of Canada
from time to time.

1.4 "US$" and "United  States  Dollars"  denote the lawful  currency of the
United States of America from time to time.

1.5  References  Save where the  contrary is  indicated,  any  reference in this
Agreement to:

         (i)  this  Agreement or any other  agreement  or document  shall be
              construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may
              be,  such other  agreement  or  document  as the same may have
              been, or may from time to time be, amended,  restated, varied,
              novated or supplemented;

         (ii) a statute shall be construed as a reference to such statute as
              the same may have been,  or may from time to time be,  amended
              or re-enacted;

         (iii)a time of day  shall be  construed  as a  reference  to
              Toronto; Ontario time; and

         (iv) a person, shall mean that person's successor, permitted transferee
              or assignee.

1.6 Headings Clause, Part and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

                                     Part 2

                                  THE FACILITY

2.       Grant of Facility

         The Bank  grants to the  Borrower  upon the terms  and  subject  to the
conditions  hereof,  a revolving  credit facility in a total aggregate amount of
C$100,000,000 (the "Commitment").

3.       Purpose

3.1 Purpose The Facility is intended for the general  corporate  purposes of the
Borrower, and, accordingly,  the Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it
hereunder in or towards satisfaction of such purposes.

3.2  Application  Without  prejudice to the  obligations  of the Borrower  under
Clause 3.1  (Purpose),  the Bank shall not be obliged to concern itself with the
application of amounts raised by the Borrower hereunder.

4.       Conditions Precedent

4.1 Save as the Bank may otherwise  agree, the Bank shall be under no obligation
hereunder  unless  the Bank  has  received  (or  waived  receipt  of) all of the
documents listed in the Second Schedule (Condition Precedent Documents) and that
each is, in form and substance, satisfactory to the Bank.

4.2 The Bank shall,  on request by the Borrower,  certify in writing  whether or
not it has  received  or waived  receipt of any of the  documents  listed in the
Second Schedule (Condition  Precedent Documents) and whether each is in form and
substance satisfactory to it.

                                     Part 3

                             UTILISATION OF FACILITY

5.       Utilisation of Facility

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request The Borrower may from time to time utilise
the  Facility  by  delivering  to the Bank,  by no later than 10:30 a.m.  on the
proposed Utilisation Date, a duly completed Utilisation Request. The Bank shall,
upon receipt of a duly  completed  Utilisation  Request,  advance the  Requested
Amount to the Borrower by no later than 3:00 p.m. on the Utilisation Date.

5.2 Utilisation  Request Each Utilisation Request delivered to the Bank pursuant
to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request) shall be irrevocable and shall
specify:

         (i)  the proposed Utilisation Date;

         (ii) the Requested  Amount (to be determined in accordance  with Clause
              5.3 (Requested Amount));

         (iii)the  Term  in  question  which  will  begin  on  the  proposed
              Utilisation Date and end on a business day, will not exceed 90
              days in  duration  and will  expire  on or  before  the  Final
              Maturity Date; and

         (iv) the account to which the proceeds of the proposed  Utilisation are
              to be paid.

5.3  Requested  Amount The  Requested  Amount to be specified  in a  Utilisation
Request  delivered  pursuant to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a  Utilisation  Request)
shall be in a minimum amount of C$100,000 and an integral multiple of C$100,000.

                                     Part 4

                                  THE ADVANCES

6.   Making of Advances

If the Borrower  notifies the Bank that it is to make an Advance,  and if on the
proposed Utilisation Date relating to such an Advance:

         (i)      no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred
                  and has not been  remedied  or  waived  pursuant  to Clause 34
                  (Amendments and Waivers); and

         (ii)     each of the representations which are to be deemed repeated at
                  any time after the date hereof in accordance with Clause 18.15
                  (Repetition of Representations) are true and correct on and as
                  of  such  Utilisation  Date  by  reference  to the  facts  and
                  circumstances   existing   at  the  time  (or,   if  any  such
                  representation  is expressly  stated to have been made as of a
                  specific date, as of such specific date), except to any extent
                  waived pursuant to Clause 34 (Amendments and Waivers),then, on
                  such Utilisation Date, the Bank shall, subject to all the
                  terms of this Agreement, make such Advance through its
                  Facility Office.

7.   Payment of Interest

On the  Repayment  Date  relating to each Advance the Borrower  shall pay to the
Bank all unpaid accrued interest on that Advance.

8.   Calculation of Interest

8.1  Interest  Applicable  to  Advances  The rate of interest  applicable  to an
Advance from time to time during the Term of such Advance  shall be the rate per
annum determined by the Bank to be the sum of:

         (i)      the Cost of Funds Rate for such Advance; and

         (ii) the Margin from time to time.

8.2  Bank to Notify The Bank shall not later than the time  specified in the
applicable part of the Third Schedule notify the Borrower of each  determination
of the rate of interest made by it pursuant to Clause 8.1  (Interest  Applicable
to Advances).

9.   Repayment of Advances

         Except as otherwise  provided  herein,  the  Borrower  shall repay each
Advance  made to it in full  on the  Repayment  Date  relating  thereto  and the
Borrower  shall not repay or prepay all or any part of any  Advance  outstanding
hereunder except at the times and in the manner expressly provided herein.

                                     Part 5

                                  CANCELLATION

10.  Cancellation

10.1 Cancellation  At any time prior to the day  falling  one month  before the
Final  Maturity  Date the  Borrower  may, by giving to the Bank not less than 15
days' prior notice to that effect, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum
amount of C$5,000,000,  or equal to the amount of the Available  Commitment,  if
less) of the Available Commitment.

10.2 Notice of  Cancellation  Any notice of  cancellation  given by the Borrower
pursuant to Clause 10.1  (Cancellation)  shall be irrevocable  and shall specify
the date  upon  which  such  cancellation  is to be made and the  amount of such
cancellation.

11.  Prepayment

The Borrower may, on any business day,  prepay all (or any part thereof being in
aggregate  at least  C$100,000  and an integral  multiple of  C$100,000)  of any
Advance  made to it without  premium or penalty  but without  prejudice  to such
Borrower's obligations under Clause 23.4 (Broken Periods), by giving to the Bank
not less than 5 days'  notice  of the date of the  prepayment.  Any such  notice
shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Borrower to make the prepayment on the
date therein stated.

                                     Part 6

                            CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES

12.  Taxes

12.1 Tax Gross-up All payments to be made by any Obligor to any person under any
Finance Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on
account of tax unless such Obligor is required to make such a payment subject to
the  deduction  or  withholding  of tax,  in which case the sum  payable by such
Obligor in respect of which such deduction or withholding is required to be made
shall be increased to the extent  necessary to ensure that,  after the making of
the required  deduction or  withholding,  such person receives and retains (free
from any liability in respect of any such  deduction or  withholding)  a net sum
equal to the sum  which it  would  have  received  and so  retained  had no such
deduction or withholding  been made or required to be made,  provided however if
on the due date of an interest  payment to the Bank on an  Advance,  the Bank is
not a  Canadian  Qualified  Lender;  and as a result the  applicable  Obligor is
required to deduct or withhold Canadian withholding tax pursuant to Part XIII of
the Income  Tax Act  (Canada)  from that  payment of  interest,  the  applicable
Obligor shall not be so required to pay an additional  amount in respect of that
deduction or withholding  unless it results from the  introduction  of or change
in, or in the interpretation or application of, any relevant law or any relevant
practice of a Canadian taxing  authority after this Agreement is entered into or
such  Obligor  would have been  required to make a deduction or  withholding  on
account  irrespective  of  whether  the Bank is or is not a  Canadian  Qualified
Lender.

For the purposes of this Clause,

"Canadian  Qualified  Lender"  means a Schedule I Bank or a Schedule  II Bank or
other person not being a  "non-resident  person" for the purposes of Section 212
of the Income Tax Act (Canada) except that, if any of those statutory provisions
are repealed,  modified,  extended or  re-enacted,  the Bank may at any time and
from  time to time  amend  the  relevant  definition  in such  manner  as it may
determine  to be  appropriate  by giving  notice of the  amended  definition  or
definitions to the Borrower.

12.2 Tax  Indemnity  Without  prejudice  to the  provisions  of Clause 12.1 (Tax
Gross-Up),  if any  person  or an agent on its  behalf is  required  to make any
payment on account of tax (not  being a tax  imposed on the  overall  net income
including  profits and gains of its Facility Office by the jurisdiction in which
it is  incorporated  or in which its Facility Office is located) or otherwise on
or in relation to any sum received or receivable  under any Finance  Document by
such person (including, without limitation, any sum received or receivable under
this Clause 12) or any  liability  in respect of any such  payment is  asserted,
imposed, levied or assessed against such person, the Obligor by whom such sum is
paid or payable shall, upon demand by the Bank,  promptly  indemnify such person
against such payment or liability,  together  with any  interest,  penalties and
reasonable  expenses payable or incurred in connection  therewith but not to the
extent that such  liability,  interest,  penalties and reasonable  expenses have
arisen as a result of undue delay in all the  circumstances by any person or any
agent on its behalf in the filing or the submission of tax returns, computations
or  claims or the  default  of any  person  or any agent on its  behalf in doing
anything contemplated by the Finance Documents.

12.3 Notification The Bank will notify the applicable  Obligor as soon as it is
reasonably  practicable of any circumstances  arising as a result of which it is
reasonably  likely  that it will  be  making  a claim  under  Clause  12.2  (Tax
Indemnity)  and if it intends to make a claim under such Clause it shall  notify
the  applicable  Obligor of the event by reason of which it is entitled to do so
and shall deliver to the applicable Obligor a certificate to that effect setting
out in reasonable detail the basis and computation of such claim;  provided that
nothing herein shall require the Bank to disclose any  confidential  information
relating to the organisation of its affairs.

12.4 Double  Taxation  Relief If, and to the extent  that,  the effect of Clause
12.1 (Tax Gross-up) or Clause 12.2 (Tax Indemnity) can be mitigated by virtue of
the provisions of any applicable double tax convention  entered into between the
United  States of America and Canada,  (whether by a claim to  repayment  of any
taxes referred to in Clause 12.1 (Tax  Gross-up) or Clause 12.2 (Tax  Indemnity)
or  otherwise)  the Bank agrees to  co-operate  with the Borrower with a view to
filing or providing any tax claims,  forms,  affidavits,  declarations  or other
like  documents  which the Borrower has requested and which are required for the
purpose of ensuring  the  application  of such double tax  convention  so far as
relevant.  To the extent  that the effect of Clause  12.1 and Clause 12.2 can be
mitigated and the Bank fails to co-operate to the extent  required  hereby to so
mitigate the effect of such  clauses,  the  provisions of Clause 12.1 and Clause
12.2 shall not be applicable in relation to payments of interest to the Bank.

13.  Tax Receipts

13.1 Notification  of Requirement to Deduct Tax If, at any time, any Obligor is
required by law to make any deduction or withholding  from any sum payable by it
under any Finance Document (or if thereafter there is any change in the rates at
which or the manner in which such  deductions or withholdings  are  calculated),
such Obligor shall as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming aware of the
same, notify the Bank.

13.2 Evidence  of Payment of Tax If any  Obligor  makes any  payment  under any
Finance  Document in respect of which it is required  to make any  deduction  or
withholding,  it shall pay or otherwise  account for the full amount required to
be deducted or withheld to the relevant  taxation or other authority  within the
time  allowed for such payment  under  applicable  law and shall  deliver to the
Bank,  within  thirty days after the due date of such  payment,  withholding  or
deduction,  evidence satisfactory to the Bank of that deduction,  withholding or
payment and (where  remittance  is  required) of the  remittance  thereof to the
relevant taxing or other authority.

14.  Tax Undertaking by the Bank and Tax Refunds

14.1 Bank The Bank undertakes,  promptly upon its Facility Office becoming aware
of the same, to notify the Borrower if it shall cease to be a Canadian Qualified
Lender.

14.2 Tax Credit Clawback If:

         (1)      an Obligor makes a payment under Clause 12.1 (Tax Gross-Up) (a
                  "Tax  Payment") in respect of a payment to the Bank under this
                  Agreement; and

         (2)      the Bank  determines  in its absolute  discretion  and in good
                  faith  that it has  obtained a refund of tax or  obtained  and
                  used a credit  against  tax on its  overall net income (a "Tax
                  Credit") which the Bank in its absolute discretion and in good
                  faith is able to identify as attributable to that Tax Payment

then,  if in its  absolute  discretion  and in good  faith it can do so  without
prejudicing  the amount of any Tax Credit for the Bank, the Bank shall reimburse
the  applicable  Obligor  such  amount  as the Bank in its  absolute  discretion
determines,  but in good faith, to be such proportion of that Tax Credit as will
leave the Bank (after that reimbursement) in no better or worse position than it
would have been in if no Tax  Payment had been  required.  The Bank shall not be
obliged to arrange its business or tax affairs in any particular way in order to
be eligible for a Tax Credit (and, if it does make a claim,  shall have absolute
discretion  as to the extent,  order and manner in which it does so) and whether
any amount is due from it under this  Clause  14.2 (and,  if so, what amount and
when).  The Bank shall not be obliged to disclose any information  regarding its
tax affairs and computations.

15.  Increased Costs

15.1 Changes  in  Circumstances  If, by reason of (i) any  change in law in any
jurisdiction or in its  interpretation or administration  and/or (ii) compliance
with any  request  from or  requirement  of any  central  bank or other  fiscal,
monetary  or other  authority  (including,  without  limitation,  a  request  or
requirement  (x) which  affects  the  manner  in which  the Bank or any  holding
company of the Bank is required to or does  maintain  capital  resources  having
regard to the Bank's obligations under any Finance Document and to amounts owing
to  it  under  any  Finance  Document  but  excluding  the  implementation,   as
contemplated on the signing of this Agreement,  of any of the matters set out in
the  July  1988  report  of the  Basle  Committee  on  Banking  Regulations  and
Supervisory Practices entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement
and Capital  Standards" (the "Cooke  Report"),  (y) which  implements any change
after the signing of this Agreement in, or in the  interpretation or application
of, such matters or any increase in the  requirements  of the Cooke Report after
the date hereof:

         (a)      the Bank or any holding company of the Bank incurs a cost as a
                  result of the Bank's having entered into and/or performing its
                  obligations  under any  Finance  Document  and/or  assuming or
                  maintaining a commitment under any Finance Document and/or its
                  making one or more Advances;

         (b)      the  Bank  or any  holding  company  of  the  Bank  suffers  a
                  reduction  in the rate of return on its overall  capital  (not
                  being a reduction by reason of the  imposition of, or increase
                  in the rates of tax  payable  on its  overall  profits  or net
                  income)  as a result  of a change  in the  manner in which the
                  Bank is  required  to allocate  resources  to its  obligations
                  under any Finance Document;

         (c)      there is any  increase  in the cost to the Bank or any holding
                  company of the Bank of funding  or  maintaining  all or any of
                  the  advances  comprised  in a class of advances  formed by or
                  including  the  Advances  made  or  to be  made  by  the  Bank
                  hereunder; or

         (d)      the Bank or any holding  company of the Bank becomes liable to
                  make any payment on account of tax or  otherwise  (not being a
                  tax imposed on the net income of the Bank's Facility Office by
                  the  jurisdiction  in which it is incorporated or in which its
                  Facility  Office is located) on or  calculated by reference to
                  the  amount  of the  Advances  made or to be made by the  Bank
                  hereunder  and/or  to any sum  received  or  receivable  by it
                  hereunder,

then the  Borrower  shall,  provided  that the Bank has notified the Borrower of
such claim pursuant to Clause 15.2 (Increased  Costs Claim),  within 10 business
days of receipt of a demand of the Bank,  pay to the Bank amounts  sufficient to
indemnify the Bank or any such holding company against,  as the case may be, (1)
such cost, (2) such reduction in such rate of return (or such proportion of such
reduction  as is, in the opinion of the Bank,  attributable  to its  obligations
hereunder),  (3) such increased cost (or such  proportion of such increased cost
as is, in the opinion of the Bank,  attributable  to its funding or  maintaining
Advances) or (4) such  liability  (save and to the extent that the Bank has been
compensated for such liability pursuant to Clause 12 (Taxes)).

15.2 Increased  Costs  Claim If the Bank  intends to make a claim  pursuant  to
Clause 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances),  it shall notify the Borrower thereof by
delivery  of a  certificate  setting  out in  reasonable  detail  the  basis and
computation  of such claim;  provided that nothing herein shall require the Bank
to disclose any  confidential  information  relating to the  organisation of its
affairs.

15.3 Option to repay in relation to  increased  costs claim If the  Borrower is
required  to  pay  any  amount  to  the  Bank  under  Clause  15.1  (Changes  in
Circumstances),  then subject to that Borrower  giving the Bank not less than 10
days prior notice:

         (i)      the  Borrower  may  prepay  all,  but not  part,  of  Advances
                  together with accrued  interest on the amount prepaid.  On any
                  such   prepayment  the  Commitment   shall  be   automatically
                  cancelled; and/or

         (ii)     the Borrower  shall have the right at any time  thereafter  to
                  locate a new lender to which all the rights and obligations of
                  the Bank hereunder may be transferred.  If such new lender has
                  been located  then the Bank and such new lender shall  execute
                  and  deliver a Transfer  Certificate  pursuant to which all of
                  the  rights and  obligations  of the Bank  hereunder  shall be
                  transferred  to such new lender with effect from the  Transfer
                  Date specified in such Transfer Certificate.

16.  Illegality

If, at any time,  it is unlawful  for the Bank to make,  fund or allow to remain
outstanding all or any of the Advances made or to be made by it hereunder or for
it, then the Bank shall,  promptly after becoming aware of the same,  deliver to
the Borrower and the  Guarantor a  certificate  to that effect and,  unless such
illegality is avoided in accordance with Clause 17  (Mitigation),  to the extent
of such illegality:

         (i)      the Bank shall not thereafter be obliged to participate in the
                  making of such Advances and the amount of the Commitment shall
                  be immediately reduced accordingly; and

         (ii)     if the Bank so requires,  the  Borrower  shall on such date as
                  the Bank shall have  specified  as being  necessary  to comply
                  with the relevant law repay such Advance together with accrued
                  interest thereon and all other amounts owing to the Bank.

17.  Mitigation

If, in respect of the Bank,  circumstances  arise which would, or would upon the
giving of notice, result in:

         (i)      the reduction of the Commitment to zero pursuant to Clause 16
                  (Illegality);

         (ii)     an  increase  in the amount of any payment to be made to it or
                  for its account pursuant to Clause 12.1 (Tax Gross-Up); or

         (iii)    a claim for indemnification pursuant to Clause 12.2 (Tax
                  Indemnity) or 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances).

then,  without  in any  way  limiting,  reducing  or  otherwise  qualifying  the
obligations of the Borrower under any of the Clauses referred to in (i), (ii) or
(iii)  above,  the Bank shall,  in  consultation  with the  Borrower,  take such
reasonable  steps as the Bank  acting in good  faith  considers  appropriate  to
mitigate  the  effects  of such  circumstances  including  the  transfer  of its
Facility  Office to  another  jurisdiction  or the  transfer  of its  rights and
obligations  hereunder  to  another  financial  institution  acceptable  to  the
Borrower willing to participate in the Facility  provided that the Bank shall be
under no  obligation to take any such action if, in the bona fide opinion of the
Bank,  to do so  would or  might  have an  adverse  effect  upon  its  business,
operations or financial condition.

                                     Part 7

                REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

18.  Representations

Each of the Obligors  makes the  representations  and  warranties  in respect of
itself only set out in Clause  18.1 to Clause  18.14 and  acknowledges  that the
Bank  entered  into this  Agreement  in  reliance on those  representations  and
warranties.

18.1 Status and Due  Authorization It is a corporation  duly organised,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of:

         (i)      in the case of the Guarantor, Delaware; or

         (ii)     in the case of the Borrower, Ontario,

with all  requisite  corporate or other power to execute and deliver the Finance
Documents  to which it is a party and to  exercise  its rights and  perform  its
obligations  thereunder and all corporate and other action required to authorise
its execution  and delivery of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and
its performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken.

18.2 Validity and  Admissibility  in Evidence All acts,  conditions  and things
required to be done,  fulfilled and performed in order (a) to enable it lawfully
to enter  into,  exercise  its rights  under and  perform  and  comply  with the
obligations  expressed  to be assumed by it in each of the Finance  Documents to
which it is a party, (b) to ensure that the obligations  expressed to be assumed
by it in each of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party are legal,  valid
and  binding  and (c) to make  each  Finance  Document  to  which  it is a party
admissible  in evidence in its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  have been done,
fulfilled and performed and all material governmental licences,  authorizations,
consents and approvals under the laws of any  jurisdiction  necessary to own its
assets and carry on its  business as now being or as  proposed  to be  conducted
have been obtained.

18.3 Most Recent Financial  Statements The most recent  financial  statements of
the  Guarantor and the Borrower  delivered in accordance  with the terms of this
Agreement  were  prepared in accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally
accepted in the relevant  jurisdiction of incorporation and consistently applied
and  in the  case  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of the
Guarantor give (in  conjunction  with the notes thereto) a true and fair view of
the financial  condition of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries,  and in the case
of the  financial  statements of the Borrower  delivered in accordance  with the
terms of this Agreement,  show with reasonable  accuracy the financial condition
of the Borrower,  in each case, at the date as of which they were prepared,  and
the  results  of the  Borrower's,  the  Guarantor's  or, as the case may be, the
Group's operations during the financial year then ended.

18.4 No Material  Adverse  Change Since  publication  of the Original  Financial
Statements of the  Borrower,  there has been no material  adverse  change in the
property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects or capitalization
of the Borrower and, since publication of the Original  Financial  Statements of
the  Guarantor,  there has been no  material  adverse  change  in the  property,
business,  operations,  financial condition,  prospects or capitalization of the
Group taken as a whole.

18.5 No  Undisclosed  Liabilities  As at the  date  as of  which  the  Original
Financial  Statements  of each Obligor were prepared such Obligor had no, or, in
the  case  of the  Guarantor,  no  member  of the  Group  had  any,  liabilities
(contingent or otherwise) which were not disclosed thereby (or by notes thereto)
or reserved  against  therein nor any unrealised or  anticipated  losses arising
from  commitments  entered  into by it which were not so  disclosed  or reserved
against,  in each  case,  as  required  under GAAP (as  defined  in Clause  20.3
(Definitions of Financial Terms)).

18.6 Litigation  Other than as  disclosed to the Bank prior to the date hereof,
there are no legal or arbitral proceedings,  or any proceedings by or before any
governmental or regulatory authority or agency, now pending or (to the knowledge
of any  Obligor)  threatened  against or affecting  the  Guarantor or any of its
Subsidiaries  as to  which  there  is a  reasonable  possibility  of an  adverse
determination  that  could  (either  individually  or in the  aggregate)  have a
Material Adverse Effect.

18.7 Execution  of the Finance  Documents  Its  execution  and  delivery of the
Finance  Documents  to which it is a party and its  exercise  of its  rights and
performance of its obligations thereunder do not and will not:

         (i)      conflict  with  any   agreement,   mortgage,   bond  or  other
                  instrument  or  treaty  to  which  it is a party  or  which is
                  binding upon it or any of its assets;

         (ii)     conflict with its charter,  by-laws or any other  constitutive
                  documents and rules and regulations; or

         (iii)    conflict with any  applicable  law,  regulation or official or
                  judicial order, writ, injunction or decree,

which, in each case, is reasonably  likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and
could subject the Bank to liability.

18.8 Full  Disclosure All of the written  information  supplied by any member of
the  Group to the  Bank in  connection  herewith  is true  and  accurate  in all
material respects.

18.9 Claims  Pari  Passu The claims of the Bank  against  it under the  Finance
Documents  will  rank at least  pari  passu  with the  claims  of all its  other
unsecured  creditors  save  those  whose  claims  are  preferred  solely  by any
bankruptcy,   insolvency,   liquidation   or  other   similar  laws  of  general
application.

18.10 No  Immunity  In the case of any Obligor  incorporated  in Canada,  in any
proceedings  taken in Canada in  relation to any of the  Finance  Documents,  no
Obligor will be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets  immunity from
suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.

18.11 No  Winding-up  It has not taken any  corporate  action nor have any other
steps  been  taken  or legal  proceedings  been  started  or (to the best of its
knowledge and belief)  threatened  against it for its  winding-up,  dissolution,
administration  or  re-organisation  or  for  the  appointment  of  a  receiver,
administrator,  administrative receiver,  trustee or similar officer of it or of
any or all of its assets or revenues.

18.12 Encumbrances  Save as  permitted  by Clause 21.5  (Negative  Pledge),  no
encumbrance exists over all or any of its present or future revenues or assets.

18.13 No Obligation to Create Security Its execution and delivery of the Finance
Documents to which it is a party and its exercise of its rights and  performance
of its obligations thereunder will not result in the existence of nor oblige any
Obligor  to create  any  encumbrance  over all or any of its  present  or future
revenues or assets.

18.14 Ownership of the Borrower The Borrower is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the
Guarantor.

18.15 Repetition of Representations The representations contained in this Clause
18 (other than those made under Clauses 18.4,  18.5, 18.6 (but only with respect
to proceedings that could have a Material Adverse Effect of the type referred to
in clause (a) of the definition thereof),  18.8, and 18.13) by any Obligor shall
be deemed to be repeated  by such  Obligor on each date upon which an Advance is
made (other than Rollover  Advances) by reference to the facts and circumstances
then existing.

19.  Financial Information

Each Obligor shall deliver or cause to be delivered or otherwise  made available
through  electronic  media  (provided that the Bank shall be given prior written
notice of such availability) to the Bank the following financial  statements and
information:

19.1 Annual  Statements Each Obligor shall as soon as the same become available,
but in any event within 120 days after the end of its financial year, deliver to
the Bank its unaudited  financial  statements (or, in the case of the Guarantor,
the consolidated  audited financial  statements of the Group) for such financial
year.

19.2 Semi-annual and Quarterly  Statements The Guarantor shall, as soon as same
become  available,  but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of its
quarters  ending three  months,  six months and nine months after the end of its
financial  years,  deliver  to the Bank  its  consolidated  unaudited  financial
statements of the Group for such period.  The Borrower shall as soon as the same
become  available,  but in any event within 90 days after the end of the half of
its  financial  years  ending six months  after the end of its  financial  year,
deliver to the Bank its unaudited financial statements for such period.

19.3 Other  Financial  Information  Each Obligor  shall from time to time on the
request of the Bank,  furnish the Bank with such information  about the business
and financial condition of the Group as the Bank may reasonably require.

19.4 Requirements as to Financial Statements Each Obligor shall ensure that:

         (i)      each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  this  Clause 19 is  prepared  on the same basis as was used in
                  the  preparation of its Original  Financial  Statements and in
                  accordance with accounting  principles  generally  accepted in
                  its jurisdiction of incorporation and consistently applied;

         (ii)     each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  Clause 19.1 is certified by a duly authorised  officer of such
                  Obligor  as  giving  a true  and  fair  view of its  financial
                  condition  (or,  in the case of  financial  statements  of the
                  Guarantor, the financial condition of the Group) as at the end
                  of the period to which those financial  statements  relate and
                  of the  results of its (or,  as the case may be, the  Group's)
                  operations during such period;

         (iii)    in respect of the Guarantor  each set of financial  statements
                  delivered  by the  Guarantor  pursuant to Clause 19.1  (Annual
                  Statements) has been audited by an internationally  recognised
                  firm of  independent  auditors  licensed  to  practise  in its
                  jurisdiction of incorporation; and

         (iv)     each set of  consolidated  financial  statements  and accounts
                  delivered  to  the  Bank   pursuant  to  Clause  19.1  (Annual
                  Statements)   or  Clause  19.2   (Semi-annual   and  Quarterly
                  Statements)  shall be accompanied by a compliance  certificate
                  signed  by  a  duly  authorised   officer  of  the  Guarantor,
                  substantially in the form set out in the Fourth Schedule (Form
                  of   Compliance   Certificate),   together   with  any   other
                  information required to determine whether or not the financial
                  condition of the Group  satisfies the  provisions of Clause 20
                  (Financial Condition).

20.  Financial Condition

20.1 Financial  Condition of the Borrower The Guarantor  shall procure that, and
the  Borrower  from time to time shall  ensure in  relation to itself  that,  as
evidenced  by the most  recent  set of  financial  statements  delivered  by the
Borrower pursuant to Clause 19 (Financial Information):

         (i)      Minimum Net Worth
                  Its  Net   Worth   shall   not  on  any  date  be  less   than
                  U.S.$23,000,000  plus 25% of  Cumulative  Net Income as of the
                  last day of each six month period of the  Borrower  (the first
                  such six month  period  ending  June 30,  2000 and  thereafter
                  every six month period).

         (ii)     Maximum Debt to Total Capital
                  The ratio of its Debt to Total  Capital  shall not on any date
                  be more than 9 to 1.

         (iii)    Minimum Equity to Total Assets
                  Its  Equity  shall  not on any date be less  than  8.0% of its
                  Total Assets.

         (iv)     Minimum Eligible Assets to Debt
                  The ratio of its Eligible Assets to Debt shall not on any date
                  be less than 1.10 to 1.

20.2 Financial  Condition of the Guarantor The Guarantor  shall ensure that, as
evidenced  by the  most  recent  set of  financial  statements  delivered  by it
pursuant to Clause 19 (Financial Information):

         (i)      Maximum Delinquency Ratio
                  Its  Delinquency  Ratio  shall  not  on  the  last  day of any
                  calendar month be more than 6.0%.

         (ii)     Minimum Tier 1 Capital to Managed Receivables Ratio
                  The ratio of its Tier 1 Capital to Managed  Receivables  shall
                  not on any date be less than 4.0 % and remain so for more than
                  90  days  and the  ratio  of its  Tier 1  Capital  to  Managed
                  Receivables shall not on any date be less than 3.5%.

         (iii)    Minimum Tangible Net Worth
                  The Tangible Net Worth of the Guarantor  shall not on any date
                  be less  than  US$1,250,000,000  plus  40% of  Cumulative  Net
                  Income  as of  the  last  day  of the  fiscal  quarter  of the
                  Guarantor  most recently  ended (being June 30, 2000) plus 40%
                  of   Cumulative   Equity   Proceeds   as  of   such   date  of
                  determination.

         (iv)     Leverage Ratio
                  Its Leverage Ratio shall not on any date exceed 10.0 to 1.

         (v)      Double Leverage Ratio
                  Its Double Leverage Ratio shall not on any date exceed 1.25 to
                  1.


20.3 Definitions of Financial Terms In this Agreement:

"Cumulative  Equity Proceeds" shall mean, as of any date of  determination,  the
aggregate  amount of all cash received on or prior to such date of determination
by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in respect of any Equity Issuance effected
after 30 June 2000, net of reasonable expenses incurred by the Guarantor and its
Subsidiaries in connection therewith;

"Cumulative  Net Income"  shall mean,  as of any date of  determination,  (i) in
respect to the Guarantor,  the net income of the Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP)
for each fiscal quarter of the Guarantor (a) commencing  with the fiscal quarter
ended 30 June 2000 and (b) ending with the fiscal quarter most recently ended on
or prior to such date of determination; provided that the Guarantor's Cumulative
Net Income shall be determined  exclusive of any fiscal quarter of the Guarantor
for which the  consolidated  net income of the  Guarantor  and its  consolidated
Subsidiaries   (determined  on  a  consolidated  basis  without  duplication  in
accordance with GAAP) is less than zero; and (ii) in respect of the Borrower the
net income of the Borrower  (determined  in  accordance  with GAAP) for each six
month  period of the Borrower (a)  commencing  with the six month period  ending
June 30, 2000 and (b) ending with the six month period most recently ended on or
prior to such date of determination;

"Debt"  means at any time and in relation to any  person,  indebtedness  of such
person owed to the Bank under any Finance  Document and any indebtedness of such
person owed to any person which is not Subordinated Indebtedness,  not including
securitization liability;

"Delinquency  Ratio" shall mean, on any date and with respect to the  Guarantor,
the ratio of (a) all Past Due Receivables  with respect to the Guarantor on such
date to (b) the aggregate amount of all Managed  Receivables with respect to the
Guarantor on such date;

"Double Leverage Ratio" shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (a) the sum of the
Guarantor's  Intangibles calculated on an unconsolidated basis on such date plus
the amount of the aggregate  investment of the Guarantor in the capital stock of
its Subsidiaries to (b) the Guarantor's Net Worth on such date;

"Eligible  Assets" means the consolidated  cash, cash equivalents and marketable
securities of the Borrower  which are  unrestricted  or unpledged  plus reported
loan  receivables  of the  Borrower  less any (a) Past  Due  Receivables  or (b)
reported loan receivables that are restricted, pledged or subordinated;

"Equity" means on any date and with respect to any person, the aggregate at such
time of such  person's  called up share  capital,  any  credit  balance  on such
person's share premium account or consolidated  profit and loss account and such
person's consolidated reserves less any debit balance on the consolidated profit
and loss account of such person;

"Equity Issuance" shall mean (a) any issuance or sale by the Guarantor or any of
its  Subsidiaries of (i) any of its capital stock,  (ii) any warrants or options
exercisable  in respect of its capital stock (other than any warrants or options
issued to  directors,  officers  or  employees  of the  Guarantor  or any of its
Subsidiaries  pursuant to employee  benefit  plans  established  in the ordinary
course of  business  and any  capital  stock of the  Guarantor  issued  upon the
exercise of such warrants or options) or (iii) any other  security or instrument
representing an equity interest (or the right to obtain any equity  interest) in
the Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries or (b) the receipt by the Guarantor or
any of its  Subsidiaries  from any person not a shareholder  of the Guarantor of
any capital contribution (whether or not evidenced by any equity security issued
by the recipient of such contribution);  provided that Equity Issuance shall not
include (i) any such issuance or sale by any  Subsidiary of the Guarantor to the
Guarantor or any wholly owned  Subsidiary  of the  Guarantor or (ii) any capital
contribution by the Guarantor or any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor to
any Subsidiary of the Guarantor;

"GAAP" shall mean on any date and with respect to any person, generally accepted
accounting  principles in the United  States of America  applied on a consistent
basis with  those used in the  preparation  of the  latest  annual or  quarterly
financial  statements furnished by on behalf of such person to the Bank pursuant
hereto;

"Intangibles" means as at any date and with respect to any person, the aggregate
amount (to the extent  reflected in determining the  consolidated  stockholders'
equity of such person and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries)  of (a) all write-ups
(other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups
of  assets  of a  going  concern  business  made  within  12  months  after  the
acquisition  of such  business)  subsequent to 30 June 2000 in the book value of
any asset by any such person or any of its  consolidated  Subsidiaries,  (b) all
Investments in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and all equity investments in persons
that are not  Subsidiaries  and (c) all  unamortized  debt discount and expense,
unamortized  deferred charges,  goodwill,  patents,  trademarks,  service marks,
trade names, anticipated future benefit of tax loss carry-forwards,  copyrights,
organisation or developmental expense and other intangible assets;

"Investments"  means  for any  person  (a) the  acquisition  (whether  for cash,
Property,  services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock,  bonds, notes,
debentures,  partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any
other person or any agreement to make any such acquisition  (including,  without
limitation,  any "short sale" or any sale of any  securities at a time when such
securities are not owned by the person entering into such sale);  (b) the making
of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other
person  (including  the purchase of Property from another  person  subject to an
understanding or agreement,  contingent or otherwise, to resell such Property to
such person), but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having
a term not exceeding 90 days arising in connection with the sale of inventory or
supplies by such person in the ordinary course of business;  or (c) the entering
into of any  guarantee  of, or other  contingent  obligation  with  respect  to,
indebtedness  or other  liability of any other person and (without  duplication)
any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such person;

"Leverage  Ratio"  means on any  date,  the  ratio of (a) the  indebtedness  (as
determined on a consolidated basis without  duplication in accordance with GAAP)
of the Guarantor with respect to the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries
at such date minus the aggregate  amount of all on-balance  sheet loans held for
securitization  at such date to (b) the  Guarantor's  Tangible Net Worth at such
date;

"Managed  Receivables" means on any date and with respect to any person, the sum
for such person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated
basis without  duplication in accordance with GAAP) of (a) all on-balance  sheet
credit card loans and other  finance  receivables  plus (b) all on balance sheet
credit card loans and other finance receivables held for securitization plus (c)
all securitized credit card loans and other finance  receivables of such person;
provided that, as the term "Managed  Receivables"  is used in the Tier I Capital
to Managed  Receivables Ratio calculation,  clauses (a), (b) and (c) above shall
be determined exclusive of securitized, non-revolving finance receivables;

"Net  Worth"  means on any date the  consolidated  stockholders'  equity  of the
Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries, all determined as of such date on a
consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP;

"Past Due  Receivables"  means on any date and with  respect to any person,  (i)
with respect to the definition of Delinquency  Ratio,  Managed  Receivables  and
(ii)  with  respect  to  the  definition  of  Eligible  Assets,   reported  loan
receivables,  in each case contractually past due 90 days or more plus all other
non performing assets provided however that receivables which are loans, whether
or not  contractually  past due 90 days or more,  shall not constitute  Past Due
Receivables to the extent of any cash balance of the account debtor on such loan
on deposit with the creditor  (but only to the extent such  creditor is entitled
under an agreement governing such loan to set-off such cash balances against the
obligations  of the account  debtor  under such loan and to the extent such cash
balances are not subject to any other  set-off or deduction by such  creditor or
any of its affiliates against a matured obligation owing by such debtor);

"Property"  shall  mean any  right or  interest  in or to  property  of any kind
whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible;

"Subordinated  Indebtedness"  means at any time and in  relation  to any person,
indebtedness  of such  person  fully  subordinated  to the  indebtedness  of the
Borrower  under any Finance  Document by a  subordination  agreement in form and
substance  satisfactory to the Bank or if the lender of such  indebtedness is an
Affiliate of the Borrower in a form which includes provisions  providing for the
relevant subordination in an agreed form;

"Tangible  Net  Worth"  means on any date and with  respect to any  person,  the
consolidated   stockholders'   equity  of  such  person  and  its   consolidated
Subsidiaries less Intangibles of such person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries,
all  determined as of such date on a consolidated  basis without  duplication in
accordance with GAAP;

"Tier 1 Capital"  means on any date and with respect to any person,  the amount,
for such person and its  Subsidiaries  (determined on a  consolidated  basis) on
such date of "Tier 1  Capital",  within  the  meaning  given to such term in the
Capital  Adequacy  Guidelines  for State Member Banks  published by the Board of
Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System (12 C.F.R.  Part 208,  Appendix A, as
amended,  modified  and  supplemented,  and in effect  from time to time and any
replacement thereof);

"Total Assets" means on any date and with respect to any person the amount,  for
such person,  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  (determined on a consolidated
basis) of "average total  consolidated  assets" within the meaning given to such
term in the Capital Adequacy  Guidelines for State Member Banks published by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 C.F.R.  Part 208,  Appendix
A, as amended,  modified and  supplemented,  and in effect from time to time and
any replacement thereof);

"Total Capital" means on any date and with respect to any person,  the Equity of
such person plus Subordinated Indebtedness of such person;

20.4 Accounting Terms All accounting expressions which are not otherwise defined
herein shall be construed  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles in the United States of America.

21.  Covenants

21.1 Litigation Each Obligor shall promptly give to the Bank notice of all legal
or arbitral  proceedings,  and of all investigations or proceedings by or before
any governmental or regulatory authority or agency, and any material development
in respect of such legal or other proceedings, against or affecting such Obligor
or any of its Subsidiaries, except investigations or proceedings (a) as to which
there is no reasonable  possibility of an adverse  determination or (b) that, if
adversely determined, would not (either individually or in the aggregate) have a
Material Adverse Effect.

21.2 Maintenance of Legal  Validity Each Obligor shall obtain,  comply with the
terms of and do all that is  necessary  to maintain in full force and effect all
authorizations,  approvals, licences and consents required in or by the laws and
regulations of its  jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it lawfully to enter
into and perform its obligations under each of the Finance Documents to which it
is a party and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility
in  evidence  in its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  of  each  of the  Finance
Documents to which it is a party.

21.3 Insurance  The  Guarantor  shall  procure  that  each  Obligor   maintains
insurances  on and in  relation  to  its  business  and  assets  with  reputable
underwriters or insurance  companies against such risks and to such extent as is
usual for  companies  carrying  on a  business  such as that  carried on by such
Obligor.

21.4 Disposals The Guarantor  shall ensure that no Obligor  shall,  without the
prior  written  consent  of the Bank,  enter into any  transaction  of merger or
consolidation  or  amalgamation  or  liquidate,  wind-up or  dissolve  itself or
convey,  sell,  lease,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of,  by  one  or  more
transactions  or  series  of  transactions  (whether  related  or  not),  all or
substantially all of its revenues or its assets other than by way of a Permitted
Disposal.

21.5 Negative Pledge The Guarantor  shall ensure that no Obligor shall,  without
the prior written consent of the Bank, create or permit to subsist any Lien over
any (1) Receivables of any Obligor or (2) Restricted Shares owned by it, in each
case whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

     (a) Liens for taxes not yet due or Liens for taxes being  contested in good
faith by appropriate  proceedings for which adequate reserves (in the good faith
judgment of the management of the relevant Obligor) have been established;

     (b) Liens  imposed by law (i) which are incurred in the ordinary  course of
business and (x) which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value
of such Receivables or Restricted Shares or materially impair the use thereof in
the operation of the business of any Obligor or (y) which are being contested in
good faith by  appropriate  proceedings,  which  proceedings  have the effect of
preventing  the  forfeiture  or sale of the  Receivables  or  Restricted  Shares
subject to such Lien or (ii) which do not relate to material  liabilities of any
Obligor and do not in the  aggregate  materially  detract  from the value of the
Receivables or Restricted Shares of the Group taken as a whole; provided that no
Lien  permitted  under this  clause (b) may secure any  obligation  in an amount
exceeding US$10,000,000; and

     (c) Any  pledge  of  Receivables  to a  Federal  Reserve  Bank  made in the
ordinary course of business to secure advances or other  transactions and manage
the liquidity position of an Obligor.

21.6 Claims Pari Passu Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times the claims of
the Bank against it under each of the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu
with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are
preferred by any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  liquidation or other similar laws of
general  application  or granted a  super-priority  or deemed trust by reason of
statute.

21.7  Notification  of Events of  Default  Each  Obligor  shall  promptly  after
becoming  aware of the same  inform the Bank of the  occurrence  of any Event of
Default or Potential  Event of Default and upon receipt of a written  request to
that  effect  from  the Bank  acting  reasonably  in  circumstances  which  give
reasonable  grounds  for belief that an Event of Default or  Potential  Event of
Default may have occurred, confirm to the Bank that, save as previously notified
to the  Bank or as  notified  in such  confirmation,  no  Event  of  Default  or
Potential Event of Default has occurred.

22.  Events of Default

Each of Clause 22.1 to Clause 22.17 describes  circumstances which constitute an
Event of Default for the  purposes of this  Agreement.  Clause  22.18 and Clause
22.19  deal with the  rights of the Bank  after  the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default.

22.1 Failure  to Pay Any  Obligor  fails to pay any sum due  from it under  any
Finance  Document  at the time,  in the  currency  and in the  manner  specified
therein and such failure is not remedied within five business days.

22.2 Cross  Default  Any  financial  indebtedness  of any member of the Group in
excess  of an  aggregate  of  US$50,000,000  (or  its  equivalent  in any  other
currency) is not paid when due, any such financial indebtedness of any member of
the Group is declared to be or  otherwise  becomes due and payable  prior to its
specified  maturity,  any commitment for, or underwriting of, any such financial
indebtedness  of any  member  of the  Group is  cancelled  or  suspended  or any
creditor or creditors of any member of the Group become  entitled to declare any
such financial  indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to
its specified maturity.

22.3 Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made
by any Obligor in any of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party or in any
notice or other  document,  certificate  or  statement  delivered by it pursuant
hereto is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect
when made or deemed to be made.

22.4 Specific  Covenants Any Obligor fails duly to perform or comply with any of
the  obligations  expressed  to  be  assumed  by  it  in  Clause  19  (Financial
Information) or Clause 21 (Covenants)  and, if such breach is capable of remedy,
such breach has not been remedied within 30 days after notice of such breach has
been given by the Bank to the relevant Obligor.

22.5  Financial  Condition  At any time any of the  requirements  of  Clause  20
(Financial Condition) is not satisfied.

22.6 Other  Obligations  Any  Obligor  fails duly to perform or comply  with any
other obligation  expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document and such
failure, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 30 days after the Bank has
given notice thereof to such Obligor.

22.7 Insolvency and Rescheduling

(a) An Obligor:

     (i) voluntarily commences any proceeding or files any proposal or petition,
or notice thereof,  including,  without limitation,  a notice of intention under
the Bankruptcy  and Insolvency Act (Canada) (the "BIA"),  seeks relief under the
BIA, the Companies' Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
or any other  federal,  state,  provincial  or other  bankruptcy,  insolvency or
similar law;

     (ii) consents to the institution of, or fails to controvert in a timely and
appropriate manner, any such proceeding, or the filing of any such petition;

     (iii) applies for or consents to the  appointment  of a receiver,  trustee,
custodian,  sequestrator or similar  official for such Obligor or any Subsidiary
or such Obligor, or for a substantial part of its property;
(iv) files an answer  admitting  the material  allegations  of a petition  filed
against it at any such proceeding;

     (v) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

     (vi) becomes unable, admits in writing its inability or fails generally, to
pay its debts as they become due, or

     (vii) takes action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

(b)  Any  involuntary  proceeding  shall  be  commenced  or an  involuntary
petition shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking:

     (i) relief in respect of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of any Obligor, or a
substantial  part of its  property,  under  the BIA,  the  Companies'  Creditors
Arrangement Act (Canada), the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any other federal,  state,
provincial or other bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law;

     (ii) the  appointment of a receiver,  trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator or
similar official for either any Obligor or any Subsidiary of any Obligor, or for
a  substantial  part  of  its  property,  or an  emcumbrancer  or  lienor  takes
possession of any substantial part of its property; or

     (iii) the winding up or liquidation of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of any
Obligor;  and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 90 days
or an order or decree  approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall continue
unstayed and in effect for 90 days.

22.8 Winding-up Any Obligor takes any corporate  action or other steps are taken
or legal proceedings are started for its winding-up, dissolution, administration
or   re-organisation   or  for  the  appointment  of  a  liquidator,   receiver,
administrator,  administrative  receiver,  conservator,  custodian,  trustee  or
similar officer of it or of all or substantially  all of its revenues and assets
other than (a) in connection with a solvent  reconstruction,  the terms of which
have been previously approved by the Bank, or (b) a winding up petition which is
proved to the  satisfaction  of the Bank to be frivolous or vexatious  and which
is, in any event, discharged within 21 days of its presentation.

22.9 Analogous  Events Any event occurs which under the laws of any jurisdiction
has a similar or  analogous  effect to any of those  events  mentioned in Clause
22.7  (Insolvency and  Rescheduling),  Clause 22.8  (Winding-up) or Clause 22.17
(Judgement Defaults).

22.10 Governmental Intervention By or under the authority of any government, (a)
the  management  of the  Guarantor  is  wholly  or  partially  displaced  or the
authority of the Guarantor in the conduct of its business is wholly or partially
curtailed  which is likely  to have a  Material  Adverse  Effect or (b) all or a
majority  of the issued  shares of the  Guarantor  or the whole or any part (the
book value of which is twenty percent or more of the book value of the whole) of
its revenues or assets is seized,  nationalised,  expropriated  or  compulsorily
acquired which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.11  Ownership  of the  Guarantor  Any person or group of persons  (within the
meaning  of Section 13 or 14 of the United  States  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) shall have acquired beneficial  ownership
(within  the  meaning  of Rule  13d-3  promulgated  by the U.S.  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  under the  Exchange  Act) of 20% or more of the issued and
outstanding  shares of  voting  common  stock  issued  by the  Guarantor  or the
Guarantor shall at any time fail to own and control,  beneficially and of record
(free and clear of all encumbrances), at least 95% of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock of each class of voting securities issued by Capital One
Bank or the  Guarantor  shall at any time fail to own and control,  beneficially
and of record (free and clear of all  encumbrances),  at least 95% of the issued
and  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of each  class of voting  securities
issued by Capital One, F.S.B.

22.12  Ownership  of the  Borrower The Borrower is no longer a wholly owned
Subsidiary of the Guarantor.

22.13 The Group's  Business  Any Obligor (i) ceases to carry on the  business it
carries on at the date  hereof the cession of which is likely to have a Material
Adverse  Effect or (ii) enters into any unrelated  business the entry into which
is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.14 Repudiation  Any Obligor repudiates any Finance Document.

22.15 Illegality  At any time it is or  becomes  unlawful  for any  Obligor  to
perform or comply  with any or all of its  obligations  under any of the Finance
Documents  or any of the  obligations  of any  Obligor  under any of the Finance
Documents are not or cease to be legal, valid and binding.

22.16  Performance of Obligations  Any Obligor  becomes unable to perform any of
its  obligations  under any of the Finance  Documents  and such  inability has a
Material  Adverse  Effect on the ability of the  Borrower to perform its payment
obligations under any of the Finance Documents.

22.17  Judgment  Defaults A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money
of US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more
in the  aggregate  shall  be  rendered  by one or  more  courts,  administrative
tribunals or other bodies  having  jurisdiction  against the Guarantor or any of
its Subsidiaries and the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be
made for such discharge),  or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured,
within 30 days from the date of entry  thereof and the  Guarantor or  Subsidiary
shall not,  within said period of 30 days,  or such longer  period  during which
execution of the same shall have been  stayed,  appeal  therefrom  and cause the
execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal.

22.18  Acceleration and Cancellation  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
and at any time thereafter, the Bank may, by written notice to the Borrower:

         (i)      declare  the  Advances  to  be  immediately  due  and  payable
                  (whereupon  the same  shall  become so payable  together  with
                  accrued  interest  thereon and any other sums then owed by the
                  Borrower  hereunder)  or declare  the  Advances  to be due and
                  payable on demand of the Bank; and/or

         (ii)     declare that the Facility  shall be  cancelled,  whereupon the
                  same shall be cancelled and the Commitment shall be reduced to
                  zero.

22.19  Advances  Due on Demand If,  pursuant to Clause 22.18  (Acceleration  and
Cancellation), the Bank declares the Advances to be due and payable on demand of
the Bank,  then, and at any time  thereafter,  the Bank may by written notice to
the Borrower require repayment of the Advances on such date as it may specify in
such  notice  (whereupon  the same  shall  become  due and  payable on such date
together  with  accrued  interest  thereon  and any other  sums then owed by the
Borrower hereunder) or withdraw its declaration with effect from such date as it
may specify in such notice.

                                     Part 8

                         DEFAULT INTEREST AND INDEMNITY

23.  Default Interest and Indemnity

23.1 Default Interest Period If any sum due and payable by any Obligor under any
Finance  Document to which it is a party is not paid on the due date therefor in
accordance  with the  provisions  of Clause 25  (Payments) or if any sum due and
payable by any Obligor under any judgment of any court in connection herewith is
not paid on the date of such judgment, the period beginning on such due date or,
as the case may be, the date of such  judgment and ending on the date upon which
the obligation of such Obligor to pay such sum (the balance thereof for the time
being unpaid being herein referred to as an "unpaid sum") is discharged shall be
divided  into  successive  periods,  each of which  (other than the first) shall
start on the last day of the  preceding  such period and the duration of each of
which shall (except as otherwise  provided in this Clause 23) be selected by the
Bank.

23.2 Default  Interest During each such period relating  thereto as is mentioned
in Clause 23.1  (Default  Interest  Period) an unpaid sum shall bear interest at
the rate per  annum  which is the sum from time to time of one  percent  and the
Canadian Prime Rate.

23.3 Payment of Default  Interest Any  interest  which shall have accrued  under
Clause  23.2  (Default  Interest)  in  respect of an unpaid sum shall be due and
payable and shall be paid by the Obligor owing such unpaid sum at the end of the
period by reference to which it is  calculated or on such other date or dates as
the Bank may specify by written notice to such Obligor.

23.4 Broken  Periods If the Bank  receives  or  recovers  all or any part of an
Advance made by the Bank otherwise than on the last day of the Term thereof, the
Borrower  shall pay to the Bank on demand an amount equal to the amount (if any)
by which (i) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount
so received or  recovered  had it been  received or recovered on the last day of
the Term thereof exceeds (ii) the amount of interest which in the opinion of the
Bank would have been  payable to the Bank on the last day of the Term thereof in
respect of a deposit in the  currency  of the amount so  received  or  recovered
equal to the amount so received or recovered placed by it with a Schedule I Bank
in Toronto for a period starting on the first business day following the date of
such  receipt or  recovery  and ending on the last day of the Term  thereof.  In
addition  the  Borrower  shall also pay to the Bank a breakage fee in respect to
any such receipt of all or any part of an Advance in accordance  with the Bank's
usual practice.

23.5 Indemnities  Each Obligor undertakes to indemnify:

         (i)      the  Bank  and  the  Bank's  officers,  directors,  employees,
                  agents,  and delegates against any cost, claim,  loss, expense
                  (including  legal  fees) or  liability  (other  than any cost,
                  claim,  loss, expense or liability incurred as a result of the
                  Bank's own wilful  misconduct  or gross  negligence)  together
                  with any VAT thereon, which any of them may reasonably sustain
                  or incur as a  consequence  of the  occurrence of any Event of
                  Default or any default by such Obligor in the  performance  of
                  any of the  obligations  expressed  to be assumed by it in the
                  Finance Documents (or any of them); and

         (ii)     the Bank  against any loss (other than any loss  incurred as a
                  result  of  the  Bank's  own   wilful   misconduct   or  gross
                  negligence)  it may  suffer  as a  result  of its  funding  an
                  Advance  requested by the Borrower  hereunder  but not made by
                  reason of the  operation of any one or more of the  provisions
                  hereof.

23.6 Unpaid  Sums or  Advances  Any unpaid sum shall (for the  purposes of this
Clause 23 and Clause 15.1 (Changes in  Circumstances))  be treated as an Advance
and accordingly in this Clause 23 and Clause 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances) the
term "Advance" includes any unpaid sum and "Term", in relation to an unpaid sum,
includes  each such  period  relating  thereto as is  mentioned  in Clause  23.1
(Default Interest Periods).

                                     Part 9

                                    PAYMENTS

24.  Currency of Account and Payment

24.1 Currency of Account Canadian Dollars is the currency of account and payment
in respect of the  Facility,  for each and every sum at any time due from any of
the  Obligors  under the Facility  and, in  connection  therewith,  in the other
Finance Documents provided that:

         (i)      each payment pursuant to Clause 12.2 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause
                  15.1 (Changes in Circumstances)  shall be made in the currency
                  specified  by  the  party  acting   reasonably   and  claiming
                  thereunder; and

         (ii)     any amount  expressed  to be payable in a currency  other than
                  Canadian Dollar shall be paid in that other currency.

24.2  Currency  Indemnity  If any sum due from any  Obligor  under  the  Finance
Documents or any order or judgment  given or made in relation  thereto has to be
converted from the currency (the "first  currency") in which the same is payable
thereunder  or under such order or judgment  into another  currency (the "second
currency") for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against such
Obligor,  (ii)  obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or
(iii)  enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation  thereto,  such
Obligor  shall  indemnify and hold harmless each of the persons to whom such sum
is due from and against any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between
(a) the rate of  exchange  used for such  purpose to convert the sum in question
from the first  currency  into the second  currency and (b) the rate or rates of
exchange at which such person may in the  ordinary  course of business  purchase
the first currency with the second  currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in
satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.

25.  Payments

25.1 Payments to the Bank On each date on which any Finance Document requires an
amount to be paid by any Obligor  under any of the Finance  Documents in respect
of the  Facility or  otherwise  to the Bank,  such  Obligor  shall make the same
available to the Bank:

         (i)      where such amount is denominated in Canadian Dollars, by
                  payment in Canadian Dollars for value on the day in question
                  to the Bank via

                           Royal Bank of Canada
                           Correspondent Bank Division
                           Toronto, Ontario

                           Transit Routing Number: 07172-003
                           For Credit To: Bank One Canada
                           Account Number: 000-047-1

                           For Further Credit To: Capital One Inc.
                           Account Number: o

                           (or such other account or bank as the Bank may have
                           specified for this purpose);

         (ii)     where such amount is denominated in United States Dollars,  by
                  payment  in  United  States  Dollars  for  value on the day in
                  question to the Bank via:

                           Federal Reserve Bank of Detroit
                           For Account of: Bank One Michigan
                           ABA Number: 072 000 326, in favour of Bank One Canada

                           For Further Credit To: Capital One Inc.
                           Account Number: ;

         (iii)    where such amount is  denominated  in any other  currency,  by
                  payment in such  currency  for value on the day in question to
                  the Bank's account number specified for such purpose.

25.2  Alternative  Payment  Arrangements  If,  at  any  time,  it  shall  become
impracticable  (by reason of any  action of any  governmental  authority  or any
change in law, exchange control regulations or any similar event) for any or all
of the Obligors to make any payments hereunder in the manner specified in Clause
25.1  (Payments  to the  Bank),  then such  Obligor  may agree  with the  Bank's
alternative  arrangements  for the payment  direct to the Bank of amounts due to
the Bank hereunder  provided that, in the absence of any such agreement with the
Bank,  such Obligor shall be obliged to make all payments due to the Bank in the
manner specified herein.

25.3 No  Set-off  All  payments  required  to be made by any  Obligor  under the
Finance  Documents  shall be  calculated  without  reference  to any  set-off or
counterclaim  and shall be made free and clear of and without any  deduction for
or on account of any set-off or counterclaim.

25.4  Interest  Act  (Canada)  For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) and
disclosure  thereunder,  whenever interest to be paid hereunder or in connection
herewith  is to be  calculated  on the  basis of a year of 365 days or any other
period of time that is less than a calendar year, the yearly rate of interest to
which the rate determined pursuant to such calculation is equivalent is the rate
so  determined  multiplied  by the actual number of days in the calendar year in
which the same is to be  ascertained  and  divided  by either  365 or such other
period of time, as the case may be. The rates of interest  under this  Agreement
are nominal rates,  and not effective  rates or yields.  The principal of deemed
reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest  calculation  under this
Agreement.

25.5 Suspense  Accounts Where and for so long as reasonably  deemed necessary by
the Bank  for the  purpose  of  maximising  its  recoveries  in any  winding-up,
dissolution or  administration  then taking place or reasonably likely to occur,
all  moneys  received,  recovered  or  realised  by the  Bank by  virtue  of the
Guarantee  may,  in  that  Bank's  discretion,  be  credited  to a  suspense  or
impersonal  account  and may be held in  such  account  for so long as the  Bank
thinks reasonably fit pending the application from time to time (as the Bank may
think fit) of such moneys in or towards the payment and discharge of any amounts
owing by any of the Obligors to the Bank hereunder.

25.6  Non-Business  Days In the event that any payment required to be made under
any Finance  Document  falls to be made on a day which is not a business  day it
shall be made on the next business day.

26.  Set-Off

Each  Obligor  authorises  the Bank to apply any  credit  balance  to which such
Obligor is entitled on any account of such Obligor with the Bank in satisfaction
of any sum due and payable from such Obligor to the Bank  hereunder  but unpaid;
for this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase with the moneys standing to
the credit of any such  account  such other  currencies  as may be  necessary to
effect such  application.  The Bank shall not be obliged to  exercise  any right
given to it by this  Clause 26.  Nothing in this Clause 26 shall  constitute  an
encumbrance.

                                     Part 10

                            FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES

27.      Commitment Commission and Arranging Fee

27.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Bank a commitment  commission of ____ percent
per  annum on the  amount of the  Bank's  Available  Commitment  from day to day
during the period  beginning  on the date  hereof and ending on the  Termination
Date and payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each quarter, or if not
a business day, then the next business day immediately thereafter.

27.2 The  Borrower  shall pay to the Bank an  arrangement  fee in respect to the
Commitment in the amount of ____ percent of the Commitment (being C$____), which
fee has been fully earned by the Bank as a result of the Bank  entering  into of
this  Agreement  whether or not any Advance is made by the Bank hereunder and is
payable  at  closing  and a further  fee in the  amount of ____  percent  of the
Commitment  (being  C$______) if all Advances  have not be repaid in full and if
the Facility has not been terminated by January 1, 2001.

28.  Costs and Expenses

28.1 Costs and Expenses The Borrower  shall,  from time to time on demand of the
Bank,  reimburse the Bank for all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses
(including  reasonable  legal fees, not to exceed  C$25,000 plus  disbursements)
together with any VAT thereon incurred by it in connection with the negotiation,
preparation  and execution of the Finance  Documents  and the  completion of the
transactions  therein  contemplated  except,  for the  avoidance  of  doubt,  in
relation to any transfer or assignment by the Bank of its rights or  obligations
hereunder.

28.2 Preservations  and Enforcement of Rights The Borrower shall,  from time to
time on  demand  of the Bank,  reimburse  the Bank for all  costs  and  expenses
(including  reasonable  legal fees)  together  with any VAT  thereon  reasonably
incurred in or in connection with the preservation  and/or enforcement of any of
their rights under any of the Finance  Documents  except,  for the  avoidance of
doubt,  in relation to any transfer or  assignment  by the Bank of its rights or
obligations hereunder.

28.3 Stamp Taxes The Borrower shall pay all stamp,  registration and other taxes
to which  any of the  Finance  Documents  or any  judgment  given in  connection
therewith  is or at any time may be  subject  and  shall,  from  time to time on
demand of the Bank,  indemnify the Bank against any liabilities,  costs,  claims
and expenses  resulting  from any failure to pay or any delay in paying any such
tax.

28.4 Guarantor's  Liabilities for Costs If the Borrower fails to perform any of
its  obligations  under this Clause 28, the Guarantor  shall  indemnify the Bank
against any loss incurred by it as a result of such failure.

28.5 Waivers and Consents The Borrower shall, from time to time on demand of the
Bank (and without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 28.2  (Preservations and
Enforcements  of Rights) and Clause 34.2 (Amendment  Costs)  compensate the Bank
for all reasonable  costs and expenses  (including  telephone,  fax, copying and
travel costs)  incurred by the Bank in connection with its taking such action as
it may  deem  appropriate  in  complying  with any  request  by any  Obligor  in
connection with:

     (a) the  granting or proposed  granting of any waiver or consent  requested
         hereunder by any Obligor;

     (b) any actual breach by any Obligor of its obligations hereunder;

     (c) the occurrence of any event which is an Event of Default or a Potential
         Event of Default; or

     (d) any amendment or proposed amendment hereto requested by any Obligor.


                                     Part 11

                            ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

29.  Benefit of Agreement

This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and enure to the  benefit of each party
hereto  and its or any  subsequent  successors  and  permitted  Transferees  and
assigns.

30.  Assignments and Transfers by the Obligors

None of the  Obligors  shall be entitled to assign or transfer all or any of its
rights,  benefits  and  obligations  hereunder  except  pursuant  to a Permitted
Disposal.

31.  Assignments and Transfers by Bank

31.1  Assignments and Transfers The Bank may assign all or any of its rights and
benefits  hereunder or transfer in  accordance  with Clause 31.2  (Transfers  by
Bank) all or any of its rights,  benefits and obligations  hereunder or transfer
its Facility  Office  provided that (save in the case of an assignment of rights
and benefits to any Affiliate of the Bank) no such assignment or transfer may be
of an amount of less than  C$5,000,000  or may be made without the prior written
consent of the Borrower such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld or delayed
(and, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be unreasonable  for the Borrower
to  withhold  or delay its  consent in the case of an  assignment  of rights and
benefits to any proposed  assignee  whose  long-term debt  obligations  are then
rated below Baa3 by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. or below BBB- by Standard &
Poor's Ratings  Services).  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no consent from any
Obligor shall be required with respect to any such assignment or transfer at any
time after any notice has been delivered pursuant to Clause 22.18  (Acceleration
and Cancellation).

31.2  Transfers by Bank If the Bank wishes to transfer all or any of its rights,
benefits   and/or   obligations   hereunder  as   contemplated  in  Clause  31.1
(Assignments and Transfers),  then such transfer may be effected by the delivery
to the Bank of a duly completed and duly executed Transfer  Certificate in which
event, on the later of the Transfer Date specified in such Transfer  Certificate
and the fifth  business day after (or such earlier  business day endorsed by the
Bank on such Transfer  Certificate  falling on or after) the date of delivery of
such Transfer Certificate to the Bank:

         (i)      to the extent that in such Transfer Certificate the Bank party
                  thereto seeks to transfer its rights, benefits and obligations
                  hereunder,  each  Obligor and the Bank shall be released  from
                  further  obligations  towards one another  hereunder and their
                  respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (such
                  rights,  benefits and  obligations  being  referred to in this
                  Clause 31.2 as "discharged rights and obligations"); and

         (ii)     each Obligor and the  Transferee  party  thereto  shall assume
                  obligations  towards one another and/or acquire rights against
                  one  another  which  differ  from such  discharged  rights and
                  obligations  only insofar as such Obligor and such  Transferee
                  have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of such Obligor
                  and the transferring Bank.

32.  Disclosure of Information

The Bank may disclose to any actual or potential  assignee or  Transferee  or to
any sub-participant in relation to any of the Finance Documents such information
about the Obligors and the Group as the Bank shall consider appropriate provided
that,  prior to the  disclosure  of such  information,  it has  obtained  a duly
completed confidentiality  undertaking (substantially in the form set out in the
Fifth  Schedule  (Form of  Confidentiality  Undertaking))  from  such  potential
assignee, Transferee or sub-participant.

33.  Calculations and Evidence of Debt

33.1 Basis of Accrual  Subject to Clause 25.4 (Interest Act (Canada)),  interest
and commitment  commission  shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated
on the  basis  of a year of 365 days  (or,  in any case  where  market  practice
differs,  in  accordance  with market  practice)  and the actual  number of days
elapsed. Each rate of interest stipulated as an annual rate of interest pursuant
to any Finance  Document  which is  calculated  with  reference to a period (the
"deemed  interest  period")  that is less than the actual  number of days in the
calendar  year of  calculation  is,  for the  purposes  of  disclosure  required
pursuant to the Interest Act (Canada), equivalent to such annual rate multiplied
by the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation  and divided by
the number of days in the deemed interest period.

33.2  Evidence  of Debt The Bank shall  maintain  in  accordance  with its usual
practice accounts  evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by and owing to
it hereunder.

33.3 Prima Facie Evidence In any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in
connection with any of the Finance  Documents,  the entries made in the accounts
maintained  pursuant  to Clause  33.2  (Evidence  of Debt)  shall be prima facie
evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Obligors therein
recorded.

33.4  Certificates  of Bank A  certificate  of the Bank as to (i) the  amount by
which a sum payable to it hereunder  is to be  increased  under Clause 12.1 (Tax
Gross-Up) or (ii) the amount for the time being required to indemnify it against
any such  cost,  payment  or  liability  as is  mentioned  in  Clause  12.2 (Tax
Indemnity) or 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances)  shall, in the absence of manifest
error, be conclusive for the purposes of any of the Finance  Documents and prima
facie evidence in any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in connection
with any of the Finance Documents. A certificate of the Bank as to the amount at
any time due from the Borrower hereunder or the amount which, but for any of the
obligations  of  the  Borrower  hereunder  being  or  becoming  void,  voidable,
unenforceable or ineffective,  at any time would have been due from the Borrower
hereunder  shall,  in the  absence of  manifest  error,  be  conclusive  for the
purposes of any of the Finance Documents.

34.  Amendments and Waivers

34.1 Amendments and Waivers Save as otherwise  provided herein, any provision of
any of the Finance Documents may be amended or supplemented only if the Borrower
and the Bank so agree in writing.

34.2 Amendment  Costs  If  any  Obligor  requests  any  amendment,  supplement,
modification or waiver in accordance  with Clause 34.1  (Amendments and Waivers)
then  that  Obligor  shall  within  five  business  days of  demand of the Bank,
reimburse the Bank for all reasonable costs and expenses  (including legal fees)
together  with  any  VAT  thereon  incurred  by the  Bank  in  the  negotiation,
preparation and execution of any written instrument  contemplated by Clause 34.1
(Amendments and Waivers).

35.  Remedies and Waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Bank any
right or remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall any
single or partial  exercise of any right or remedy  prevent any further or other
exercise  thereof or the  exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and
remedies  herein  provided  are  cumulative  and not  exclusive of any rights or
remedies provided by law.

36.  Partial Invalidity

If, at any time,  any provision of any Finance  Document is or becomes  illegal,
invalid  or  unenforceable  in any  respect  under the law of any  jurisdiction,
neither the legality,  validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of
the Finance  Documents  nor the  legality,  validity or  enforceability  of such
provision under the law of any other  jurisdiction  shall in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

37.  Maximum Rate of Return

Notwithstanding  any  provision to the contrary  contained  herein,  in no event
shall the aggregate  "interest" (as defined in Section 347 of the Criminal Code,
Statutes  of  Canada,  1985,  C.46  as the  same  may be  amended,  replaced  or
re-enacted from time to time) payable hereunder exceed the effective annual rate
of interest  on the "credit  advanced"  (as defined in that  section)  hereunder
lawfully permitted under that section and, if any payment,  collection or demand
pursuant to the Finance  Documents in respect of "interest"  (as defined in that
section) is  determined to be contrary to the  provisions of that section,  such
payment,  collection  or  demand  shall be  deemed  to have  been made by mutual
mistake  of the  Obligors  and the  Bank  and the  amount  of  such  payment  or
collection shall be refunded to the applicable Obligor;  for purposes hereof the
effective  annual  rate of  interest  shall be  determined  in  accordance  with
generally accepted actuarial  practices and principles over the term of the loan
on the basis of annual  compounding  of the lawfully  permitted rate of interest
and,  in the  event  of  dispute,  a  certificate  of a Fellow  of the  Canadian
Institute of Actuaries appointed by the Bank will be conclusive for the purposes
of such determination.

38.  Notices

38.1 Communications in writing Each  communication to be made under any Finance
Document  shall,  unless  otherwise  stated,  be made  in  writing  but,  unless
otherwise stated, may be made by fax, telex or letter.

38.2  Delivery  Any  communication  or document to be made or  delivered  by one
person to another  pursuant to any of the Finance  Documents  shall (unless that
other person has by fifteen days' written notice to each Obligor or the Bank, as
appropriate,  specified  another  address)  be made or  delivered  to that other
person at the address  identified with its signature below (or, in the case of a
Transferee,  at the end of the  Transfer  Certificate  to which it is a party as
Transferee)  and shall be deemed to have been made or delivered when  dispatched
and the appropriate  answer back received in the case of any communication  made
by telex) or (in the case of any communication made by letter) when left at that
address  or (as the case  may be) ten days  after  being  deposited  in the post
postage  prepaid in an envelope  addressed to it at that address or (in the case
of any  communication  made by fax)  transmission has been completed and, in the
case of the Bank, when received by the department or officer identified with the
Bank's  signature  below (or such other  department or officer as the Bank shall
from time to time specify for this purpose).

38.3 English Language Each  communication  and document made or delivered by one
party  to  another  pursuant  to any of the  Finance  Documents  shall be in the
English language or accompanied by a translation  thereof into English certified
(by an officer of the person making or delivering  the same) as being a true and
accurate translation thereof.

38.4 Notices Effective Each communication or document to be made or delivered to
any Obligor hereunder shall be effective if made or delivered to the Guarantor.

39.  Counterparts

This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by different
parties  hereto on  separate  counterparts  each of  which,  when  executed  and
delivered, shall constitute an original, but all the counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                     Part 12

                              LAW AND JURISDICTION

40.  Law

This  Agreement  shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance  with
the laws of the Province of Ontario.

41.  Jurisdiction

41.1  Ontario  Courts  Each of the  parties  hereto  irrevocably  agrees for the
benefit of each other party hereto that any  competent  court in the Province of
Ontario  shall  have  jurisdiction  to hear and  determine  any suit,  action or
proceeding,  and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection
with the Finance Documents (respectively  "Proceedings" and "Disputes") and, for
such purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

41.2 Appropriate  Forum Each Obligor  irrevocably  waives any objection which it
might now or hereafter  have to the courts  referred to in Clause 41.1  (Ontario
Courts) being  nominated as the forum to hear and determine any  Proceedings and
to settle  any  Disputes  and  agrees  not to claim that any such court is not a
convenient or appropriate forum.

41.3 Service of  Process  Each  Obligor  agrees  that the  process by which any
Proceedings  are begun may be served on it by being delivered in connection with
any  Proceedings in Ontario,  to the Borrower at its principal place of business
in  Ontario.  If the  appointment  of the person  mentioned  in this Clause 41.3
ceases to be effective in respect of any or all of the Obligors, such Obligor or
Obligors shall immediately appoint a further person in Ontario to accept service
of process on its behalf in Ontario  and,  failing  such  appointment  within 15
days,  the Bank shall be  entitled  to  appoint  such a person by notice to such
Obligor or Obligors.  Nothing  contained  herein shall affect the right to serve
process in any other manner permitted by law.

41.4 Non-exclusive  Submissions The submission to the jurisdiction of the courts
referred  to in  Clause  41.1  (Ontario  Courts)  shall  not (and  shall  not be
construed so as to) limit the right of the Bank to take Proceedings  against any
Obligor in any other  court of  competent  jurisdiction  nor shall the taking of
Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions  preclude the taking of Proceedings
in any other  jurisdiction  (whether  concurrently  or not) if and to the extent
permitted by applicable law.

41.5 Consent to Enforcement Each Obligor hereby consents generally in respect of
any  proceedings  to the  giving of any  relief or the issue of any  process  in
connection with such  proceedings  including,  without  limitation,  the making,
enforcement or execution  against any property  whatsoever  (irrespective of its
use or intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such
proceedings.

41.6 Waiver of  Immunity To the extent that any Obligor may in any  jurisdiction
claim  for  itself or its  assets  immunity  from  suit,  execution,  attachment
(whether  in aid of  execution,  before  judgment or  otherwise)  or other legal
process and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction  there may be attributed
to itself or its assets such  immunity  (whether or not  claimed),  such Obligor
hereby  irrevocably  agrees  not to claim and  hereby  irrevocably  waives  such
immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction.



<PAGE>


     AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised  representatives of the parties
hereto the day and year first before written.

The Borrower

CAPITAL ONE INC.


By:

Address for Notices:       Suite 5800
                           40 King Street West
                           Toronto, Ontario
                           M5H 3Z7

With a copy to:

                           Director of Corporate Funding
                           Capital One Services, Inc.
                           8000 Jones Branch Drive
                           McLean, Virginia 22102
                           Fax: 703-875-1099
                           Email: [email protected]


The Guarantor

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


By:

Address for Notices:       c/o Capital One Services, Inc.
                           8000 Jones Branch Drive
                           McLean, Virginia 22102
                           Attention:  Director of Corporate Funding
                           Fax:  703-875-1099
                           Email:  [email protected]


<PAGE>



The Bank

BANK ONE CANADA


By:
         Name:
         Title:

By:
         Name:
         Title:

Address for Notices:       Canada Trust Tower,
                           BCE Place
                           161 Bay Street,
                           Suite 4240
                           Toronto, Ontario
                           Canada
                           M5J 2S1

Attention:                 Jeremiah Hynes


With a copy to:            Steven D. Franklin


                           U. S. Financial Institutions Division
                           Bank One Capital Markets Inc.
                           1 Bank One Plaza
                           Mail Code 1L1-0162
                           Chicago, Illinois
                           U.S.A.  60670
                           E-mail address: [email protected]



<PAGE>


                               THE FIRST SCHEDULE

                          Form of Transfer Certificate

To:      Bank One Canada


                              TRANSFER CERTIFICATE


Relating to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the  "Facility  Agreement")  dated  August  10,  2000  whereby  a
C$100,000,000  revolving  credit facility was made available to Capital One Inc.
as  borrower  under the  guarantee  of  Capital  One  Financial  Corporation  as
guarantor by Bank One Canada.

1. Terms  defined  in the  Facility  Agreement  shall,  subject to any  contrary
indication, have the same meanings herein. The term Transferee is defined in the
schedule hereto.

2. The Bank (i)  confirms  that the  details in the  schedule  hereto  under the
heading  "Commitment"  and  "Advance(s)"  accurately  summarises  its Commitment
and/or,  as the case may be, the Term and Repayment Date of one or more existing
Advances made by it and (ii)  requests the  Transferee to accept and procure the
transfer to the Transferee of the portion  specified in the schedule  hereto of,
as the case may be, its Commitment and/or such Advance(s) by counter-signing and
delivering this Transfer  Certificate to the Bank at its address for the service
of notices specified in the Facility Agreement.

3. The Transferee  hereby requests the Bank to accept this Transfer  Certificate
as being  delivered to the Bank  pursuant to and for the purposes of Clause 31.2
(Transfers by Bank) of the Facility Agreement so as to take effect in accordance
with the terms  thereof  on the  Transfer  Date or on such  later date as may be
determined in accordance with the terms thereof.

4. The Transferee confirms that it has received a copy of the Facility Agreement
together with such other  information as it has required in connection with this
transaction  and that it has not relied and will not hereafter  rely on the Bank
to check or enquire on its behalf into the  legality,  validity,  effectiveness,
adequacy,  accuracy or completeness  of any such  information and further agrees
that it has not  relied  and will not rely on the Bank to assess  or keep  under
review on its  behalf  the  financial  condition,  creditworthiness,  condition,
affairs, status or nature of the Borrower or the Guarantor.

5. The Transferee  hereby undertakes with the Bank and each of the other parties
to the Facility  Agreement  that it will perform in accordance  with their terms
all those  obligations  which by the  terms of the  Facility  Agreement  will be
assumed  by it  after  delivery  of this  Transfer  Certificate  to the Bank and
satisfaction  of  the  conditions  (if  any)  subject  to  which  this  Transfer
Certificate is expressed to take effect.

6. The Bank makes no  representation  or warranty and assumes no  responsibility
with   respect  to  the   legality,   validity,   effectiveness,   adequacy   or
enforceability  of the Facility  Agreement or any document  relating thereto and
assumes no  responsibility  for the  financial  condition of the Borrower or the
Guarantor or for the performance and observance by the Borrower or the Guarantor
of any of its obligations under the Facility  Agreement or any document relating
thereto  and any and all such  conditions  and  warranties,  whether  express or
implied by law or otherwise, are hereby excluded.

7. The Bank hereby gives notice that nothing herein or in the Facility Agreement
(or any  document  relating  thereto)  shall  oblige  the  Bank to (i)  accept a
re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of its rights, benefits
and/or obligations under the Facility Agreement  transferred  pursuant hereto or
(ii)  support any losses  directly or  indirectly  sustained  or incurred by the
Transferee  for  any  reason  whatsoever  including,   without  limitation,  the
nonperformance by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other party to the Facility
Agreement (or any document  relating  thereto) of its obligations under any such
document.  The Transferee hereby acknowledges the absence of any such obligation
as is referred to in (i) or (ii) above.

8. This  Transfer  Certificate  and the rights and  obligations  of the  parties
hereunder  shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
Province of Ontario.

                                  THE SCHEDULE


1.       Transferee:

2.       Transfer Date:

3.       Commitment  Portion Transferred

4.       Advance(s):

         Term and Repayment Date         Portion Transferred

         Administrative Details of Transferee

         Address:

         Contact Name:

         Account for Payments

         Facsimile:

         Telephone:



<PAGE>


                               THE SECOND SCHEDULE

                          Condition Precedent Documents

1.   In relation to each Obligor:

     (i) a copy,  certified  to be a true copy by a duly  authorised  officer of
such Obligor,  of the  Memorandum  and Articles of  Association  (or  equivalent
documents) of such Obligor;

     (ii) a copy,  certified to be a true copy by a duly  authorised  officer of
such Obligor,  of a Board  Resolution (or, as  appropriate,  a resolution of the
Executive  Committee,  but in such case accompanied by the authorization of such
Executive Committee so to act) of such Obligor approving the execution, delivery
and  performance  of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and the terms
and  conditions  hereof and  authorising  a named  person or persons to sign the
Finance  Documents  to which it is a party and any  documents to be delivered by
such Obligor pursuant hereto; and

     (iii) a certificate of a duly  authorised  officer of such Obligor  setting
out the names and  signatures  of the persons  authorised  to sign, on behalf of
such Obligor,  the Finance Documents to which it is a party and any documents to
be delivered by such Obligor pursuant hereto.

2. An opinion of Smith Lyons, Canadian counsel to the Borrower, in substantially
the form distributed to the Bank prior to the execution hereof.

3. A copy,  certified  to be a true  copy by a duly  authorised  officer  of the
Guarantor, of the Original Financial Statements of such Obligor.

4.       The Guarantee.


<PAGE>


                               THE THIRD SCHEDULE

                               Utilisation Request


                               Please see attached

                               [Intrader Printout]

<PAGE>

                               THE FOURTH SCHEDULE

                         Form of Compliance Certificate


To:      Bank One Canada


Dear Sirs

Capital One - Compliance Certificate


We refer to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the "Facility  Agreement") dated August 10, 2000 and made between
Capital One Inc. as borrower, Capital One Financial Corporation as guarantor and
Bank One Canada as the Bank. Terms defined in the Facility  Agreement shall bear
the same meanings in this Certificate.

I, [ ], a duly authorized  officer of Capital One Financial  Corporation  hereby
certify that to the best of my knowledge,  information  and belief as at [insert
date]:

A.       the Borrower's Net Worth is as follows:

         [amount of Net Worth]              $U.S.              o

B.       In the case of the Borrower:-

         (a)      the ratio of its Debt to Total Capital is [ ]

         (b)      the ratio of its Equity to Total Assets is [ ]

         (c)      the ratio of its Eligible Assets to Debt is [ ]

C.       In the case of the Guarantor:-

         (a)      its Delinquency Ratio is [ ]%

         (b)      the ratio of its Tier 1 Capital to Managed Receivables is [ ]

         (c)      its Tangible Net Worth is [ ]        $U.S.      o

         (d)      its Leverage Ratio is [  ]

         (e)      its Double Leverage Ratio is [  ]


I confirm that to the best of my knowledge  and belief,  having made due enquiry
no Event of Default or Potential  Event of Default has  occurred  (which has not
been remedied or waived  pursuant to Clause 33 (Amendments  and Waivers) and the
Group  was in  compliance  with all of the  covenants  contained  in  Clause  19
(Financial Condition) of the Facility Agreement as at [ ].

                                   Yours faithfully

                                            ...................................
                                            Name:
                                            Title:
                                            Capital One Financial Corporation

10573728.05


<PAGE>


                               THE FIFTH SCHEDULE

                       Form of Confidentiality Undertaking

From: Bank One Canada
         [Address]
         and
         Capital One Financial Corporation
         [Address]



To:      [Prospective Recipient]
         [Date]

Dear Sirs,

Capital One - Confidentiality Agreement

We refer to our  conversations  about the facility for Capital One Inc.  ("COI")
(the "Transaction") and to the agreement (as from time to time amended,  varied,
novated or  supplemented,  the "Facility  Agreement")  dated August 10, 2000 and
made between COI as borrower, Capital One Financial Corporation as guarantor and
Bank One Canada as the Bank.  Following  our  receipt  of a copy of this  letter
countersigned by you, we may give you certain structural  concepts,  information
and documents relating to the Transaction (together the "Information").

In this  letter,  the "Bank  Group"  means Bank One  Canada  and its  subsidiary
undertakings,  parent  undertakings  and fellow  subsidiary  undertaking and the
"Capital One Group" means Capital One Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries
and affiliates.

In return for us agreeing to provide you with certain Information,  you agree as
follows:

(a) You shall hold in strict  confidence all Information  disclosed to you by us
or on our behalf and agree that such  Information is supplied solely to help you
in deciding  whether you want to participate in the  Transaction and will solely
be used by you for that  purpose.  Despite  this  obligation,  you may  disclose
Information:

     (i) to your advisers who need to know such  Information  for the purpose of
evaluating the Transaction;

     (ii) which,  except  through a failure by you or any adviser to comply with
an undertaking as to confidentiality, is in the public domain; and

     (iii) to bank  supervisory  authorities,  statutory  auditors or  examining
authorities, if you are obliged by law or regulation to disclose the Information
to them.

         If you have to  disclose  any  Information  under  sub-paragraph  (iii)
above,  you will give us such prior notice of that  disclosure  as is reasonably
practicable.

(b) You shall get your  advisers to give us an  undertaking  in the form of this
letter before letting them see any of the Information.  You shall be responsible
for any breach by your advisors of any such undertaking.

(c) At our  request,  you shall  provide us with details of all advisers to whom
any Information has been, or is to be, disclosed.

(d) You  acknowledge  that no member of the Bank  Group is  responsible  for the
accuracy and/or completeness of any Information. You shall be solely responsible
for making your own independent  appraisal and  investigation of the Transaction
and all parties connected with the Transaction (the "Transaction Parties").  You
shall not rely upon any member of the Bank Group (now or hereafter) (1) to check
the accuracy and/or completeness of any Information,  or (2) to assess or review
any aspect of the Transaction or any Transaction Party.  Accordingly,  except in
the case of fraud, the Bank Group accepts no  responsibility or liability to you
(whether for negligence or otherwise).

(e)      You acknowledge that:

         (i) members of the Bank Group may,  now and in the  future,  have other
investment  and  commercial   banking,   trust  and  other   relationships  with
Transaction Parties and with other parties ("Other Parties");

         (ii) as a result  of these  other  relationships,  members  of the Bank
Group may have or get  information  about  Other  Parties,  Transaction  Parties
and/or the  Transaction or which may be relevant to any of these.  Despite this,
no member of the Bank Group will have to disclose such information,  or the fact
that it is in possession of such information, to you;

         (iii)  members  of the Bank  Group  may,  now and in the  future,  have
fiduciary or other  relationships  under which it, or they, may exercise  voting
power over  securities of various  persons.  Those  securities may, from time to
time, include securities of Transaction Parties; and

         (iv) each member of the Bank Group may exercise such voting powers, and
otherwise  perform its  functions  in  connection  with such  fiduciary or other
relationships,  without regard to its  relationship to the  Transaction  Parties
and/or the Transaction.

(f) You will return to us all documents evidencing the Information together with
any copies of the  Information,  promptly  upon either (1) your  decision not to
participate in the Transaction or (2) a request by us to do so.

(g) You agree that the delivery to you of  Information  does not  constitute any
representation  or warranty by Bank Group as to the accuracy or  completeness of
that Information.

This letter  embodies  the entire  agreement  between you and us relating to the
Information.  It supersedes  any prior  agreement or  understanding  (oral or in
writing) relating to the Information.  It may not be amended or waived except in
writing.

You acknowledge that you have not relied on any representation  other than those
set out in this letter. We are not liable to you for any  representation  (other
than any fraudulent representation) that is not set out in this letter.

You acknowledge that, except where otherwise  indicated,  your obligations under
this letter are for the benefit of both the Capital One Group and the Bank Group
and can be enforced by either.

This letter and all claims  arising from or in  connection  with it are governed
by, and are to be  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the  Province  of
Ontario.  You submit, for our benefit, to the jurisdiction of the Ontario courts
for the resolution of any dispute arising in connection with this letter.

Please sign,  date and return to us the enclosed  copy of this letter to confirm
your agreement to the above,

Yours faithfully



 ........................................
for and on behalf of
Bank One Canada



 ........................................
for and on behalf of
Capital One Financial Corporation

[On Copy]:

Agreed and Accepted

for and on behalf of
[Prospective Recipient]


 ........................................
Dated [                             ]



<PAGE>



                               THE SIXTH SCHEDULE
                                Form of Guarantee

GUARANTEE dated as of August 10, 2000 made by CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION,
a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Guarantor"),  in  favour  of  Bank  One  Canada
(including any and all branches or offices thereof, the "Bank").

WHEREAS,  Capital One Inc., a direct  wholly owned  Canadian  subsidiary  of the
Guarantor has entered into a Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of the
date hereof (as from time to time amended, the "Facility Agreement") providing a
revolving  facility  by the Bank to the  Borrower  (as  defined in the  Facility
Agreement)  (the  "Facility")  in a  principal  amount  up to but not  exceeding
C$100,000,000; and

WHEREAS,  the  Guarantor has  determined  that the making of the Facility to the
Borrower will be financially beneficial to the Borrower and the Guarantor;

NOW, THEREFORE, to induce the Bank to enter into the Facility Agreement, and for
other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor agrees as follows:

1. Definitions Except as otherwise  expressly provided herein,  terms defined in
the Facility Agreement are used herein as defined therein.

2.  The Guarantee

2.1 The Guarantee The Guarantor hereby:

         (a)      guarantees  to the Bank and its  successors  and  assigns  the
                  prompt  payment  in full  when due of all  obligations  of the
                  Borrower  now  or  hereafter   existing   under  the  Facility
                  Agreement, whether for principal,  interest, fees, expenses or
                  otherwise    (such    obligations    being   the   "Guaranteed
                  Obligations"); and

         (b)      agrees as a primary obligation to indemnify the Bank from time
                  to time on demand from and against any loss  incurred by it as
                  a result of the  Facility  Agreement  being or becoming  void,
                  voidable or unenforceable for any reason  whatsoever,  whether
                  or not known to the Bank,  the  amount of such loss  being the
                  amount which the Bank would  otherwise  have been  entitled to
                  recover from the Borrower.

2.2 Obligations  Unconditional  The Guarantor  acknowledges that the obligations
undertaken  by  it  under  this   Guarantee  are   absolute,   irrevocable   and
unconditional  under  any and all  circumstances.  In  full  recognition  and in
furtherance of the foregoing, the Guarantor agrees that:

     (a) Without affecting the enforceability or effectiveness of this Guarantee
in  accordance  with  its  terms  and  without  affecting,  limiting,  reducing,
discharging  or  terminating  the  liability  of the  Guarantor,  or the rights,
remedies,  powers and privileges of the Bank under this Guarantee, the Bank may,
at any time and from  time to time and  without  notice or demand of any kind or
nature whatsoever except as expressly required by applicable law:

                  (i)      amend,  supplement,  modify,  extend,  renew,  waive,
                           accelerate  or otherwise  change the time for payment
                           or  performance  of, or the terms of, all or any part
                           of the Guaranteed Obligations (including any increase
                           or  decrease  in the rate or rates of interest on all
                           or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations);

                  (ii)     amend,  supplement,  modify,  extend, renew, waive or
                           otherwise  change, or enter into or give, any Finance
                           Document  or  any   agreement,   security   document,
                           guarantee, approval, consent or other instrument with
                           respect  to  all  or  any  part  of  the   Guaranteed
                           Obligations,  any Finance  Document or any such other
                           instrument or any term or provision of the foregoing;

                  (iii)    accept or enter  into new or  additional  agreements,
                           security documents,  guarantees (including letters of
                           credit)  or other  instruments  in  addition  to, any
                           Finance  Document,  any existing security in relation
                           to all or any part of the  Guaranteed  Obligations or
                           any  collateral  now  or in the  future  constituting
                           security for the Guaranteed Obligations;

                  (iv)     accept or receive (including from any other guarantor
                           of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations,  if
                           any)   partial   payments  or   performance   of  the
                           Guaranteed  Obligations  (whether  as a result of the
                           exercise of any right,  remedy, power or privilege or
                           otherwise);

                  (v)      settle,  compromise,  release,  liquidate  or enforce
                           upon such  terms  and in such  manner as the Bank may
                           determine or as applicable law may dictate all or any
                           part of the Guaranteed  Obligations or any collateral
                           for or guarantee of (including without limitation any
                           letter of credit, if any, issued with respect to) all
                           or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

                  (vi)     consent to the merger or  consolidation  of, the sale
                           of substantial  assets by, or other  restructuring or
                           termination   of  the  corporate   existence  of  the
                           Borrower  or  any  other  person  (including  without
                           limitation any other  guarantor of all or any part of
                           the Guaranteed Obligations, if any);

                  (vii)    proceed  against the Borrower or the Guarantor or any
                           collateral  in such order and such manner as the Bank
                           may, in its discretion, determine;

                  (viii)   enter  into  such  other   transactions  or  business
                           dealings  with  the  Borrower,   any   Subsidiary  or
                           Affiliate  of the  Borrower or the  Guarantor  or any
                           other  guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed
                           Obligations as the Bank may desire; and

                  (ix)     do all or any combination of the actions set forth in
                           this Section 2.2(a) or take any other actions or fail
                           to take any actions to the fullest extent permissible
                           under  applicable  law in respect  of the  Guaranteed
                           Obligations.

     (b)  The  enforceability  and  effectiveness  of  this  Guarantee  and  the
liability of the Guarantor, and the rights,  remedies,  powers and privileges of
the  Bank,  under  this  Guarantee  shall  not be  affected,  limited,  reduced,
discharged or terminated,  and the Guarantor  hereby  expressly  waives,  to the
fullest extent  permitted by law, any defense now or in the future  arising,  by
reason of:

                  (i)      the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of all
                           or  any  part  of  the  Guaranteed  Obligations,  any
                           Finance  Document or any other agreement  relative to
                           all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

                  (ii)     any  disability  or other defense with respect to all
                           or any  part  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  of the
                           Borrower or any other guarantor of all or any part of
                           the   Guaranteed   Obligations   (including   without
                           limitation  any  issuer  of any  letter  of  credit),
                           including  the effect of any  statute of  limitations
                           that  may bar the  enforcement  of all or any part of
                           the Guaranteed  Obligations or the obligations of any
                           such other guarantor;

                  (iii)    the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of any
                           security or guarantee  (including  without limitation
                           any  letter  of  credit)  for all or any  part of the
                           Guaranteed  Obligations  or the lack of perfection or
                           continuing  perfection  or failure of the priority of
                           any lien on any collateral for all or any part of the
                           Guaranteed Obligations;

                  (iv)     the  cessation,  for  any  cause  whatsoever,  of the
                           liability of the  Borrower or any other  guarantor of
                           all or any part of the Guaranteed  Obligations (other
                           than, subject to Section 2.5 hereof, by reason of the
                           full  payment  and   performance  of  all  Guaranteed
                           Obligations);

                  (v)      any  failure  of the Bank to  pursue or  exhaust  any
                           right, remedy, power or privilege it may have against
                           the  Borrower  or any other  guarantor  of all or any
                           part  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  or  any  other
                           person or to take any action  whatsoever  to mitigate
                           or  reduce  such or any other  guarantor's  liability
                           under  this  Guarantee,   the  Bank  being  under  no
                           obligation  to take any such  action  notwithstanding
                           the  fact  that  all or any  part  of the  Guaranteed
                           Obligations  may be due  and  payable  and  that  the
                           Borrower may be in default of its  obligations  under
                           any Finance Document;

                  (vi)     any  counterclaim,  set-off or other  claim which the
                           Guarantor  or any other  guarantor of all or any part
                           of the Guaranteed  Obligations has or alleges to have
                           with  respect  to all or any  part of the  Guaranteed
                           Obligations;

                  (vii)    any failure of the Bank to file or enforce a claim in
                           any  bankruptcy or other  proceeding  with respect to
                           any person;

                  (viii)   any    bankruptcy,    insolvency,     reorganization,
                           arrangement,  readjustment  of debt,  liquidation  or
                           dissolution  proceeding  commenced  by or against any
                           Obligor,  including  any discharge of, or bar or stay
                           against collecting, all or any part of the Guaranteed
                           Obligations  (or any  interest  on all or any part of
                           the Guaranteed  Obligations) in or as a result of any
                           such proceeding;

                  (ix)     any action  taken by the Bank that is  authorized  by
                           this Section 2.2 or otherwise in this Guarantee or by
                           any other  provision  of any Finance  Document or any
                           omission to take any such action;

                  (x)      any change in the direct or indirect ownership or
                           control of the Borrower or of any shares or ownership
                           interests thereof; or

                  (xi)     any  other   circumstance   whatsoever   that   might
                           otherwise  constitute a legal or equitable  discharge
                           or  defense  of a surety or  guarantor  of all or any
                           part of the Guaranteed Obligations.

     (c) The  Guarantor  expressly  waives,  for the  benefit  of the Bank,  all
set-offs and counterclaims and all diligence, presentment, demand for payment or
performance,  notices  of  nonpayment  or  nonperformance,  protest,  notices of
protest,  notices of  dishonor  and all other  notices or demands of any kind or
nature  whatsoever,  and any requirement that the Bank, exhaust any right, power
or remedy or proceed  against the Borrower  under the Facility  Agreement or any
other agreement referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under
any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations,  and
all notices of  acceptance  of this  Guarantee  or of the  existence,  creation,
incurring  or  assumption  of  new or  additional  Guaranteed  Obligations.  The
Guarantor  further  expressly  waives  the  benefit of any and all  statutes  of
limitation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

     (d)  The  Guarantor  represents  and  warrants  to  the  Bank  that  it has
established   adequate  means  of  obtaining  financial  and  other  information
pertaining to the business,  operations and condition  (financial and otherwise)
of the Borrower and its properties on a continuing  basis and that the Guarantor
is now  and  will  in the  future  remain  fully  familiar  with  the  business,
operations  and  condition  (financial  and  otherwise)  of the Borrower and its
properties.  The Guarantor further  represents and warrants that it has reviewed
and  approved  each of the  Finance  Documents  and is fully  familiar  with the
transactions  contemplated  by the  Finance  Documents  and  that it will in the
future remain fully familiar with such  transaction  and with any new agreements
relating to the Facility. The Guarantor hereby expressly waives and relinquishes
any duty on the part of the Bank  (should  any such duty  exist) to  disclose to
such or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations any
matter of fact or other  information  related  to the  business,  operations  or
condition  (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or its  properties or to any
Finance  Document or the transactions  under-taken  pursuant to, or contemplated
by, any such Finance Document, whether now or in the future known by the Bank.

     (e) The Guarantor  intends that its rights and  obligations  shall be those
expressly  set forth in this  Guarantee  and that its  obligations  shall not be
affected, limited, reduced, discharged or terminated by reason of any principles
or provisions of law which conflict with the terms of this Guarantee.

2.3 Understanding With Respect to Waivers and Consents The Guarantor represents,
warrants  and agrees  that each of the waivers  and  consents  set forth in this
Guarantee is made  voluntarily  and  unconditionally.  If,  notwithstanding  the
intent of the parties that the terms of this Guarantee  shall control in any and
all   circumstances,   any  such  waivers  or  consents  are  determined  to  be
unenforceable under applicable law, such waivers and consents shall be effective
to the fullest extent permitted by law.

2.4 Taxes The  provisions  of Clauses  12, 13 and 14 of the  Facility  Agreement
shall  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  this  Guarantee  to the  extent  that  such
provisions relate to payment obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

2.5 Reinstatement The obligations of the Guarantor under this Section 2 shall be
automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by
or on behalf  of the  Borrower  in  respect  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  is
rescinded or must be otherwise  restored by any holder of any of the  Guaranteed
Obligations,   whether  as  a  result  of  any   proceedings  in  bankruptcy  or
reorganization or otherwise, and the Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the
Bank on  demand  for all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  (including,  without
limitation,  fees of  counsel)  incurred  by the Bank in  connection  with  such
rescission or  restoration,  including  any such costs and expenses  incurred in
defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference,
fraudulent transfer or the like under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

2.6  Subrogation The Guarantor  hereby agrees that,  until the final payment and
satisfaction  in full  of all  Guaranteed  Obligations  and  the  expiration  or
termination of the Commitment of the Bank under the Facility Agreement, it shall
not exercise any right or remedy  arising by reason of any  performance by it of
its  guarantee  in Section  2.1 hereof,  whether by  subrogation  or  otherwise,
against the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations
or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

2.7 Remedies The  Guarantor  agrees that, as between the Guarantor and the Bank,
the obligations of the Borrower under the Facility  Agreement may be declared to
be  forthwith  due and payable as provided in Part 7 of the  Facility  Agreement
(and  shall be  deemed  to have  become  automatically  due and  payable  in the
circumstances  provided  in said Part 7) for  purposes  of  Section  2.1  hereof
notwithstanding  any  stay,  injunction  or other  prohibition  preventing  such
declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as
against  the  Borrower  and  that,  in the  event of such  declaration  (or such
obligations  being deemed to have become  automatically  due and payable),  such
obligations  (whether or not due and payable by the  Borrower)  shall  forthwith
become due and payable by the Guarantor for purposes of said Section 2.1.

2.8 Manner of Payment The Guarantor  shall make any payment  required to be made
hereunder in lawful  money as  specified in Clause 24 of the Facility  Agreement
and in same day funds to the Bank at the place  specified  for  payments  in the
Facility Agreement, without set-off,  counterclaim or other defense and free and
clear of and without deduction for any present or future income,  stamp or other
taxes, levies, imposts,  deductions,  charges, fees, withholdings,  liabilities,
restrictions  or conditions of any nature  whatsoever now or hereafter  imposed,
levied, collected,  assessed or withheld by any jurisdiction or by any political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (whether pursuant to Delaware
law or otherwise).

3.  Representations and Warranties The Guarantor  represents and warrants to the
Bank that all the  representations  and  warranties  pertaining to the Guarantor
contained in the Facility Agreement are true and correct as of the date the same
are deemed to be made or repeated  under Clause 18.15 of the Facility  Agreement
by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

4.       Covenants

4.1 General  Covenants The Guarantor agrees that until the final payment in full
of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  it  will  comply  with  each  of the  covenants
pertaining to the Guarantor under Clauses 19 to 21 of the Facility Agreement.

4.2 Regulatory Capital The Guarantor will cause each of its Insured Subsidiaries
to be (and each of Capital One Bank and Capital One,  F.S.B. so long as it is an
Insured Subsidiary to be) at all times "adequately  capitalized" for purposes of
12 U.S.C. ss. 1831o, as amended,  re-enacted or redesignated  from time to time,
and at all times to maintain  such amount of capital as may be  prescribed  from
time to time, whether by regulation, agreement or order, by each Bank Regulatory
Authority having jurisdiction over such Insured Subsidiary.

For the purposes of this Clause 4.2, "Insured Subsidiary" shall mean any insured
depositary  institution  (as defined in 12 U.S.C.  ss.1813(c)  (or any successor
provision),  as amended,  re-enacted or redesignated from time to time), that is
controlled  (within  the  meaning  of  12  U.S.C.   ss.1841  (or  any  successor
provision),  as amended,  re-enacted or redesignated  from time to time), by the
Guarantor.

4.3 Further  Assurances  The Guarantor  shall from time to time upon the written
request of the Bank,  execute and deliver  such  further  documents  and do such
other  acts and  things as the Bank may  reasonably  request  in order  fully to
effect the purposes of this Agreement.



<PAGE>


5.       Miscellaneous

5.1      Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

(a)  This Guarantee shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with, the
     law of the Province of Ontario.

(b)  The Guarantor hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts
     of the  Province  of  Ontario  for the  purposes  of all legal  proceedings
     arising  out  of  or  relating  to  this  Guarantee  or  the   transactions
     contemplated hereby. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably appoints Smith Lyons,
     Suite 5800,  Scotia  Plaza,  40 King  Street  West,  M5H 3Z7 (the  "Process
     Agent") as its true and lawful  attorney-in-fact  to receive service of all
     writs,  summons  and  other  process  in  connection  with any  such  legal
     proceedings  in Ontario and agrees that the failure of the Process Agent to
     convey  any such  process to the  Guarantor  shall not impair or affect the
     validity thereof or of any judgment based thereon.

(c)  The  Guarantor  irrevocably  waives,  to the fullest  extent  permitted  by
     applicable  law, any  objection  which it may now or hereafter  have to the
     laying of the venue of any such proceeding  brought in such a court and any
     claim that any such proceeding  brought in such a court has been brought in
     an inconvenient forum.

5.2 Waiver of Jury Trial THE GUARANTOR AND THE BANK HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO
THE FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE  LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

5.3 Notices All notices,  requests,  consents and demands  hereunder shall be in
writing and  telecopied  or delivered to the intended  recipient at the "Address
for Notices"  specified beneath its name on the signature pages hereof or, as to
any party,  at such  other  address  as shall be  designated  by such party in a
notice to each other party. Except as otherwise provided in this Guarantee,  all
such communications  shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by
telex or telecopier or personally  delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice,
upon receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

5.4 Waivers, Etc. The terms of this Guarantee may be waived,  altered or amended
only by an instrument in writing duly executed by the Guarantor and the Bank.

5.5 Successors and Assigns This Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties and their  respective  successors and assigns  (provided,
however,  that the  Guarantor  shall not  assign or  transfer  any of its rights
hereunder without the prior written consent of the Bank).

5.6  Counterparts  This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts,
all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any
of  the  parties   hereto  may  execute  this  Guarantee  by  signing  any  such
counterpart.

5.7  Severability If any provision  hereof is invalid and  unenforceable  in any
jurisdiction,  then,  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law,  (i) the other
provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and
shall be  liberally  construed  in  favour of the Bank in order to carry out the
intentions  of the  parties  hereto as nearly  as may be  possible  and (ii) the
invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall
not  affect  the  validity  or  enforceability  of such  provision  in any other
jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Guarantee to be duly
executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.



The Guarantor

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


By:  ...................................

Address for Notices:       c/o Capital One Services, Inc.
                           8000 Jones Branch Drive
                           McLean, Virginia 22102

Attention:                 Director of Corporate Funding


The Bank

BANK ONE CANADA

By:  ...........................

By:  ...........................
Address for Notices:       Canada Trust Tower,
                           BCE Place
                           161 Bay Street,
                           Suite 4240
                           Toronto, Ontario
                           Canada
                           M5J 2S1
Attention:                 [o]

<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.3
                                   $70,000,000

                       REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT

                                     between

                        CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                   as borrower

                                       and

                                 CITIBANK, N.A.
                                    as lender



                                 August 10, 2000


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Part 1
   1. Interpretation...........................................................2
Part 2
   2. Grant of Facility........................................................2
   3. Purpose..................................................................2
   4. Conditions Precedent.....................................................2
Part 3
   5. Utilisation of Facility..................................................2
Part 4
   6. Making of Advances.......................................................2
   7. Payment of Interest......................................................2
   8. Calculation of Interest..................................................2
   9. Repayment of Advances....................................................2
Part 5
   10. Cancellation............................................................2
   11. Prepayment..............................................................2
Part 6
   12. Reserved................................................................2
   13. [Reserved]..............................................................2
   14. [Reserved]..............................................................2
   15. Increased Costs.........................................................2
   16. Illegality..............................................................2
   17. Mitigation..............................................................2
Part 7
   18. Representations.........................................................2
   19. Financial Information...................................................2
   20. Financial Condition.....................................................2
   21. Covenants...............................................................2
   22. Events of Default.......................................................2
Part 8
   23. Default Interest and Indemnity..........................................2
Part 9
   24. Currency of Account and Payment.........................................2
   25. Payments................................................................2
   26. Set-Off.................................................................2
Part 10
   27. Facility Fee, Utilization Fee and Arranging Fee.........................2
   28. Costs and Expenses......................................................2
Part 11
   29. Benefit of Agreement....................................................2
   30. Assignments and Transfers by the Borrower...............................2
   31. Assignments and Transfers by Bank.......................................2
   32. Disclosure of Information...............................................2
   33. Calculations and Evidence of Debt.......................................2
   34. Amendments and Waivers..................................................2
   35. Remedies and Waivers....................................................2
   36. Partial Invalidity......................................................2
   37. [Reserved]..............................................................2
   38. Notices.................................................................2
   39. Counterparts............................................................2
Part 12
   40. Law.....................................................................2
   41. Jurisdiction............................................................2



<PAGE>

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 10th day of August, 2000

BETWEEN

(1)      CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (the "Borrower"); and

(2)      CITIBANK, N.A. (the "Bank").

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

                                     Part 1

                                 INTERPRETATION

1.       Interpretation

1.1      Definitions In this Agreement:

"Advance" means any advance made or to be made pursuant to the terms hereof;

"Affiliate" means any person which, directly or indirectly,  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with,
another  person or any  Subsidiary  of such  other  person.  The term  "control"
(including the terms  "controlled  by" or "under common control with") means the
possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the  power to  direct  or  cause  the
direction  of the  management  and  policies  of such  person,  whether  through
ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise;

"Available  Commitment" means, at any time, the Commitment less the Outstandings
at such time;

"Bank  Regulatory  Authority"  shall mean the Board of  Governors of the Federal
Reserve System,  the Comptroller of the Currency,  the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation,  and all other  relevant bank  regulatory  authorities  (including,
without limitation, relevant state bank regulatory authorities);

"Commitment"  shall  have the  meaning  ascribed  to it in  Clause  2 (Grant  of
Facility);

"Compliance  Certificate" means a certificate  demonstrating compliance with the
covenants set forth in Clause 20 (Financial  Condition) as of the date specified
in such  certificate,  substantially  in the form set out in the Fourth Schedule
(Form of Compliance Certificate);

"Event of Default"  means any of those events  specified in Clause 22 (Events of
Default).

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

"Facility"   means  the  revolving  credit  facility  granted  to  the  Borrower
hereunder;

"Facility Office" means, in respect of the Bank, the office in the United States
set forth  opposite the Bank's name in the signature page below (or, in the case
of a Transferee,  at the end of the Transfer  Certificate to which it is a party
as Transferee) or such other office in United States as it may from time to time
notify to the Borrower;

"Final  Maturity  Date"  means the day which is 364 days after the date  hereof;
provided that if the Final Maturity Date determined as aforesaid would fall on a
day which is not a business day, it shall be the immediately  preceding business
day which is a business day in New York, New York, and Falls Church, Virginia;

"Finance  Documents" means each of this Agreement,  any Compliance  Certificate,
any notice delivered in connection herewith or therewith and any other agreement
or document designated as such by the Bank and the Borrower;

"Group" means,  at any time, the Borrower and each of its  Subsidiaries  at such
time;

"LIBO Rate" means for the Term of each Advance,  a per annum interest rate equal
to the per annum rate  determined  by the Bank on the basis of the offered rates
for  deposits  in dollars for a period of time  corresponding  to such Term (and
commencing  on the first day of such Term),  which appear on the Reuters  Screen
LIBO Page as of 11:00 a.m.  (London time) two (2) business days before the first
day of such Term  (provided  that,  if at least two such offered rates appear on
the  Reuters  Screen  LIBO  Page,  the rate in  respect of such Term will be the
arithmetic  mean of such offered  rates).  As used herein,  "Reuters Screen LIBO
Page" means the display  designated as page "LIBO" on the Reuters  Monitor Money
Rates  Service (or such other page as may replace the LIBO page on that  service
for the purpose of  displaying  London  interbank  offered rates of major banks)
("RMMRS").  In the event the RMMRS is not then quoting such offered rates, "LIBO
Rate" shall mean for the Term of each Advance,  the average  (rounded  upward to
the  nearest  one-sixteenth  (1/16) of one  percent)  per annum rate of interest
determined by the office of the Bank (each such  determination  to be conclusive
and binding) as of two business days prior to the first day of such Term, as the
effective rate at which deposits in immediately available funds in United States
dollars are being, have been, or would be offered or quoted by the Bank to major
banks in the applicable  interbank market for dollar deposits at any time during
the business  day which is the second  business day  immediately  preceding  the
first day of such Term, for a term  comparable to such Term and in the amount of
the requested Advance.  If no such offers or quotes are generally  available for
such  amount,  then the Bank shall be  entitled  to  determine  the LIBO Rate by
estimating in its  reasonable  judgment the per annum rate (as described  above)
that would be applicable if such quote or offers were generally available;

"Lien" means, with respect to the property of the Borrower, any mortgage,  lien,
pledge, charge,  security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such
property;

"Managed  Receivables"  shall  mean,  on any  date,  all of the  Borrower's  (a)
on-balance sheet credit card loans and other finance receivables, (b) on-balance
sheet credit card loans and other finance  receivables  held for  securitization
and (c) securitized credit card loans and other finance receivables;

"Margin" means, at any time, 0.85% per annum;

"Margin  Stock" means "margin  stock" within the meaning of Regulations T, U and
X;
"Material Adverse Effect" means with respect to the Borrower, a material adverse
effect on (a) the property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects
or capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the
ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations  under the Finance  Documents
to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability of the obligations of
the Borrower under the Finance  Documents to which it is a party, (d) the rights
and remedies of the Bank  against the Borrower or (e) the timely  payment of the
principal of or interest on or in  connection  with any Advance or other amounts
payable by the Borrower in connection therewith;

"Original Financial Statements" means, in relation to the Borrower,  its audited
consolidated financial statements for its financial year ended December 31, 1999
together with its  consolidated  management  accounts for its  financial  period
ended March 31, 2000;

"Outstandings"  means, at any time, the aggregate of each outstanding Advance at
such time;

"Permitted Disposal" means any of the following:

(vi) the merger or  consolidation of any Affiliate of the Borrower with or into,
     or the  transfer  by  such  Affiliate  of all or  substantially  all of its
     business or property to (x) the Borrower if the Borrower is the continuing,
     surviving  or  transferee  corporation  or (y) any other  Affiliate  of the
     Borrower;

(vii)the merger or  consolidation  of the Borrower with or into, or the transfer
     by the Borrower of all or substantially all of its business or property, to
     any  Affiliate  of the  Borrower  if  such  Affiliate  is  the  continuing,
     surviving  or  transferee  entity,  such  Affiliate  expressly  assumes the
     obligations of the Borrower  hereunder and such  Affiliate,  following such
     merger,  consolidation or transfer, has a Tangible Net Worth (as defined in
     Clause 20.2 (Definitions of Financial Terms)) at least equal to that of the
     Borrower immediately prior thereto;

(viii) the merger or  consolidation  of any  Affiliate of the  Borrower  with or
     into, or the transfer by any such person of all or substantially all of its
     business or property to any other person so long as no Event of Default has
     occurred and is continuing immediately prior to such merger,  consolidation
     or  transfer  or  would   result   therefrom;   provided   that  a  merger,
     consolidation  or transfer  under this clause  (iii) shall not be deemed to
     cause a breach of Clause  21.4  (Disposals)  unless an Event of Default has
     occurred  and is  continuing,  or will  occur as a result  of such  merger,
     consolidation  or  transfer,  due  to  violation  of a  provision  of  this
     Agreement other than Clause 21.4 (Disposals); and

(ix) the sale by the  Borrower or any  Affiliate  of the Borrower of credit card
     loans and other finance receivables pursuant to securitizations.

"Potential  Event of Default"  means any event that with notice or lapse of time
or both would become an Event of Default;

"Prime Rate" means,  in relation to any Advance or unpaid sum and any date,  the
rate of interest from time to time announced by the Bank at the Facility  Office
as its prime commercial lending rate;

"Receivables"  means, with respect to the Borrower,  any amount owing, from time
to  time,  with  respect  to a  credit  card,  consumer  revolving  or  consumer
installment  loan account,  home equity line of credit or  residential  mortgage
loan account or other  consumer  receivable  owned by the  Borrower,  including,
without  limitation,  amounts  owing for  payment  of goods and  services,  cash
advances,  convenience  checks,  annual membership fees,  finance charges,  late
charges,  credit  insurance  premiums and cash advance fees and fees relating to
additional consumer products, and any other receivables arising out of financing
transactions  by the Borrower;  provided that the term  "Receivables"  shall not
include any of the foregoing that is subject to a securitization effected in the
ordinary course of business;

"Regulations A, D, T, U and X" shall mean, respectively,  Regulations A, D, T, U
and X of  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  (or  any
successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time
to time;

"Repayment  Date" means,  in relation to any  Advance,  the last day of the Term
thereof or, if such day is not a business day, the next business day following;

"Requested Amount" means, in relation to any Utilisation  Request, the aggregate
principal amount of the Advance requested;

"Restricted  Shares" means, with respect to the Borrower,  shares of stock of or
other  ownership  interests in the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  thereof  engaged
primarily   in  the   extension   of  consumer   credit  to  third   parties  or
securitizations  of receivables  related to such  extension of consumer  credit,
excluding  without  limitation any such  ownership  interests of the Borrower in
America One Communications, Inc.;

"Rollover  Advance"  means an Advance  which is used to  refinance  an  existing
Advance and which is the same amount as such maturing Advance and is to be drawn
on the day such maturing Advance is to be repaid;

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

"Subsidiary"  of any corporation  (the "Parent") means any other  corporation of
which more than 50% of the  outstanding  capital  stock having  ordinary  voting
power to elect a majority of the Board of  Directors  of such other  corporation
(irrespective  of whether or not at the time capital stock of any other class or
classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence
of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by the Parent or
by the Parent and/or one or more  Subsidiaries of the Parent,  and shall include
any  corporation  that is a direct  or  indirect  Subsidiary  of any such  first
mentioned Subsidiary;

"Term" means,  in relation to any Advance,  the period for which such Advance is
borrowed as specified in the Utilisation Request relating thereto;

"Termination  Date"  means the day  falling  one  month  prior to the Final
 Maturity Date;

"Transfer Certificate" means a certificate  substantially in the form set out in
the  First  Schedule  (Form of  Transfer  Certificate)  signed by the Bank and a
Transferee whereby:

         (i)      the Bank seeks to procure the transfer to such  Transferee  of
                  all or a part of the Bank's rights and  obligations  hereunder
                  upon and subject to the terms and conditions set out in Clause
                  31 (Assignments and Transfers by Bank); and

         (ii)     such Transferee  undertakes to perform the obligations it will
                  assume as a result of delivery of such certificate to the Bank
                  as is contemplated in Clause 31.2 (Transfers by Bank);

"Transfer Date" means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the
making  of  the  transfer  as  specified  in  the  schedule  to  such   Transfer
Certificate;

"Transferee" means a bank or other financial institution to which the Bank seeks
to transfer  or, as the case may be, has  transferred  all or part of the Bank's
rights and obligations hereunder;

"Utilisation" means a utilisation of the Facility hereunder;

"Utilisation Date" means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which
the Advance in respect thereof is to be made; and

"Utilisation  Request"  means a notice given to the Bank  pursuant to Clause 5.1
(Delivery of a  Utilisation  Request) in the form set out in the Third  Schedule
(Utilisation Request).

1.2      Interpretation. Any reference in this Agreement to:
the  "Bank"  shall  be  construed  so as  to  include  its  and  any  subsequent
successors, permitted Transferees and permitted assigns in accordance with their
respective interests;

a document is in an "agreed form" when it has been initialled or signed by or on
behalf of the Borrower and the Bank;

a  "business  day"  shall be  construed  as a  reference  to a day other  than a
Saturday,  Sunday  or other  day on  which  commercial  banks  in Falls  Church,
Virginia or the jurisdiction where the Facility Office is located are authorized
or required by law to close,  excluding  any day on which banks are not open for
dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market;

a "Clause"  shall,  subject to any contrary  indication,  be construed as a
reference to a clause hereof;

"financial  indebtedness"  shall be construed,  with respect to any person, as a
reference to any indebtedness of such person for or in respect of:

(i)  obligations  created,  issued or incurred by such person for borrowed money
     (whether by loan,  the issuance and sale of debt  securities or the sale of
     property  to another  person  subject  to an  understanding  or  agreement,
     contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such property from such person);

(ii) obligations  of such person to pay the  deferred  purchase  or  acquisition
     price of property or services,  other than trade  accounts  payable  (other
     than for borrowed money) arising,  and accrued  expenses  incurred,  in the
     ordinary  course of  business  so long as such trade  accounts  payable are
     payable  within 90 days of the date the  respective  goods are delivered or
     the respective services are rendered;

(iii)indebtedness  of others  secured by an  encumbrance on the property of such
     person,  whether or not the  respective  indebtedness  so secured  has been
     assumed by such person;

(iv) contingent  and  non-contingent  obligations  of such  person in respect of
     letters of credit,  bankers'  acceptances or similar  instruments issued or
     accepted  by banks and other  financial  institutions  for  account of such
     person;

(v)  capital lease  obligations  of such person (being all  obligations  of such
     person to pay rent or other  amounts  under a lease of (or other  agreement
     conveying  the right to use)  property to the extent such  obligations  are
     required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance
     sheet of such person under GAAP (as defined in Clause 20.2  (Definition  of
     Financial Terms) or in any similar or equivalent  manner under the relevant
     generally accepted accounting  principles  applicable to the preparation of
     such person's  financial  statements if these are other than GAAP) and, for
     the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the
     capitalised  amount  thereof,  determined  in  accordance  with GAAP (as so
     defined); and

(vi) financial indebtedness of others guaranteed by such person;

a "holding  company" of a person shall be construed as a reference to any person
of which the first-mentioned person is a Subsidiary;

"indebtedness"  shall be  construed  so as to include  any  obligation  (whether
incurred  as  principal  or as surety) for the  payment or  repayment  of money,
whether present or future, actual or contingent;

a "Part" shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a reference
to a part hereof;

a "person"  shall be  construed  as a reference  to any person,  firm,  company,
corporation,  government,  state or province or agency of a state or province or
any   association  or  partnership   (whether  or  not  having   separate  legal
personality) of two or more of the foregoing;

a "Schedule" shall, subject to any contrary indication, be construed as a
reference to a schedule hereto;

"tax" shall be construed so as to include any tax, levy,  impost,  duty or other
charge of a similar  nature  (including,  without  limitation,  any  penalty  or
interest  payable in  connection  with any failure to pay or any delay in paying
any of the same);

a "wholly-owned subsidiary" of a person shall be construed as a reference to any
person which has no other members or  shareholders  except that other person and
that other  person's  wholly-owned  Subsidiaries  or persons acting on behalf of
that other person or its wholly-owned Subsidiaries; and

the "winding-up",  "dissolution" or "administration" of a company or corporation
shall be construed  so as to include any  equivalent  or  analogous  proceedings
under the law of the  jurisdiction  in which  such  company  or  corporation  is
incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such company or corporation carries on
business  including,  without  limitation,  being  subject to or the  seeking of
liquidation,     bankruptcy,    winding-up,     reorganisation,     dissolution,
administration,  arrangement,  adjustment,  protection  or relief of  debtors or
compromise, arrangement or proposals with creditors.

1.6      "$" and "United States Dollars" denote the lawful currency of the
United States of America from time to time.

1.7  References  Save where the  contrary is  indicated,  any  reference in this
Agreement to:

         (i)      this  Agreement or any other  agreement  or document  shall be
                  construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may
                  be,  such other  agreement  or  document  as the same may have
                  been, or may from time to time be, amended,  restated, varied,
                  novated or supplemented;

         (ii)     a statute shall be construed as a reference to such statute as
                  the same may have been,  or may from time to time be,  amended
                  or re-enacted;

         (iii) a time of day shall be construed as a reference to Falls  Church,
Virginia, time; and

         (iv) a person, shall mean that person's successor, permitted transferee
or assignee.

1.5 Headings Clause, Part and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

                                     Part 2

                                  THE FACILITY

2.       Grant of Facility

         The Bank  grants to the  Borrower  upon the terms  and  subject  to the
conditions  hereof,  a revolving  credit facility in a total aggregate amount of
$70,000,000 (the "Commitment").

3.       Purpose

3.1 Purpose The Facility is intended for the general  corporate  purposes of the
Borrower (in compliance with all applicable  legal and regulatory  requirements,
including, without limitation, Regulations T, U and X and the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder), and, accordingly, the Borrower
shall apply all amounts  borrowed by it hereunder in or towards  satisfaction of
such purposes.

3.2  Application  Without  prejudice to the  obligations  of the Borrower  under
Clause 3.1  (Purpose),  the Bank shall not be obliged to concern itself with the
application of amounts raised by the Borrower hereunder.

4.       Conditions Precedent

4.1 Save as the Bank may otherwise  agree, the Bank shall be under no obligation
hereunder  unless  the Bank  has  received  (or  waived  receipt  of) all of the
documents listed in the Second Schedule (Condition Precedent Documents) and that
each is, in form and substance, satisfactory to the Bank.

4.2 The Bank shall,  on request by the Borrower,  certify in writing  whether or
not it has  received  or waived  receipt of any of the  documents  listed in the
Second Schedule (Condition  Precedent Documents) and whether each is in form and
substance satisfactory to it.

                                     Part 3

                             UTILISATION OF FACILITY

5.       Utilisation of Facility

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request The Borrower may from time to time utilise
the  Facility  by  delivering  to the Bank,  by no later than 10:30 a.m.  on the
proposed Utilisation Date, a duly completed Utilisation Request. The Bank shall,
upon receipt of a duly  completed  Utilisation  Request,  advance the  Requested
Amount to the Borrower by no later than 3:00 p.m. on the Utilisation Date.

5.2 Utilisation  Request Each Utilisation Request delivered to the Bank pursuant
to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request) shall be irrevocable and shall
specify:

         (i)      the proposed Utilisation Date;

         (ii) the Requested  Amount (to be determined in accordance  with Clause
5.3 (Requested Amount));

         (iii)    the  Term  in  question  which  will  begin  on  the  proposed
                  Utilisation Date and end on a business day, will not exceed 90
                  days in  duration  and will  expire  on or  before  the  Final
                  Maturity Date; and

         (iv) the account to which the proceeds of the proposed  Utilisation are
to be paid.

5.3  Requested  Amount The  Requested  Amount to be specified  in a  Utilisation
Request  delivered  pursuant to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a  Utilisation  Request)
shall be in a minimum amount of $100,000 and an integral multiple of $100,000.

                                     Part 4

                                  THE ADVANCES

6.       Making of Advances

If the Borrower  notifies the Bank that it is to make an Advance,  and if on the
proposed Utilisation Date relating to such an Advance:

         (i)      no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred
                  and has not been  remedied  or  waived  pursuant  to Clause 34
                  (Amendments and Waivers); and

         (ii)     each of the representations which are to be deemed repeated at
                  any time after the date hereof in accordance with Clause 18.14
                  (Repetition of Representations) are true and correct on and as
                  of  such  Utilisation  Date  by  reference  to the  facts  and
                  circumstances   existing   at  the  time  (or,   if  any  such
                  representation  is expressly  stated to have been made as of a
                  specific date, as of such specific date), except to any extent
                  waived pursuant to Clause 34 (Amendments and Waivers),

then, on such Utilisation Date, the Bank shall, subject to all the terms of this
Agreement, make such Advance through its Facility Office.

7.       Payment of Interest

On the  Repayment  Date  relating to each Advance the Borrower  shall pay to the
Bank all unpaid accrued interest on that Advance.

8.       Calculation of Interest

8.1  Interest  Applicable  to  Advances  The rate of interest  applicable  to an
Advance from time to time during the Term of such Advance  shall be the rate per
annum determined by the Bank to be the sum of the LIBO Rate for such Advance and
the Margin and reflected on the Utilisation Request.

9.       Repayment of Advances

         Except as otherwise  provided  herein,  the  Borrower  shall repay each
Advance  made to it in full  on the  Repayment  Date  relating  thereto  and the
Borrower  shall not repay or prepay all or any part of any  Advance  outstanding
hereunder except at the times and in the manner expressly provided herein.

                                     Part 5

                                  CANCELLATION

10.      Cancellation

10.1  Cancellation  At any time prior to the day  falling  one month  before the
Final  Maturity  Date the  Borrower  may, by giving to the Bank not less than 15
days' prior notice to that effect, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum
amount of  $3,000,000,  or equal to the amount of the Available  Commitment,  if
less) of the Available Commitment.

10.2 Notice of  Cancellation  Any notice of  cancellation  given by the Borrower
pursuant to Clause 10.1  (Cancellation)  shall be irrevocable  and shall specify
the date  upon  which  such  cancellation  is to be made and the  amount of such
cancellation.

11.      Prepayment

The Borrower may, on any business day,  prepay all (or any part thereof being in
aggregate at least $100,000 and an integral multiple of $100,000) of any Advance
made to it without  premium or penalty but without  prejudice to such Borrower's
obligations under Clause 23.4 (Broken  Periods),  by giving to the Bank not less
than 5 days'  notice of the date of the  prepayment.  Any such  notice  shall be
irrevocable  and shall  oblige the Borrower to make the  prepayment  on the date
therein stated.

                                     Part 6

                            CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES

12.      [Reserved]

13.      [Reserved]

14.      [Reserved]

15.      Increased Costs

15.1  Changes  in  Circumstances  If, by reason of (i) any  change in law in any
jurisdiction or in its  interpretation or administration  and/or (ii) compliance
with any  request  from or  requirement  of any  central  bank or other  fiscal,
monetary  or other  authority  (including,  without  limitation,  a  request  or
requirement  (x) which  affects  the  manner  in which  the Bank or any  holding
company of the Bank is required to or does  maintain  capital  resources  having
regard to the Bank's obligations under any Finance Document and to amounts owing
to  it  under  any  Finance  Document  but  excluding  the  implementation,   as
contemplated on the signing of this Agreement,  of any of the matters set out in
the  July  1988  report  of the  Basle  Committee  on  Banking  Regulations  and
Supervisory Practices entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement
and Capital  Standards" (the "Cooke  Report"),  (y) which  implements any change
after the signing of this Agreement in, or in the  interpretation or application
of, such matters or any increase in the  requirements  of the Cooke Report after
the date hereof:

         (a)      the Bank or any holding company of the Bank incurs a cost as a
                  result of the Bank's having entered into and/or performing its
                  obligations  under any  Finance  Document  and/or  assuming or
                  maintaining a commitment under any Finance Document and/or its
                  making one or more Advances;

         (b)      the  Bank  or any  holding  company  of  the  Bank  suffers  a
                  reduction  in the rate of return on its overall  capital  (not
                  being a reduction by reason of the  imposition of, or increase
                  in the rates of tax  payable  on its  overall  profits  or net
                  income)  as a result  of a change  in the  manner in which the
                  Bank is  required  to allocate  resources  to its  obligations
                  under any Finance Document;

         (c)      there is any  increase  in the cost to the Bank or any holding
                  company of the Bank of funding  or  maintaining  all or any of
                  the  advances  comprised  in a class of advances  formed by or
                  including  the  Advances  made  or  to be  made  by  the  Bank
                  hereunder; or

         (d)      the Bank or any holding  company of the Bank becomes liable to
                  make any payment on account of tax or  otherwise  (not being a
                  tax imposed on the net income of the Bank's Facility Office by
                  the  jurisdiction  in which it is incorporated or in which its
                  Facility  Office is located) on or  calculated by reference to
                  the  amount  of the  Advances  made or to be made by the  Bank
                  hereunder  and/or  to any sum  received  or  receivable  by it
                  hereunder,

then the  Borrower  shall,  provided  that the Bank has notified the Borrower of
such claim pursuant to Clause 15.2 (Increased  Costs Claim),  within 10 business
days of receipt of a demand of the Bank,  pay to the Bank amounts  sufficient to
indemnify the Bank or any such holding company against,  as the case may be, (1)
such cost, (2) such reduction in such rate of return (or such proportion of such
reduction  as is, in the opinion of the Bank,  attributable  to its  obligations
hereunder),  (3) such increased cost (or such  proportion of such increased cost
as is, in the opinion of the Bank,  attributable  to its funding or  maintaining
Advances) or (4) such liability.

15.2  Increased  Costs  Claim If the Bank  intends to make a claim  pursuant  to
Clause 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances),  it shall notify the Borrower thereof by
delivery  of a  certificate  setting  out in  reasonable  detail  the  basis and
computation  of such claim;  provided that nothing herein shall require the Bank
to disclose any  confidential  information  relating to the  organisation of its
affairs.

15.3  Option to repay in relation to  increased  costs claim If the  Borrower is
required  to  pay  any  amount  to  the  Bank  under  Clause  15.1  (Changes  in
Circumstances),  then subject to that Borrower  giving the Bank not less than 10
days prior notice:

         (i)      the  Borrower  may  prepay  all,  but not  part,  of  Advances
                  together with accrued  interest on the amount prepaid.  On any
                  such   prepayment  the  Commitment   shall  be   automatically
                  cancelled; and/or

         (ii)     the Borrower  shall have the right at any time  thereafter  to
                  locate a new lender to which all the rights and obligations of
                  the Bank hereunder may be transferred.  If such new lender has
                  been located  then the Bank and such new lender shall  execute
                  and  deliver a Transfer  Certificate  pursuant to which all of
                  the  rights and  obligations  of the Bank  hereunder  shall be
                  transferred  to such new lender with effect from the  Transfer
                  Date specified in such Transfer Certificate.

16.      Illegality

If, at any time,  it is unlawful  for the Bank to make,  fund or allow to remain
outstanding all or any of the Advances made or to be made by it hereunder or for
it, then the Bank shall,  promptly after becoming aware of the same,  deliver to
the Borrower a certificate to that effect and, unless such illegality is avoided
in accordance with Clause 17 (Mitigation), to the extent of such illegality:

         (i)      the Bank shall not thereafter be obliged to participate in the
                  making of such Advances and the amount of the Commitment shall
                  be immediately reduced accordingly; and

         (ii)     if the Bank so requires,  the  Borrower  shall on such date as
                  the Bank shall have  specified  as being  necessary  to comply
                  with the relevant law repay such Advance together with accrued
                  interest thereon and all other amounts owing to the Bank.

17.      Mitigation

If, in respect of the Bank,  circumstances  arise which would, or would upon the
giving of notice, result in:

(i)  the reduction of the Commitment to zero pursuant to Clause 16 (Illegality);
     or

(ii) a  claim  for   indemnification   pursuant  to  Clause  15.1   (Changes  in
     Circumstances);

then,  without  in any  way  limiting,  reducing  or  otherwise  qualifying  the
obligations of the Borrower under any of the Clauses  referred to in (i) or (ii)
above, the Bank shall, in consultation  with the Borrower,  take such reasonable
steps as the Bank acting in good faith  considers  appropriate  to mitigate  the
effects  of  such  circumstances  including  the  transfer  of  its  rights  and
obligations  hereunder  to  another  financial  institution  acceptable  to  the
Borrower willing to participate in the Facility  provided that the Bank shall be
under no  obligation  to take any such action if, in the sole  discretion of the
Bank, to do so would or might have a material  adverse effect upon its business,
operations or financial condition.

                                     Part 7

                REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

18.      Representations

The Borrower makes the  representations and warranties set out in Clause 18.1 to
Clause  18.14 and  acknowledges  that the Bank  entered  into this  Agreement in
reliance on those representations and warranties.

18.1 Status and Due  Authorization The Borrower is a corporation duly organised,
validly  existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of  Delaware,  with all
requisite  corporate or other power to execute and deliver the Finance Documents
to which it is a party and to exercise  its rights and  perform its  obligations
thereunder  and all  corporate  and  other  action  required  to  authorise  its
execution  and delivery of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and its
performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken.

18.2  Validity and  Admissibility  in Evidence All acts,  conditions  and things
required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order (a) to enable the Borrower
lawfully to enter into,  exercise  its rights  under and perform and comply with
the obligations  expressed to be assumed by it in each of the Finance  Documents
to which it is a party,  (b) to  ensure  that the  obligations  expressed  to be
assumed by the Borrower in each of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party
are legal,  valid and binding and (c) to make each Finance Document to which the
Borrower is a party  admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation
have been done, fulfilled and performed and all material governmental  licences,
authorizations,  consents  and  approvals  under  the  laws of any  jurisdiction
necessary  to own its  assets  and  carry  on its  business  as now  being or as
proposed to be conducted have been obtained.

18.3 Most Recent Financial  Statements The most recent  financial  statements of
the  Borrower  delivered in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement  were
prepared in  accordance  with GAAP (as defined in Clause  20.2  (Definitions  of
Financial  Terms)) and  consistently  applied and give (in conjunction  with the
notes  thereto) a true and fair view of the financial  condition of the Group at
the  date as of  which  they  were  prepared  and  the  results  of the  Group's
operations during the financial year then ended.

18.4 No Material  Adverse  Change Since  publication  of the Original  Financial
Statements of the  Borrower,  there has been no material  adverse  change in the
property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects or capitalization
of the Group taken as a whole.

18.5  No  Undisclosed  Liabilities  As at the  date  as of  which  the  Original
Financial  Statements  of the Borrower  were prepared no member of the Group had
any liabilities  (contingent or otherwise) which were not disclosed  thereby (or
by notes thereto) or reserved  against therein nor any unrealised or anticipated
losses arising from  commitments  entered into by it which were not so disclosed
or reserved against, in each case, as required under GAAP.

18.6  Litigation  Other than as  disclosed to the Bank prior to the date hereof,
there are no legal or arbitral proceedings,  or any proceedings by or before any
governmental or regulatory authority or agency, now pending or (to the knowledge
of the  Borrower)  threatened  against or  affecting  the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  as to  which  there  is a  reasonable  possibility  of an  adverse
determination  that  could  (either  individually  or in the  aggregate)  have a
Material Adverse Effect.

18.7 Execution of the Finance Documents The Borrower's execution and delivery of
the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and its exercise of its rights and
performance of its obligations thereunder do not and will not:

         (i)      conflict  with  any   agreement,   mortgage,   bond  or  other
                  instrument  or  treaty  to  which  it is a party  or  which is
                  binding upon it or any of its assets;

         (ii)     conflict with its charter,  by-laws or any other  constitutive
                  documents and rules and regulations; or

         (iii)    conflict with any  applicable  law,  regulation or official or
                  judicial order, writ, injunction or decree;

which, in each case, is reasonably  likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and
could subject the Bank to liability.

18.8 Full Disclosure All of the written information  supplied by the Borrower to
the Bank in connection herewith is true and accurate in all material respects.

18.9 Claims Pari Passu The claims of the Bank  against  the  Borrower  under the
Finance Documents will rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other
unsecured  creditors  save  those  whose  claims  are  preferred  solely  by any
bankruptcy,   insolvency,   liquidation   or  other   similar  laws  of  general
application.

18.10 No Winding-up The Borrower has not taken any corporate action nor have any
other steps been taken or legal  proceedings been started or (to the best of its
knowledge and belief)  threatened  against it for its  winding-up,  dissolution,
administration  or  re-organisation  or  for  the  appointment  of  a  receiver,
administrator,  administrative receiver,  trustee or similar officer of it or of
any or all of its assets or revenues.

18.11 Liens Save as permitted by Clause 21.5 (Negative  Pledge),  no Lien exists
over all or any of the Borrower's present or future revenues or assets.

18.12 No Obligation to Create Security The Borrower's  execution and delivery of
the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and its exercise of its rights and
performance of its  obligations  thereunder  will not result in the existence of
nor oblige it to create any encumbrance over all or any of its present or future
revenues or assets.

18.13 Use of Credit No part of the  proceeds of the Advances  hereunder  will be
used to buy or carry any Margin Stock.

18.14 Repetition of Representations The representations contained in this Clause
18 (other than those made under Clauses 18.4, 18.5, 18.6, 18.8, 18.10, 18.11 and
18.12 ) shall be deemed to be repeated  by the  Borrower on each date upon which
an Advance is made (other than Rollover  Advances) by reference to the facts and
circumstances then existing.

19.      Financial Information

The Borrower  shall deliver or cause to be delivered or otherwise made available
through  electronic  media  (provided that the Bank shall be given prior written
notice of such availability) to the Bank the following financial  statements and
information:

19.1 Annual  Statements The Borrower shall as soon as the same become available,
but in any event within 120 days after the end of its financial year, deliver to
the Bank the  consolidated  audited  financial  statements of the Group for such
financial year.

19.2 Semi-annual and Quarterly Statements The Borrower shall as soon as the same
become  available,  but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of its
quarters  ending three  months,  six months and nine months after the end of its
financial  years,  deliver  to the Bank  its  consolidated  unaudited  financial
statements of the Group for such period.

19.3 Other  Financial  Information  The Borrower  shall from time to time on the
request of the Bank,  furnish the Bank with such information  about the business
and financial condition of the Group as the Bank may reasonably require.

19.4 Requirements as to Financial Statements The Borrower shall ensure that:

         (i)      each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  this  Clause 19 is  prepared  on the same basis as was used in
                  the  preparation of its Original  Financial  Statements and in
                  accordance with GAAP and consistently applied;

         (ii)     each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  Clause 19.1 is certified by a duly  authorised  officer of the
                  Borrower  as  giving  a true  and  fair  view  of the  Group's
                  financial condition as at the end of the period to which those
                  financial  statements relate and of the results of the Group's
                  operations during such period;

         (iii)    each set of financial  statements delivered pursuant to Clause
                  19.1   (Annual    Statements)   has   been   audited   by   an
                  internationally   recognised  firm  of  independent   auditors
                  licensed  to  practise  in  the  Borrower's   jurisdiction  of
                  incorporation; and

         (iv)     each set of  consolidated  financial  statements  and accounts
                  delivered  to  the  Bank   pursuant  to  Clause  19.1  (Annual
                  Statements)   or  Clause  19.2   (Semi-annual   and  Quarterly
                  Statements)  shall be accompanied by a compliance  certificate
                  signed  by  a  duly   authorised   officer  of  the  Borrower,
                  substantially in the form set out in the Fourth Schedule (Form
                  of   Compliance   Certificate),   together   with  any   other
                  information required to determine whether or not the financial
                  condition of the Borrower  satisfies the  provisions of Clause
                  20 (Financial Condition).

20.      Financial Condition

20.1  Financial  Condition of the Borrower  The Borrower  shall ensure that,  as
evidenced  by the  most  recent  set of  financial  statements  delivered  by it
pursuant to Clause 19 (Financial Information):

         (i)      Maximum Delinquency Ratio
                  Its  Delinquency  Ratio  shall  not  on  the  last  day of any
                  calendar month be more than 6.0%.

         (ii)     Minimum Tier 1 Capital to Managed Receivables Ratio
                  The ratio of its Tier 1 Capital to Managed  Receivables  shall
                  not on any date be less than 4.0 % and remain so for more than
                  90  days  and the  ratio  of its  Tier 1  Capital  to  Managed
                  Receivables shall not on any date be less than 3.5%.

         (iii)    Minimum Tangible Net Worth
                  The Tangible  Net Worth of the Borrower  shall not on any date
                  be less  than  US$1,250,000,000  plus  40% of  Cumulative  Net
                  Income  as of  the  last  day  of the  fiscal  quarter  of the
                  Borrower most recently ended (being June 30, 2000) plus 40% of
                  Cumulative Equity Proceeds as of such date of determination.

         (iv)     Leverage Ratio
                  Its Leverage Ratio shall not on any date exceed 10.0 to 1.

         (v)      Double Leverage Ratio
                  Its Double Leverage Ratio shall not on any date exceed 1.25 to
1.

20.2     Definitions of Financial Terms  In this Agreement:

"Cumulative  Equity Proceeds" shall mean, as of any date of  determination,  the
aggregate  amount of all cash received on or prior to such date of determination
by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of any Equity Issuance  effected
after June 30, 2000, net of reasonable expenses incurred by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in connection therewith;

"Cumulative  Net Income"  shall mean, as of any date of  determination,  the net
income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  (determined on a consolidated basis
without  duplication  in  accordance  with GAAP) for each fiscal  quarter of the
Borrower  (a)  commencing  with the fiscal  quarter  ended June 30, 2000 and (b)
ending with the fiscal  quarter most recently  ended on or prior to such date of
determination;  provided  that the  Borrower's  Cumulative  Net Income  shall be
determined  exclusive  of any  fiscal  quarter  of the  Borrower  for  which the
consolidated  net  income  of the  Borrower  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP)
is less than zero;

"Delinquency  Ratio" shall mean,  on any date and with respect to the  Borrower,
the ratio of (a) all Past Due  Receivables  with respect to the Borrower on such
date to (b) the aggregate amount of all Managed  Receivables with respect to the
Borrower on such date;

"Double Leverage Ratio" shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (a) the sum of the
Borrower's  Intangibles  calculated on an unconsolidated basis on such date plus
the amount of the  aggregate  investment of the Borrower in the capital stock of
its Subsidiaries to (b) the Borrower's Net Worth on such date;

"Equity" means on any date and with respect to any person, the aggregate at such
time of such  person's  called up share  capital,  any  credit  balance  on such
person's share premium account or consolidated  profit and loss account and such
person's consolidated reserves less any debit balance on the consolidated profit
and loss account of such person;

"Equity  Issuance" shall mean (a) any issuance or sale by the Borrower or any of
its  Subsidiaries of (i) any of its capital stock,  (ii) any warrants or options
exercisable  in respect of its capital stock (other than any warrants or options
issued  to  directors,  officers  or  employees  of the  Borrower  or any of its
Subsidiaries  pursuant to employee  benefit  plans  established  in the ordinary
course  of  business  and any  capital  stock of the  Borrower  issued  upon the
exercise of such warrants or options) or (iii) any other  security or instrument
representing an equity interest (or the right to obtain any equity  interest) in
the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  or (b) the receipt by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries from any person not a shareholder of the Borrower of any
capital contribution  (whether or not evidenced by any equity security issued by
the recipient of such  contribution);  provided that Equity  Issuance  shall not
include (i) any such  issuance or sale by any  Subsidiary of the Borrower to the
Borrower  or any wholly  owned  Subsidiary  of the  Borrower or (ii) any capital
contribution  by the Borrower or any wholly owned  Subsidiary of the Borrower to
any Subsidiary of the Borrower;

"GAAP" shall mean on any date and with respect to any person, generally accepted
accounting  principles in the United  States of America  applied on a consistent
basis with  those used in the  preparation  of the  latest  annual or  quarterly
financial  statements furnished by on behalf of such person to the Bank pursuant
hereto;

"Intangibles" means as at any date and with respect to any person, the aggregate
amount (to the extent  reflected in determining the  consolidated  stockholders'
equity of such person and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries)  of (a) all write-ups
(other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups
of  assets  of a  going  concern  business  made  within  12  months  after  the
acquisition of such  business)  subsequent to June 30, 2000 in the book value of
any asset by any such person or any of its  consolidated  Subsidiaries,  (b) all
Investments in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and all equity investments in persons
that are not  Subsidiaries  and (c) all  unamortized  debt discount and expense,
unamortized  deferred charges,  goodwill,  patents,  trademarks,  service marks,
trade names, anticipated future benefit of tax loss carry-forwards,  copyrights,
organisation or developmental expense and other intangible assets;

"Investments"  means  for any  person  (a) the  acquisition  (whether  for cash,
Property,  services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock,  bonds, notes,
debentures,  partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any
other person or any agreement to make any such acquisition  (including,  without
limitation,  any "short sale" or any sale of any  securities at a time when such
securities are not owned by the person entering into such sale);  (b) the making
of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other
person  (including  the purchase of Property from another  person  subject to an
understanding or agreement,  contingent or otherwise, to resell such Property to
such person), but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having
a term not exceeding 90 days arising in connection with the sale of inventory or
supplies by such person in the ordinary course of business;  or (c) the entering
into of any  guarantee  of, or other  contingent  obligation  with  respect  to,
indebtedness  or other  liability of any other person and (without  duplication)
any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such person;

"Leverage  Ratio"  means on any  date,  the  ratio of (a) the  indebtedness  (as
determined on a consolidated basis without  duplication in accordance with GAAP)
of the Borrower with respect to the Borrower and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries
at such date minus the aggregate  amount of all on-balance  sheet loans held for
securitization  at such date to (b) the  Borrower's  Tangible  Net Worth at such
date;

"Managed  Receivables" means on any date and with respect to any person, the sum
for such person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated
basis without  duplication in accordance with GAAP) of (a) all on-balance  sheet
credit card loans and other  finance  receivables  plus (b) all on balance sheet
credit card loans and other finance receivables held for securitization plus (c)
all securitized credit card loans and other finance  receivables of such person;
provided that, as the term "Managed  Receivables"  is used in the Tier I Capital
to Managed  Receivables Ratio calculation,  clauses (a), (b) and (c) above shall
be determined exclusive of securitized, non-revolving finance receivables;

"Net  Worth"  means on any date the  consolidated  stockholders'  equity  of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries,  all determined as of such date on a
consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP;

"Past Due Receivables" means on any date and with respect to any person, Managed
Receivables contractually past due 90 days or more plus all other non performing
assets  provided  however  that  receivables  which are  loans,  whether  or not
contractually  past  due  90  days  or  more,  shall  not  constitute  Past  Due
Receivables to the extent of any cash balance of the account debtor on such loan
on deposit with the creditor  (but only to the extent such  creditor is entitled
under an agreement governing such loan to set-off such cash balances against the
obligations  of the account  debtor  under such loan and to the extent such cash
balances are not subject to any other  set-off or deduction by such  creditor or
any of its affiliates against a matured obligation owing by such debtor);

"Property"  shall  mean any  right or  interest  in or to  property  of any kind
whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible;

"Tangible  Net  Worth"  means on any date and with  respect to any  person,  the
consolidated   stockholders'   equity  of  such  person  and  its   consolidated
Subsidiaries less Intangibles of such person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries,
all  determined as of such date on a consolidated  basis without  duplication in
accordance with GAAP;

"Tier 1 Capital"  means on any date and with respect to any person,  the amount,
for such person and its  Subsidiaries  (determined on a  consolidated  basis) on
such date of "Tier 1  Capital",  within  the  meaning  given to such term in the
Capital  Adequacy  Guidelines  for State Member Banks  published by the Board of
Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System (12 C.F.R.  Part 208,  Appendix A, as
amended,  modified  and  supplemented,  and in effect  from time to time and any
replacement thereof).

20.3 Accounting Terms All accounting expressions which are not otherwise defined
herein shall be construed  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles in the United States of America.

21.      Covenants

21.1 Litigation The Borrower shall promptly give to the Bank notice of all legal
or arbitral  proceedings,  and of all investigations or proceedings by or before
any governmental or regulatory authority or agency, and any material development
in respect of such legal or other proceedings, against or affecting the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries, except investigations or proceedings (a) as to which
there is no reasonable  possibility of an adverse  determination or (b) that, if
adversely determined, would not (either individually or in the aggregate) have a
Material Adverse Effect.

21.2  Maintenance of Legal  Validity The Borrower shall obtain,  comply with the
terms of and do all that is  necessary  to maintain in full force and effect all
authorizations,  approvals, licences and consents required in or by the laws and
regulations of its  jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it lawfully to enter
into and perform its obligations under each of the Finance Documents to which it
is a party and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility
in  evidence  in its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  of  each  of the  Finance
Documents to which it is a party.

21.3 Insurance The Borrower shall maintain  insurances on and in relation to its
business and assets with reputable  underwriters or insurance  companies against
such risks and to such extent as is usual for  companies  carrying on a business
such as that carried on by the Borrower.

21.4 Disposals The Borrower shall not,  without the prior written consent of the
Bank,  enter into any transaction of merger or  consolidation or amalgamation or
liquidate,  wind-up or  dissolve  itself or convey,  sell,  lease,  transfer  or
otherwise  dispose  of, by one or more  transactions  or series of  transactions
(whether related or not), all or substantially all of its revenues or its assets
other than by way of a Permitted Disposal.

21.6 Negative  Pledge The Borrower shall not,  without the prior written consent
of the Bank,  create or permit to subsist any Lien over any (1)  Receivables  of
the  Borrower or (2)  Restricted  Shares  owned by it, in each case  whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(d)  Liens for taxes not yet due or Liens  for  taxes  being  contested  in good
     faith by appropriate  proceedings for which adequate  reserves (in the good
     faith judgement of the management of the Borrower) have been established;

(e)  Liens  imposed  by law (i) which are  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of
     business and (x) which do not in the aggregate  materially detract from the
     value of such Receivables or Restricted Shares or materially impair the use
     thereof in the  operation  of the business of the Borrower or (y) which are
     being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings
     have the effect of preventing the forfeiture of sale of the  Receivables or
     Restricted  Shares  subject  to such  Lien or (ii)  which do not  relate to
     material liabilities of the Borrower and do not in the aggregate materially
     detract from the value of the Receivables or Restricted Shares of the Group
     taken as a whole; provided that no Lien permitted under this clause (b) may
     secure any obligation in an amount exceeding $10,000,000; and

(f)  Any pledge of  Receivables  to a Federal  Reserve Bank made in the ordinary
     course of business to secure advances or other  transactions and manage the
     liquidity position of the Borrower.

21.6 Claims Pari Passu The Borrower shall ensure that at all times the claims of
the Bank against it under each of the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu
with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are
preferred by any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  liquidation or other similar laws of
general application.

21.7  Notification  of Events of  Default  The  Borrower  shall  promptly  after
becoming  aware of the same  inform the Bank of the  occurrence  of any Event of
Default or Potential  Event of Default and upon receipt of a written  request to
that  effect  from  the Bank  acting  reasonably  in  circumstances  which  give
reasonable  grounds  for belief that an Event of Default or  Potential  Event of
Default may have occurred, confirm to the Bank that, save as previously notified
to the  Bank or as  notified  in such  confirmation,  no  Event  of  Default  or
Potential Event of Default has occurred.

22.      Events of Default

Each of Clause 22.1 to Clause 22.17 describes  circumstances which constitute an
Event of Default for the  purposes of this  Agreement.  Clause  22.18 and Clause
22.19  deal with the  rights of the Bank  after  the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default.

22.1 Failure to Pay The  Borrower (a) fails to pay any  principal of any Advance
when due (whether at stated maturity or at mandatory or optional  prepayment) or
(b) fails to pay any other amount due from it under any Finance  Document at the
time,  in the currency and in the manner  specified  therein and such failure is
not remedied within five business days.

22.2 Cross  Default  Any  financial  indebtedness  of any member of the Group in
excess of an aggregate of $50,000,000  (or its equivalent in any other currency)
is not paid when due, any such financial indebtedness of any member of the Group
is declared to be or otherwise  becomes due and payable  prior to its  specified
maturity,   any  commitment  for,  or   underwriting   of,  any  such  financial
indebtedness  of any  member  of the  Group is  cancelled  or  suspended  or any
creditor or creditors of any member of the Group become  entitled to declare any
such financial  indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to
its specified maturity.

22.3 Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made
by the Borrower in any of the Finance Documents to which it is a party or in any
notice or other  document,  certificate  or  statement  delivered by it pursuant
hereto is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect
when made or deemed to be made.

22.4 Specific Covenants The Borrower fails duly to perform or comply with any of
the  obligations  expressed  to  be  assumed  by  it  in  Clause  19  (Financial
Information) or Clause 21 (Covenants)  and, if such breach is capable of remedy,
such breach has not been remedied within 30 days after notice of such breach has
been given by the Bank to the Borrower.

22.5  Financial  Condition  At any time any of the  requirements  of  Clause  20
(Financial Condition) is not satisfied.

22.6 Other  Obligations  The  Borrower  fails duly to perform or comply with any
other obligation  expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document and such
failure, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 30 days after the Bank has
given notice thereof to the Borrower.

22.8     Bankruptcy and Insolvency  The Borrower:

(i)  The  Borrower  or  any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  admit  in  writing  its
     inability to, or be generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become
     due; or

(ii) The Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall (a) apply for or consent to
     the   appointment   of,  or  the  taking  of  possession  by,  a  receiver,
     conservator, custodian, trustee, examiner or liquidator of itself or of all
     or a substantial  part of its property,  (b) make a general  assignment for
     the  benefit of its  creditors,  (c)  commence a  voluntary  case under the
     Federal  Bankruptcy  Code of  1978,  as  amended  from  time  to time  (the
     "Bankruptcy  Code"),  (d) file a petition  seeking to take advantage of any
     other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  liquidation,
     dissolution,  arrangement or winding-up,  or composition or readjustment of
     debts,  (e) fail to  controvert  in a timely  and  appropriate  manner,  or
     acquiesce in writing to, any petition  filed  against it in an  involuntary
     case under the  Bankruptcy  Code or (f) take any  corporate  action for the
     purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

(iii)A  proceeding  or case  shall be  commenced,  without  the  application  or
     consent  of  the  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries,  in any  court  of
     competent  jurisdiction,  seeking  (a)  its  reorganization,   liquidation,
     dissolution,  arrangement or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment
     of its debts,  (b) the appointment of a receiver,  conservator,  custodian,
     trustee,  examiner,  liquidator  or  the  like  of  the  Borrower  or  such
     Subsidiary or of all or any substantial part of its property or (c) similar
     relief in respect of the Borrower or such Subsidiary under any law relating
     to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  winding-up, or composition or
     adjustment  of  debts,   and  such   proceeding  or  case  shall   continue
     undismissed,  or an order,  judgment or decree approving or ordering any of
     the foregoing shall be entered and continue  unstayed and in effect,  for a
     period of 60 or more days;  or an order for relief  against the Borrower or
     any of its  Subsidiaries  shall be entered in an involuntary case under the
     Bankruptcy Code.

22.8 [Reserved]

22.9 Analogous  Events Any event occurs which under the laws of any jurisdiction
has a similar or  analogous  effect to any of those  events  mentioned in Clause
22.7 (Bankruptcy and Insolvency) or Clause 22.17 (Judgment Defaults).

22.10 Governmental Intervention By or under the authority of any government, (a)
the management of the Borrower is wholly or partially displaced or the authority
of the Borrower in the conduct of its business is wholly or partially  curtailed
which is likely to have a Material  Adverse  Effect or (b) all or a majority  of
the issued  shares of the  Borrower  or the whole or any part (the book value of
which is twenty  percent or more of the book value of the whole) of its revenues
or assets is seized,  nationalised,  expropriated or compulsorily acquired which
is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.11  Ownership  of the  Borrower  Any person or group of persons  (within  the
meaning of Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act as amended)  shall have acquired
beneficial  ownership  (within  the  meaning  of Rule 13d-3  promulgated  by the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of the
issued and  outstanding  shares of voting common stock issued by the Borrower or
the  Borrower  shall at any time fail to own and  control,  beneficially  and of
record  (free and clear of all  encumbrances),  at least 95% of the  issued  and
outstanding shares of capital stock of each class of voting securities issued by
Capital  One Bank or the  Borrower  shall at any time  fail to own and  control,
beneficially and of record (free and clear of all encumbrances), at least 95% of
the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of each class of voting
securities issued by Capital One, F.S.B.

22.12    [Reserved]

22.13 The  Borrower's  Business The Borrower (i) ceases to carry on the business
it  carries  on at the date  hereof  the  cession  of which is  likely to have a
Material  Adverse  Effect or (ii) enters into any  unrelated  business the entry
into which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.14    Repudiation  The Borrower repudiates any Finance Document.

22.15  Illegality  At any time it is or becomes  unlawful  for the  Borrower  to
perform or comply  with any or all of its  obligations  under any of the Finance
Documents or any of the  obligations  of the  Borrower  under any of the Finance
Documents are not or cease to be legal, valid and binding.

22.16  Performance of Obligations The Borrower  becomes unable to perform any of
its  obligations  under any of the Finance  Documents  and such  inability has a
Material  Adverse  Effect on the ability of the  Borrower to perform its payment
obligations under any of the Finance Documents.

22.17  Judgment  Defaults A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money
of  $50,000,000  (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more
in the  aggregate  shall  be  rendered  by one or  more  courts,  administrative
tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction against the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  and the same shall not be discharged  (or  provision  shall not be
made for such discharge),  or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured,
within 30 days from the date of entry  thereof and the  Borrower  or  Subsidiary
shall not,  within said period of 30 days,  or such longer  period  during which
execution of the same shall have been  stayed,  appeal  therefrom  and cause the
execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal.

22.18    Acceleration and Cancellation

(i)               Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default,  other than one
                  referred  to in  Clause  22.7  (ii) or (iii)  (Bankruptcy  and
                  Insolvency),  and at any time  thereafter,  the Bank  may,  by
                  written notice to the Borrower:

                  (a)      declare  the  Advances  to  be  immediately  due  and
                           payable  (whereupon  the same shall become so payable
                           together with accrued  interest thereon and any other
                           sums then owed by the Borrower  hereunder) or declare
                           the  Advances  to be due and payable on demand of the
                           Bank; and/or

                  (b)      declare  that  the  Facility   shall  be   cancelled,
                           whereupon   the  same  shall  be  cancelled  and  the
                           Commitment shall be reduced to zero.

(ii)              Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Clause
                  22.7(ii) or (iii)  (Bankruptcy and  Insolvency),  the Facility
                  shall  automatically  be cancelled  and the  Commitment  shall
                  automatically  be reduced to zero,  and the Advances,  and the
                  accrued interest thereon, and all other amounts payable by the
                  Borrower hereunder shall automatically  become immediately due
                  and  payable  without  presentment,  demand,  protest or other
                  formalities  of any kind,  all of which are  hereby  expressly
                  waived by the Borrower.

22.19  Advances  Due on Demand If,  pursuant to Clause 22.18  (Acceleration  and
Cancellation), the Bank declares the Advances to be due and payable on demand of
the Bank,  then, and at any time  thereafter,  the Bank may by written notice to
the Borrower require repayment of the Advances on such date as it may specify in
such  notice  (whereupon  the same  shall  become  due and  payable on such date
together  with  accrued  interest  thereon  and any other  sums then owed by the
Borrower hereunder) or withdraw its declaration with effect from such date as it
may specify in such notice.

                                     Part 8

                         DEFAULT INTEREST AND INDEMNITY

23.      Default Interest and Indemnity

23.1 Default  Interest  Period If any sum due and payable by the Borrower  under
any Finance Document to which it is a party is not paid on the due date therefor
in accordance  with the provisions of Clause 25 (Payments) or if any sum due and
payable by the Borrower  under any judgment of any court in connection  herewith
is not paid on the date of such judgment,  the period beginning on such due date
or, as the case may be,  the date of such  judgment  and ending on the date upon
which the  obligation  of the Borrower to pay such sum (the balance  thereof for
the time being unpaid being herein referred to as an "unpaid sum") is discharged
shall be divided into successive  periods,  each of which (other than the first)
shall start on the last day of the  preceding  such  period and the  duration of
each of which shall (except as otherwise provided in this Clause 23) be selected
by the Bank.

23.2 Default  Interest During each such period relating  thereto as is mentioned
in Clause 23.1  (Default  Interest  Period) an unpaid sum shall bear interest at
the rate per  annum  which is the sum from time to time of one  percent  and the
Prime Rate.

23.3 Payment of Default  Interest Any  interest  which shall have accrued  under
Clause  23.2  (Default  Interest)  in  respect of an unpaid sum shall be due and
payable  and shall be paid by the  Borrower  owing such unpaid sum at the end of
the period by reference to which it is calculated or on such other date or dates
as the Bank may specify by written notice to the Borrower.

23.4  Broken  Periods If the Bank  receives  or  recovers  all or any part of an
Advance made by the Bank otherwise than on the last day of the Term thereof, the
Borrower  shall pay to the Bank on demand an amount equal to the amount (if any)
by which (i) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount
so received or  recovered  had it been  received or recovered on the last day of
the Term thereof exceeds (ii) the amount of interest which in the opinion of the
Bank would have been  payable to the Bank on the last day of the Term thereof in
respect of a deposit in the  currency  of the amount so  received  or  recovered
equal to the amount so received or  recovered  placed by it with a prime bank in
New York for a period  starting on the first  business day following the date of
such  receipt or  recovery  and ending on the last day of the Term  thereof.  In
addition  the  Borrower  shall also pay to the Bank a breakage fee in respect to
any such receipt of all or any part of an Advance in accordance  with the Bank's
usual practice.

23.5     Indemnities

(i)  The Borrower  hereby  agrees to indemnify  the Bank against any loss (other
     than any loss  incurred as a result of the Bank's own wilful  misconduct or
     gross  negligence)  it may  suffer as a result of its  funding  an  Advance
     requested by the Borrower hereunder but not made by reason of the operation
     of any one or more of the provisions hereof.

(ii) The Borrower  hereby agrees to indemnify the Bank and its  affiliates,  and
     its and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees,  attorneys and
     agents from,  and hold each of them harmless  against,  any and all losses,
     liabilities,  claims,  damages or expenses  incurred by any of them arising
     out of or by reason of any investigation or litigation or other proceedings
     (including any threatened investigation or litigation or other proceedings,
     and  whether  or not the  Bank  is a party  to  such  litigation  or  other
     proceedings)  relating to this  Agreement or the Advances  hereunder or any
     actual or proposed  use by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  of the
     proceeds of any of the Advances hereunder,  including,  without limitation,
     the reasonable fees and  disbursements  of counsel,  incurred in connection
     with  any such  investigation  or  litigation  or  other  proceedings  (but
     excluding  any  such  losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages  or  expenses
     incurred by reason of the gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of the
     person to be indemnified).

23.6  Unpaid  Sums or  Advances  Any unpaid sum shall (for the  purposes of this
Clause 23 and Clause 15.1 (Changes in  Circumstances))  be treated as an Advance
and accordingly in this Clause 23 and Clause 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances) the
term "Advance" includes any unpaid sum and "Term", in relation to an unpaid sum,
includes  each such  period  relating  thereto as is  mentioned  in Clause  23.1
(Default Interest Periods).

                                     Part 9

                                    PAYMENTS

24.      Currency of Account and Payment

24.1 Currency of Account  United  States  Dollars is the currency of account and
payment in respect of the Facility,  for each and every sum at any time due from
the  Borrower  under the Facility  and, in  connection  therewith,  in the other
Finance Documents provided that:

         (i)      each   payment   pursuant   to   Clause   15.1   (Changes   in
                  Circumstances)  shall be made in the currency specified by the
                  party acting reasonably and claiming thereunder; and

         (ii)     any amount  expressed  to be payable in a currency  other than
                  United States Dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

24.2  Currency  Indemnity  If any sum due from the  Borrower  under the  Finance
Documents or any order or judgment  given or made in relation  thereto has to be
converted from the currency (the "first  currency") in which the same is payable
thereunder  or under such order or judgment  into another  currency (the "second
currency")  for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the
Borrower,  (ii) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or
(iii)  enforcing any order or judgment  given or made in relation  thereto,  the
Borrower shall  indemnify and hold harmless each of the persons to whom such sum
is due from and against any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between
(a) the rate of  exchange  used for such  purpose to convert the sum in question
from the first  currency  into the second  currency and (b) the rate or rates of
exchange at which such person may in the  ordinary  course of business  purchase
the first currency with the second  currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in
satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.

25.      Payments

25.1 Payments to the Bank On each date on which any Finance Document requires an
amount to be paid by the Borrower under any of the Finance  Documents in respect
of the  Facility or  otherwise  to the Bank,  the  Borrower  shall make the same
available to the Bank by payment in United  States  Dollars for value on the day
in question to the Bank via:

                  Citibank, N.A.
                  ABA #021000089
                  for credit to account no. 40581356
                  reference Capital One
                  Attn: Carlos Lopez

(or such other account or bank as the Bank may have specified for this purpose).

25.2  Alternative  Payment  Arrangements  If,  at  any  time,  it  shall  become
impracticable  (by reason of any  action of any  governmental  authority  or any
change in law,  exchange  control  regulations  or any  similar  event)  for the
Borrower to make any payments  hereunder in the manner  specified in Clause 25.1
(Payments to the Bank), then the Borrower may agree with the Bank's  alternative
arrangements  for the  payment  direct  to the Bank of  amounts  due to the Bank
hereunder provided that, in the absence of any such agreement with the Bank, the
Borrower  shall be  obliged to make all  payments  due to the Bank in the manner
specified herein.

25.3 No Set-off  All  payments  required  to be made by the  Borrower  under the
Finance  Documents  shall be  calculated  without  reference  to any  set-off or
counterclaim  and shall be made free and clear of and without any  deduction for
or on account of any set-off or counterclaim.

25.4     [Reserved]

25.5     [Reserved]

25.6  Non-Business  Days In the event that any payment required to be made under
any Finance  Document  falls to be made on a day which is not a business  day it
shall be made on the next business day.

26.      Set-Off

The  Borrower  authorises  the Bank to apply  any  credit  balance  to which the
Borrower  is  entitled  on  any  account  of  the  Borrower  with  the  Bank  in
satisfaction  of any sum due and payable from the Borrower to the Bank hereunder
but unpaid; for this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase with the moneys
standing  to the  credit of any such  account  such other  currencies  as may be
necessary to effect such application.  The Bank shall not be obliged to exercise
any  right  given to it by this  Clause  26.  Nothing  in this  Clause  26 shall
constitute an encumbrance.

                                     Part 10

                            FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES

27.      Facility Fee, Utilization Fee and Arranging Fee

27.1  Facility Fee The Borrower  shall pay to the Bank,  quarterly in arrears on
the last day of each quarter or, if not a business  day,  the next  business day
immediately  thereafter,  a facility fee of 0.20 percent per annum on the amount
of the Bank's Commitment from day to day during the period beginning on the date
hereof and ending on the Termination Date.

27.2 Utilization Fee The Borrower shall pay to the Bank, quarterly in arrears on
the last day of each quarter or, if not a business  day,  the next  business day
immediately  thereafter,  a  utilization  fee on the excess,  if any, of (i) the
average of the  aggregate  Outstandings  over such  quarter over (ii) 50% of the
average of the aggregate  amount of the Commitment  hereunder in effect for such
quarter,  at a rate per annum equal to 0.10  percent  from day to day during the
period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the Termination Date.

27.3  Arrangement  Fee The Borrower shall pay to the Bank an arrangement  fee in
respect to the Commitment in the amount of 0.20 percent of the Commitment (being
$140,000),  which fee has been fully  earned by the Bank as a result of the Bank
entering into of this  Agreement  whether or not any Advance is made by the Bank
hereunder and is payable at closing.


28.      Costs and Expenses

28.1 Costs and Expenses The Borrower  shall,  from time to time on demand of the
Bank,  reimburse the Bank for all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses
(including  reasonable  legal fees,  not to exceed  $20,000 plus  disbursements)
incurred by it in connection with the negotiation,  preparation and execution of
the  Finance   Documents  and  the  completion  of  the   transactions   therein
contemplated  except, for the avoidance of doubt, in relation to any transfer or
assignment by the Bank of its rights or obligations hereunder.

28.2  Preservations  and Enforcement of Rights The Borrower shall,  from time to
time on  demand  of the Bank,  reimburse  the Bank for all  costs  and  expenses
(including  reasonable legal fees) reasonably  incurred in or in connection with
the  preservation  and/or  enforcement  of any of their  rights under any of the
Finance  Documents  except,  for the  avoidance  of doubt,  in  relation  to any
transfer or assignment by the Bank of its rights or obligations hereunder.

28.3     [Reserved]

28.4 Waivers and Consents The Borrower shall, from time to time on demand of the
Bank (and without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 28.2  (Preservations and
Enforcements  of Rights) and Clause 34.2 (Amendment  Costs)  compensate the Bank
for all reasonable  costs and expenses  (including  telephone,  fax, copying and
travel costs)  incurred by the Bank in connection with its taking such action as
it may deem  appropriate  in  complying  with any  request  by the  Borrower  in
connection with:

(a)  the  granting  or  proposed  granting  of any waiver or  consent  requested
     hereunder by the Borrower;

(b)  any actual breach by the Borrower of its obligations hereunder;

(c)  the  occurrence  of any event  which is an Event of Default or a  Potential
     Event of Default; or

(d)  any amendment or proposed amendment hereto requested by the Borrower.

                                     Part 11

                            ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

29.      Benefit of Agreement

This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and enure to the  benefit of each party
hereto  and its or any  subsequent  successors  and  permitted  Transferees  and
assigns.

30.      Assignments and Transfers by the Borrower

The  Borrower  shall not be  entitled  to assign or  transfer  all or any of its
rights,  benefits  and  obligations  hereunder  except  pursuant  to a Permitted
Disposal.

31.      Assignments and Transfers by Bank

31.1  Assignments and Transfers The Bank may assign all or any of its rights and
benefits  hereunder or transfer in  accordance  with Clause 31.2  (Transfers  by
Bank) all or any of its rights,  benefits and obligations  hereunder or transfer
its Facility  Office  provided that (save in the case of an assignment of rights
and benefits to any Affiliate of the Bank) no such assignment or transfer may be
of an amount of less than  $5,000,000  or may be made without the prior  written
consent of the Borrower such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld or delayed
(and, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be unreasonable  for the Borrower
to  withhold  or delay its  consent in the case of an  assignment  of rights and
benefits to any proposed  assignee  whose  long-term debt  obligations  are then
rated below Baa3 by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. or below BBB- by Standard &
Poor's Ratings  Services).  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no consent from the
Borrower  shall be required  with respect to any such  assignment or transfer at
any  time  after  any  notice  has  been  delivered  pursuant  to  Clause  22.18
(Acceleration and Cancellation).

31.2  Transfers by Bank If the Bank wishes to transfer all or any of its rights,
benefits   and/or   obligations   hereunder  as   contemplated  in  Clause  31.1
(Assignments and Transfers),  then such transfer may be effected by the delivery
to the Bank of a duly completed and duly executed Transfer  Certificate in which
event, on the later of the Transfer Date specified in such Transfer  Certificate
and the fifth  business day after (or such earlier  business day endorsed by the
Bank on such Transfer  Certificate  falling on or after) the date of delivery of
such Transfer Certificate to the Bank:

(i)               to the extent that in such Transfer Certificate the Bank party
                  thereto seeks to transfer its rights, benefits and obligations
                  hereunder,  the Borrower  and the Bank shall be released  from
                  further  obligations  towards one another  hereunder and their
                  respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (such
                  rights,  benefits and  obligations  being  referred to in this
                  Clause 31.2 as "discharged rights and obligations");

(ii)              the Borrower and the  Transferee  party  thereto  shall assume
                  obligations  towards one another and/or acquire rights against
                  one  another  which  differ  from such  discharged  rights and
                  obligations  only insofar as the Borrower and such  Transferee
                  have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Borrower
                  and the transferring Bank; and

(iii)             in addition to the  transfers  permitted  under the  foregoing
                  provisions of this clause 31.2,  the Bank may (without  notice
                  to the  Borrower  and  without  payment of any fee) assign and
                  pledge  all or any  portion  of its  Advances  to any  Federal
                  Reserve Bank as collateral  security  pursuant to Regulation A
                  and any  Operating  Circular  issued by such  Federal  Reserve
                  Bank.

32.      Disclosure of Information

The Bank may disclose to any actual or potential  assignee or  Transferee  or to
any sub-participant in relation to any of the Finance Documents such information
about the Borrower and the Group as the Bank shall consider appropriate provided
that,  prior to the  disclosure  of such  information,  it has  obtained  a duly
completed confidentiality  undertaking (substantially in the form set out in the
Fifth  Schedule  (Form of  Confidentiality  Undertaking))  from  such  potential
assignee, Transferee or sub-participant.

33.      Calculations and Evidence of Debt

33.1 Basis of Accrual  Interest and commitment  commission shall accrue from day
to day and shall be  calculated  on the basis of a year of 365 days (or,  in any
case where market practice differs,  in accordance with market practice) and the
actual  number of days  elapsed.  Each rate of interest  stipulated as an annual
rate of interest  pursuant  to any Finance  Document  which is  calculated  with
reference  to a period  (the  "deemed  interest  period")  that is less than the
actual number of days in the calendar year of  calculation is equivalent to such
annual rate  multiplied  by the actual  number of days in the  calendar  year of
calculation and divided by the number of days in the deemed interest period.

33.2  Evidence  of Debt The Bank shall  maintain  in  accordance  with its usual
practice accounts  evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by and owing to
it hereunder.

33.3 Prima Facie Evidence In any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in
connection with any of the Finance  Documents,  the entries made in the accounts
maintained  pursuant  to Clause  33.2  (Evidence  of Debt)  shall be prima facie
evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein
recorded.

33.4  Certificates  of Bank A  certificate  of the Bank as to the amount for the
time being required to indemnify it against any such cost,  payment or liability
as is mentioned in Clause 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances)  shall, in the absence
of  manifest  error,  be  conclusive  for  the  purposes  of any of the  Finance
Documents and prima facie evidence in any legal action or proceeding arising out
of or in connection with any of the Finance Documents. A certificate of the Bank
as to the  amount  at any time due from the  Borrower  hereunder  or the  amount
which,  but  for any of the  obligations  of the  Borrower  hereunder  being  or
becoming void,  voidable,  unenforceable or ineffective,  at any time would have
been due from the Borrower hereunder shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
conclusive for the purposes of any of the Finance Documents.

34.      Amendments and Waivers

34.1 Amendments and Waivers Save as otherwise  provided herein, any provision of
any of the Finance Documents may be amended or supplemented only if the Borrower
and the Bank so agree in writing.

34.2  Amendment  Costs  If the  Borrower  requests  any  amendment,  supplement,
modification or waiver in accordance  with Clause 34.1  (Amendments and Waivers)
then the  Borrower  shall  within  five  business  days of  demand  of the Bank,
reimburse the Bank for all reasonable costs and expenses  (including legal fees)
incurred  by the  Bank in the  negotiation,  preparation  and  execution  of any
written instrument contemplated by Clause 34.1 (Amendments and Waivers).

35.      Remedies and Waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Bank any
right or remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall any
single or partial  exercise of any right or remedy  prevent any further or other
exercise  thereof or the  exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and
remedies  herein  provided  are  cumulative  and not  exclusive of any rights or
remedies provided by law.

36.      Partial Invalidity

If, at any time,  any provision of any Finance  Document is or becomes  illegal,
invalid  or  unenforceable  in any  respect  under the law of any  jurisdiction,
neither the legality,  validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of
the Finance  Documents  nor the  legality,  validity or  enforceability  of such
provision under the law of any other  jurisdiction  shall in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

37.      [Reserved]

38.      Notices

38.1  Communications in writing Each  communication to be made under any Finance
Document  shall,  unless  otherwise  stated,  be made  in  writing  but,  unless
otherwise stated, may be made by fax, telex or letter.

38.2  Delivery  Any  communication  or document to be made or  delivered  by one
person to another  pursuant to any of the Finance  Documents  shall (unless that
other  person  has  by  fifteen  days'  written  notice  to  the  Borrower,   as
appropriate,  specified  another  address)  be made or  delivered  to that other
person at the address  identified with its signature below (or, in the case of a
Transferee,  at the end of the  Transfer  Certificate  to which it is a party as
Transferee)  and shall be deemed to have been made or delivered when  dispatched
and the appropriate  answer back received in the case of any communication  made
by telex) or (in the case of any communication made by letter) when left at that
address  or (as the case  may be) ten days  after  being  deposited  in the post
postage  prepaid in an envelope  addressed to it at that address or (in the case
of any  communication  made by fax)  transmission has been completed and, in the
case of the Bank, when received by the department or officer identified with the
Bank's  signature  below (or such other  department or officer as the Bank shall
from time to time specify for this purpose).

38.3 English Language Each  communication  and document made or delivered by one
party  to  another  pursuant  to any of the  Finance  Documents  shall be in the
English language or accompanied by a translation  thereof into English certified
(by an officer of the person making or delivering  the same) as being a true and
accurate translation thereof.

39.      Counterparts

This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by different
parties  hereto on  separate  counterparts  each of  which,  when  executed  and
delivered, shall constitute an original, but all the counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                     Part 12

                              LAW AND JURISDICTION

40.      Law

This  Agreement  shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of New York.

41.      Jurisdiction

41.1 New York  Courts  Each of the  parties  hereto  irrevocably  agrees for the
benefit of each other party hereto that any competent  court in the State of New
York  shall  have  jurisdiction  to hear  and  determine  any  suit,  action  or
proceeding,  and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection
with the Finance Documents (respectively  "Proceedings" and "Disputes") and, for
such purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

41.2 Appropriate  Forum The Borrower  irrevocably  waives any objection which it
might now or hereafter  have to the courts  referred to in Clause 41.1 (New York
Courts) being  nominated as the forum to hear and determine any  Proceedings and
to settle  any  Disputes  and  agrees  not to claim that any such court is not a
convenient or appropriate forum.

41.3 Consent to Enforcement The Borrower hereby consents generally in respect of
any  proceedings  to the  giving of any  relief or the issue of any  process  in
connection with such  proceedings  including,  without  limitation,  the making,
enforcement or execution  against any property  whatsoever  (irrespective of its
use or intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such
proceedings.

41.4 Waiver of Immunity To the extent that the Borrower may in any  jurisdiction
claim  for  itself or its  assets  immunity  from  suit,  execution,  attachment
(whether  in aid of  execution,  before  judgment or  otherwise)  or other legal
process and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction  there may be attributed
to itself or its assets such  immunity  (whether or not  claimed),  the Borrower
hereby  irrevocably  agrees  not to claim and  hereby  irrevocably  waives  such
immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction.

41.5  Waiver of Jury Trial THE  BORROWER  AND THE BANK EACH  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES,  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO
TRIAL  BY  JURY IN ANY  LEGAL  PROCEEDING  ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATING  TO THIS
AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

<PAGE>

         AS  WITNESS  the hands of the duly  authorised  representatives  of the
parties hereto the day and year first before written.

The Borrower

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


By:

Address for Notices:       Director of Corporate Funding
                           Capital One Services, Inc.
                           8000 Jones Branch Drive
                           McLean, Virginia 22102
                           Fax: 703-875-1099
                           Email: [email protected]

<PAGE>

The Bank

CITIBANK, N.A.


By:
         Name: Robert Goldstein
         Title:


Address for Notices:       Citibank N.A.
                           2 Penn's Way
                           New Castle, Delaware  19720
                           Fax: (302) 894-6120

                           Attention: Carlos Lopez


<PAGE>

                               THE FIRST SCHEDULE

                          Form of Transfer Certificate

To:      Citibank, N.A.


                              TRANSFER CERTIFICATE


Relating to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the  "Facility  Agreement")  dated  August  10,  2000  whereby  a
$70,000,000  revolving  credit  facility  was  made  available  to  Capital  One
Financial Corporation as borrower by Citibank, N.A.

1. Terms  defined  in the  Facility  Agreement  shall,  subject to any  contrary
indication, have the same meanings herein. The term Transferee is defined in the
schedule hereto.

2. The Bank (i)  confirms  that the  details in the  schedule  hereto  under the
heading  "Commitment"  and  "Advance(s)"  accurately  summarises  its Commitment
and/or,  as the case may be, the Term and Repayment Date of one or more existing
Advances made by it and (ii)  requests the  Transferee to accept and procure the
transfer to the Transferee of the portion  specified in the schedule  hereto of,
as the case may be, its Commitment and/or such Advance(s) by counter-signing and
delivering this Transfer  Certificate to the Bank at its address for the service
of notices specified in the Facility Agreement.

3. The Transferee  hereby requests the Bank to accept this Transfer  Certificate
as being  delivered to the Bank  pursuant to and for the purposes of Clause 31.2
(Transfers by Bank) of the Facility Agreement so as to take effect in accordance
with the terms  thereof  on the  Transfer  Date or on such  later date as may be
determined in accordance with the terms thereof.

4. The Transferee confirms that it has received a copy of the Facility Agreement
together with such other  information as it has required in connection with this
transaction  and that it has not relied and will not hereafter  rely on the Bank
to check or enquire on its behalf into the  legality,  validity,  effectiveness,
adequacy,  accuracy or completeness  of any such  information and further agrees
that it has not  relied  and will not rely on the Bank to assess  or keep  under
review on its  behalf  the  financial  condition,  creditworthiness,  condition,
affairs, status or nature of the Borrower.

5. The Transferee  hereby undertakes with the Bank and each of the other parties
to the Facility  Agreement  that it will perform in accordance  with their terms
all those  obligations  which by the  terms of the  Facility  Agreement  will be
assumed  by it  after  delivery  of this  Transfer  Certificate  to the Bank and
satisfaction  of  the  conditions  (if  any)  subject  to  which  this  Transfer
Certificate is expressed to take effect.

6. The Bank makes no  representation  or warranty and assumes no  responsibility
with   respect  to  the   legality,   validity,   effectiveness,   adequacy   or
enforceability  of the Facility  Agreement or any document  relating thereto and
assumes no responsibility for the financial condition of the Borrower or for the
performance and observance by the Borrower of any of its  obligations  under the
Facility  Agreement  or any  document  relating  thereto  and any  and all  such
conditions and warranties,  whether express or implied by law or otherwise,  are
hereby excluded.

7. The Bank hereby gives notice that nothing herein or in the Facility Agreement
(or any  document  relating  thereto)  shall  oblige  the  Bank to (i)  accept a
re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of its rights, benefits
and/or obligations under the Facility Agreement  transferred  pursuant hereto or
(ii)  support any losses  directly or  indirectly  sustained  or incurred by the
Transferee  for  any  reason  whatsoever  including,   without  limitation,  the
nonperformance by the Borrower, or any other party to the Facility Agreement (or
any document relating  thereto) of its obligations under any such document.  The
Transferee hereby acknowledges the absence of any such obligation as is referred
to in (i) or (ii) above.

8. This  Transfer  Certificate  and the rights and  obligations  of the  parties
hereunder  shall be governed by and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of
State of New York.

                                  THE SCHEDULE


1.       Transferee:

2.       Transfer Date:

3.       Commitment Portion Transferred

4.       Advance(s):

         Term and Repayment Date Portion Transferred

         Administrative Details of Transferee

         Address:

         Contact Name:

         Account for Payments

         Facsimile:

         Telephone:

<PAGE>

                               THE SECOND SCHEDULE

                          Condition Precedent Documents

1. A copy,  certified  to be a true  copy by a duly  authorised  officer  of the
Borrower,   of  the  Memorandum  and  Articles  of  Association  (or  equivalent
documents) of the Borrower.

2. A copy,  certified to be a true copy by a duly authorised officer of the
Borrower,  of a Board  Resolution  (or,  as  appropriate,  a  resolution  of the
Executive  Committee,  but in such case accompanied by the authorization of such
Executive Committee so to act) of the Borrower approving the execution, delivery
and  performance  of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and the terms
and  conditions  hereof and  authorising  a named  person or persons to sign the
Finance  Documents  to which it is a party and any  documents to be delivered by
the Borrower pursuant hereto.

3. A certificate of a duly  authorised  officer of the Borrower  setting out the
names  and  signatures  of the  persons  authorised  to sign,  on  behalf of the
Borrower,  the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and any documents to be
delivered by the Borrower pursuant hereto.

4. An opinion of internal  counsel to the Borrower,  in  substantially  the form
distributed to the Bank prior to the execution hereof.

5. A copy,  certified  to be a true  copy by a duly  authorised  officer  of the
Borrower, of the Original Financial Statements of the Borrower.

<PAGE>

                               THE THIRD SCHEDULE

                               Utilisation Request

                               Please see attached

                               [Intrader Printout]

<PAGE>

                               THE FOURTH SCHEDULE

                         Form of Compliance Certificate

To:      [Bank]


Dear Sirs

Capital One - Compliance Certificate


We refer to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the "Facility  Agreement") dated August 10, 2000 and made between
Capital One Financial  Corporation  as borrower and Citibank,  N.A. as the Bank.
Terms  defined in the Facility  Agreement  shall bear the same  meanings in this
Certificate.

I, [ ], a duly authorized  officer of Capital One Financial  Corporation  hereby
certify that to the best of my knowledge,  information  and belief as at [insert
date]:

A.       the Borrower's Net Worth is as follows:

         [amount of Net Worth]   $[  ]

B.       The Borrower's:

         (a)      Delinquency Ratio is [   ]%

         (b)      ratio of its Tier 1 Capital to Managed Receivables is [  ]

         (c)      Tangible Net Worth is [   ]

         (d)      Leverage Ratio is [   ]

         (e)      Double Leverage Ratio is [   ]


I confirm that to the best of my knowledge  and belief,  having made due enquiry
no Event of Default or Potential  Event of Default has  occurred  (which has not
been remedied or waived  pursuant to Clause 33 (Amendments  and Waivers) and the
Borrower  was in  compliance  with all of the  covenants  contained in Clause 19
(Financial Condition) of the Facility Agreement as at [ ].

                                            Yours faithfully

                                            ....................................
                                            Name:
                                            Title:
                                            Capital One Financial Corporation


<PAGE>


                               THE FIFTH SCHEDULE

                       Form of Confidentiality Undertaking

From:  Citibank, N.A.
         [Address]
         and
         Capital One Financial Corporation
         [Address]



To:      [Prospective Recipient]
         [Date]

Dear Sirs,

Capital One - Confidentiality Agreement

We refer to our  conversations  about the  facility  for Capital  One  Financial
Corporation (the  "Corporation")  (the  "Transaction")  and to the agreement (as
from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated  or  supplemented,  the  "Facility
Agreement")  dated August 10, 2000 and made between the  Corporation as borrower
and Citibank,  N.A. as the Bank.  Following our receipt of a copy of this letter
countersigned by you, we may give you certain structural  concepts,  information
and documents relating to the Transaction (together the "Information").

In this  letter,  the "Bank  Group"  means  Citibank,  N.A.  and its  subsidiary
undertakings,  parent  undertakings  and fellow  subsidiary  undertaking and the
"Capital One Group" means the Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates.

In return for us agreeing to provide you with certain Information,  you agree as
follows:

(a) You shall hold in strict  confidence all Information  disclosed to you by us
or on our behalf and agree that such  Information is supplied solely to help you
in deciding  whether you want to participate in the  Transaction and will solely
be used by you for that  purpose.  Despite  this  obligation,  you may  disclose
Information:

     (i)  to your advisers who need to know such  Information for the purpose of
          evaluating the Transaction;

     (ii) which,  except  through a failure by you or any adviser to comply with
          an undertaking as to confidentiality, is in the public domain; and

     (iii)to bank  supervisory  authorities,  statutory  auditors  or  examining
          authorities,  if you are obliged by law or  regulation to disclose the
          Information to them.

         If you have to  disclose  any  Information  under  sub-paragraph  (iii)
above,  you will give us such prior notice of that  disclosure  as is reasonably
practicable.

(b) You shall get your  advisers to give us an  undertaking  in the form of this
letter before letting them see any of the Information.  You shall be responsible
for any breach by your advisors of any such undertaking.

(c) At our  request,  you shall  provide us with details of all advisers to whom
any Information has been, or is to be, disclosed.

(d) You  acknowledge  that no member of the Bank  Group is  responsible  for the
accuracy and/or completeness of any Information. You shall be solely responsible
for making your own independent  appraisal and  investigation of the Transaction
and all parties connected with the Transaction (the "Transaction Parties").  You
shall not rely upon any member of the Bank Group (now or hereafter) (1) to check
the accuracy and/or completeness of any Information,  or (2) to assess or review
any aspect of the Transaction or any Transaction Party.  Accordingly,  except in
the case of fraud, the Bank Group accepts no  responsibility or liability to you
(whether for negligence or otherwise).

(e)      You acknowledge that:

         (i) members of the Bank Group may,  now and in the  future,  have other
investment  and  commercial   banking,   trust  and  other   relationships  with
Transaction Parties and with other parties ("Other Parties");

         (ii) as a result  of these  other  relationships,  members  of the Bank
Group may have or get  information  about  Other  Parties,  Transaction  Parties
and/or the  Transaction or which may be relevant to any of these.  Despite this,
no member of the Bank Group will have to disclose such information,  or the fact
that it is in possession of such information, to you;

         (iii)  members  of the Bank  Group  may,  now and in the  future,  have
fiduciary or other  relationships  under which it, or they, may exercise  voting
power over  securities of various  persons.  Those  securities may, from time to
time, include securities of Transaction Parties; and

         (iv) each member of the Bank Group may exercise such voting powers, and
otherwise  perform its  functions  in  connection  with such  fiduciary or other
relationships,  without regard to its  relationship to the  Transaction  Parties
and/or the Transaction.

(f) You will return to us all documents evidencing the Information together with
any copies of the  Information,  promptly  upon either (1) your  decision not to
participate in the Transaction or (2) a request by us to do so.

(g) You agree that the delivery to you of  Information  does not  constitute any
representation  or warranty by Bank Group as to the accuracy or  completeness of
that Information.

This letter  embodies  the entire  agreement  between you and us relating to the
Information.  It supersedes  any prior  agreement or  understanding  (oral or in
writing) relating to the Information.  It may not be amended or waived except in
writing.

You acknowledge that you have not relied on any representation  other than those
set out in this letter. We are not liable to you for any  representation  (other
than any fraudulent representation) that is not set out in this letter.

You acknowledge that, except where otherwise  indicated,  your obligations under
this letter are for the benefit of both the Capital One Group and the Bank Group
and can be enforced by either.

This letter and all claims  arising from or in  connection  with it are governed
by,  and are to be  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New
York. You submit,  for our benefit,  to the  jurisdiction of the New York courts
for the resolution of any dispute arising in connection with this letter.

Please sign,  date and return to us the enclosed  copy of this letter to confirm
your agreement to the above,

Yours faithfully



 ........................................
for and on behalf of
Citibank, N.A.



 ........................................
for and on behalf of
Capital One Financial Corporation

[On Copy]:

Agreed and Accepted

for and on behalf of
[Prospective Recipient]


 ........................................
Dated [                             ]

<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.4
                                   $30,000,000

                       REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT

                                     between

                        CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                   as borrower

                                       and

                            FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK
                                    as lender



                                 August 10, 2000

<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part 1
   1. Interpretation...........................................................2
Part 2
   2. Grant of Facility........................................................2
   3. Purpose..................................................................2
   4. Conditions Precedent.....................................................2
Part 3
   5. Utilisation of Facility..................................................2
Part 4
   6. Making of Advances.......................................................2
   7. Payment of Interest......................................................2
   8. Calculation of Interest..................................................2
   9. Repayment of Advances....................................................2
Part 5
   10. Cancellation............................................................2
   11. Prepayment..............................................................2
Part 6
   12. Reserved................................................................2
   13. [Reserved]..............................................................2
   14.  [Reserved].............................................................2
   15. Increased Costs.........................................................2
   16. Illegality..............................................................2
   17. Mitigation..............................................................2
Part 7
   18. Representations.........................................................2
   19. Financial Information...................................................2
   20. Financial Condition.....................................................2
   21. Covenants...............................................................2
   22. Events of Default.......................................................2
Part 8
   23. Default Interest and Indemnity..........................................2
Part 9
   24. Currency of Account and Payment.........................................2
   25. Payments................................................................2
   26. Set-Off.................................................................2
Part 10
   27. Commitment Commission...................................................2
   28. Costs and Expenses......................................................2
Part 11
   29. Benefit of Agreement....................................................2
   30. Assignments and Transfers by the Borrower...............................2
   31. Assignments and Transfers by Bank.......................................2
   32. Disclosure of Information...............................................2
   33. Calculations and Evidence of Debt.......................................2
   34. Amendments and Waivers..................................................2
   35. Remedies and Waivers....................................................2
   36. Partial Invalidity......................................................2
   37. [Reserved]..............................................................2
   38. Notices.................................................................2
   39. Counterparts............................................................2
Part 12
   40. Law.....................................................................2
   41. Jurisdiction............................................................2

<PAGE>

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 10th day of August, 2000

BETWEEN

(1)      CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (the "Borrower"); and

(2)      FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK (the "Bank").

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

                                     Part 1

                                 INTERPRETATION

1.       Interpretation

1.1      Definitions In this Agreement:

"Advance" means any advance made or to be made pursuant to the terms hereof;

"Affiliate" means any person which, directly or indirectly,  through one or more
intermediaries,  controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with,
another  person or any  Subsidiary  of such  other  person.  The term  "control"
(including the terms  "controlled  by" or "under common control with") means the
possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the  power to  direct  or  cause  the
direction  of the  management  and  policies  of such  person,  whether  through
ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise;

"Available  Commitment" means, at any time, the Commitment less the Outstandings
at such time;

"Bank  Regulatory  Authority"  shall mean the Board of  Governors of the Federal
Reserve System,  the Comptroller of the Currency,  the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation,  and all other  relevant bank  regulatory  authorities  (including,
without limitation, relevant state bank regulatory authorities);

"Commitment"  shall  have the  meaning  ascribed  to it in  Clause  2 (Grant  of
Facility);

"Compliance  Certificate" means a certificate  demonstrating compliance with the
covenants set forth in Clause 20 (Financial  Condition) as of the date specified
in such  certificate,  substantially  in the form set out in the Fourth Schedule
(Form of Compliance Certificate);

"Event of Default"  means any of those events  specified in Clause 22 (Events of
Default);

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;

"Facility"   means  the  revolving  credit  facility  granted  to  the  Borrower
hereunder;

"Facility Office" means, in respect of the Bank, the office in the United States
set forth  opposite the Bank's name in the signature page below (or, in the case
of a Transferee,  at the end of the Transfer  Certificate to which it is a party
as Transferee) or such other office in United States as it may from time to time
notify to the Borrower;

"Final  Maturity  Date"  means the day which is 364 days after the date  hereof;
provided that if the Final Maturity Date determined as aforesaid would fall on a
day which is not a business day, it shall be the immediately  preceding business
day which is a business  day in  Charlotte,  North  Carolina  and Falls  Church,
Virginia;

"Finance  Documents" means each of this Agreement,  any Compliance  Certificate,
any notice delivered in connection herewith or therewith and any other agreement
or document designated as such by the Bank and the Borrower;

"Group" means,  at any time, the Borrower and each of its  Subsidiaries  at such
time;

"LIBO Rate" means for the Term of each Advance,  a per annum interest rate equal
to the per annum rate  determined  by the Bank on the basis of the offered rates
for  deposits  in dollars for a period of time  corresponding  to such Term (and
commencing  on the first day of such Term),  which appear on the Reuters  Screen
LIBO Page as of 11:00 a.m.  (London time) two (2) business days before the first
day of such Term  (provided  that,  if at least two such offered rates appear on
the  Reuters  Screen  LIBO  Page,  the rate in  respect of such Term will be the
arithmetic  mean of such offered  rates).  As used herein,  "Reuters Screen LIBO
Page" means the display  designated as page "LIBO" on the Reuters  Monitor Money
Rates  Service (or such other page as may replace the LIBO page on that  service
for the purpose of  displaying  London  interbank  offered rates of major banks)
("RMMRS").  In the event the RMMRS is not then quoting such offered rates, "LIBO
Rate" shall mean for the Term of each Advance,  the average  (rounded  upward to
the  nearest  one-sixteenth  (1/16) of one  percent)  per annum rate of interest
determined by the office of the Bank (each such  determination  to be conclusive
and binding) as of two business days prior to the first day of such Term, as the
effective rate at which deposits in immediately available funds in United States
dollars are being, have been, or would be offered or quoted by the Bank to major
banks in the applicable  interbank market for dollar deposits at any time during
the business  day which is the second  business day  immediately  preceding  the
first day of such Term, for a term  comparable to such Term and in the amount of
the requested Advance.  If no such offers or quotes are generally  available for
such  amount,  then the Bank shall be  entitled  to  determine  the LIBO Rate by
estimating in its  reasonable  judgment the per annum rate (as described  above)
that would be applicable if such quote or offers were generally available;

"Lien" means, with respect to the property of the Borrower, any mortgage,  lien,
pledge, charge,  security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such
property;

"Managed  Receivables"  shall  mean,  on any  date,  all of the  Borrower's  (a)
on-balance sheet credit card loans and other finance receivables, (b) on-balance
sheet credit card loans and other finance  receivables  held for  securitization
and (c) securitized credit card loans and other finance receivables;

"Margin" means, at any time, 0.50% per annum;

"Margin  Stock" means "margin  stock" within the meaning of Regulations T, U and
X;

"Material Adverse Effect" means with respect to the Borrower, a material adverse
effect on (a) the property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects
or capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the
ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations  under the Finance  Documents
to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability of the obligations of
the Borrower under the Finance  Documents to which it is a party, (d) the rights
and remedies of the Bank  against the Borrower or (e) the timely  payment of the
principal of or interest on or in  connection  with any Advance or other amounts
payable by the Borrower in connection therewith;

"Original Financial Statements" means, in relation to the Borrower,  its audited
consolidated financial statements for its financial year ended December 31, 1999
together with its  consolidated  management  accounts for its  financial  period
ended March 31, 2000;

"Outstandings"  means, at any time, the aggregate of each outstanding Advance at
such time;

"Permitted Disposal" means any of the following:

(vi)              the merger or  consolidation  of any Affiliate of the Borrower
                  with or into,  or the  transfer  by such  Affiliate  of all or
                  substantially  all of its  business  or  property  to (x)  the
                  Borrower  if the  Borrower  is the  continuing,  surviving  or
                  transferee  corporation  or (y)  any  other  Affiliate  of the
                  Borrower;

(vii)             the merger or  consolidation  of the Borrower with or into, or
                  the  transfer by the Borrower of all or  substantially  all of
                  its business or property,  to any Affiliate of the Borrower if
                  such  Affiliate is the  continuing,  surviving  or  transferee
                  entity,  such Affiliate  expressly  assumes the obligations of
                  the Borrower  hereunder  and such  Affiliate,  following  such
                  merger,  consolidation  or transfer,  has a Tangible Net Worth
                  (as defined in Clause 20.2 (Definitions of Financial Terms) at
                  least equal to that of the Borrower immediately prior thereto;

(viii)            the merger or  consolidation  of any Affiliate of the Borrower
                  with or into,  or the  transfer  by any such  person of all or
                  substantially  all of its  business  or  property to any other
                  person so long as no Event of Default (other than as permitted
                  by Clause 21.4  (Disposals))  has occurred  and is  continuing
                  immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer or
                  would result therefrom; and

(ix)              the sale by the  Borrower or any  Affiliate of the Borrower of
                  credit card loans and other  finance  receivables  pursuant to
                  securitizations.

"Potential  Event of Default"  means any event that with notice or lapse of time
or both would become an Event of Default;

"Prime Rate" means,  in relation to any Advance or unpaid sum and any date,  the
rate of interest from time to time announced by the Bank at the Facility  Office
as its prime commercial lending rate;

"Receivables"  means, with respect to the Borrower,  any amount owing, from time
to  time,  with  respect  to a  credit  card,  consumer  revolving  or  consumer
installment  loan account,  home equity line of credit or  residential  mortgage
loan account or other  consumer  receivable  owned by the  Borrower,  including,
without  limitation,  amounts  owing for  payment  of goods and  services,  cash
advances,  convenience  checks,  annual membership fees,  finance charges,  late
charges,  credit  insurance  premiums and cash advance fees and fees relating to
additional consumer products, and any other receivables arising out of financing
transactions  by the Borrower;  provided that the term  "Receivables"  shall not
include any of the foregoing that is subject to a securitization effected in the
ordinary course of business;

"Regulations A, D, T, U and X" shall mean, respectively,  Regulations A, D, T, U
and X of  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  (or  any
successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time
to time;

"Repayment  Date" means,  in relation to any  Advance,  the last day of the Term
thereof or, if such day is not a business day, the next business day following;

"Requested Amount" means, in relation to any Utilisation  Request, the aggregate
principal amount of the Advance requested;

"Restricted  Shares" means, with respect to the Borrower,  shares of stock of or
other  ownership  interests in the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  thereof  engaged
primarily   in  the   extension   of  consumer   credit  to  third   parties  or
securitizations  of receivables  related to such  extension of consumer  credit,
excluding  without  limitation any such  ownership  interests of the Borrower in
America One Communications, Inc.;

"Rollover  Advance"  means an Advance  which is used to  refinance  an  existing
Advance and which is the same amount as such maturing Advance and is to be drawn
on the day such maturing Advance is to be repaid;

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

"Subsidiary"  of any corporation  (the "Parent") means any other  corporation of
which more than 50% of the  outstanding  capital  stock having  ordinary  voting
power to elect a majority of the Board of  Directors  of such other  corporation
(irrespective  of whether or not at the time capital stock of any other class or
classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence
of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by the Parent or
by the Parent and/or one or more  Subsidiaries of the Parent,  and shall include
any  corporation  that is a direct  or  indirect  Subsidiary  of any such  first
mentioned Subsidiary;

"Term" means,  in relation to any Advance,  the period for which such Advance is
borrowed as specified in the Utilisation Request relating thereto;

"Termination  Date" means the day falling one month prior to the Final  Maturity
Date;

"Transfer Certificate" means a certificate  substantially in the form set out in
the  First  Schedule  (Form of  Transfer  Certificate)  signed by the Bank and a
Transferee whereby:

         (i)      the Bank seeks to procure the transfer to such  Transferee  of
                  all or a part of the Bank's rights and  obligations  hereunder
                  upon and subject to the terms and conditions set out in Clause
                  31 (Assignments and Transfers by Bank); and

         (ii)     such Transferee  undertakes to perform the obligations it will
                  assume as a result of delivery of such certificate to the Bank
                  as is contemplated in Clause 31.2 (Transfers by Bank);

"Transfer Date" means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the
making  of  the  transfer  as  specified  in  the  schedule  to  such   Transfer
Certificate;

"Transferee" means a bank or other financial institution to which the Bank seeks
to transfer  or, as the case may be, has  transferred  all or part of the Bank's
rights and obligations hereunder;

"Utilisation" means a utilisation of the Facility hereunder;

"Utilisation Date" means the date of a Utilisation,  being the date on which the
Advance in respect thereof is to be made; and

"Utilisation  Request"  means a notice given to the Bank  pursuant to Clause 5.1
(Delivery of a  Utilisation  Request) in the form set out in the Third  Schedule
(Utilisation Request).

1.2      Interpretation. Any reference in this Agreement to:

the  "Bank"  shall  be  construed  so as  to  include  its  and  any  subsequent
successors, permitted Transferees and permitted assigns in accordance with their
respective interests;

a document is in an "agreed form" when it has been initialled or signed by or on
behalf of the Borrower and the Bank;

a  "business  day"  shall be  construed  as a  reference  to a day other  than a
Saturday,  Sunday  or other  day on  which  commercial  banks  in Falls  Church,
Virginia or the jurisdiction where the Facility Office is located are authorized
or required by law to close,  excluding  any day on which banks are not open for
dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market;

a  "Clause"  shall,  subject  to any  contrary  indication,  be  construed  as a
reference to a clause hereof;

"financial  indebtedness"  shall be construed,  with respect to any person, as a
reference to any indebtedness of such person for or in respect of:

(i)  obligations  created,  issued or incurred by such person for borrowed money
     (whether by loan,  the issuance and sale of debt  securities or the sale of
     property  to another  person  subject  to an  understanding  or  agreement,
     contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such property from such person);

(ii) obligations  of such person to pay the  deferred  purchase  or  acquisition
     price of property or services,  other than trade  accounts  payable  (other
     than for borrowed money) arising,  and accrued  expenses  incurred,  in the
     ordinary  course of  business  so long as such trade  accounts  payable are
     payable  within 90 days of the date the  respective  goods are delivered or
     the respective services are rendered;

(iii)indebtedness  of others  secured by an  encumbrance on the property of such
     person,  whether or not the  respective  indebtedness  so secured  has been
     assumed by such person;

(iv) contingent  and  non-contingent  obligations  of such  person in respect of
     letters of credit,  bankers'  acceptances or similar  instruments issued or
     accepted  by banks and other  financial  institutions  for  account of such
     person;

(v)  capital lease  obligations  of such person (being all  obligations  of such
     person to pay rent or other  amounts  under a lease of (or other  agreement
     conveying  the right to use)  property to the extent such  obligations  are
     required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance
     sheet of such person under GAAP (as defined in Clause 20.2  (Definition  of
     Financial Terms) or in any similar or equivalent  manner under the relevant
     generally accepted accounting  principles  applicable to the preparation of
     such person's  financial  statements if these are other than GAAP) and, for
     the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the
     capitalised  amount  thereof,  determined  in  accordance  with GAAP (as so
     defined); and

(vi) financial indebtedness of others guaranteed by such person;

a "holding  company" of a person shall be construed as a reference to any person
of which the first-mentioned person is a Subsidiary;

"indebtedness"  shall be  construed  so as to include  any  obligation  (whether
incurred  as  principal  or as surety) for the  payment or  repayment  of money,
whether present or future, actual or contingent;

a "Part" shall, subject to any contrary indication,  be construed as a reference
to a part hereof;

a "person"  shall be  construed  as a reference  to any person,  firm,  company,
corporation,  government,  state or province or agency of a state or province or
any   association  or  partnership   (whether  or  not  having   separate  legal
personality) of two or more of the foregoing;

a  "Schedule"  shall,  subject to any  contrary  indication,  be  construed as a
reference to a schedule hereto;

"tax" shall be construed so as to include any tax, levy,  impost,  duty or other
charge of a similar  nature  (including,  without  limitation,  any  penalty  or
interest  payable in  connection  with any failure to pay or any delay in paying
any of the same);

a "wholly-owned subsidiary" of a person shall be construed as a reference to any
person which has no other members or  shareholders  except that other person and
that other  person's  wholly-owned  Subsidiaries  or persons acting on behalf of
that other person or its wholly-owned Subsidiaries; and

the "winding-up",  "dissolution" or "administration" of a company or corporation
shall be construed  so as to include any  equivalent  or  analogous  proceedings
under the law of the  jurisdiction  in which  such  company  or  corporation  is
incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such company or corporation carries on
business  including,  without  limitation,  being  subject to or the  seeking of
liquidation,     bankruptcy,    winding-up,     reorganisation,     dissolution,
administration,  arrangement,  adjustment,  protection  or relief of  debtors or
compromise, arrangement or proposals with creditors.

1.6 "$" and "United  States  Dollars"  denote the lawful  currency of the United
States of America from time to time.

1.7  References  Save where the  contrary is  indicated,  any  reference in this
Agreement to:

(i)  this  Agreement or any other  agreement or document shall be construed as a
     reference to this Agreement or, as the case may be, such other agreement or
     document as the same may have been,  or may from time to time be,  amended,
     restated, varied, novated or supplemented;

(ii) a statute shall be construed as a reference to such statute as the same may
     have been, or may from time to time be, amended or re-enacted;

(iii)a time of day shall be construed as a reference to Falls Church,  Virginia,
     time; and

(iv) a person,  shall mean that  person's  successor,  permitted  transferee  or
     assignee.

1.5 Headings Clause, Part and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

                                     Part 2

                                  THE FACILITY

2.       Grant of Facility

         The Bank  grants to the  Borrower  upon the terms  and  subject  to the
conditions  hereof,  a revolving  credit facility in a total aggregate amount of
$30,000,000 (the "Commitment").

3.       Purpose

3.1 Purpose The Facility is intended for the general  corporate  purposes of the
Borrower (in compliance with all applicable  legal and regulatory  requirements,
including, without limitation, Regulations T, U and X and the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder) and, accordingly,  the Borrower
shall apply all amounts  borrowed by it hereunder in or towards  satisfaction of
such purposes.

3.2  Application  Without  prejudice to the  obligations  of the Borrower  under
Clause 3.1  (Purpose),  the Bank shall not be obliged to concern itself with the
application of amounts raised by the Borrower hereunder.

4.       Conditions Precedent

4.1 Save as the Bank may otherwise  agree, the Bank shall be under no obligation
hereunder  unless  the Bank  has  received  (or  waived  receipt  of) all of the
documents listed in the Second Schedule (Condition Precedent Documents) and that
each is, in form and substance, satisfactory to the Bank.

4.2 The Bank shall,  on request by the Borrower,  certify in writing  whether or
not it has  received  or waived  receipt of any of the  documents  listed in the
Second Schedule (Condition  Precedent Documents) and whether each is in form and
substance satisfactory to it.

                                     Part 3

                             UTILISATION OF FACILITY

5.       Utilisation of Facility

5.1 Delivery of a Utilisation Request The Borrower may from time to time utilise
the  Facility  by  delivering  to the Bank,  by no later than 10:30 a.m.  on the
proposed Utilisation Date, a duly completed Utilisation Request. The Bank shall,
upon receipt of a duly  completed  Utilisation  Request,  advance the  Requested
Amount to the Borrower by no later than 3:00 p.m. on the Utilisation Date.

5.2 Utilisation  Request Each Utilisation Request delivered to the Bank pursuant
to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request) shall be irrevocable and shall
specify:

         (i)      the proposed Utilisation Date;

         (ii) the Requested  Amount (to be determined in accordance  with Clause

5.3 (Requested Amount));

         (iii)    the  Term  in  question  which  will  begin  on  the  proposed
                  Utilisation Date and end on a business day, will not exceed 90
                  days in  duration  and will  expire  on or  before  the  Final
                  Maturity Date; and

         (iv)     the account to which the proceeds of the proposed  Utilisation
                  are to be paid.

5.3  Requested  Amount The  Requested  Amount to be specified  in a  Utilisation
Request  delivered  pursuant to Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a  Utilisation  Request)
shall be in a minimum amount of $100,000 and an integral multiple of $100,000.

                                     Part 4

                                  THE ADVANCES

6.       Making of Advances

If the Borrower  notifies the Bank that it is to make an Advance,  and if on the
proposed Utilisation Date relating to such an Advance:

         (i)      no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred
                  and has not been  remedied  or  waived  pursuant  to Clause 34
                  (Amendments and Waivers); and

         (ii)     each of the representations which are to be deemed repeated at
                  any time after the date hereof in accordance with Clause 18.14
                  (Repetition of Representations) are true and correct on and as
                  of  such  Utilisation  Date  by  reference  to the  facts  and
                  circumstances   existing   at  the  time  (or,   if  any  such
                  representation  is expressly  stated to have been made as of a
                  specific date, as of such specific date), except to any extent
                  waived pursuant to Clause 34 (Amendments and Waivers),

then, on such Utilisation Date, the Bank shall, subject to all the terms of this
Agreement, make such Advance through its Facility Office.

7.       Payment of Interest

On the  Repayment  Date  relating to each Advance the Borrower  shall pay to the
Bank all unpaid accrued interest on that Advance.

8.       Calculation of Interest

8.1  Interest  Applicable  to  Advances  The rate of interest  applicable  to an
Advance from time to time during the Term of such Advance  shall be the rate per
annum determined by the Bank to be the sum of the LIBO Rate for such Advance and
the Margin.

8.2 Bank to  Notify  The Bank  shall not later  than the time  specified  in the
applicable part of the Third Schedule notify the Borrower of each  determination
of the rate of interest made by it pursuant to Clause 8.1  (Interest  Applicable
to Advances).

9.       Repayment of Advances

Except as otherwise  provided herein, the Borrower shall repay each Advance made
to it in full on the Repayment Date relating  thereto and the Borrower shall not
repay or prepay all or any part of any Advance  outstanding  hereunder except at
the times and in the manner expressly provided herein.


                                     Part 5

                                  CANCELLATION

10.      Cancellation

10.1  Cancellation  At any time prior to the day  falling  one month  before the
Final  Maturity  Date the  Borrower  may, by giving to the Bank not less than 15
days' prior notice to that effect, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum
amount of  $3,000,000,  or equal to the amount of the Available  Commitment,  if
less) of the Available Commitment.

10.2 Notice of  Cancellation  Any notice of  cancellation  given by the Borrower
pursuant to Clause 10.1  (Cancellation)  shall be irrevocable  and shall specify
the date  upon  which  such  cancellation  is to be made and the  amount of such
cancellation.

11.      Prepayment

The Borrower may, on any business day,  prepay all (or any part thereof being in
aggregate at least $100,000 and an integral multiple of $100,000) of any Advance
made to it without  premium or penalty but without  prejudice to such Borrower's
obligations under Clause 23.4 (Broken  Periods),  by giving to the Bank not less
than 5 days'  notice of the date of the  prepayment.  Any such  notice  shall be
irrevocable  and shall  oblige the Borrower to make the  prepayment  on the date
therein stated.

                                     Part 6

                            CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES

12.      [Reserved]

13.      [Reserved]

14.      [Reserved]

15.      Increased Costs

15.1  Changes  in  Circumstances  If, by reason of (i) any  change in law in any
jurisdiction or in its  interpretation or administration  and/or (ii) compliance
with any  request  from or  requirement  of any  central  bank or other  fiscal,
monetary  or other  authority  (including,  without  limitation,  a  request  or
requirement  (x) which  affects  the  manner  in which  the Bank or any  holding
company of the Bank is required to or does  maintain  capital  resources  having
regard to the Bank's obligations under any Finance Document and to amounts owing
to  it  under  any  Finance  Document  but  excluding  the  implementation,   as
contemplated on the signing of this Agreement,  of any of the matters set out in
the  July  1988  report  of the  Basle  Committee  on  Banking  Regulations  and
Supervisory Practices entitled "International Convergence of Capital Measurement
and Capital  Standards" (the "Cooke  Report"),  (y) which  implements any change
after the signing of this Agreement in, or in the  interpretation or application
of, such matters or any increase in the  requirements  of the Cooke Report after
the date hereof:

         (a)      the Bank or any holding company of the Bank incurs a cost as a
                  result of the Bank's having entered into and/or performing its
                  obligations  under any  Finance  Document  and/or  assuming or
                  maintaining a commitment under any Finance Document and/or its
                  making one or more Advances;

         (b)      the  Bank  or any  holding  company  of  the  Bank  suffers  a
                  reduction  in the rate of return on its overall  capital  (not
                  being a reduction by reason of the  imposition of, or increase
                  in the rates of tax  payable  on its  overall  profits  or net
                  income)  as a result  of a change  in the  manner in which the
                  Bank is  required  to allocate  resources  to its  obligations
                  under any Finance Document;

         (c)      there is any  increase  in the cost to the Bank or any holding
                  company of the Bank of funding  or  maintaining  all or any of
                  the  advances  comprised  in a class of advances  formed by or
                  including  the  Advances  made  or  to be  made  by  the  Bank
                  hereunder; or

         (d)      the Bank or any holding  company of the Bank becomes liable to
                  make any payment on account of tax or  otherwise  (not being a
                  tax imposed on the net income of the Bank's Facility Office by
                  the  jurisdiction  in which it is incorporated or in which its
                  Facility  Office is located) on or  calculated by reference to
                  the  amount  of the  Advances  made or to be made by the  Bank
                  hereunder  and/or  to any sum  received  or  receivable  by it
                  hereunder;

then the  Borrower  shall,  provided  that the Bank has notified the Borrower of
such claim pursuant to Clause 15.2 (Increased  Costs Claim),  within 10 business
days of receipt of a demand of the Bank,  pay to the Bank amounts  sufficient to
indemnify the Bank or any such holding company against,  as the case may be, (1)
such cost, (2) such reduction in such rate of return (or such proportion of such
reduction  as is, in the opinion of the Bank,  attributable  to its  obligations
hereunder),  (3) such increased cost (or such  proportion of such increased cost
as is, in the opinion of the Bank,  attributable  to its funding or  maintaining
Advances) or (4) such liability.

15.2  Increased  Costs  Claim If the Bank  intends to make a claim  pursuant  to
Clause 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances),  it shall notify the Borrower thereof by
delivery  of a  certificate  setting  out in  reasonable  detail  the  basis and
computation  of such claim;  provided that nothing herein shall require the Bank
to disclose any  confidential  information  relating to the  organisation of its
affairs.

15.3  Option to repay in relation to  increased  costs claim If the  Borrower is
required  to  pay  any  amount  to  the  Bank  under  Clause  15.1  (Changes  in
Circumstances),  then subject to that Borrower  giving the Bank not less than 10
days prior notice:

         (i)      the  Borrower  may  prepay  all,  but not  part,  of  Advances
                  together with accrued  interest on the amount prepaid.  On any
                  such   prepayment  the  Commitment   shall  be   automatically
                  cancelled; and/or

         (ii)     the Borrower  shall have the right at any time  thereafter  to
                  locate a new lender to which all the rights and obligations of
                  the Bank hereunder may be transferred.  If such new lender has
                  been located  then the Bank and such new lender shall  execute
                  and  deliver a Transfer  Certificate  pursuant to which all of
                  the  rights and  obligations  of the Bank  hereunder  shall be
                  transferred  to such new lender with effect from the  Transfer
                  Date specified in such Transfer Certificate.

16.      Illegality

If, at any time,  it is unlawful  for the Bank to make,  fund or allow to remain
outstanding all or any of the Advances made or to be made by it hereunder or for
it, then the Bank shall,  promptly after becoming aware of the same,  deliver to
the Borrower a certificate to that effect and, unless such illegality is avoided
in accordance with Clause 17 (Mitigation), to the extent of such illegality:

(i)  the Bank shall not  thereafter be obliged to  participate  in the making of
     such Advances and the amount of the Commitment shall be immediately reduced
     accordingly; and

(ii) if the Bank so requires,  the Borrower shall on such date as the Bank shall
     have  specified  as being  necessary  to comply with the relevant law repay
     such Advance  together with accrued  interest thereon and all other amounts
     owing to the Bank.

17.      Mitigation

If, in respect of the Bank,  circumstances  arise which would, or would upon the
giving of notice, result in:

(i)  the reduction of the Commitment to zero pursuant to Clause 16 (Illegality);
     or

(ii) a  claim  for   indemnification   pursuant  to  Clause  15.1   (Changes  in
     Circumstances);

then,  without  in any  way  limiting,  reducing  or  otherwise  qualifying  the
obligations of the Borrower under any of the Clauses  referred to in (i) or (ii)
above, the Bank shall, in consultation  with the Borrower,  take such reasonable
steps as the Bank acting in good faith  considers  appropriate  to mitigate  the
effects  of  such  circumstances  including  the  transfer  of  its  rights  and
obligations  hereunder  to  another  financial  institution  acceptable  to  the
Borrower willing to participate in the Facility  provided that the Bank shall be
under no  obligation  to take any such action if, in the sole  discretion of the
Bank, to do so would or might have a material  adverse effect upon its business,
operations or financial condition.

                                     Part 7

                REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

18.      Representations

The Borrower makes the  representations and warranties set out in Clause 18.1 to
Clause  18.14 and  acknowledges  that the Bank  entered  into this  Agreement in
reliance on those representations and warranties.

18.1 Status and Due  Authorization The Borrower is a corporation duly organised,
validly  existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of  Delaware,  with all
requisite  corporate or other power to execute and deliver the Finance Documents
to which it is a party and to exercise  its rights and  perform its  obligations
thereunder  and all  corporate  and  other  action  required  to  authorise  its
execution  and delivery of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and its
performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken.

18.2  Validity and  Admissibility  in Evidence All acts,  conditions  and things
required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order (a) to enable the Borrower
lawfully to enter into,  exercise  its rights  under and perform and comply with
the obligations  expressed to be assumed by it in each of the Finance  Documents
to which it is a party,  (b) to  ensure  that the  obligations  expressed  to be
assumed by the Borrower in each of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party
are legal,  valid and binding and (c) to make each Finance Document to which the
Borrower is a party  admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation
have been done, fulfilled and performed and all material governmental  licences,
authorizations,  consents  and  approvals  under  the  laws of any  jurisdiction
necessary  to own its  assets  and  carry  on its  business  as now  being or as
proposed to be conducted have been obtained.

18.3 Most Recent Financial  Statements The most recent  financial  statements of
the  Borrower  delivered in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement  were
prepared in  accordance  with GAAP (as defined in Clause  20.2  (Definitions  of
Financial  Terms)) and  consistently  applied and give (in conjunction  with the
notes  thereto) a true and fair view of the financial  condition of the Group at
the  date as of  which  they  were  prepared  and  the  results  of the  Group's
operations during the financial year then ended.

18.4 No Material  Adverse  Change Since  publication  of the Original  Financial
Statements of the  Borrower,  there has been no material  adverse  change in the
property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects or capitalization
of the Group taken as a whole.

18.5  No  Undisclosed  Liabilities  As at the  date  as of  which  the  Original
Financial  Statements  of the Borrower  were prepared no member of the Group had
any liabilities  (contingent or otherwise) which were not disclosed  thereby (or
by notes thereto) or reserved  against therein nor any unrealised or anticipated
losses arising from  commitments  entered into by it which were not so disclosed
or reserved against, in each case, as required under GAAP.

18.6  Litigation  Other than as  disclosed to the Bank prior to the date hereof,
there are no legal or arbitral proceedings,  or any proceedings by or before any
governmental or regulatory authority or agency, now pending or (to the knowledge
of the  Borrower)  threatened  against or  affecting  the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  as to  which  there  is a  reasonable  possibility  of an  adverse
determination  that  could  (either  individually  or in the  aggregate)  have a
Material Adverse Effect.

18.7 Execution of the Finance Documents The Borrower's execution and delivery of
the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and its exercise of its rights and
performance of its obligations thereunder do not and will not:

         (i)      conflict  with  any   agreement,   mortgage,   bond  or  other
                  instrument  or  treaty  to  which  it is a party  or  which is
                  binding upon it or any of its assets;

         (ii)     conflict with its charter,  by-laws or any other  constitutive
                  documents and rules and regulations; or

         (iii)    conflict with any  applicable  law,  regulation or official or
                  judicial order, writ, injunction or decree,

which, in each case, is reasonably  likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and
could subject the Bank to liability.

18.8 Full Disclosure All of the written information  supplied by the Borrower to
the Bank in connection herewith is true and accurate in all material respects.

18.9 Claims Pari Passu The claims of the Bank  against  the  Borrower  under the
Finance Documents will rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other
unsecured  creditors  save  those  whose  claims  are  preferred  solely  by any
bankruptcy,   insolvency,   liquidation   or  other   similar  laws  of  general
application.

18.10 No Winding-up The Borrower has not taken any corporate action nor have any
other steps been taken or legal  proceedings been started or (to the best of its
knowledge and belief)  threatened  against it for its  winding-up,  dissolution,
administration  or  re-organisation  or  for  the  appointment  of  a  receiver,
administrator,  administrative receiver,  trustee or similar officer of it or of
any or all of its assets or revenues.

18.11 Liens Save as permitted by Clause 21.5 (Negative  Pledge),  no Lien exists
over all or any of the Borrower's present or future revenues or assets.

18.12 No Obligation to Create Security The Borrower's  execution and delivery of
the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and its exercise of its rights and
performance of its  obligations  thereunder  will not result in the existence of
nor oblige it to create any encumbrance over all or any of its present or future
revenues or assets.

18.13 Use of Credit No part of the  proceeds of the Advances  hereunder  will be
used to buy or carry any Margin Stock.

18.14 Repetition of Representations The representations contained in this Clause
18 (other than those made under Clauses 18.4, 18.5, 18.6, 18.8, 18.10, 18.11 and
18.12 ) shall be deemed to be repeated  by the  Borrower on each date upon which
an Advance is made (other than Rollover  Advances) by reference to the facts and
circumstances then existing.

19.      Financial Information

The Borrower  shall deliver or cause to be delivered or otherwise made available
through  electronic  media  (provided that the Bank shall be given prior written
notice of such availability) to the Bank the following financial  statements and
information:

19.1 Annual  Statements The Borrower shall as soon as the same become available,
but in any event within 120 days after the end of its financial year, deliver to
the Bank the  consolidated  audited  financial  statements of the Group for such
financial year.

19.2 Semi-annual and Quarterly Statements The Borrower shall as soon as the same
become  available,  but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of its
quarters  ending three  months,  six months and nine months after the end of its
financial  years,  deliver  to the Bank  its  consolidated  unaudited  financial
statements of the Group for such period.

19.3 Other  Financial  Information  The Borrower  shall from time to time on the
request of the Bank,  furnish the Bank with such information  about the business
and financial condition of the Group as the Bank may reasonably require.

19.4 Requirements as to Financial Statements The Borrower shall ensure that:

         (i)      each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  this  Clause 19 is  prepared  on the same basis as was used in
                  the  preparation of its Original  Financial  Statements and in
                  accordance with GAAP and consistently applied;

         (ii)     each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  Clause 19.1 is certified by a duly  authorised  officer of the
                  Borrower  as  giving  a true  and  fair  view  of the  Group's
                  financial condition as at the end of the period to which those
                  financial  statements relate and of the results of the Group's
                  operations during such period;

         (iii)    each set of financial  statements delivered pursuant to Clause
                  19.1   (Annual    Statements)   has   been   audited   by   an
                  internationally   recognised  firm  of  independent   auditors
                  licensed  to  practise  in  the  Borrower's   jurisdiction  of
                  incorporation; and

         (iv)     each set of  consolidated  financial  statements  and accounts
                  delivered  to  the  Bank   pursuant  to  Clause  19.1  (Annual
                  Statements)   or  Clause  19.2   (Semi-annual   and  Quarterly
                  Statements)  shall be accompanied by a compliance  certificate
                  signed  by  a  duly   authorised   officer  of  the  Borrower,
                  substantially in the form set out in the Fourth Schedule (Form
                  of   Compliance   Certificate),   together   with  any   other
                  information required to determine whether or not the financial
                  condition of the Borrower  satisfies the  provisions of Clause
                  20 (Financial Condition).

20.      Financial Condition

20.1  Financial  Condition of the Borrower  The Borrower  shall ensure that,  as
evidenced  by the  most  recent  set of  financial  statements  delivered  by it
pursuant to Clause 19 (Financial Information):

         (i)      Maximum Delinquency Ratio
                  Its  Delinquency  Ratio  shall  not  on  the  last  day of any
calendar month be more than 6.0%.

         (ii)     Minimum Tier 1 Capital to Managed Receivables Ratio
                  The ratio of its Tier 1 Capital to Managed  Receivables  shall
                  not on any date be less than 4.0 % and remain so for more than
                  90  days  and the  ratio  of its  Tier 1  Capital  to  Managed
                  Receivables shall not on any date be less than 3.5%.

         (iii)    Minimum Tangible Net Worth
                  The Tangible  Net Worth of the Borrower  shall not on any date
                  be less  than  US$1,250,000,000  plus  40% of  Cumulative  Net
                  Income  as of  the  last  day  of the  fiscal  quarter  of the
                  Borrower most recently ended (being June 30, 2000) plus 40% of
                  Cumulative Equity Proceeds as of such date of determination.

         (iv)     Leverage Ratio
                  Its Leverage Ratio shall not on any date exceed 10.0 to 1.

         (v)      Double Leverage Ratio
                  Its Double Leverage Ratio shall not on any date exceed 1.25 to
1.

20.2     Definitions of Financial Terms In this Agreement:

"Cumulative  Equity Proceeds" shall mean, as of any date of  determination,  the
aggregate  amount of all cash received on or prior to such date of determination
by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of any Equity Issuance  effected
after June 30, 2000, net of reasonable expenses incurred by the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in connection therewith;

"Cumulative  Net Income"  shall mean, as of any date of  determination,  the net
income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  (determined on a consolidated basis
without  duplication  in  accordance  with GAAP) for each fiscal  quarter of the
Borrower  (a)  commencing  with the fiscal  quarter  ended June 30, 2000 and (b)
ending with the fiscal  quarter most recently  ended on or prior to such date of
determination;  provided  that the  Borrower's  Cumulative  Net Income  shall be
determined  exclusive  of any  fiscal  quarter  of the  Borrower  for  which the
consolidated  net  income  of the  Borrower  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP)
is less than zero;

"Delinquency  Ratio" shall mean,  on any date and with respect to the  Borrower,
the ratio of (a) all Past Due  Receivables  with respect to the Borrower on such
date to (b) the aggregate amount of all Managed  Receivables with respect to the
Borrower on such date;

"Double Leverage Ratio" shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (a) the sum of the
Borrower's  Intangibles  calculated on an unconsolidated basis on such date plus
the amount of the  aggregate  investment of the Borrower in the capital stock of
its Subsidiaries to (b) the Borrower's Net Worth on such date;

"Equity" means on any date and with respect to any person, the aggregate at such
time of such  person's  called up share  capital,  any  credit  balance  on such
person's share premium account or consolidated  profit and loss account and such
person's consolidated reserves less any debit balance on the consolidated profit
and loss account of such person;

"Equity  Issuance" shall mean (a) any issuance or sale by the Borrower or any of
its  Subsidiaries of (i) any of its capital stock,  (ii) any warrants or options
exercisable  in respect of its capital stock (other than any warrants or options
issued  to  directors,  officers  or  employees  of the  Borrower  or any of its
Subsidiaries  pursuant to employee  benefit  plans  established  in the ordinary
course  of  business  and any  capital  stock of the  Borrower  issued  upon the
exercise of such warrants or options) or (iii) any other  security or instrument
representing an equity interest (or the right to obtain any equity  interest) in
the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  or (b) the receipt by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries from any person not a shareholder of the Borrower of any
capital contribution  (whether or not evidenced by any equity security issued by
the recipient of such  contribution);  provided that Equity  Issuance  shall not
include (i) any such  issuance or sale by any  Subsidiary of the Borrower to the
Borrower  or any wholly  owned  Subsidiary  of the  Borrower or (ii) any capital
contribution  by the Borrower or any wholly owned  Subsidiary of the Borrower to
any Subsidiary of the Borrower;

"GAAP" shall mean on any date and with respect to any person, generally accepted
accounting  principles in the United  States of America  applied on a consistent
basis with  those used in the  preparation  of the  latest  annual or  quarterly
financial  statements furnished by on behalf of such person to the Bank pursuant
hereto;

"Intangibles" means as at any date and with respect to any person, the aggregate
amount (to the extent  reflected in determining the  consolidated  stockholders'
equity of such person and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries)  of (a) all write-ups
(other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups
of  assets  of a  going  concern  business  made  within  12  months  after  the
acquisition of such  business)  subsequent to June 30, 2000 in the book value of
any asset by any such person or any of its  consolidated  Subsidiaries,  (b) all
Investments in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and all equity investments in persons
that are not  Subsidiaries  and (c) all  unamortized  debt discount and expense,
unamortized  deferred charges,  goodwill,  patents,  trademarks,  service marks,
trade names, anticipated future benefit of tax loss carry-forwards,  copyrights,
organisation or developmental expense and other intangible assets;

"Investments"  means  for any  person  (a) the  acquisition  (whether  for cash,
Property,  services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock,  bonds, notes,
debentures,  partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any
other person or any agreement to make any such acquisition  (including,  without
limitation,  any "short sale" or any sale of any  securities at a time when such
securities are not owned by the person entering into such sale);  (b) the making
of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other
person  (including  the purchase of Property from another  person  subject to an
understanding or agreement,  contingent or otherwise, to resell such Property to
such person), but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having
a term not exceeding 90 days arising in connection with the sale of inventory or
supplies by such person in the ordinary course of business;  or (c) the entering
into of any  guarantee  of, or other  contingent  obligation  with  respect  to,
indebtedness  or other  liability of any other person and (without  duplication)
any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such person;

"Leverage  Ratio"  means on any  date,  the  ratio of (a) the  indebtedness  (as
determined on a consolidated basis without  duplication in accordance with GAAP)
of the Borrower with respect to the Borrower and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries
at such date minus the aggregate  amount of all on-balance  sheet loans held for
securitization  at such date to (b) the  Borrower's  Tangible  Net Worth at such
date;

"Managed  Receivables" means on any date and with respect to any person, the sum
for such person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated
basis without  duplication in accordance with GAAP) of (a) all on-balance  sheet
credit card loans and other  finance  receivables  plus (b) all on balance sheet
credit card loans and other finance receivables held for securitization plus (c)
all securitized credit card loans and other finance  receivables of such person;
provided that, as the term "Managed  Receivables"  is used in the Tier I Capital
to Managed  Receivables Ratio calculation,  clauses (a), (b) and (c) above shall
be determined exclusive of securitized, non-revolving finance receivables;

"Net  Worth"  means on any date the  consolidated  stockholders'  equity  of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries,  all determined as of such date on a
consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP;

"Past Due Receivables" means on any date and with respect to any person, Managed
Receivables contractually past due 90 days or more plus all other non performing
assets  provided  however  that  receivables  which are  loans,  whether  or not
contractually  past  due  90  days  or  more,  shall  not  constitute  Past  Due
Receivables to the extent of any cash balance of the account debtor on such loan
on deposit with the creditor  (but only to the extent such  creditor is entitled
under an agreement governing such loan to set-off such cash balances against the
obligations  of the account  debtor  under such loan and to the extent such cash
balances are not subject to any other  set-off or deduction by such  creditor or
any of its affiliates against a matured obligation owing by such debtor);

"Property"  shall  mean any  right or  interest  in or to  property  of any kind
whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible;

"Tangible  Net  Worth"  means on any date and with  respect to any  person,  the
consolidated   stockholders'   equity  of  such  person  and  its   consolidated
Subsidiaries less Intangibles of such person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries,
all  determined as of such date on a consolidated  basis without  duplication in
accordance with GAAP;

"Tier 1 Capital"  means on any date and with respect to any person,  the amount,
for such person and its  Subsidiaries  (determined on a  consolidated  basis) on
such date of "Tier 1  Capital",  within  the  meaning  given to such term in the
Capital  Adequacy  Guidelines  for State Member Banks  published by the Board of
Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System (12 C.F.R.  Part 208,  Appendix A, as
amended,  modified  and  supplemented,  and in effect  from time to time and any
replacement thereof).

20.3 Accounting Terms All accounting expressions which are not otherwise defined
herein shall be construed  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles in the United States of America.

21.      Covenants

21.1 Litigation The Borrower shall promptly give to the Bank notice of all legal
or arbitral  proceedings,  and of all investigations or proceedings by or before
any governmental or regulatory authority or agency, and any material development
in respect of such legal or other proceedings, against or affecting the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries, except investigations or proceedings (a) as to which
there is no reasonable  possibility of an adverse  determination or (b) that, if
adversely determined, would not (either individually or in the aggregate) have a
Material Adverse Effect.

21.2  Maintenance of Legal  Validity The Borrower shall obtain,  comply with the
terms of and do all that is  necessary  to maintain in full force and effect all
authorizations,  approvals, licences and consents required in or by the laws and
regulations of its  jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it lawfully to enter
into and perform its obligations under each of the Finance Documents to which it
is a party and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility
in  evidence  in its  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  of  each  of the  Finance
Documents to which it is a party.

21.3 Insurance The Borrower shall maintain  insurances on and in relation to its
business and assets with reputable  underwriters or insurance  companies against
such risks and to such extent as is usual for  companies  carrying on a business
such as that carried on by the Borrower.

21.4 Disposals The Borrower shall not,  without the prior written consent of the
Bank,  enter into any transaction of merger or  consolidation or amalgamation or
liquidate,  wind-up or  dissolve  itself or convey,  sell,  lease,  transfer  or
otherwise  dispose  of, by one or more  transactions  or series of  transactions
(whether related or not), all or substantially all of its revenues or its assets
other than by way of a Permitted Disposal.

21.6 Negative  Pledge The Borrower shall not,  without the prior written consent
of the Bank,  create or permit to subsist any Lien over any (1)  Receivables  of
the  Borrower or (2)  Restricted  Shares  owned by it, in each case  whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(d)  Liens for taxes not yet due or Liens  for  taxes  being  contested  in good
     faith by appropriate  proceedings for which adequate  reserves (in the good
     faith judgement of the management of the Borrower) have been established;

(e)  Liens  imposed  by law (i) which are  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of
     business and (x) which do not in the aggregate  materially detract from the
     value of such Receivables or Restricted Shares or materially impair the use
     thereof in the  operation  of the business of the Borrower or (y) which are
     being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings
     have the effect of preventing the forfeiture of sale of the  Receivables or
     Restricted  Shares  subject  to such  Lien or (ii)  which do not  relate to
     material liabilities of the Borrower and do not in the aggregate materially
     detract from the value of the Receivables or Restricted Shares of the Group
     taken as a whole; provided that no Lien permitted under this clause (b) may
     secure any obligation in an amount exceeding $10,000,000; and

(f)  Any pledge of  Receivables  to a Federal  Reserve Bank made in the ordinary
     course of business to secure advances or other  transactions and manage the
     liquidity position of the Borrower.

21.6 Claims Pari Passu The Borrower shall ensure that at all times the claims of
the Bank against it under each of the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu
with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are
preferred by any  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  liquidation or other similar laws of
general application.

21.7  Notification  of Events of  Default  The  Borrower  shall  promptly  after
becoming  aware of the same  inform the Bank of the  occurrence  of any Event of
Default or Potential  Event of Default and upon receipt of a written  request to
that  effect  from  the Bank  acting  reasonably  in  circumstances  which  give
reasonable  grounds  for belief that an Event of Default or  Potential  Event of
Default may have occurred, confirm to the Bank that, save as previously notified
to the  Bank or as  notified  in such  confirmation,  no  Event  of  Default  or
Potential Event of Default has occurred.

22.      Events of Default

Each of Clause 22.1 to Clause 22.17 describes  circumstances which constitute an
Event of Default for the  purposes of this  Agreement.  Clause  22.18 and Clause
22.19  deal with the  rights of the Bank  after  the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default.

22.1 Failure to Pay The  Borrower (a) fails to pay any  principal of any Advance
when due (whether at stated maturity or at mandatory or optional  prepayment) or
(b) fails to pay any other amount due from it under any Finance  Document at the
time,  in the currency and in the manner  specified  therein and such failure is
not remedied within five business days.

22.2 Cross  Default  Any  financial  indebtedness  of any member of the Group in
excess of an aggregate of $50,000,000  (or its equivalent in any other currency)
is not paid when due, any such financial indebtedness of any member of the Group
is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and

payable prior to its specified maturity, any commitment for, or underwriting of,
any such  financial  indebtedness  of any  member of the Group is  cancelled  or
suspended  or any  creditor  or  creditors  of any  member of the  Group  become
entitled to declare any such financial  indebtedness  of any member of the Group
due and payable prior to its specified maturity.

22.3 Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made
by the Borrower in any of the Finance Documents to which it is a party or in any
notice or other  document,  certificate  or  statement  delivered by it pursuant
hereto is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect
when made or deemed to be made.

22.4 Specific Covenants The Borrower fails duly to perform or comply with any of
the  obligations  expressed  to  be  assumed  by  it  in  Clause  19  (Financial
Information) or Clause 21 (Covenants)  and, if such breach is capable of remedy,
such breach has not been remedied within 30 days after notice of such breach has
been given by the Bank to the Borrower.

22.5  Financial  Condition  At any time any of the  requirements  of  Clause  20
(Financial Condition) is not satisfied.

22.6 Other  Obligations  The  Borrower  fails duly to perform or comply with any
other obligation  expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document and such
failure, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 30 days after the Bank has
given notice thereof to the Borrower.

22.7     Bankruptcy and Insolvency

(i)  The  Borrower  or  any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  admit  in  writing  its
     inability to, or be generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become
     due; or

(ii) The Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall (a) apply for or consent to
     the   appointment   of,  or  the  taking  of  possession  by,  a  receiver,
     conservator, custodian, trustee, examiner or liquidator of itself or of all
     or a substantial  part of its property,  (b) make a general  assignment for
     the  benefit of its  creditors,  (c)  commence a  voluntary  case under the
     Federal  Bankruptcy  Code of  1978,  as  amended  from  time  to time  (the
     "Bankruptcy  Code"),  (d) file a petition  seeking to take advantage of any
     other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  liquidation,
     dissolution,  arrangement or winding-up,  or composition or readjustment of
     debts,  (e) fail to  controvert  in a timely  and  appropriate  manner,  or
     acquiesce in writing to, any petition  filed  against it in an  involuntary
     case under the  Bankruptcy  Code or (f) take any  corporate  action for the
     purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

(iii)A  proceeding  or case  shall be  commenced,  without  the  application  or
     consent  of  the  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries,  in any  court  of
     competent  jurisdiction,  seeking  (a)  its  reorganization,   liquidation,
     dissolution,  arrangement or winding-up, or the composition or readjustment
     of its debts,  (b) the appointment of a receiver,  conservator,  custodian,
     trustee,  examiner,  liquidator  or  the  like  of  the  Borrower  or  such
     Subsidiary or of all or any substantial part of its property or (c) similar
     relief in respect of the Borrower or such Subsidiary under any law relating
     to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  winding-up, or composition or
     adjustment  of  debts,   and  such   proceeding  or  case  shall   continue
     undismissed,  or an order,  judgment or decree approving or ordering any of
     the foregoing shall be entered and continue  unstayed and in effect,  for a
     period of 60 or more days;  or an order for relief  against the Borrower or
     any of its  Subsidiaries  shall be entered in an involuntary case under the
     Bankruptcy Code.

22.8     [Reserved]

22.9 Analogous  Events Any event occurs which under the laws of any jurisdiction
has a similar or  analogous  effect to any of those  events  mentioned in Clause
22.7 (Bankrputcy and Insolvency) or Clause 22.17 (Judgment Defaults).

22.10 Governmental Intervention By or under the authority of any government, (a)
the management of the Borrower is wholly or partially displaced or the authority
of the Borrower in the conduct of its business is wholly or partially  curtailed
which is likely to have a Material  Adverse  Effect or (b) all or a majority  of
the issued  shares of the  Borrower  or the whole or any part (the book value of
which is twenty  percent or more of the book value of the whole) of its revenues
or assets is seized,  nationalised,  expropriated or compulsorily acquired which
is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.11  Ownership  of the  Borrower  Any person or group of persons  (within  the
meaning of Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act as amended)  shall have acquired
beneficial  ownership  (within  the  meaning  of Rule 13d-3  promulgated  by the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of the
issued and  outstanding  shares of voting common stock issued by the Borrower or
the  Borrower  shall at any time fail to own and  control,  beneficially  and of
record  (free and clear of all  encumbrances),  at least 95% of the  issued  and
outstanding shares of capital stock of each class of voting securities issued by
Capital  One Bank or the  Borrower  shall at any time  fail to own and  control,
beneficially and of record (free and clear of all encumbrances), at least 95% of
the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of each class of voting
securities issued by Capital One, F.S.B.

22.12    [Reserved]

22.13 The  Borrower's  Business The Borrower (i) ceases to carry on the business
it  carries  on at the date  hereof  the  cession  of which is  likely to have a
Material  Adverse  Effect or (ii) enters into any  unrelated  business the entry
into which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

22.14    Repudiation  The Borrower repudiates any Finance Document.

22.15  Illegality  At any time it is or becomes  unlawful  for the  Borrower  to
perform or comply  with any or all of its  obligations  under any of the Finance
Documents or any of the  obligations  of the  Borrower  under any of the Finance
Documents are not or cease to be legal, valid and binding.

22.16  Performance of Obligations The Borrower  becomes unable to perform any of
its  obligations  under any of the Finance  Documents  and such  inability has a
Material  Adverse  Effect on the ability of the  Borrower to perform its payment
obligations under any of the Finance Documents.

22.17  Judgment  Defaults A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money
of  $50,000,000  (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more
in the  aggregate  shall  be  rendered  by one or  more  courts,  administrative
tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction against the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  and the same shall not be discharged  (or  provision  shall not be
made for such discharge),  or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured,
within 30 days from the date of entry  thereof and the  Borrower  or  Subsidiary
shall not,  within said period of 30 days,  or such longer  period  during which
execution of the same shall have been  stayed,  appeal  therefrom  and cause the
execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal.

22.18    Acceleration and Cancellation

(i)  Upon the  occurrence of an Event of Default,  other than one referred to in
     Clause 22.7 (ii) or (iii)  (Bankruptcy  and  Insolvency),  the Bank may, by
     written notice to the Borrower:

                  (a)      declare  the  Advances  to  be  immediately  due  and
                           payable  (whereupon  the same shall become so payable
                           together with accrued  interest thereon and any other
                           sums then owed by the Borrower  hereunder) or declare
                           the  Advances  to be due and payable on demand of the
                           Bank; and/or

                  (b)      declare  that  the  Facility   shall  be   cancelled,
                           whereupon   the  same  shall  be  cancelled  and  the
                           Commitment shall be reduced to zero.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default  specified in Clause 22.7(ii) or
     (iii)  (Bankruptcy and  Insolvency),  the Facility shall  automatically  be
     cancelled and the  Commitment  shall be reduced to zero,  and the Advances,
     and the accrued  interest  thereon,  and all other  amounts  payable by the
     Borrower hereunder shall  automatically  become immediately due and payable
     without presentment,  demand, protest or other formalities of any kind, all
     of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

22.19  Advances  Due on Demand If,  pursuant to Clause 22.18  (Acceleration  and
Cancellation), the Bank declares the Advances to be due and payable on demand of
the Bank,  then, and at any time  thereafter,  the Bank may by written notice to
the Borrower require repayment of the Advances on such date as it may specify in
such  notice  (whereupon  the same  shall  become  due and  payable on such date
together  with  accrued  interest  thereon  and any other  sums then owed by the
Borrower hereunder) or withdraw its declaration with effect from such date as it
may specify in such notice.

                                     Part 8

                         DEFAULT INTEREST AND INDEMNITY

23.      Default Interest and Indemnity

23.1 Default  Interest  Period If any sum due and payable by the Borrower  under
any Finance Document to which it is a party is not paid on the due date therefor
in accordance  with the provisions of Clause 25 (Payments) or if any sum due and
payable by the Borrower  under any judgment of any court in connection  herewith
is not paid on the date of such judgment,  the period beginning on such due date
or, as the case may be,  the date of such  judgment  and ending on the date upon
which the  obligation  of the Borrower to pay such sum (the balance  thereof for
the time being unpaid being herein referred to as an "unpaid sum") is discharged
shall be divided into successive  periods,  each of which (other than the first)
shall start on the last day of the  preceding  such  period and the  duration of
each of which shall (except as otherwise provided in this Clause 23) be selected
by the Bank.

23.2 Default  Interest During each such period relating  thereto as is mentioned
in Clause 23.1  (Default  Interest  Period) an unpaid sum shall bear interest at
the rate per  annum  which is the sum from time to time of one  percent  and the
Prime Rate.

23.3 Payment of Default  Interest Any  interest  which shall have accrued  under
Clause  23.2  (Default  Interest)  in  respect of an unpaid sum shall be due and
payable  and shall be paid by the  Borrower  owing such unpaid sum at the end of
the period by reference to which it is calculated or on such other date or dates
as the Bank may specify by written notice to the Borrower.

23.4  Broken  Periods If the Bank  receives  or  recovers  all or any part of an
Advance made by the Bank otherwise than on the last day of the Term thereof, the
Borrower  shall pay to the Bank on demand an amount equal to the amount (if any)
by which (i) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount
so received or  recovered  had it been  received or recovered on the last day of
the Term thereof exceeds (ii) the amount of interest which in the opinion of the
Bank would have been  payable to the Bank on the last day of the Term thereof in
respect of a deposit in the  currency  of the amount so  received  or  recovered
equal to the amount so received or  recovered  placed by it with a prime bank in
New York for a period  starting on the first  business day following the date of
such  receipt or  recovery  and ending on the last day of the Term  thereof.  In
addition  the  Borrower  shall also pay to the Bank a breakage fee in respect to
any such receipt of all or any part of an Advance in accordance  with the Bank's
usual practice.

23.5     Indemnities

(i)  The Borrower  hereby  agrees to indemnify  the Bank against any loss (other
     than any loss  incurred as a result of the Bank's own wilful  misconduct or
     gross  negligence)  it may  suffer as a result of its  funding  an  Advance
     requested by the Borrower hereunder but not made by reason of the operation
     of any one or more of the provisions hereof.

(ii) The Borrower  hereby agrees to indemnify the Bank and its  affiliates,  and
     its and their  respective  directors,  officers,  employees,  attorneys and
     agents from,  and hold each of them harmless  against,  any and all losses,
     liabilities,  claims,  damages or expenses  incurred by any of them arising
     out of or by reason of any investigation or litigation or other proceedings
     (including any threatened investigation or litigation or other proceedings,
     and  whether  or not the  Bank  is a party  to  such  litigation  or  other
     proceedings)  relating to this  Agreement or the Advances  hereunder or any
     actual or proposed  use by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  of the
     proceeds of any of the Advances hereunder,  including,  without limitation,
     the reasonable fees and  disbursements  of counsel,  incurred in connection
     with  any such  investigation  or  litigation  or  other  proceedings  (but
     excluding  any  such  losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages  or  expenses
     incurred by reason of the gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  of the
     person to be indemnified).

23.6  Unpaid  Sums or  Advances  Any unpaid sum shall (for the  purposes of this
Clause 23 and Clause 15.1 (Changes in  Circumstances))  be treated as an Advance
and accordingly in this Clause 23 and Clause 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances) the
term "Advance" includes any unpaid sum and "Term", in relation to an unpaid sum,
includes  each such  period  relating  thereto as is  mentioned  in Clause  23.1
(Default Interest Periods).

                                     Part 9

                                    PAYMENTS

24.      Currency of Account and Payment

24.1 Currency of Account  United  States  Dollars is the currency of account and
payment in respect of the Facility,  for each and every sum at any time due from
the  Borrower  under the Facility  and, in  connection  therewith,  in the other
Finance Documents provided that:

         (i)      each   payment   pursuant   to   Clause   15.1   (Changes   in
                  Circumstances)  shall be made in the currency specified by the
                  party acting reasonably and claiming thereunder; and

         (ii)     any amount  expressed  to be payable in a currency  other than
                  United States Dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

24.2  Currency  Indemnity  If any sum due from the  Borrower  under the  Finance
Documents or any order or judgment  given or made in relation  thereto has to be
converted from the currency (the "first  currency") in which the same is payable
thereunder  or under such order or judgment  into another  currency (the "second
currency")  for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the
Borrower,  (ii) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or
(iii)  enforcing any order or judgment  given or made in relation  thereto,  the
Borrower shall  indemnify and hold harmless each of the persons to whom such sum
is due from and against any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between
(a) the rate of  exchange  used for such  purpose to convert the sum in question
from the first  currency  into the second  currency and (b) the rate or rates of
exchange at which such person may in the  ordinary  course of business  purchase
the first currency with the second  currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in
satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.

25.      Payments

25.1 Payments to the Bank On each date on which any Finance Document requires an
amount to be paid by the Borrower under any of the Finance  Documents in respect
of the  Facility or  otherwise  to the Bank,  the  Borrower  shall make the same
available to the Bank by payment in United  States  Dollars for value on the day
in question to the Bank at the  Facility  Office  unless the Bank has  specified
another  address  or  account by  written  notice to the  Borrower  at least two
business days prior to such payment.

25.2  Alternative  Payment  Arrangements  If,  at  any  time,  it  shall  become
impracticable  (by reason of any  action of any  governmental  authority  or any
change in law,  exchange  control  regulations  or any  similar  event)  for the
Borrower to make any payments  hereunder in the manner  specified in Clause 25.1
(Payments to the Bank), then the Borrower may agree with the Bank's  alternative
arrangements  for the  payment  direct  to the Bank of  amounts  due to the Bank
hereunder provided that, in the absence of any such agreement with the Bank, the
Borrower  shall be  obliged to make all  payments  due to the Bank in the manner
specified herein.

25.3 No Set-off  All  payments  required  to be made by the  Borrower  under the
Finance  Documents  shall be  calculated  without  reference  to any  set-off or
counterclaim  and shall be made free and clear of and without any  deduction for
or on account of any set-off or counterclaim.

25.4     [Reserved]

25.5     [Reserved]

25.6  Non-Business  Days In the event that any payment required to be made under
any Finance  Document  falls to be made on a day which is not a business  day it
shall be made on the next business day.

26.      Set-Off

The  Borrower  authorises  the Bank to apply  any  credit  balance  to which the
Borrower  is  entitled  on  any  account  of  the  Borrower  with  the  Bank  in
satisfaction  of any sum due and payable from the Borrower to the Bank hereunder
but unpaid; for this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase with the moneys
standing  to the  credit of any such  account  such other  currencies  as may be
necessary to effect such application.  The Bank shall not be obliged to exercise
any  right  given to it by this  Clause  26.  Nothing  in this  Clause  26 shall
constitute an encumbrance.

                                     Part 10

                            FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES

27.      Commitment Commission

The Borrower shall pay to the Bank, quarterly in arrears on the last day of each
quarter  or, if not a  business  day,  then the next  business  day  immediately
thereafter,  a commitment  commission of 0.15 percent per annum on the amount of
the Bank's  Commitment  from day to day during the period  beginning on the date
hereof and ending on the Termination Date.

28.      Costs and Expenses

28.1 Costs and Expenses The Borrower  shall,  from time to time on demand of the
Bank,  reimburse the Bank for all  reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses
(including  reasonable  legal fees,  not to exceed  $20,000 plus  disbursements)
incurred by it in connection with the negotiation,  preparation and execution of
the  Finance   Documents  and  the  completion  of  the   transactions   therein
contemplated  except, for the avoidance of doubt, in relation to any transfer or
assignment by the Bank of its rights or obligations hereunder.

28.2  Preservations  and Enforcement of Rights The Borrower shall,  from time to
time on  demand  of the Bank,  reimburse  the Bank for all  costs  and  expenses
(including  reasonable legal fees) reasonably  incurred in or in connection with
the  preservation  and/or  enforcement  of any of their  rights under any of the
Finance  Documents  except,  for the  avoidance  of doubt,  in  relation  to any
transfer or assignment by the Bank of its rights or obligations hereunder.

28.3     [Reserved]

28.4 Waivers and Consents The Borrower shall, from time to time on demand of the
Bank (and without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 28.2  (Preservations and
Enforcements  of Rights) and Clause 34.2 (Amendment  Costs)  compensate the Bank
for all reasonable  costs and expenses  (including  telephone,  fax, copying and
travel costs)  incurred by the Bank in connection with its taking such action as
it may deem  appropriate  in  complying  with any  request  by the  Borrower  in
connection with:

(a) the  granting  or  proposed  granting  of any  waiver or  consent  requested
hereunder by the Borrower;

(b) any actual breach by the Borrower of its obligations hereunder;

(c) the  occurrence  of any event  which is an Event of Default  or a  Potential
Event of Default; or

(a) any amendment or proposed amendment hereto requested by the Borrower.

                                     Part 11

                            ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

29.      Benefit of Agreement

This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and enure to the  benefit of each party
hereto  and its or any  subsequent  successors  and  permitted  Transferees  and
assigns.

30.      Assignments and Transfers by the Borrower

The  Borrower  shall not be  entitled  to assign or  transfer  all or any of its
rights,  benefits  and  obligations  hereunder  except  pursuant  to a Permitted
Disposal.

31.      Assignments and Transfers by Bank

31.1  Assignments and Transfers The Bank may assign all or any of its rights and
benefits  hereunder or transfer in  accordance  with Clause 31.2  (Transfers  by
Bank) all or any of its rights,  benefits and obligations  hereunder or transfer
its Facility  Office  provided that (save in the case of an assignment of rights
and benefits to any Affiliate of the Bank) no such assignment or transfer may be
of an amount of less than  $5,000,000  or may be made without the prior  written
consent of the Borrower such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld or delayed
(and, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be unreasonable  for the Borrower
to  withhold  or delay its  consent in the case of an  assignment  of rights and
benefits to any proposed  assignee  whose  long-term debt  obligations  are then
rated below Baa3 by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. or below BBB- by Standard &
Poor's Ratings  Services).  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no consent from the
Borrower  shall be required  with respect to any such  assignment or transfer at
any  time  after  any  notice  has  been  delivered  pursuant  to  Clause  22.18
(Acceleration and Cancellation).

31.2  Transfers by Bank If the Bank wishes to transfer all or any of its rights,
benefits   and/or   obligations   hereunder  as   contemplated  in  Clause  31.1
(Assignments and Transfers),  then such transfer may be effected by the delivery
to the Bank of a duly completed and duly executed Transfer  Certificate in which
event, on the later of the Transfer Date specified in such Transfer  Certificate
and the fifth  business day after (or such earlier  business day endorsed by the
Bank on such Transfer  Certificate  falling on or after) the date of delivery of
such Transfer Certificate to the Bank:

(i)               to the extent that in such Transfer Certificate the Bank party
                  thereto seeks to transfer its rights, benefits and obligations
                  hereunder,  the Borrower  and the Bank shall be released  from
                  further  obligations  towards one another  hereunder and their
                  respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (such
                  rights,  benefits and  obligations  being  referred to in this
                  Clause 31.2 as "discharged rights and obligations");

(ii)              the Borrower and the  Transferee  party  thereto  shall assume
                  obligations  towards one another and/or acquire rights against
                  one  another  which  differ  from such  discharged  rights and
                  obligations  only insofar as the Borrower and such  Transferee
                  have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Borrower
                  and the transferring Bank and

(iii)             In addition to the  transfers  permitted  under the  foregoing
                  provisions of this clause 31.2,  the Bank may (without  notice
                  to the  Borrower  and  without  payment of any fee) assign and
                  pledge  all or any  portion  of its  Advances  to any  Federal
                  Reserve Bank as collateral  security  pursuant to Regulation A
                  and any  Operating  Circular  issued by such  Federal  Reserve
                  Bank.

32.      Disclosure of Information

The Bank may disclose to any actual or potential  assignee or  Transferee  or to
any sub-participant in relation to any of the Finance Documents such information
about the Borrower and the Group as the Bank shall consider appropriate provided
that,  prior to the  disclosure  of such  information,  it has  obtained  a duly
completed confidentiality  undertaking (substantially in the form set out in the
Fifth  Schedule  (Form of  Confidentiality  Undertaking))  from  such  potential
assignee, Transferee or sub-participant.

33.      Calculations and Evidence of Debt

33.1 Basis of Accrual  Interest and commitment  commission shall accrue from day
to day and shall be  calculated  on the basis of a year of 365 days (or,  in any
case where market practice differs,  in accordance with market practice) and the
actual  number of days  elapsed.  Each rate of interest  stipulated as an annual
rate of interest  pursuant  to any Finance  Document  which is  calculated  with
reference  to a period  (the  "deemed  interest  period")  that is less than the
actual number of days in the calendar year of  calculation is equivalent to such
annual rate  multiplied  by the actual  number of days in the  calendar  year of
calculation and divided by the number of days in the deemed interest period.

33.2  Evidence  of Debt The Bank shall  maintain  in  accordance  with its usual
practice accounts  evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by and owing to
it hereunder.

33.3 Prima Facie Evidence In any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in
connection with any of the Finance  Documents,  the entries made in the accounts
maintained  pursuant  to Clause  33.2  (Evidence  of Debt)  shall be prima facie
evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein
recorded.

33.4  Certificates  of Bank A  certificate  of the Bank as to the amount for the
time being required to indemnify it against any such cost,  payment or liability
as is mentioned in Clause 15.1 (Changes in Circumstances)  shall, in the absence
of  manifest  error,  be  conclusive  for  the  purposes  of any of the  Finance
Documents and prima facie evidence in any legal action or proceeding arising out
of or in connection with any of the Finance Documents. A certificate of the Bank
as to the  amount  at any time due from the  Borrower  hereunder  or the  amount
which,  but  for any of the  obligations  of the  Borrower  hereunder  being  or
becoming void,  voidable,  unenforceable or ineffective,  at any time would have
been due from the Borrower hereunder shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
conclusive for the purposes of any of the Finance Documents.

34.      Amendments and Waivers

34.1 Amendments and Waivers Save as otherwise  provided herein, any provision of
any of the Finance Documents may be amended or supplemented only if the Borrower
and the Bank so agree in writing.

34.2  Amendment  Costs  If the  Borrower  requests  any  amendment,  supplement,
modification or waiver in accordance  with Clause 34.1  (Amendments and Waivers)
then the  Borrower  shall  within  five  business  days of  demand  of the Bank,
reimburse the Bank for all reasonable costs and expenses  (including legal fees)
incurred  by the  Bank in the  negotiation,  preparation  and  execution  of any
written instrument contemplated by Clause 34.1 (Amendments and Waivers).

35.      Remedies and Waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Bank any
right or remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall any
single or partial  exercise of any right or remedy  prevent any further or other
exercise  thereof or the  exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and
remedies  herein  provided  are  cumulative  and not  exclusive of any rights or
remedies provided by law.

36.      Partial Invalidity

If, at any time,  any provision of any Finance  Document is or becomes  illegal,
invalid  or  unenforceable  in any  respect  under the law of any  jurisdiction,
neither the legality,  validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of
the Finance  Documents  nor the  legality,  validity or  enforceability  of such
provision under the law of any other  jurisdiction  shall in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

37.      [Reserved]

38.      Notices

38.1  Communications in writing Each  communication to be made under any Finance
Document  shall,  unless  otherwise  stated,  be made  in  writing  but,  unless
otherwise stated, may be made by fax, telex or letter.

38.2  Delivery  Any  communication  or document to be made or  delivered  by one
person to another  pursuant to any of the Finance  Documents  shall (unless that
other  person  has  by  fifteen  days'  written  notice  to  the  Borrower,   as
appropriate,  specified  another  address)  be made or  delivered  to that other
person at the address  identified with its signature below (or, in the case of a
Transferee,  at the end of the  Transfer  Certificate  to which it is a party as
Transferee)  and shall be deemed to have been made or delivered when  dispatched
and the appropriate  answer back received in the case of any communication  made
by telex) or (in the case of any communication made by letter) when left at that
address  or (as the case  may be) ten days  after  being  deposited  in the post
postage  prepaid in an envelope  addressed to it at that address or (in the case
of any  communication  made by fax)  transmission has been completed and, in the
case of the Bank, when received by the department or officer identified with the
Bank's  signature  below (or such other  department or officer as the Bank shall
from time to time specify for this purpose).

38.3 English Language Each  communication  and document made or delivered by one
party  to  another  pursuant  to any of the  Finance  Documents  shall be in the
English language or accompanied by a translation  thereof into English certified
(by an officer of the person making or delivering  the same) as being a true and
accurate translation thereof.

39.      Counterparts

This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by different
parties  hereto on  separate  counterparts  each of  which,  when  executed  and
delivered, shall constitute an original, but all the counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                     Part 12

                              LAW AND JURISDICTION

40.      Law

This  Agreement  shall be governed by and shall be construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of New York.

41.      Jurisdiction

41.1 New York  Courts  Each of the  parties  hereto  irrevocably  agrees for the
benefit of each other party hereto that any competent  court in the State of New
York  shall  have  jurisdiction  to hear  and  determine  any  suit,  action  or
proceeding,  and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection
with the Finance Documents (respectively  "Proceedings" and "Disputes") and, for
such purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts.

41.2 Appropriate  Forum The Borrower  irrevocably  waives any objection which it
might now or hereafter  have to the courts  referred to in Clause 41.1 (New York
Courts) being  nominated as the forum to hear and determine any  Proceedings and
to settle  any  Disputes  and  agrees  not to claim that any such court is not a
convenient or appropriate forum.

41.3 Consent to Enforcement The Borrower hereby consents generally in respect of
any  proceedings  to the  giving of any  relief or the issue of any  process  in
connection with such  proceedings  including,  without  limitation,  the making,
enforcement or execution  against any property  whatsoever  (irrespective of its
use or intended use) of any order or judgment which may be made or given in such
proceedings.

41.4 Waiver of Immunity To the extent that the Borrower may in any  jurisdiction
claim  for  itself or its  assets  immunity  from  suit,  execution,  attachment
(whether  in aid of  execution,  before  judgment or  otherwise)  or other legal
process and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction  there may be attributed
to itself or its assets such  immunity  (whether or not  claimed),  the Borrower
hereby  irrevocably  agrees  not to claim and  hereby  irrevocably  waives  such
immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction.

41.5  Waiver of Jury Trial THE  BORROWER  AND THE BANK EACH  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES,  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO
TRIAL  BY  JURY IN ANY  LEGAL  PROCEEDING  ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATING  TO THIS
AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

<PAGE>

         AS  WITNESS  the hands of the duly  authorised  representatives  of the
parties hereto the day and year first before written.

The Borrower

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION


By:

Address for Notices:       Director of Corporate Funding
                           Capital One Services, Inc.
                           8000 Jones Branch Drive
                           McLean, Virginia 22102
                           Fax: 703-875-1099
                           Email: [email protected]

<PAGE>

The Bank

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK


By:
         Name:  Leslie Cundiff
         Title:  S. Vice President

              Wiring Instructions:
              First Union National Bank
              ABA# 053000219
              Org. 001 GL 145916
              Commercial Loan
              f/b/o Capital One Financial Corp.
              OB #1300899240
              Ref. Commitment Fee or Loan Payment

              Contact:  Marsha Belcher, Portfolio Management 804-771-7143


              Address for Notices:
              7 North 8th Street
              Richmond, VA  23219
              Fax:  (804) 343-6690

              Attention:  Martin Rust


<PAGE>


                               THE FIRST SCHEDULE

                          Form of Transfer Certificate

To:      First Union National Bank


                              TRANSFER CERTIFICATE


Relating to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the  "Facility  Agreement")  dated  August  10,  2000  whereby  a
$30,000,000  revolving  credit  facility  was  made  available  to  Capital  One
Financial Corporation as borrower by First Union National Bank.

1. Terms  defined  in the  Facility  Agreement  shall,  subject to any  contrary
indication, have the same meanings herein. The term Transferee is defined in the
schedule hereto.

2. The Bank (i)  confirms  that the  details in the  schedule  hereto  under the
heading  "Commitment"  and  "Advance(s)"  accurately  summarises  its Commitment
and/or,  as the case may be, the Term and Repayment Date of one or more existing
Advances made by it and (ii)  requests the  Transferee to accept and procure the
transfer to the Transferee of the portion  specified in the schedule  hereto of,
as the case may be, its Commitment and/or such Advance(s) by counter-signing and
delivering this Transfer  Certificate to the Bank at its address for the service
of notices specified in the Facility Agreement.

3. The Transferee  hereby requests the Bank to accept this Transfer  Certificate
as being  delivered to the Bank  pursuant to and for the purposes of Clause 31.2
(Transfers by Bank) of the Facility Agreement so as to take effect in accordance
with the terms  thereof  on the  Transfer  Date or on such  later date as may be
determined in accordance with the terms thereof.

4. The Transferee confirms that it has received a copy of the Facility Agreement
together with such other  information as it has required in connection with this
transaction  and that it has not relied and will not hereafter  rely on the Bank
to check or enquire on its behalf into the  legality,  validity,  effectiveness,
adequacy,  accuracy or completeness  of any such  information and further agrees
that it has not  relied  and will not rely on the Bank to assess  or keep  under
review on its  behalf  the  financial  condition,  creditworthiness,  condition,
affairs, status or nature of the Borrower.

5. The Transferee  hereby undertakes with the Bank and each of the other parties
to the Facility  Agreement  that it will perform in accordance  with their terms
all those  obligations  which by the  terms of the  Facility  Agreement  will be
assumed  by it  after  delivery  of this  Transfer  Certificate  to the Bank and
satisfaction  of  the  conditions  (if  any)  subject  to  which  this  Transfer
Certificate is expressed to take effect.

6. The Bank makes no  representation  or warranty and assumes no  responsibility
with   respect  to  the   legality,   validity,   effectiveness,   adequacy   or
enforceability  of the Facility  Agreement or any document  relating thereto and
assumes no responsibility for the financial condition of the Borrower or for the
performance and observance by the Borrower of any of its  obligations  under the
Facility  Agreement  or any  document  relating  thereto  and any  and all  such
conditions and warranties,  whether express or implied by law or otherwise,  are
hereby excluded.

7. The Bank hereby gives notice that nothing herein or in the Facility Agreement
(or any  document  relating  thereto)  shall  oblige  the  Bank to (i)  accept a
re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of its rights, benefits
and/or obligations under the Facility Agreement  transferred  pursuant hereto or
(ii)  support any losses  directly or  indirectly  sustained  or incurred by the
Transferee  for  any  reason  whatsoever  including,   without  limitation,  the
nonperformance by the Borrower, or any other party to the Facility Agreement (or
any document relating  thereto) of its obligations under any such document.  The
Transferee hereby acknowledges the absence of any such obligation as is referred
to in (i) or (ii) above.

8. This  Transfer  Certificate  and the rights and  obligations  of the  parties
hereunder  shall be governed by and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of
State of New York.

                                  THE SCHEDULE


1.       Transferee:

2.       Transfer Date:

3.       Commitment Portion Transferred

4.       Advance(s):

         Term and Repayment Date Portion Transferred

         Administrative Details of Transferee

         Address:

         Contact Name:

         Account for Payments

         Facsimile:

         Telephone:

<PAGE>

                               THE SECOND SCHEDULE

                          Condition Precedent Documents

     1. A copy,  certified to be a true copy by a duly authorised officer of the
Borrower,   of  the  Memorandum  and  Articles  of  Association  (or  equivalent
documents) of the Borrower.

     2. A copy,  certified to be a true copy by a duly authorised officer of the
Borrower,  of a Board  Resolution  (or,  as  appropriate,  a  resolution  of the
Executive  Committee,  but in such case accompanied by the authorization of such
Executive Committee so to act) of the Borrower approving the execution, delivery
and  performance  of the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and the terms
and  conditions  hereof and  authorising  a named  person or persons to sign the
Finance  Documents  to which it is a party and any  documents to be delivered by
the Borrower pursuant hereto.

     3. A certificate of a duly authorised  officer of the Borrower  setting out
the names and  signatures  of the persons  authorised  to sign, on behalf of the
Borrower,  the Finance  Documents to which it is a party and any documents to be
delivered by the Borrower pursuant hereto.

     4. An opinion of internal  counsel to the Borrower,  in  substantially  the
form distributed to the Bank prior to the execution hereof.

     5. A copy,  certified to be a true copy by a duly authorised officer of the
Borrower, of the Original Financial Statements of the Borrower.

<PAGE>

                               THE THIRD SCHEDULE

                               Utilisation Request


                               Please see attached

                               [Intrader Printout]

<PAGE>

                               THE FOURTH SCHEDULE

                         Form of Compliance Certificate

To:      [Bank]

Dear Sirs

Capital One - Compliance Certificate


We refer to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the "Facility  Agreement") dated August 10, 2000 and made between
Capital One Financial  Corporation  as borrower and First Union National Bank as
the Bank.  Terms defined in the Facility  Agreement shall bear the same meanings
in this Certificate.

I, [ ], a duly authorized  officer of Capital One Financial  Corporation  hereby
certify that to the best of my knowledge,  information  and belief as at [insert
date]:

A.       the Borrower's Net Worth is as follows:

         [amount of Net Worth]              $[  ]

B.       The Borrower's:

         (a)      Delinquency Ratio is [  ]%

         (b)      ratio of its Tier 1 Capital to Managed Receivables is [  ]

         (c)      Tangible Net Worth is [   ]

         (d)      Leverage Ratio is [   ]

         (e)      Double Leverage Ratio is [   ]


I confirm that to the best of my knowledge  and belief,  having made due enquiry
no Event of Default or Potential  Event of Default has  occurred  (which has not
been remedied or waived  pursuant to Clause 33 (Amendments  and Waivers) and the
Borrower  was in  compliance  with all of the  covenants  contained in Clause 19
(Financial Condition) of the Facility Agreement as at [ ].

                                            Yours faithfully

                                            ....................................
                                            Name:
                                            Title:
                                            Capital One Financial Corporation

<PAGE>

                               THE FIFTH SCHEDULE

                       Form of Confidentiality Undertaking

From:  First Union National Bank
         [Address]
         and
         Capital One Financial Corporation
         [Address]


To:      [Prospective Recipient]
         [Date]

Dear Sirs,

Capital One - Confidentiality Agreement

We refer to our  conversations  about the  facility  for Capital  One  Financial
Corporation (the  "Corporation")  (the  "Transaction")  and to the agreement (as
from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated  or  supplemented,  the  "Facility
Agreement")  dated August 10, 2000 and made between the  Corporation as borrower
and First Union  National  Bank as the Bank.  Following our receipt of a copy of
this letter  countersigned by you, we may give you certain structural  concepts,
information   and   documents   relating  to  the   Transaction   (together  the
"Information").

In this  letter,  the "Bank  Group"  means  First  Union  National  Bank and its
subsidiary  undertakings,  parent undertakings and fellow subsidiary undertaking
and the "Capital  One Group"  means the  Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  and
affiliates.

In return for us agreeing to provide you with certain Information,  you agree as
follows:

(a) You shall hold in strict  confidence all Information  disclosed to you by us
or on our behalf and agree that such  Information is supplied solely to help you
in deciding  whether you want to participate in the  Transaction and will solely
be used by you for that  purpose.  Despite  this  obligation,  you may  disclose
Information:

     (i) to your advisers who need to know such  Information  for the purpose of
evaluating the Transaction;

     (ii) which,  except  through a failure by you or any adviser to comply with
an undertaking as to confidentiality, is in the public domain; and

     (iii) to bank  supervisory  authorities,  statutory  auditors or  examining
authorities, if you are obliged by law or regulation to disclose the Information
to them.

         If you have to  disclose  any  Information  under  sub-paragraph  (iii)
above,  you will give us such prior notice of that  disclosure  as is reasonably
practicable.

(b) You shall get your  advisers to give us an  undertaking  in the form of this
letter before letting them see any of the Information.  You shall be responsible
for any breach by your advisors of any such undertaking.

(c) At our  request,  you shall  provide us with details of all advisers to whom
any Information has been, or is to be, disclosed.

(d) You  acknowledge  that no member of the Bank  Group is  responsible  for the
accuracy and/or completeness of any Information. You shall be solely responsible
for making your own independent  appraisal and  investigation of the Transaction
and all parties connected with the Transaction (the "Transaction Parties").  You
shall not rely upon any member of the Bank Group (now or hereafter) (1) to check
the accuracy and/or completeness of any Information,  or (2) to assess or review
any aspect of the Transaction or any Transaction Party.  Accordingly,  except in
the case of fraud, the Bank Group accepts no  responsibility or liability to you
(whether for negligence or otherwise).

(e) You acknowledge that:

         (i) members of the Bank Group may,  now and in the  future,  have other
investment  and  commercial   banking,   trust  and  other   relationships  with
Transaction Parties and with other parties ("Other Parties");

         (ii) as a result  of these  other  relationships,  members  of the Bank
Group may have or get  information  about  Other  Parties,  Transaction  Parties
and/or the  Transaction or which may be relevant to any of these.  Despite this,
no member of the Bank Group will have to disclose such information,  or the fact
that it is in possession of such information, to you;

         (iii)  members  of the Bank  Group  may,  now and in the  future,  have
fiduciary or other  relationships  under which it, or they, may exercise  voting
power over  securities of various  persons.  Those  securities may, from time to
time, include securities of Transaction Parties; and

         (iv) each member of the Bank Group may exercise such voting powers, and
otherwise  perform its  functions  in  connection  with such  fiduciary or other
relationships,  without regard to its  relationship to the  Transaction  Parties
and/or the Transaction.

(f) You will return to us all documents evidencing the Information together with
any copies of the  Information,  promptly  upon either (1) your  decision not to
participate in the Transaction or (2) a request by us to do so.

(g) You agree that the delivery to you of  Information  does not  constitute any
representation  or warranty by Bank Group as to the accuracy or  completeness of
that Information.

This letter  embodies  the entire  agreement  between you and us relating to the
Information.  It supersedes  any prior  agreement or  understanding  (oral or in
writing) relating to the Information.  It may not be amended or waived except in
writing.

You acknowledge that you have not relied on any representation  other than those
set out in this letter. We are not liable to you for any  representation  (other
than any fraudulent representation) that is not set out in this letter.

You acknowledge that, except where otherwise  indicated,  your obligations under
this letter are for the benefit of both the Capital One Group and the Bank Group
and can be enforced by either.

This letter and all claims  arising from or in  connection  with it are governed
by,  and are to be  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New
York. You submit,  for our benefit,  to the  jurisdiction of the New York courts
for the resolution of any dispute arising in connection with this letter.

Please sign,  date and return to us the enclosed  copy of this letter to confirm
your agreement to the above,

Yours faithfully



 ........................................
for and on behalf of
First Union National Bank



 ........................................
for and on behalf of
Capital One Financial Corporation

[On Copy]:

Agreed and Accepted

for and on behalf of
[Prospective Recipient]


 ........................................
Dated [  ]



<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.5   Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement


                        capital one financial corporation
                              as Original Guarantor

                                CAPITAL ONE BANK
                              AS ORIGINAL BORROWER

                               chase manhattan plc
                        as lead arranger and book manager

                                barclays bank plc
                                    as agent

                                       AND

                                     OTHERS

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                EURO 600,000,000
                         multicurrency credit agreement
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                    CONTENTS
CLAUSE                                                                      PAGE
1.     Definitions And Interpretation..........................................2
2.     The Facilities..........................................................2
3.     Utilisation Of The Facilities...........................................2
4.     Payment And Calculation Of Interest On Advances.........................2
5.     Notification............................................................2
6.     Repayment And Extension.................................................2
7.     Cancellation And Prepayment.............................................2
8.     Taxes...................................................................2
9.     Tax Receipts............................................................2
10.    Tax Undertaking By Banks And Tax Refunds................................2
11.    Increased Costs.........................................................2
12.    Illegality..............................................................2
13.    Market Disruption.......................................................2
14.    Mitigation..............................................................2
15.    Representations.........................................................2
16.    Financial Information...................................................2
17.    Covenants...............................................................2
18.    Events Of Default.......................................................2
19.    Default Interest........................................................2
20.    Indemnities.............................................................2
21.    Currency Of Account And Payment.........................................2
22.    Payments................................................................2
23.    Set-Off.................................................................2
24.    Redistribution Of Payments..............................................2
25.    Fees....................................................................2
26.    Costs And Expenses......................................................2
27.    The Agent, The Lead Arranger And The Banks..............................2
28.    Assignments And Transfers...............................................2
29.    Acceding And Additional Borrowers And Additional Guarantor..............2
30.    Calculations And Evidence Of Debt.......................................2
31.    Amendments And Waivers..................................................2
32.    Remedies And Waivers....................................................2
33.    Partial Invalidity......................................................2
34.    Notices.................................................................2
35.    Counterparts............................................................2
36.    Governing Law...........................................................2
37.    Jurisdiction............................................................2
   Schedule 1        The Banks.................................................2
   Schedule 2        Form Of Transfer Certificate..............................2
   Schedule 3        Conditions Precedent......................................2
   Schedule 4        Notice Of Drawdown........................................2
   Schedule 5        Form Of Borrower Accession Memorandum.....................2
      Part A         Acceding Borrowers........................................2
      Part B         Additional Borrowers......................................2
   Schedule 6        Additional Conditions Precedent...........................2
      Part A         Acceding Borrower.........................................2
      Part B         Additional Borrowers......................................2
   Schedule 7        Mandatory Costs...........................................2
   Schedule 8        Form Of Confidentiality Undertaking.......................2
   Schedule 9        Existing Proceedings......................................2
   Schedule 10       Form Of Original Guarantee................................2
38.    Definitions.............................................................2
39.    The Guarantee...........................................................2
40.    Representations And Warranties..........................................2
41.    Covenants...............................................................2
42.    Miscellaneous...........................................................2
   Schedule 11       Form Of Cob Guarantee.....................................2
43.    Definitions.............................................................2
44.    The Guarantee...........................................................2
45.    Representations And Warranties..........................................2
46.    Covenants...............................................................2
47.    Miscellaneous...........................................................2
   Schedule 12       Form Of Resignation Notice................................2
   Schedule 13       Form Of Commitment Increase Letter........................2


<PAGE>

THIS AGREEMENT is made on             August 2000
BETWEEN

(1)......CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL  CORPORATION,  a corporation  organised under the
     laws of the State of Delaware, USA (the "Original Guarantor");

(2)  CAPITAL ONE BANK, a company organised under the laws of the Commonwealth of
     Virginia ("COB");

(3)  CAPITAL ONE BANK, a company organised under the laws of the Commonwealth of
     Virginia, in its capacity as borrower hereunder (the "Original Borrower");

(4)  CHASE MANHATTAN PLC as arranger of the Facilities (the "Lead Arranger");

(5)  BARCLAYS BANK PLC as agent for the Banks (the "Agent"); and

(6)  THE BANKS (as defined below).

IT IS AGREED as follows.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Definitions
In this Agreement:

"Acceding  Borrower"  means COB plc  after it has  become a  Borrower  hereunder
pursuant  to  Clause  0  (Acceding  and  Additional   Borrowers  and  Additional
Guarantor).

"Additional  Borrower"  means any  company  after it has  become  an  Additional
Borrower in  accordance  with Clause 0 (Acceding  and  Additional  Borrowers and
Additional Guarantor).

"Additional  Borrower  Memorandum" means a memorandum  substantially in the form
set out in Part B of Schedule 5 (Form of Borrower Accession Memorandum).

"Additional Guarantor" means COB after it has delivered the COB Guarantee.

"Advance" means,  save as otherwise  provided  herein,  any Tranche A Advance or
Tranche B Advance made or to be made pursuant to the terms hereof.

"Authorised Signatory" means, in relation to an Obligor or proposed Obligor, any
person who is duly authorised (in such manner as may be reasonably acceptable to
the Agent) and in respect of whom the Agent has received a certificate signed by
an officer  authorised  by a  resolution  of the  directors  of such  Obligor or
another Authorised Signatory of such Obligor or proposed Obligor setting out the
name and signature of such person and confirming such person's authority to act.

"Available  Commitment"  means, in relation to a Bank at any time, the aggregate
of its Available Tranche A Commitment and its Available Tranche B Commitment.

"Available  Tranche A Commitment"  means,  in relation to a Bank at any time and
save as otherwise  provided  herein,  its Tranche A Commitment at such time less
the  aggregate  of its share of the EURO Amount of the Tranche A Advances  which
are then outstanding provided that such amount shall not be less than zero.

"Available  Tranche A Facility"  means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the
Available Tranche A Commitments  adjusted, in the case of any proposed drawdown,
so as to take into account:

any  reduction in the Tranche A  Commitment  of a Bank on or before the proposed
drawdown date pursuant to the terms hereof;

any Tranche A Advance which, pursuant to any other drawdown, is to be made; and

any  Tranche A Advance  which is due to be  repaid,  on or before  the  proposed
drawdown date.

"Available  Tranche B Commitment"  means,  in relation to a Bank at any time and
save as otherwise  provided  herein,  its Tranche B Commitment at such time less
the  aggregate  of its share of the EURO Amount of the Tranche B Advances  which
are then outstanding provided that such amount shall not be less than zero.

"Available  Tranche B Facility"  means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the
Available Tranche B Commitments  adjusted, in the case of any proposed drawdown,
so as to take into account:

     (a) any  reduction in the Tranche B  Commitment  of a Bank on or before the
proposed drawdown date pursuant to the terms hereof;

any Tranche B Advance which, pursuant to any other drawdown, is to be made; and

any  Tranche B Advance  which is due to be  repaid,  on or before  the  proposed
drawdown date.

"Available  Facilities"  means the aggregate  amount of the Available  Tranche A
Facility and the Available Tranche B Facility.

"Bank" means any financial institution:

     (b) named in Schedule 1 (The Banks); or

which has become a party  hereto in  accordance  with Clause 0  (Assignments  by
Banks) or Clause 0 (Transfers by Banks),

and which  has not  ceased to be a party  hereto  in  accordance  with the terms
hereof.

"Bank  Regulatory  Authority"  shall mean the Board of  Governors of the Federal
Reserve System,  the Comptroller of the Currency,  the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation  and all other  relevant  bank  regulatory  authorities  (including,
without limitation, relevant state bank regulatory authorities).

"Bankruptcy Code" shall mean the US Federal  Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended
from time to time.

"Borrower"  means, at any time, (a) the Original  Borrower or after the Original
Borrower has  transferred  its  obligations  as a Borrower  pursuant to Clause 0
(Acceding and  Additional  Borrowers  and  Additional  Guarantor),  the Acceding
Borrower and (b) any  Additional  Borrower,  and  "Borrower"  shall be construed
accordingly.

"Borrower Accession Memorandum" means a memorandum substantially in the form set
out in Part A of Schedule 5 (Form of Borrower Accession Memorandum).

"Business  Day" means a day (other  than a  Saturday  or Sunday)  which is not a
public  holiday and on which  banks are open for general  business in London and
the Commonwealth of Virginia, United States of America and:

(c)               (in  relation  to any date for  payment or  purchase  of a sum
                  denominated  in a currency  other than the euro) the principal
                  financial centre of the country of such currency; or

                  (in relation  to  any  date  for  payment  or  purchase  of a
                  sum denominated  in the euro) any financial centre or centres
                  in one or more Participating Member States nominated by the
                  Agent from time to time.

"Capital Lease  Obligations" shall mean, for any person, all obligations of such
person  to pay  rent or  other  amounts  under a lease  of (or  other  agreement
conveying the right to use) Property to the extent such obligations are required
to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such
person  under GAAP,  and,  for  purposes of this  Agreement,  the amount of such
obligations  shall be the capitalised  amount thereof,  determined in accordance
with GAAP.

"COB  Guarantee"  means  the  guarantee  substantially  in the  form  set out in
Schedule  11  (Form of COB  Guarantee)  executed  by COB  pursuant  to  Clause 0
(Acceding and Additional Borrowers and Additional Guarantor).

"COB plc" means Capital One Bank (Europe) plc, a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of COB,
incorporated in the United Kingdom.

"Code" means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"COFC Cumulative  Equity Proceeds" shall mean, as of any date of  determination,
the  aggregate  amount  of all  cash  received  on or  prior  to  such  date  of
determination  by the Original  Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in respect of any
Equity  Issuance  effected  after March 31,  2000,  net of  reasonable  expenses
incurred by the Original Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in connection therewith.

"COFC  Cumulative Net Income" shall mean, as of any date of  determination,  the
aggregate net operating  income of the Original  Guarantor and its  consolidated
Subsidiaries   (determined  on  a  consolidated  basis  without  duplication  in
accordance  with GAAP) for each fiscal  quarter of the  Original  Guarantor  (a)
commencing  with the fiscal  quarter ended June 30, 2000 and (b) ending with the
fiscal  quarter most recently  ended on or prior to such date of  determination;
provided that COFC  Cumulative  Net Income shall be determined  exclusive of any
fiscal quarter of the Original  Guarantor for which the net operating  income of
the  Original  Guarantor  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  (determined  on a
consolidated  basis without  duplication  in accordance  with GAAP) is less than
zero.

"Commitment"  means,  in  relation  to a Bank at any time and save as  otherwise
provided  herein,  the  aggregate of its Tranche A Commitment  and its Tranche B
Commitment.

"Commitment Increase Letter" means a letter substantially in the form set out in
Schedule 13 (Form of Commitment Increase Letter) and executed by all the parties
thereto.

"Debt  Rating"  shall  mean,  as of any date of  determination  thereof and with
respect to any  Obligor,  the lower of the two  highest  ratings  most  recently
published by the Rating Agencies relating to the unsecured,  unsupported  senior
long-term  debt  obligations  of such  Obligor on the basis that BBB+  rating is
equal to Baa1 rating,  BBB rating is equal to Baa2 rating,  BBB- rating is equal
to Baa3, BB+ rating is equal to Ba1 rating and BB rating is equal to Ba2 rating.

"Debt to Capital Ratio" means, on any date and with respect to any Borrower, the
ratio  of (a)  the sum  (determined  for  such  Borrower  and  its  consolidated
Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis without  duplication  in accordance  with
GAAP)  of the  aggregate  amount  of  Indebtedness  outstanding  (not  including
non-brokered  deposit  liabilities  incurred by such  Borrower  in the  ordinary
course  of  business)  to  (b)  the   consolidated   stockholders'   equity  and
Subordinated  Indebtedness  of such Borrower and its  consolidated  subsidiaries
determined  as of such  date on a  consolidated  basis  without  duplication  in
accordance with GAAP.

"Default" means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

"Delinquency Ratio" shall mean, on any date and with respect to any Obligor, the
ratio of (a) all Past Due Receivables  with respect to such Obligor on such date
to (b) the  aggregate  amount of all Managed  Receivables  with  respect to such
Obligor on such date.

"Dispute" means any dispute referred to in Clause 0 (Jurisdiction).

"Double Leverage Ratio" shall mean, on any date, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i)
Intangibles  with respect to the  Original  Guarantor on such date plus (ii) the
aggregate investment of the Original Guarantor on such date in the capital stock
of its  Subsidiaries  as reported  pursuant to  sub-clauses  0 and 0 of Clause 0
(Financial  Statements) hereof (including the Original  Guarantor's  interest in
undistributed earnings of its Subsidiaries), to (b) Net Worth on such date.

"EMU"  means  Economic  and  Monetary  Union as  contemplated  in the  Treaty on
European Union.

"EMU  Legislation"  means  legislative  measures of the  European  Union for the
introduction  of,  changeover  to or operation of the euro in one or more member
states, being in part legislative measures to implement EMU.

"Environmental  Law" means any and all present and future Federal,  state, local
and foreign laws, rules or regulations,  any orders or decrees,  in each case as
now or hereafter in effect,  relating to the  regulation  or  protection  of the
environment  or to emissions,  discharges,  releases or  threatened  releases of
pollutants,  contaminants,  chemicals or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes
into  the  indoor  or  outdoor   environment,   or  otherwise  relating  to  the
manufacture,   processing,  distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,
transport  or  handling  of  pollutants,  contaminants,  chemicals  or  toxic or
hazardous substances or wastes.

"Equity Issuance" shall mean (a) any issuance or sale by the Original  Guarantor
or any of its Subsidiaries of (i) any of its capital stock, (ii) any warrants or
options  exercisable in respect of its capital stock (other than any warrants or
options issued to directors,  officers or employees of the Original Guarantor or
any of its Subsidiaries  pursuant to employee  benefit plans  established in the
ordinary  course of business  and any capital  stock of the  Original  Guarantor
issued  upon the  exercise  of such  warrants  or  options)  or (iii)  any other
security or instrument  representing  an equity interest (or the right to obtain
any equity interest) in the Original Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or (b)
the receipt by the Original Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries from any person
not a shareholder of the Original Guarantor of any capital contribution (whether
or not  evidenced  by any  equity  security  issued  by the  recipient  of  such
contribution);  provided  that  Equity  Issuance  shall not include (i) any such
issuance or sale by any  Subsidiary  of the  Original  Guarantor to the Original
Guarantor or any Wholly Owned  Subsidiary of the Original  Guarantor or (ii) any
capital contribution by the Original Guarantor or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of
the Original Guarantor to any Subsidiary of the Original Guarantor.

"ERISA" shall mean the US Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.

"ERISA  Affiliate"  shall mean any  corporation  or trade or business  that is a
member of any group of  organisations  (i) described in Section 414(b) or (c) of
the Code of which any  Obligor  is a member  and (ii)  solely  for  purposes  of
potential  liability under Section 302(c)(11) of ERISA and Section 412(c)(11) of
the Code and the lien created under Section  302(f) of ERISA and Section  412(n)
of the Code, described in Section 414(m) or (o) of the Code of which any Obligor
is a member.

"EURIBOR"  means,  in relation to any amount to be advanced  to, or owing by, an
Obligor under the Finance Documents in euro on which interest for a given period
is to accrue:

(d)               the percentage  rate per annum equal to the offered  quotation
                  which  appears  on  the  appropriate  page  of the  Dow  Jones
                  Telerate  Services  which  displays  the  rate of the  Banking
                  Federation of the European Union for the euro (being currently
                  page 248) for such period as of 11.00 a.m.  (Brussels time) on
                  the  Quotation  Date for such  period or, if such page or such
                  service shall cease to be  available,  such other page or such
                  other service for the purpose of displaying an average rate of
                  the Banking  Federation  of the  European  Union as the Agent,
                  after consultation with the Banks and the Principal  Borrower,
                  shall select; or

        if        no quotation for the euro for the relevant period is displayed
                  and the Agent has not selected an alternative service on which
                  a quotation is displayed, the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards
                  to four  decimal  places)  of the  rates (as  notified  to the
                  Agent) at which each of the  Reference  Banks was  offering to
                  prime banks in the European  interbank  market deposits in the
                  euro of an  equivalent  amount and for such period as of 11.00
                  a.m. (Brussels time) on the Quotation Date.

"EURO Amount" means:

(e)               in relation to an Advance, its Original EURO Amount as reduced
                  by the  proportion  (if any) of such  Advance  which  has been
                  repaid; and

in relation to the Loan,  the  aggregate of the EURO Amounts of the  outstanding
Advances.

"Event of Default" means any circumstance  described as such in Clause 0 (Events
of Default).

"Exchange  Act" shall mean the US  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended
from time to time.

"Excluded  Representations" means the representations and warranties made in (a)
the  last  sentence  of  Clause  0  (Financial   Condition)  and  (b)  Clause  0
(Litigation)  (but only so far as the  representation  and  warranty in Clause 0
(Litigation) relates to proceedings that could have a Material Adverse Effect of
the type  referred to in paragraph (a) of the  definition  of "Material  Adverse
Effect" in this  Clause 0, but not of the type  referred to in  paragraphs  (b),
(c), (d) or (e) of such definition).

"Facilities"  means the  Tranche A  Facility  and the  Tranche B  Facility  (and
"Facility" means either of them).

"Facility  Office" means, in relation to the Agent,  the office  identified with
its  signature  below or such  other  office  as it may  select by notice to the
Obligors  and, in relation to any Bank,  the office  notified by it to the Agent
and the  Obligors  in writing  prior to the date  hereof  (or,  in the case of a
Transferee,  at the end of the  Transfer  Certificate  to which it is a party as
Transferee) or such other office as it may from time to time select by notice to
the Agent and the Obligors.

"FDIA" shall mean the US Federal Deposit  Insurance Act, as amended from time to
time.

"Finance  Documents"  means this  Agreement,  the  Original  Guarantee,  the COB
Guarantee  (after  it has been  delivered  pursuant  to Clause 0  (Acceding  and
Additional  Borrowers  and  Additional   Guarantor)),   any  Borrower  Accession
Memorandum,  any  Additional  Borrower  Memorandum,  any  fee  letter  delivered
pursuant  to Clause 0 (Fees) and any other  document  designated  as such by the
Agent and the Principal Borrower.

"Finance Parties" means the Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Banks.

"FSB" means Capital One F.S.B.,  a Federal Savings Bank organised under the laws
of the US.

"GAAP"  means,  in  relation  to  any  person,   generally  accepted  accounting
principals in the  jurisdiction of incorporation of such person or, if relevant,
in the identified jurisdiction.

"Group" means the Original Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

"Guarantee" shall mean a guarantee,  an endorsement,  a contingent  agreement to
purchase or to furnish funds for the payment or maintenance  of, or otherwise to
be or become  contingently  liable under or with  respect to, the  Indebtedness,
other  obligations,  net worth,  working capital or earnings of any person, or a
guarantee of the payment of dividends or other  distributions  upon the stock or
equity interests of any person,  or an agreement to purchase,  sell or lease (as
lessee or lessor) Property, products,  materials, supplies or services primarily
for the  purpose  of  enabling  a  debtor  to  make  payment  of  such  debtor's
obligations  or an agreement to assure a creditor  against loss,  and including,
without  limitation,  causing a bank or other  financial  institution to issue a
letter of credit or other similar  instrument for the benefit of another person,
but excluding  endorsements  for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business.  The terms  "Guarantee" and  "Guaranteed"  used as a verb shall have a
correlative meaning.

"Guarantors"  means the Original  Guarantor and as from the date it delivers the
COB Guarantee in a form acceptable to the Agent, COB, and "Guarantor" shall mean
either of them.

"Indebtedness"  shall mean, for any person: (a) obligations  created,  issued or
incurred by such person for borrowed  money  (whether by loan,  the issuance and
sale of debt  securities or the sale of Property to another person subject to an
understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to repurchase such Property
from such person);  (b) obligations of such person to pay the deferred  purchase
or acquisition price of Property or services,  other than trade accounts payable
(other than for borrowed money) arising,  and accrued expenses incurred,  in the
ordinary  course of business so long as such trade accounts  payable are payable
within 90 days of the date the respective  goods are delivered or the respective
services  are  rendered;  (c)  Indebtedness  of others  secured by a Lien on the
Property of such person,  whether or not the respective  Indebtedness so secured
has been assumed by such person; (d)  non-contingent  obligations of such person
(and,  for the purposes of Clauses 0  (Limitation  on Liens) and Clause 0 (Cross
Default)  hereof,  all  contingent  obligations  of such  person)  in respect of
letters  of  credit,  bankers'  acceptances  or  similar  instruments  issued or
accepted by banks and other financial  institutions  for account of such person;

(e) Capital Lease  Obligations of such person;  and (f)  Indebtedness  of others
Guaranteed by such person.

"Instructing Group" means:

(f) before any Advances have been made, a Bank or Banks whose Commitments amount
in aggregate to more than fifty per cent. of the Total Commitments; and

thereafter,  a Bank or Banks to whom in aggregate  more than fifty per cent.  of
the EURO  Amount of the Loan is (or,  immediately  prior to its  repayment,  was
then) owed.

"Insured  Subsidiary" shall mean any insured depositary  institution (as defined
in 12 U.S.C.  ss.1813(c)  (a US act) (or any successor  provision),  as amended,
re-enacted or redesignated  from time to time),  that is controlled  (within the
meaning  of 12  U.S.C.  ss.1841  (a US act)  (or any  successor  provision),  as
amended, re-enacted or redesignated from time to time) by an Obligor.

"Intangibles"  shall mean,  as at any date and with respect to any Obligor,  the
aggregate  amount (to the  extent  reflected  in  determining  the  consolidated
stockholders'  equity of such Obligor and its consolidated  Subsidiaries) of (a)
all write-ups (other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations
and write-ups of assets of a going concern  business made within 12 months after
the acquisition of such business)  subsequent to June 30, 2000 in the book value
of any asset by such Obligor or any of its  consolidated  Subsidiaries,  (b) all
Investments in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and all equity investments in persons
that are not  Subsidiaries  and (c) all  unamortised  debt discount and expense,
unamortised  deferred charges,  goodwill,  patents,  trademarks,  service marks,
trade names, anticipated future benefit of tax loss carry-forwards,  copyrights,
organisation or developmental expenses and other intangible assets.

"Interest  Period" means,  save as otherwise  provided herein, in relation to an
Advance,  the period for which such  Advance is  borrowed,  as  specified in the
Notice of Drawdown  relating  thereto  and in relation to an Unpaid Sum,  any of
those periods mentioned in Clause 0 (Default Interest Period).

"Investment" shall mean, for any Person: (a) the acquisition  (whether for cash,
Property,  services or securities or otherwise) of capital stock,  bonds, notes,
debentures,  partnership or other ownership interests or other securities of any
other Person or any agreement to make any such acquisition  (including,  without
limitation,  any "short sale" or any sale of any  securities at a time when such
securities are not owned by the Person entering into such sale);  (b) the making
of any deposit with, or advance, loan or other extension of credit to, any other
Person  (including  the purchase of Property from another  Person  subject to an
understanding or agreement,  contingent or otherwise, to resell such Property to
such Person), but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having
a term not exceeding 90 days arising in connection with the sale of inventory or
supplies by such Person in the ordinary course of business;  or (c) the entering
into of any  Guarantee  of, or other  contingent  obligation  with  respect  to,
Indebtedness  or other  liability of any other Person and (without  duplication)
any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such Person.

"Leverage  Ratio" shall mean,  on any date and with respect to any Obligor,  the
ratio  of (a)  the  sum  (determined  for  such  Obligor  and  its  consolidated
Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis without  duplication  in accordance  with
GAAP) of (i) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness  outstanding on such date (not
including  non-brokered  deposit  liabilities  incurred  by such  Obligor in the
ordinary course of business)  minus (ii) the aggregate  amount of all on-balance
sheet loans held for  securitisation on such date to (b) Tangible Net Worth with
respect to such Obligor on such date.

"LIBOR"  means,  in relation  to any amount to be  advanced  to, or owing by, an
Obligor under the Finance  Documents on which  interest for a given period is to
accrue:

(g)               the percentage  rate per annum equal to the offered  quotation
                  which  appears  on  the  appropriate  page  of the  Dow  Jones
                  Telerate   Service   which   displays   the  British   Bankers
                  Association  Interest  Settlement Rate for the currency of the
                  relevant  amount  for  such  period  as of 11.00  a.m.  on the
                  Quotation  Date  for  such  period  or,  if such  page or such
                  service shall cease to be  available,  such other page or such
                  other  service  for the  purpose  of  displaying  the  British
                  Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for such currency
                  as the  Agent,  after  consultation  with  the  Banks  and the
                  Principal Borrower, shall select; or

        if        no quotation for the relevant currency and the relevant period
                  is  displayed  and the Agent has not  selected an  alternative
                  service on which a quotation is displayed, the arithmetic mean
                  (rounded  upwards  to four  decimal  places)  of the rates (as
                  notified  to the Agent) at which each of the  Reference  Banks
                  was  offering  to prime banks in the London  interbank  market
                  deposits in the currency of such amount and for such period as
                  of 11.00 a.m. on the Quotation Date for such period.

"Lien" shall mean,  with respect to any Property,  any mortgage,  lien,  pledge,
charge,  security  interest  or  encumbrance  of any  kind  in  respect  of such
Property.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  a Person  shall be  deemed to own
subject to a Lien any  Property  that it has  acquired  or holds  subject to the
interest of a vendor or lessor under any  conditional  sale  agreement,  capital
lease or  other  title  retention  agreement  (other  than an  operating  lease)
relating to such Property.

"Loan" and "Loans"  means,  at any time, the aggregate of the Tranche A Loan and
the Tranche B Loan.

"Managed  Receivables"  shall mean, on any date and with respect to any Obligor,
the sum for such  Obligor and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  (determined  on a
consolidated  basis  without  duplication  in  accordance  with GAAP) of (a) all
on-balance  sheet credit card loans and other finance  receivables  plus (b) all
on-balance  sheet  credit  card  loans and other  finance  receivables  held for
securitisation  plus (c) all  securitised  credit  card loans and other  finance
receivables;  provided  that, as the term "Managed  Receivables"  is used in the
definition of "Tier 1 Capital to Managed  Receivables  Ratio",  (a), (b) and (c)
above  shall  be  determined  exclusive  of  securitised  non-revolving  finance
receivables.

"Mandatory  Cost Rate" means the rate  determined in accordance  with Schedule 7
(Mandatory Costs).

"Margin" means the Tranche A Margin or the Tranche B Margin.

"Margin Stock" means "margin stock" within the meaning of Regulation U.

"Material Adverse Effect" means, with respect to an Obligor,  a material adverse
effect on (a) the Property, business, operations, financial condition, prospects
or capitalisation of such Obligor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the
ability of such Obligor to perform its obligations  under the Finance  Documents
to which it is a party, (c) the validity or enforceability of the obligations of
such Obligor under the Finance  Documents to which it is a party, (d) the rights
and  remedies of the Finance  Parties  against  such  Obligor  under the Finance
Documents  or (e) the timely  payment of the  principal  of, or interest on, the
Loan or other amounts payable by such Obligor in connection therewith.

"Multiemployer  Plan" shall mean a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section
3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been made by any Obligor or any ERISA
Affiliate and that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

"Net Worth" means,  on any date, the  consolidated  stockholders'  equity of the
Original Guarantor and its consolidated subsidiaries,  all determined as of such
date on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP.

"Notice  of  Drawdown"  means a  notice  substantially  in the  form  set out in
Schedule 4 (Notice of Drawdown).

"Obligors" means any Borrower, COB and the Guarantors.

"Optional Currency" means sterling,  dollars or any other currency (except euro)
which has been  previously  approved  in  writing  by the Agent  (acting  on the
instructions  of all  Banks) as an  optional  currency  for the  purpose  of any
utilisation,  or  denomination of any Advance during an Interest Period relating
thereto,  at least  three  Business  Days  prior to  delivery  of the  Notice of
Drawdown  for such Advance  and, at the time of drawdown or  denomination  of an
Advance, the currency is:

(h)      freely transferable and freely convertible into euro; and

(i)      available to banks in the relevant interbank market.

"Original EURO Amount" means in relation to an Advance,  the amount specified in
the Notice of Drawdown relating thereto,  as the same may be reduced pursuant to
Clause 0 (Reduction of Available Commitment).

"Original Financial Statements" means:

(j)               in   relation   to  the   Original   Guarantor,   its  audited
                  consolidated financial statements for its financial year ended
                  December 31, 1999; and

in relation to COB, its unaudited  financial  statements  for its financial year
ended December 31, 1999; and

in relation to the Acceding Borrower or any Additional  Borrower,  its financial
statements delivered pursuant to Schedule 6 (Additional Conditions Precedent).

"Original  Guarantee" means the guarantee  substantially in the form of Schedule
10 (Form of Original  Guarantee)  dated on or about the date hereof  executed by
the Original Guarantor.

"Original Obligors" means the Original Borrower, COB and the Original Guarantor.

"Participating  Member  State" means any member state which has adopted the euro
as its lawful currency at the relevant time.

"Past-Due  Receivables" shall mean, on any date with respect to any Obligor, the
sum  (determined  with  respect  to  such  Obligor  and  its  Subsidiaries  on a
consolidated  basis  without  duplication  in  accordance  with GAAP) of (a) all
Managed  Receivables the minimum  payments on which are at least 90 days overdue
on such date plus (b) all other  non-performing  assets;  provided that, Managed
Receivables that are credit card loans, whether or not at least 90 days overdue,
shall not constitute "Past-Due Receivables" to the extent of any cash balance of
the account  debtor on such loan on deposit with the  creditor  (but only to the
extent such creditor is entitled  under an agreement  governing such credit card
loan to set-off such cash balances against the obligations of the account debtor
under  such loan and to the extent  such cash  balances  are not  subject to any
other set-off or deduction by such creditor or any of its  affiliates  against a
matured obligation owing by such debtor).

"PBGC"  shall  mean the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  or any  entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

"Plan" means an employee  benefit or other plan established or maintained by any
Obligor, any Subsidiary of an Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered
by Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

"Potential  Event of Default" means any event which may become (with the passage
of time, the giving of notice, the making of any determination  hereunder or any
combination thereof) an Event of Default.

"Principal  Borrower"  means COB or,  at any time  after it  becomes a  Borrower
hereunder, COB plc.

"Property" means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever,
whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible.

"Proportion" means, in relation to a Bank:

(k)               whilst no Advances are  outstanding,  the proportion  borne by
                  its  Commitment  to the Total  Commitments  (or,  if the Total
                  Commitments  are then  zero,  by its  Commitment  to the Total
                  Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero); or

        whilst    at least one Advance is outstanding,  the proportion  borne by
                  its share of the EURO Amount of the Loan to the EURO Amount of
                  the Loan.

"Quarterly Dates" shall mean the last Business Day of March, June, September and
December in each year,  the first of which shall be the first such day after the
date hereof.

"Quotation  Date" means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is
to be determined under the Finance Documents,  the day on which quotations would
ordinarily be given by prime banks in the relevant interbank market for deposits
in the currency in relation to which such rate is to be determined  for delivery
on the  first  day of that  period,  provided  that,  if,  for any such  period,
quotations  would  ordinarily be given on more than one date, the Quotation Date
for that period shall be the last of those dates.

"Rating"  means,  at any time,  the Debt Rating of the Obligor  with the highest
Debt Rating.

"Rating Agencies" shall mean Moody's Investors Service,  Inc., Standard & Poor's
Ratings  Services  and Fitch IBCA or, in each  case,  any  successor  nationally
recognised statistical rating organisation.

"Receivables" means, with respect to any Obligor, any amount owing, from time to
time, with respect to a credit card,  consumer revolving or consumer  instalment
loan account, home equity line of credit or residential mortgage loan account or
other consumer receivable owned by such Obligor, including,  without limitation,
amounts  owing for payment of goods and  services,  cash  advances,  convenience
cheques, annual membership fees, finance charges, late charges, credit insurance
premiums  and cash  advance  fees  and  fees  relating  to  additional  consumer
products,  and any other  receivables  arising out of financing  transactions by
such Obligor;  provided that the term "Receivables" shall not include any of the
foregoing that is subject to a securitisation effected in the ordinary course of
business.

"Reference  Banks" means the principal  London offices of Barclays Bank Plc, The
Chase  Manhattan  Bank and  Deutsche  Bank AG or such other bank or banks as may
from time to time be agreed between the Principal  Borrower and the Agent acting
on the instructions of an Instructing Group.

"Regulations A, D, T, U and X" shall mean, respectively,  Regulations A, D, T, U
and X of  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  (or  any
successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time
to time.

"Repayment Date" means, in relation to any Advance, the last day of the Interest
Period thereof.

"Repeated Representations" means each of the representations set out in Clause 0
(Corporate  Existence)  to Clause 0 (Pari Passu  Ranking)  save for the Excluded
Representations.

"Resignation  Notice" means a notice completed by COB and the Original Guarantor
substantially in the form set out in Schedule 12 (Form of Resignation Notice).

"Restricted  Shares" means,  with respect to any Obligor,  shares of stock of or
other  ownership  interests in such Obligor or any  Subsidiary  thereof  engaged
primarily   in  the   extension   of  consumer   credit  to  third   parties  or
securitisations  of receivables  related to such  extension of consumer  credit,
excluding  without  limitation  any such  ownership  interests of any Obligor in
America One Communications, Inc.

                  "Risk  Adjusted  Assets"  shall  mean,  on any  date  and with
respect to any  Obligor,  the  amount,  for such  Obligor  and its  consolidated
subsidiaries  (determined  on a  consolidated  basis) on such date, of "weighted
risk  assets",  within the meaning  given to such term in the  Capital  Adequacy
Guidelines  for State  Member  Banks  published by the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System (12 C.F.R. Part 208, Appendix A, as amended, modified and
supplemented and in effect from time to time or any replacement thereof).

"SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency
charged with the  administration  and  enforcement of the Securities Act and the
Exchange Act.

                  "Securities  Act" shall mean the US Securities Act of 1933, as
amended from time to time.

"Subordinated  Indebtedness"  means,  in relation to any  Borrower,  any payment
obligations in respect of any  Indebtedness  of such Borrower which is unsecured
and  subordinated to the payment  obligations of such Borrower under the Finance
Documents.

"Subsequent Participant" means a member state that adopts the euro as its lawful
currency after 1 January 1999.

                  "Subsidiary"  shall  mean,  with  respect to any  person,  any
corporation,  partnership  or other  entity of which at least a majority  of the
Voting Securities issued by such corporation,  partnership or other entity is at
the time  directly or  indirectly  owned or  controlled by such person or one or
more  Subsidiaries of such person or by such person and one or more Subsidiaries
of such person (and "Subsidiaries" shall be construed accordingly).

                  "Swap  Agreement" shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 101(53B) of the Bankruptcy Code (as in effect on the date hereof).

"Tangible  Net Worth"  shall mean,  on any date and with respect to any Obligor,
the  consolidated  stockholders'  equity of such  Obligor  and its  consolidated
Subsidiaries less Intangibles of such Obligor and its consolidated Subsidiaries,
all  determined as of such date on a consolidated  basis without  duplication in
accordance with GAAP.

"Tier 1  Capital"  shall  mean,  on any date and with  respect  to any  Original
Obligor, the amount, for such Original Obligor and its consolidated Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated  basis) on such date, of "Tier 1 capital",  within
the meaning  given to such term in the  Capital  Adequacy  Guidelines  for State
Member Banks  published by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System
(12 C.F.R.  Part 208,  Appendix A, as amended,  modified and supplemented and in
effect from time to time or any replacement thereof).

"Tier 1 Capital to Managed  Receivables  Ratio" shall mean, on any date and with
respect to any Original  Obligor,  the ratio of (a) Tier 1 Capital  (determined,
for the purposes of this  definition,  in accordance  with GAAP) with respect to
such Original  Obligor on such date to (b) Managed  Receivables  with respect to
such Original Obligor on such date.

"Tier 1 Capital to Risk Adjusted  Assets Ratio" shall mean, on any date and with
respect to the Original  Borrower,  the ratio of (a) Tier 1 Capital with respect
to the Original  Borrower on such date to (b) Risk Adjusted  Assets with respect
to the Original Borrower on such date.

"Tier 1 Leverage  Ratio"  shall mean,  on any date and with  respect to COB, the
ratio of (a) Tier 1 Capital with respect to COB on such date to (b) Total Assets
with respect to COB on such date.

"Total  Assets"  shall mean,  on any date and with respect to any  Obligor,  the
amount, for such Original Obligor and its consolidated  Subsidiaries (determined
on a consolidated  basis) on such date, of "average total consolidated  assets",
within the meaning  given to such term in the Capital  Adequacy  Guidelines  for
State  Member Banks  published by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve
System (12 C.F.R.  Part 208,  Appendix A, as amended,  modified and supplemented
and in effect from time to time or any replacement thereof).

"Total  Capital"  shall  mean,  on any  date and with  respect  to any  Original
Obligor, the amount, for such Original Obligor and its consolidated Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated  basis) on such date, of "total  capital",  within
the meaning  given to such term in the  Capital  Adequacy  Guidelines  for State
Member Banks  published by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System
(12 C.F.R.  Part 208,  Appendix A, as amended,  modified and supplemented and in
effect from time to time or any replacement thereof).

"Total  Capital to Risk Adjusted  Assets Ratio" shall mean, on any date and with
respect to COB, the ratio of (a) Total  Capital with respect to COB on such date
to (b) Risk Adjusted Assets with respect to COB on such date.

"Total Commitments" means, at any time, the aggregate of the Banks' Commitments.

"Tranche A Advance"  means an advance  made or to be made by the Banks under the
Tranche A Facility.

"Tranche A  Commitment"  means,  in  relation  to a Bank at any time and save as
otherwise  provided  herein,  the amount set opposite its name under the heading
"Tranche A Commitment" in Schedule 1 (The Banks).

"Tranche A Facility"  means the 364 day  multicurrency  revolving  loan facility
granted to the Borrowers in this Agreement.

"Tranche A Loan"  means,  at any time,  the  aggregate  principal  amount of the
outstanding Tranche A Advances.

"Tranche A Margin" means:

(l)      at any time the Rating is BBB+ or Baa1 or better, 0.165 per cent. per
         annum;

(m)      at any time the Rating is BBB or Baa2, 0.25 per cent. per annum;

(n)      at any time the Rating is BBB- or Baa3, 0.30 per cent. per annum;

(o)      at any time the Rating is BB+ or Ba1, 0.55 per cent. per annum; and

(p)      at any time the Rating is BB or Ba2 or worse, 0.80 per cent. per annum.

"Tranche  A  Termination  Date"  means,  subject  to the  operation  of Clause 0
(Repayment and Extension), the day which is 364 days after the date hereof.

"Tranche B Advance"  means an advance  made or to be made by the Banks under the
Tranche B Facility.

"Tranche B  Commitment"  means,  in  relation  to a Bank at any time and save as
otherwise  provided  herein,  the amount set opposite its name under the heading
"Tranche B Commitment" in Schedule 1 (The Banks).

"Tranche B Facility"  means the 48 month  multicurrency  revolving loan facility
granted to the Borrowers in this Agreement.

"Tranche  B  Loan"  means,  at any  time,  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of
outstanding Tranche B Advances.

"Tranche B Margin" means:

(q)      at any time the Rating is BBB+ or Baa1 or better, 0.225 per cent. per
         annum;

(r)      at any time the Rating is BBB or Baa2, 0.350 per cent. per annum;

(s)      at any time the Rating is BBB- or Baa3, 0.450 per cent. per annum;

(t)      at any time the Rating is BB+ or Ba1, 0.750 per cent. per annum; and

(u)      at any time the Rating is BB or Ba2 or worse, 1.125 per cent. per annum

"Tranche B  Termination  Date"  means the day which is 48 months  after the date
hereof.

"Transfer Certificate" means a certificate  substantially in the form set out in
Schedule 2 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or in such other form as may be agreed
between the  Principal  Borrower and the Agent signed by a Bank and a Transferee
under which:

(v)               such Bank seeks to procure the transfer to such  Transferee of
                  all or a part of such Bank's rights,  benefits and obligations
                  under the Finance  Documents upon and subject to the terms and
                  conditions  set out in Clause 0 (Assignments  and  Transfers);
                  and

        such      Transferee  undertakes  to  perform  the  obligations  it will
                  assume  as a result of  delivery  of such  certificate  to the
                  Agent as contemplated in Clause 0 (Transfers by Banks).

"Transfer Date" means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the
making of the transfer as specified in such Transfer Certificate.

"Transferee" means a person to which a Bank seeks to transfer by novation all or
part  of  such  Bank's  rights,  benefits  and  obligations  under  the  Finance
Documents.

"Treaty on European Union" means the Treaty of Rome of 25 March 1957, as amended
by the Single  European Act 1986 and the Maastricht  Treaty (which was signed at
Maastricht on 7 February 1992 and came into force on 1 November 1993).

"Unpaid Sum" means the unpaid balance of any of the sums referred to in Clause 0
(Default Interest Period).

"US" means the United States of America.

"Voting Securities" shall mean, with respect to any person,  securities or other
ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a
majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions
of such person  (irrespective  of whether or not at the time securities or other
ownership  interests  of any other class or classes of such person shall have or
might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

"Wholly Owned Subsidiary"  means,  with respect to any person,  any corporation,
partnership or other entity of which all of the Voting Securities issued by such
corporation,  partnership  or  other  entity  (other  than,  in  the  case  of a
corporation,  directors'  qualifying shares) are directly or indirectly owned or
controlled  by such  person or one or more  Wholly  Owned  Subsidiaries  of such
person or by such  person  and one or more  Wholly  Owned  Subsidiaries  of such
person.


Interpretation
Any reference in this Agreement to:

the  "Agent"  or any "Bank"  shall be  construed  so as to  include  its and any
subsequent  successors  and  permitted  transferees  in  accordance  with  their
respective interests;

"continuing",  in  relation  to an Event of  Default,  shall be  construed  as a
reference to an Event of Default  which has not been waived in  accordance  with
the terms hereof and, in relation to a Potential Event of Default, one which has
not been remedied  within the relevant grace period or waived in accordance with
the terms hereof;

the "equivalent" on any date in one currency (the "first currency") of an amount
denominated  in another  currency (the "second  currency") is a reference to the
amount of the first  currency  which could be  purchased  with the amount of the
second  currency  at the spot rate of  exchange  quoted by the Agent at or about
11.00 a.m. on such date for the purchase of the first  currency  with the second
currency;

a  "holding  company"  of a  company  or  corporation  shall be  construed  as a
reference to any company or corporation of which the first-mentioned  company or
corporation is a subsidiary;

"indebtedness"  shall be  construed  so as to include  any  obligation  (whether
incurred  as  principal  or as surety) for the  payment or  repayment  of money,
whether present or future, actual or contingent;

a "law" shall be  construed  as any law  (including  common or  customary  law),
statute, constitution,  decree, judgment, treaty, regulation, directive, by-law,
order or any other legislative measure of any government,  supranational,  local
government, statutory or regulatory body or court;

a "member  state"  shall be  construed  as a reference  to a member state of the
European Union;

a "month" is a reference to a period starting on one day in a calendar month and
ending on the  numerically  corresponding  day in the next  succeeding  calendar
month save that:

(w)               if any such  numerically  corresponding  day is not a Business
                  Day,  such  period  shall  end on the  immediately  succeeding
                  Business Day to occur in that next  succeeding  calendar month
                  or,  if  none,  it  shall  end  on the  immediately  preceding
                  Business Day; and

        if        there  is  no  numerically  corresponding  day  in  that  next
                  succeeding  calendar month,  that period shall end on the last
                  Business Day in that next succeeding calendar month,

(and references to "months" shall be construed accordingly);

a "person"  shall be construed as a reference  to any  individual,  corporation,
company,  voluntary  association,  partnership  (whether or not having  separate
legal   personality)   limited   liability   company,   joint  venture,   trust,
unincorporated  organisation  or government (or any agency,  instrumentality  or
political subdivision thereof).

the "relevant interbank market" is a reference to:

(x)      in relation to the euro, the European interbank market; or

(y)      in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market;

        the "relevant interbank rate" is a reference to:

(z)      in relation to the euro, EURIBOR; or

(aa)     in relation to any other currency, LIBOR;

"repay"  (or  any  derivative  form  thereof)  shall,  subject  to any  contrary
indication,  be  construed  to  include  "prepay"  (or,  as the case may be, the
corresponding derivative form thereof);

a  "successor"  shall be  construed so as to include an assignee or successor in
title of such  party and any person  who under the laws of its  jurisdiction  of
incorporation  or domicile has assumed the rights and  obligations of such party
under this Agreement or to which,  under such laws,  such rights and obligations
have been transferred;

"tax" shall be construed so as to include any tax, levy,  impost,  duty or other
charge of a similar  nature  (including  any  penalty  or  interest  payable  in
connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same);

"VAT" shall be construed as a reference to value added tax including any similar
tax which may be imposed in place thereof from time to time; and

the "winding-up",  "dissolution" or "administration" of a company or corporation
shall be construed  so as to include any  equivalent  or  analogous  proceedings
under the law of the  jurisdiction  in which  such  company  or  corporation  is
incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such company or corporation carries on
business  including  the  seeking of  liquidation,  winding-up,  reorganisation,
dissolution,  administration,  arrangement,  adjustment, protection or relief of
debtors.

Currency Symbols and Definitions

"$" and  "dollars"  denote  lawful  currency of the United States of America and
"sterling" denotes lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

"EURO"  and "euro"  means the  single  currency  unit of the  European  Union as
constituted  by the Treaty on European  Union as referred to in EMU  Legislation
and  "euro  unit"  means  the  currency  unit  of the  euro  as  defined  in EMU
Legislation.

Agreements and Statutes Any reference in this Agreement to:

this  Agreement  or any other  agreement  or document  shall be  construed  as a
reference  to this  Agreement  or, as the case may be, such other  agreement  or
document  as the same  may have  been,  or may  from  time to time be,  amended,
varied, novated or supplemented; and

a statute or treaty  shall be construed as a reference to such statute or treaty
as the same may have been, or may from time to time be,  amended or, in the case
of a statute, re-enacted.

Headings
Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

Time
Any  reference  in this  Agreement  to a time of day  shall,  unless a  contrary
indication appears, be a reference to London time.

Third Party Rights
A person who is not a party to this  Agreement  has no right under the Contracts
(Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement.

Accounting Terms and Determinations

                  Except as otherwise  expressly provided herein, all accounting
terms  used  herein  shall be  interpreted,  and all  financial  statements  and
certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be delivered to the
Banks hereunder shall (unless otherwise disclosed to the Banks in writing at the
time of delivery  thereof in the manner  described in  subsection  (b) below) be
prepared,  in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the US
in the case of the Original  Obligors and, in the case of any other Obligor,  in
the country of  incorporation  of such Obligor,  in each case applied on a basis
consistent with those used in the preparation of the latest financial statements
furnished  to the Banks  hereunder  (which,  prior to the  delivery of the first
financial  statements  under  Clause 0 or 0 of Clause 0  (Financial  Statements)
hereof, shall mean the audited and unaudited financial statements as at December
31, 1999 referred to in Clause 0 (Financial Condition) hereof). All calculations
made for the  purposes  of  determining  compliance  with this  Agreement  shall
(except  as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein) be made by  application  of
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in the US (or, if in relation to an
Obligor  incorporated in a jurisdiction  other than the US,  generally  accepted
accounting  principals in the  jurisdiction  of  incorporation  of such Obligor)
applied on a basis  consistent  with those used in the preparation of the latest
annual or quarterly  financial  statements  furnished  to the Banks  pursuant to
Section 0 (Financial  Statements) hereof (or, prior to the delivery of the first
financial  statements  under Clause 0 or 0 of Clause 0  (Financial  Statements),
used in the preparation of the audited and unaudited financial  statements as at
December 31, 1999 referred to in Clause 0 (Financial  Condition)  hereof) unless
(i) any Obligor shall have objected to determining such compliance on such basis
at the time of  delivery of such  financial  statements  or (ii) an  Instructing
Group shall so object in writing within 30 days after delivery of such financial
statements, in either of which events such calculations shall be made on a basis
consistent with those used in the preparation of the latest financial statements
as to which such objection shall not have been made (which, if objection is made
in respect of the first  financial  statements  delivered under Clause 0 or 0 of
Clause 0 (Financial  Statements),  shall mean the audited  financial  statements
referred to in Clause 0 (Financial  Condition)).  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the accounting terms "Risk Adjusted  Assets",  "Tier 1 Capital",  "Total Assets"
and  "Total  Capital"  defined  in  Clause  0  (Definitions)   hereof  shall  be
interpreted  by  reference to the  statutes or  regulations  referred to in said
definitions, as such statutes or regulations are amended, modified, supplemented
or replaced and in effect from time to time.

         The Original  Guarantor  shall deliver to the Banks at the same time as
the  delivery of any annual or  quarterly  financial  statement  under  Clause 0
(Financial  Statements)  (i) a description in reasonable  detail of any material
variation between the application of accounting principles in the US employed in
the preparation of such statement and the  application of accounting  principles
in the US employed in the preparation of the next preceding  annual or quarterly
financial  statements as to which no objection has been made in accordance  with
the  last  sentence  of  sub-clause  0 and  (ii)  reasonable  estimates  of  the
difference between such statements arising as a consequence thereof.

To  enable  the  ready  and  consistent  determination  of  compliance  with the
covenants set forth in Clause 0 (Covenants)  hereof,  no Obligor will change the
last day of its fiscal year from  December 31 of each year,  or the last days of
the first three fiscal  quarters in each of its fiscal years from March 31, June
30 and September 30 of each year, respectively.

THE FACILITIES

Grant of the Facilities
The Banks grant to the  Borrowers,  upon the terms and subject to the conditions
hereof:

a  multicurrency  364 day  revolving  facility  in an  aggregate  amount of euro
300,000,000  or its  equivalent  from time to time in Optional  Currencies  (the
Tranche A Facility); and

a multicurrency  48 month revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount of euro
300,000,000  or its  equivalent  from time to time in Optional  Currencies  (the
Tranche B Facility).

Purpose and Application

The  Tranche  A  Facility  is  intended  for  general  corporate  purposes  and,
accordingly,  each Borrower shall apply all amounts raised by it hereunder in or
towards satisfaction of its general corporate financing requirements and none of
the  Finance   Parties  shall  be  obliged  to  concern   themselves  with  such
application.

The Tranche B Facility is intended to replace and extend certain existing credit
facilities  available to the Group and,  accordingly,  each Borrower shall apply
all amounts  raised by it hereunder in or towards  satisfaction  of such purpose
and none of the Finance Parties shall be obliged to concern themselves with such
application.

Conditions Precedent

Save as the  Banks may  otherwise  agree  none of the  Banks  shall be under any
obligation to make any Advance  hereunder  unless the Agent has confirmed to COB
and the Banks that it has received (or waived  receipt of) all of the  documents
listed  in  Schedule  3  (Conditions  Precedent)  and that  each is, in form and
substance, satisfactory to the Agent.

The Agent  shall,  on request by COB,  certify in writing  whether or not it has
received  or  waived  receipt  of any of the  documents  listed  in  Schedule  3
(Conditions Precedent) and whether each is in form and substance satisfactory to
it.

Nature of Banks' Obligations
The  obligations of each Bank hereunder are several and the failure by a Bank to
perform  its  obligations  hereunder  shall not  affect the  obligations  of any
Obligor  towards any other party  hereto nor shall any other party be liable for
the  failure by such Bank to perform  its  obligations  hereunder  nor shall the
failure by any Bank to perform its obligations  hereunder affect the obligations
of any other Bank towards any Obligor hereunder.

Banks' Rights Several
The rights of each Bank are several and any debt  arising  hereunder at any time
from an  Obligor to any of the other  parties  hereto  shall be a  separate  and
independent  debt.  Each such party shall be entitled to protect and enforce its
individual rights arising out of this Agreement independently of any other party
(so that it shall  not be  necessary  for any  party  hereto  to be joined as an
additional party in any proceedings for this purpose).

UTILISATION OF THE Facilities

Drawdown Conditions for Advances
An  Advance  will be made by the  Banks to a  Borrower  in  accordance  with the
provisions hereof if:

no later than 10.00 a.m. (London time) and not more than ten nor less than three
Business Days before the proposed date for the making of such Advance, the Agent
has received a completed Notice of Drawdown from such Borrower;

the proposed date for the making of such Advance is (a) in the case of a Tranche
A Advance,  a  Business  Day  falling  one month or more  before  the  Tranche A
Termination  Date or,  (b) in the case of a Tranche B Advance,  a  Business  Day
falling one month or more before the Tranche B Termination Date;

no more than one Tranche A Advance  and one  Tranche B Advance  shall be made on
the  proposed  date for the making of such  Advance and after the making of such
Advance there will be no more than 20 Advances outstanding;

in the case of a Tranche A Advance,  the proposed  Original  EURO Amount of such
Advance is (a) (if less than the  Available  Tranche A Facility) an amount equal
to or greater than euro 25,000,000 and an integral multiple of euro 5,000,000 or
(b) equal to the amount of the Available Tranche A Facility;

in the case of a Tranche B Advance,  the proposed  Original  EURO Amount of such
Advance is (a) (if less than the  Available  Tranche B Facility) an amount equal
to or greater than euro 25,000,000 and an integral multiple of euro 5,000,000 or
(b) equal to the amount of the Available Tranche B Facility; and

the proposed  Interest Period of the Advance  requested is a period of one, two,
three or six months or such other  period as the Agent may,  with the consent of
all of the  Banks to  participate  in such  Advance,  agree (a) in the case of a
Tranche A Advance ending on or before the Tranche A Termination  Date and (b) in
the case of a Tranche B Advance,  ending on or before the Tranche B  Termination
Date.

Conditions for Drawing an Advance in an Optional Currency
If a Borrower  requests that an Advance be denominated  in an Optional  Currency
but:

no later than one hour after the time at which the rate is to be  determined  on
the Quotation Date for such Advance,  the Agent  notifies the relevant  Borrower
and the Banks that the Agent is of the opinion  that it is not feasible for such
Advance to be denominated in such Optional Currency; or

to give effect to such request  would cause the Loan to be  denominated  in more
than four Optional Currencies,  the Agent shall notify the relevant Borrower and
the Banks and such Advance shall be  denominated  in euro or, if so requested in
writing by such  Borrower,  promptly and no more than one hour after the time it
is  notified  by the Agent  pursuant  to  sub-clause  0, such  Advance  shall be
cancelled.

Each Bank's Participation in Advances
Each Bank will  participate  through its  Facility  Office in each  Advance made
pursuant  to this  Clause  0, (a) in the case of a  Tranche  A  Advance,  in the
proportion borne by its Available  Tranche A Commitment to the Available Tranche
A Facility immediately prior to the making of that Tranche A Advance, and (b) in
the case of a  Tranche  B  Advance,  in the  proportion  borne by its  Available
Tranche B Commitment to the Available  Tranche B Facility  immediately  prior to
the making of that Tranche B Advance.

Reduction of Available Commitment
If a Bank's  Tranche  A  Commitment  or  Tranche  B  Commitment  is  reduced  in
accordance  with the terms  hereof  after the Agent has  received  the Notice of
Drawdown  for an Advance and such  reduction  was not taken into  account in the
Available  Tranche A Facility or  Available  Tranche B  Facility,  then both the
Original   EURO  Amount  and  the  amount  of  that  Advance  shall  be  reduced
accordingly.

PAYMENT AND CALCULATION OF INTEREST ON ADVANCES

Payment of Interest
On the Repayment  Date relating to each Advance (and, if the Interest  Period of
such  Advance  exceeds  six  months,  on the expiry of each period of six months
during such  Interest  Period) the  Borrower to which such Advance has been made
shall pay accrued interest on that Advance.

Calculation of Interest
The rate of  interest  applicable  to an  Advance  from time to time  during its
Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

in  respect  of a Tranche A  Advance,  the  Tranche A Margin at such time and in
respect of a Tranche B Advance, the Tranche B Margin at such time;

the Mandatory Cost Rate (if applicable); and

the relevant interbank rate set out below:

in relation to an Advance denominated in the euro, EURIBOR; or

in relation to an Advance denominated in any other currency, LIBOR.

NOTIFICATION

Advances
Not less than three  Business  Days before the first day of an Interest  Period,
the Agent shall  notify each Bank of the Facility  that is to be  utilised,  the
proposed  EURO  Amount  of the  relevant  Advance,  the  proposed  length of the
relevant Interest Period, whether or not such Advance is to be denominated in an
Optional  Currency  (and,  if so,  the amount of such  Advance  in the  relevant
Optional  Currency) and the aggregate  principal  amount of the relevant Advance
allocated  to such Bank  pursuant  to  Clause 0 (Each  Bank's  Participation  in
Advances).

Interest Rate Determination
The Agent shall  promptly  notify the  relevant  Borrower  and the Banks of each
determination of an interbank rate, the Mandatory Cost Rate and the Margin.

Changes to Advances or Interest Rates
The Agent  shall  promptly  notify the  relevant  Borrower  and the Banks of any
change to (a) the proposed currency of an Advance occasioned by the operation of
Clause 0 (Conditions  for Drawing an Advance in an Optional  Currency),  (b) the
proposed length of an Interest Period or (c) any interest rate occasioned by the
operation of Clause 0 (Market Disruption).

REPAYMENT and Extension

Repayment
Each  Borrower to which an Advance has been made shall repay the Advance made to
it in full on the Repayment Date relating thereto.

Extension Request
The Principal  Borrower  shall be entitled to request one or more  extensions of
the Tranche A Facility,  for additional periods of 364 days, by giving notice to
the  Agent  (the  "Extension  Request")  not more  than 60 nor less than 30 days
before  the  Tranche  A  Termination  Date at such  time (in this  Clause 0, the
"Original Tranche A Termination  Date") provided that the Principal Borrower may
not  request an  extension  of the Tranche A  Termination  Date if the Tranche A
Termination  Date  would as a result  of such  extension  be later  than the day
falling sixty months from the date hereof. Such notice shall be made in writing,
be  unconditional  and  binding  on the  Obligors  except as set out in Clause 0
(Extension Date).

Notification of Extension Request
The Agent shall forward a copy of the Extension  Request to the Banks as soon as
practicable after receipt of it.

Banks' Response to Extension Request
If a Bank,  in its  individual  and sole  discretion,  agrees  to the  extension
requested  by the  Principal  Borrower,  it shall  give  notice  to the Agent (a
"Notice of  Extension")  no later than 30 days after  receipt of such  Extension
Request by the Agent or 20 days prior to the Original Tranche A Termination Date
(whichever is the earlier).  If a Bank does not give such Notice of Extension by
such date, then such Bank shall be deemed to have refused such extension.

Lender's Discretion
Nothing shall oblige a Bank to agree to an Extension Request.

Extension Date
        The Original  Tranche A Termination Date shall be extended if and when a
        group of Banks for whom the aggregate of their Tranche A Commitments  on
        the date of the Extension  Request is equal to or greater than fifty per
        cent. of the aggregate of the Tranche A Commitments  deliver a Notice of
        Extension to the Agent.  The Original  Tranche A Termination  Date shall
        then be extended to the day which is 364 days from (and  including)  the
        Original  Tranche A Termination Date provided that, if less than all the
        Banks give a Notice of Extension, then the Tranche A Commitments and the
        share of any outstanding  Tranche A Advances of each of the Banks not so
        extending  shall (a) be  transferred  to any new  lender  the  Principal
        Borrower  may have  located to the extent  that such  lender  shall have
        executed a Transfer  Certificate  in  respect of such  Bank's  Tranche A
        Commitment or (b) to the extent not  transferred,  be reduced to zero on
        the Original Tranche A Termination Date (and, if such Original Tranche A
        Termination  Date is a day after the Tranche B  Termination  Date,  such
        Banks shall cease  thereafter to be Banks under this  Agreement) and the
        amount of the Tranche A Facility shall be reduced accordingly.

Notification of Extension
The Agent shall promptly inform the Principal  Borrower and the Banks which will
continue to remain party to this Agreement of the size of the Tranche A Facility
if reduced.

Increase of Commitments
At any time on or after the first anniversary of the date hereof,  the Principal
Borrower  may by notice to the Agent  request the Banks to agree to increase the
aggregate  amount of the  Tranche  A  Commitments  or,  as the case may be,  the
Tranche B  Commitments  hereunder to an amount not to exceed the  equivalent  at
such time of euro  750,000,000  by having one or more  banks or other  financial
institutions  become a "Bank" under this  Agreement (an "Acceding  Bank") or (in
the  case of a Bank  already  party to this  Agreement)  by an  increase  in the
Commitment of all or any of the existing Banks;  provided that the Commitment of
an  Acceding  Bank and any  increase  in the  amount  of the  Commitment  of any
existing  Bank,  shall be in an amount  equal to an  integral  multiple  of euro
1,000,000 and not less than the equivalent of euro 5,000,000.

Increases Effective
Any increase in the amount of the Commitments  pursuant to Clause 0 (Increase of
Commitments)  hereof shall be effective  only upon the execution of a Commitment
Increase Letter not less than five business days prior to the date such increase
is to become  effective (the  "Commitment  Increase Date") and shall specify (i)
the amount of the  Commitment  (and the  Facility) of the  Acceding  Bank or the
amount of any increase in the amount of the Commitment under any Facility of any
existing Bank and (ii) the Commitment Increase Date.

Conditions to Effectiveness
Any increase in the  aggregate  amount of the  Commitments  pursuant to Clause 0
(Increase of Commitments) shall not be effective unless:

(i)               there has been no prior Commitment Increase Date;

(ii)              no Event of Default or Potential  Event of Default  shall have
                  occurred and be continuing on the Commitment Increase Date;

(iii)             each of the representations which are to be deemed repeated at
                  any time after the date  hereof in  accordance  with  Clause 0
                  (Repetition of  Representations)  shall be true and correct in
                  all  material  respects on and as of the  Commitment  Increase
                  Date with the same  force  and  effect as if made on and as of
                  such date by reference to the facts and circumstances existing
                  at the time  (or,  if any  such  representation  is  expressly
                  stated  to have been made as of a  specific  date,  as of such
                  specific date) except to any extent waived  pursuant to Clause
                  0 (Amendments and Waivers);

(iv)              immediately after giving effect to such increase in the amount
                  of the  Commitments,  no Bank  would hold a  Commitment  in an
                  aggregate amount exceeding  twenty-five per cent. of the Total
                  Commitments of all the Banks at such time;

(v)               the Agent shall have received (with sufficient copies for each
                  of the Banks) each of (x) a certificate  of a duly  authorised
                  officer  of  each  of the  Obligors  as to the  taking  of any
                  corporate  action  necessary in connection  with such increase
                  and (y) an  opinion  or  opinions  of  counsel  to each of the
                  Obligors as to their  corporate  power and authority to borrow
                  and guarantee  hereunder  after giving effect to such increase
                  in a form acceptable to the Agent; and

(vi)              the  Commitment  Increase Date is the Repayment  Date for each
                  outstanding Advance.

1.1      No Obligation on a Bank to Agree to Increase its Commitment
No Bank shall at any time be obliged to agree to a request of the  Borrowers  to
increase its Commitment or obligations hereunder and where an existing Bank does
not so agree, its Commitment shall not be increased and its Available  Tranche A
Commitment  and its Available  Tranche B Commitment  shall each be calculated on
the basis of its existing Commitment.


CANCELLATION AND PREPAYMENT

Cancellation of the Facility
The  Principal  Borrower  may,  by giving  to the  Agent  not less than  fifteen
Business  Days' prior notice to that effect,  cancel the whole or any part (such
part  being an amount of euro  10,000,000  or more) of the  Available  Tranche A
Facility or Available Tranche B Facility.


Prepayment of Advances
The  Borrower  to which an Advance has been made may, by giving to the Agent not
less than ten Business Days prior notice to that effect, prepay the whole or any
part of an Advance  (such part being an amount such that the EURO Amount of such
Advance will be reduced by an amount of euro 10,000,000 or more).


Notice of Cancellation or Prepayment
Any notice of  cancellation  or prepayment  given by a Borrower or the Principal
Borrower pursuant to this Clause 0 shall be irrevocable,  shall specify the date
upon which such  cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of such
cancellation  or prepayment  and, in the case of a notice of  prepayment,  shall
oblige the relevant  Borrower to make such prepayment on such date together with
all interest accrued on the Advance to which such prepayment relates.

Repayment of a Bank's Share of the Loan
If:

any sum payable to any Bank by an Obligor is required to be  increased  pursuant
to Clause 0 (Tax Gross-up); or

any Bank  claims  indemnification  under  Clause 0 (Tax  Indemnity)  or Clause 0
(Increased Costs); or

the  Borrower  is  required  to treat any  payment  of  interest  to a Bank as a
distribution  for  tax  purposes,   the  Principal  Borrower  may,  whilst  such
circumstance continues,  give the Agent at least ten Business Days notice (which
notice shall be  irrevocable)  of its intention to procure the repayment of such
Bank's share of the Loan. On the last day of each then current  Interest Period,
the relevant  Borrower  shall repay such Bank's  portion of the Advance to which
such Interest Period relates  together with all accrued interest thereon and any
other amount owed to such Bank hereunder.


No Further Advances
A Bank for whose  account a repayment is to be made under Clause 0 (Repayment of
a Bank's Share of the Loan) shall not be obliged to participate in the making of
Advances  on or after the date  upon  which the  Agent  receives  the  Principal
Borrower's notice of its intention to procure the repayment of such Bank's share
of the Loan,  and such  Bank's  Available  Tranche A  Commitment  and  Available
Tranche B Commitment shall be reduced to zero.


No Other Repayments
No  Borrower  shall repay all or any part of the Loan except at the times and in
the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.


Taxes

Tax Gross-up
All  payments to be made by any of the  Obligors to any person under any Finance
Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account
of tax unless such  Obligor is  required  to make such a payment  subject to the
deduction or  withholding  of tax, in which case the sum payable by such Obligor
in respect of which such  deduction or  withholding is required to be made shall
be  increased to the extent  necessary  to ensure that,  after the making of the
required  deduction or withholding,  such person receives and retains (free from
any liability in respect of any such  deduction or  withholding) a net sum equal
to the sum which it would have received and so retained had no such deduction or
withholding  been made or required to be made,  provided  however that if on the
due date of an  interest  payment  to a Bank,  that Bank is not a UK  Qualifying
Lender and as a result the  relevant  Obligor is  required to deduct or withhold
United  Kingdom income tax from that payment of interest,  the relevant  Obligor
shall  not be so  required  to pay an  additional  amount  in  respect  of  that
deduction  or  withholding  unless it results  from the  introduction  of or any
change in, or in the  interpretation  or application of, any relevant law or any
relevant  published  practice of the Inland  Revenue,  as the case may be, after
this  Agreement is entered into or such Obligor would have been required to make
a deduction or withholding on account irrespective of whether such Bank is or is
not a UK Qualifying Lender.

For the  purposes  of this  Clause,  "UK  Qualifying  Lender"  means  any of the
following:


any person  which is a bank for the  purposes  of Section  349 of the Income and
Corporation  Taxes Act 1988 and  beneficially  entitled to interest payable by a
Borrower to it under this Agreement and within the charge to UK corporation  tax
in respect thereof;

any Bank which is an assignee of a Bank falling  within (a) and is  beneficially
entitled to the interest payable by the relevant  Borrower and within the charge
to UK corporation tax in respect thereof; or

any Bank  which,  pursuant to the terms of a double tax treaty is entitled to an
exemption  from any UK taxation in respect of interest  and which at the time of
the  relevant  interest  payment has validly  made all  appropriate  filings and
declarations in order to obtain the benefit of such entitlement.

Tax Indemnity
Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 0 (Tax Gross-Up), if any person or
the Agent on its behalf is  required  to make any payment on account of tax (not
being a tax imposed on the overall net income including profits and gains of its
Facility Office by the  jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or in which its
Facility  Office is located) or  otherwise on or in relation to any sum received
or  receivable  under any  Finance  Document  by such person or the Agent on its
behalf (including, without limitation, any sum received or receivable under this
Clause 0) or any liability in respect of any such payment is asserted,  imposed,
levied or assessed  against such person or the Agent on its behalf,  the Obligor
by whom such sum is paid or payable  shall,  upon demand of the Agent,  promptly
indemnify  such person  against such  payment or  liability,  together  with any
interest,  penalties and reasonable  expenses  payable or incurred in connection
therewith  but not to the extent that such  liability,  interest,  penalties and
reasonable  expenses  have  arisen  as a  result  of  undue  delay  in  all  the
circumstances  by any  person  or any agent on its  behalf in the  filing or the
submission of tax returns,  computations  or claims or the default of any person
or any  agent on its  behalf  in doing any  thing  contemplated  by the  Finance
Documents.

US Tax Forms
Any Bank that is not a  "United  States  Person"  (as such  term is  defined  in
Section  7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall, to the extent that it is able to do so,
provide a valid and completed  Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or W-8BEN or
such other or successor  form as may be required to claim such  exemption and if
such  forms are not  provided  to the  extent  such  Bank is able to do so,  the
provisions of Clause 0 (Tax Gross-Up) and Clause 0 (Tax Indemnity)  shall not be
applicable in relation to payments of interest to such Bank.

Notification
A Finance Party will notify the relevant Obligor through the Agent as soon as it
is reasonably  practicable of any circumstances  arising as a result of which it
is  reasonably  likely  that it will be  making  a  claim  under  Clause  0 (Tax
Indemnity)  and if it intends to make a claim under such Clause it shall  notify
the relevant Obligor of the event by reason of which it is entitled to do so and
shall deliver to the relevant  Obligor  through the Agent a certificate  to that
effect setting out in reasonable  detail the basis and computation of such claim
provided  that nothing  herein shall  require such Finance Party to disclose any
confidential information relating to the organisation of its affairs.

Double Taxation Relief
If, and to the extent  that,  the effect of Clause 0 (Tax  Gross-up) or Clause 0
(Tax  Indemnity)  can be mitigated by virtue of the provisions of any applicable
double tax convention  entered into between the United Kingdom or the US and the
relevant Bank's  jurisdiction of incorporation  (whether by a claim to repayment
of any taxes referred to in Clause 0 (Tax Gross-up) or Clause 0 (Tax  Indemnity)
or otherwise)  each Bank agrees to co-operate  with the Borrowers with a view to
filing or providing any tax claims,  forms,  affidavits,  declarations  or other
like documents which the relevant  Borrower has requested and which are required
for the purpose of ensuring the application of such double tax convention so far
as relevant.  To the extent that the effect of Clause 0 (Tax Gross-up) or Clause
0 (Tax  Indemnity)  can be  mitigated  and any Bank fails to  co-operate  to the
extent required hereby to so mitigate the effect of such clauses, the provisions
of Clause 0 (Tax Gross-up) or Clause 0 (Tax  Indemnity)  shall not be applicable
in relation to payments of interest to such Bank  provided  that nothing in this
Clause 8.5 shall  affect the right of a Bank to  arrange  its tax  affairs as it
sees fit (in its  sole  discretion)  or shall  require  a Bank to  disclose  any
information concerning its tax affairs.

Banks' Tax Status Confirmation
Each Bank confirms in favour of the Agent (on the date hereof or, in the case of
a Bank which becomes a party hereto pursuant to a transfer or assignment, on the
date on which the  relevant  transfer  or  assignment  becomes  effective)  that
either:

it is not resident for tax  purposes in the United  Kingdom and is  beneficially
entitled to its share of the Loan and the interest thereon; or

it is a bank as  defined  for the  purposes  of  Section  349 of the  Income and
Corporation Taxes Act 1988 and is beneficially entitled to its share of the Loan
and the interest thereon, and each Bank shall promptly notify the Agent if there
is any change in its position from that set out above.

Tax Receipts

Notification of Requirement to Deduct Tax
If, at any time, any of the Obligors is required by law to make any deduction or
withholding  from  any sum  payable  by it under  any  Finance  Document  (or if
thereafter there is any change in the rates at which or the manner in which such
deductions  or  withholdings  are  calculated),  such  Obligor  shall as soon as
reasonably practicable after becoming aware of the same, notify the Agent.

Evidence of Payment of Tax
If any of the Obligors  makes any payment under any Finance  Document in respect
of which it is required to make any  deduction or  withholding,  it shall pay or
otherwise account for the full amount required to be deducted or withheld to the
relevant  taxation or other  authority  within the time allowed for such payment
under  applicable  law and shall deliver to the Agent for each relevant  Finance
Party,  within  thirty days after the due date of such payment,  withholding  or
deduction,  evidence  satisfactory  to the  Agent,  or as the case  may be,  the
relevant  Finance  Party of that  deduction,  withholding  or payment and (where
remittance  is required)  of the  remittance  thereof to the relevant  taxing or
other authority.

Tax Undertaking by Banks and Tax Refunds

Bank Undertaking
Each Bank  undertakes,  promptly upon its Facility  Office becoming aware of the
same, to notify (through the Agent) the Principal  Borrower if it shall cease to
be a UK Qualifying Lender.

Tax Credit Clawback
If:

an Obligor  makes a payment under Clause 0 (Tax  Gross-Up) (a "Tax  Payment") in
respect of a payment to a Finance Party under this Agreement; and

that Finance Party determines in its absolute  discretion and in good faith that
it has obtained a refund of tax or obtained and used a credit against tax on its
overall net income (a "Tax  Credit")  which that  Finance  Party in its absolute
discretion  and in good faith is able to  identify as  attributable  to that Tax
Payment,  then,  if in its  absolute  discretion  and in good faith it can do so
without  prejudicing  the amount of any Tax Credit for that Finance Party,  that
Finance Party shall  reimburse the relevant  Obligor such amount as that Finance
Party in its  absolute  discretion  determines,  but in good  faith,  to be such
proportion  of that Tax Credit as will  leave that  Finance  Party  (after  that
reimbursement)  in no better or worse  position than it would have been in if no
Tax Payment had been  required.  A Finance Party shall not be obliged to arrange
its business or tax affairs in any  particular way in order to be eligible for a
Tax Credit (and, if it does make a claim,  shall have absolute  discretion as to
the extent,  order and manner in which it does so) and whether any amount is due
from it under this Clause 0 (and, if so, what amount and when). No Finance Party
shall be obliged to  disclose  any  information  regarding  its tax  affairs and
computations.

Increased Costs

Changes in Circumstances
If, by reason of any change in law in any jurisdiction or in its  interpretation
or administration  and/or compliance with any request from or requirement of any
central bank or other fiscal,  monetary or other authority  (including,  without
limitation,  a request or  requirement  (x) which  affects the manner in which a
Finance  Party or any holding  company of such  Finance  Party is required to or
does  maintain   capital   resources  having  regard  to  such  Finance  Party's
obligations  under any  Finance  Document  and to amounts  owing to it under any
Finance  Document but  excluding  the  implementation,  as  contemplated  on the
signing of this Agreement, of any of the matters set out in the July 1988 report
of the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices entitled
"International  Convergence of Capital  Measurement and Capital  Standards" (the
"Cooke  Report"),  (y) which  implements  any change  after the  signing of this
Agreement in, or in the  interpretation  or application  of, such matters or any
increase in the  requirements of the Cooke Report after the date hereof;  or (z)
relating to the adoption of the euro:

         a Finance  Party or any holding  company of such Finance Party incurs a
cost as a result of such Finance  Party's having entered into and/or  performing
its  obligations  under any Finance  Document  and/or  assuming or maintaining a
commitment under any Finance Document and/or making one or more Advances;

         a Finance Party or any holding  company of such Finance Party suffers a
reduction in the rate of return on its overall capital (not being a reduction by
reason of the  imposition  of, or  increase  in the rates of tax  payable on its
overall  profits  or net  income) as a result of a change in the manner in which
such Finance Party is required to allocate  resources to its  obligations  under
any Finance Document;

         there is any  increase  in the cost to a Finance  Party or any  holding
company  of such  Finance  Party of  funding  or  maintaining  all or any of the
advances  comprised in a class of advances  formed by or including  the Advances
made or to be made by such Finance Party hereunder; or

         a Finance  Party or any holding  company of such Finance  Party becomes
liable to make any  payment  on  account  of tax or  otherwise  (not being a tax
imposed  on the net  income  of such  Finance  Party's  Facility  Office  by the
jurisdiction  in which it is  incorporated  or in which its  Facility  Office is
located) on or  calculated by reference to the amount of the Advances made or to
be made by such Finance Party hereunder and/or to any sum received or receivable
by it hereunder,  then the relevant Borrower shall,  provided that the Agent has
notified  such  Borrower  of such claim  pursuant to Clause 0  (Increased  Costs
Claim),  within 10 Business Days of receipt of a demand of the Agent, pay to the
Agent for the account of that Finance Party amounts sufficient to indemnify that
Finance Party or any such holding company against,  as the case may be, (1) such
cost,  (2) such  reduction  in such rate of return (or such  proportion  of such
reduction  as is, in the  opinion of that  Finance  Party,  attributable  to its
obligations  hereunder),  (3) such  increased  cost (or such  proportion of such
increased cost as is, in the opinion of that Finance Party,  attributable to its
funding or maintaining  Advances) or (4) such liability  (save and to the extent
that such Finance  Party has been  compensated  for such  liability  pursuant to
Clause 0 (Taxes)).

Increased Costs Claim
A Finance  Party  intending  to make a claim  pursuant  to Clause 0 (Changes  in
Circumstances)  shall  notify  the  Agent of the  event by reason of which it is
entitled  to do so  within 90 days  after  becoming  aware of the  circumstances
giving  rise to the  claim,  whereupon  the Agent  shall  notify  the  Principal
Borrower thereof by delivery of a certificate  setting out in reasonable  detail
the basis and  computation  of such claim  provided  that  nothing  herein shall
require such Finance Party to disclose any confidential  information relating to
the organisation of its affairs.

Option to repay in relation to increased costs claim
If a Borrower is required to pay any amount to a Bank under Clause 0 (Changes in
Circumstances), then subject to such Borrower giving the Agent and that Bank not
less than 10 days prior notice:

such Borrower may prepay all, but not part, of that Bank's share in the Advances
together with accrued  interest on the amount  prepaid and any other amount owed
to such Bank hereunder.  On any such  prepayment the relevant  Commitment of the
relevant Bank shall be automatically cancelled; and/or

such Borrower shall have the right at any time thereafter to locate a new lender
to  which  all  the  rights  and  obligations  of  such  Bank  hereunder  may be
transferred.  If such new  lender has been  located  then such Bank and such new
lender shall execute and deliver a Transfer Certificate pursuant to which all of
the rights and  obligations of such Bank hereunder  shall be transferred to such
new lender  with  effect  from the  Transfer  Date  specified  in such  Transfer
Certificate.

Illegality
If, at any time,  it is unlawful for a Finance  Party to make,  fund or allow to
remain  outstanding  all or  any  of  the  Advances  made  or to be  made  by it
hereunder,  then that Finance Party shall,  promptly after becoming aware of the
same,  deliver to the Principal Borrower through the Agent a certificate to that
effect  and,  unless  such  illegality  is avoided in  accordance  with Clause 0
(Mitigation), to the extent of such illegality:

         such Finance Party shall not  thereafter be obliged to  participate  in
the  making  of  such  Advances  and  the  amount  of its  Commitment  shall  be
immediately reduced accordingly; and

         if the Agent on behalf of such Finance Party so requires,  the Borrower
to whom  such  Advance  was made  shall on such  date as the  Agent  shall  have
specified as being  necessary to comply with the relevant law repay such Finance
Party's  share of such Advance  together with accrued  interest  thereon and all
other amounts owing to such Finance Party.

MARKET DISRUPTION

Market Disruption If, in relation to any Advance:

the relevant  interbank rate is to be determined by reference to Reference Banks
and at or about the time at which the rate is to be  determined on the Quotation
Date for the relevant  Interest  Period none or only one of the Reference  Banks
supplies a rate for the purpose of determining  the relevant  interbank rate for
the relevant Interest Period; or

before 12pm  (Brussels  time) in the case of an Advance  denominated in euro, or
12pm (London  time) in the case of an Advance in a currency  other than euro, on
the  Quotation  Date for such  Advance the Agent has been  notified by a Bank or
each of a group of Banks to whom in  aggregate  forty per cent.  or more of such
Advance is owed (or, in the case of an undrawn Advance,  if made, would be owed)
that relevant interbank rate does not accurately reflect the cost of funding its
participation  in such  Advance,  then,  the Agent shall at such time notify the
relevant Borrower and the Banks of such event and,  notwithstanding  anything to
the  contrary  in this  Agreement,  Clause 0  (Substitute  Interest  Period  and
Interest  Rate) shall apply to such Advance  unless the relevant  Borrower shall
have notified the Agent within one hour of receipt of such  notification that it
wishes to cancel such  Advance,  in which case such  Advance  shall be cancelled
without penalty.

Substitute Interest Period and Interest Rate
If  sub-clause  0 of Clause 0 (Market  Disruption)  applies to an  Advance,  the
duration of the relevant  Interest  Period shall be one month or, if less,  such
that it shall end on the Tranche A Termination  Date (in the case of a Tranche A
Advance) or the Tranche B Termination Date (in the case of a Tranche B Advance).
If  either  sub-clause  0 or 0 of  Clause 0 (Market  Disruption)  applies  to an
Advance the rate of interest  applicable to each Bank's  portion of such Advance
during the relevant  Interest  Period shall  (subject to any  agreement  reached
pursuant to Clause 0 (Alternative  Rate)) be the rate per annum which is the sum
of:

in  respect of a Tranche A Advance,  the  Tranche A Margin at such time and,  in
respect of a Tranche B Advance, the Trance B Margin at such time;

the Mandatory Cost Rate, if any, in respect thereof at such time; and

the rate per annum notified to the Agent by such Bank before the last day of the
then current Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per
annum the cost to such Bank of funding from  whatever  sources it may select its
portion of such Advance or Unpaid Sum during such Interest Period.

Alternative Rate
If (a)  either of those  events  mentioned  in  sub-clauses  0 and 0 of Clause 0
(Market  Disruption)  occurs  in  relation  to an  Advance  or (b) by  reason of
circumstances  affecting the London  interbank market during any period of three
consecutive  Business  Days EURIBOR is not  available for euro to prime banks in
the London  interbank  market,  then if the Agent or the  relevant  Borrower  so
requires, the Agent and the relevant Borrower shall enter into negotiations with
a view to agreeing a substitute  basis (i) for determining the rates of interest
from time to time applicable to the Advances and/or (ii) upon which the Advances
may be maintained  (whether in euros or some other currency)  thereafter and any
such  substitute  basis that is agreed shall take effect in accordance  with its
terms and be binding on each party hereto, provided that the Agent may not agree
any such substitute basis without the prior consent of each Bank.

Mitigation
If, in respect of any Bank,  circumstances  arise which would, or would upon the
giving of notice, result in:

the reduction of its Commitment to zero pursuant to Clause 0 (Illegality);

an  increase  in the amount of any  payment to be made to it or for its  account
pursuant to Clause 0 (Tax Gross-Up); or

a claim for  indemnification  pursuant to Clause 0 (Tax Indemnity) or 0 (Changes
in  Circumstances),  then,  without in any way  limiting,  reducing or otherwise
qualifying the rights of such Bank or the  obligations of any Borrower under any
of the Clauses  referred to in  sub-clause 0, 0 or 0, such Bank shall notify the
Agent  thereof  as  provided  in  Clause  0  (Tax  Indemnity),   0  (Changes  in
Circumstances) or 0 (Illegality),  as the case may be, and, in consultation with
the Agent and the Principal  Borrower,  take such reasonable  steps as such Bank
acting in good faith  considers  appropriate  to  mitigate  the  effects of such
circumstances   including  the  transfer  of  its  Facility  Office  to  another
jurisdiction or the transfer of its rights and obligations  hereunder to another
financial   institution   acceptable  to  the  Principal   Borrower  willing  to
participate  in the  Facility;  provided  that  such  Bank  shall  be  under  no
obligation to take any such action if, in the bona fide opinion of such Bank, to
do so would or might have an adverse  effect upon its  business,  operations  or
financial condition.

REPRESENTATIONS
Each Obligor makes the  representations and warranties in respect of itself only
set out in Clause 0 (Corporate Existence) to Clause 0 (Pari Passu Ranking).  The
Original  Obligors  acknowledge  that the Finance Parties have entered into this
Agreement in reliance on those representations and warranties.

Corporate Existence
Each of  such  Obligor  and  its  Subsidiaries:  (a) is a  corporation,  limited
liability company,  partnership or other entity duly organised, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organisation; (b)
has all requisite  corporate or other power,  and has all material  governmental
licences, authorisations, consents and approvals necessary to own its assets and
carry  on its  business  as now  being  conducted;  and (c) is  qualified  to do
business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the
business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary and where failure so
to qualify  could  (either  individually  or in the  aggregate)  have a Material
Adverse  Effect.  COB is a member  in good  standing  with the  Federal  Reserve
System,  and COB's deposit accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation,  and no  proceedings  for the  termination  or  revocation  of such
insurance are pending or, to the knowledge of COB, threatened.

Financial Condition
The  Original  Guarantor  has pursuant  hereto  furnished to each of the Banks a
consolidated  balance sheet of the Original Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at
December 31, 1999 and the related consolidated  statements of income, changes in
stockholders'   equity  and  cash  flows  of  the  Original  Guarantor  and  its
Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended on said date, with the opinion thereon of
Ernst & Young LLP, and the unaudited  consolidated balance sheet of the Original
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2000 and the related consolidated
statements  of  income,  changes in  stockholders'  equity and cash flows of the
Original Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the three-month period ended on such
date. All such financial  statements  present fairly, in all material  respects,
the  consolidated   financial  condition  of  the  Original  Guarantor  and  its
Subsidiaries as at said dates and the  consolidated  results of their operations
and their cash flows for the fiscal year and three-month  period,  respectively,
ended on said dates  (subject,  in the case of such  financial  statements as at
March 31, 2000, to normal  year-end audit  adjustments),  all in accordance with
GAAP and practices applied on a consistent basis. Since December 31, 1999, there
has been no  material  adverse  change in the  Property,  business,  operations,
financial  condition,  prospects or capitalisation of the Original Guarantor and
its  Subsidiaries  taken  as a whole  from  that  set  forth  in said  financial
statements as at said date.

Litigation
Except as set out in  Schedule 9 (Existing  Proceedings),  there are no legal or
arbitral  proceedings,  or any  proceedings  by or before  any  governmental  or
regulatory  authority or agency,  now pending or (to its  knowledge)  threatened
against or affecting  the Original  Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries  as to
which there is a reasonable  possibility of an adverse  determination that could
(either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect.

No Breach
None of the execution and delivery of the Finance Documents, the consummation of
the transactions herein contemplated or compliance with the terms and provisions
hereof  will  conflict  with or result in a breach  of, or require  any  consent
under, the charter or by-laws or constitutional documents of any Obligor, or any
applicable law or regulation,  or any order,  writ,  injunction or decree of any
court or  governmental  authority or agency,  or any  agreement or instrument to
which the Original  Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries is a party or by which
any of them  or any of  their  Property  is  bound  or to  which  any of them is
subject, or constitute a default under any such agreement or instrument,  except
for any such conflict,  breach or default that, or consent that if not obtained,
could not (either  individually  or in the  aggregate)  have a Material  Adverse
Effect and could not subject the Agent or any Bank to liability.

Action
Each Obligor has all  necessary  corporate  power,  authority and legal right to
execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Finance Documents
to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions  contemplated thereby;
the execution,  delivery and  performance by each Obligor of each of the Finance
Documents  to  which  it is a party  and the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated thereby have been duly authorised by all necessary corporate action
on its part (including, without limitation, any required shareholder approvals);
and this  Agreement  has been duly and validly  executed  and  delivered by each
Obligor and constitutes,  and each of the other Finance Documents to which it is
a party when executed and delivered for value will constitute,  its legal, valid
and binding obligation,  enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its
terms,  except as may be limited by (a)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  receivership,
conservatorship,   reorganisation,   moratorium   or  similar  laws  of  general
applicability  affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights  and (b) such
enforceability may be limited by the application of general principles of equity
(regardless  of whether such  enforceability  is  considered  in a proceeding in
equity or at law).

Approvals
No  authorisations,  approvals or consents  of, and no filings or  registrations
with,  any  governmental  or regulatory  authority or agency,  or any securities
exchange,  are  necessary  for the  execution,  delivery or  performance  by any
Obligor of this  Agreement  or any of the other  Finance  Documents to which any
Obligor  is a  party  or  for  the  consummation  of  any  of  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby or thereby or for the legality,  validity or enforceability
hereof or thereof.

Use of Credit
No part of the proceeds of the Loan  hereunder  will be used to buy or carry any
Margin  Stock or to extend  credit any person for the purpose of  purchasing  or
carrying any Margin Stock in contravention of Regulation T, U or X.

ERISA
Each Plan, and, to the knowledge of each Obligor, each Multiemployer Plan, is in
compliance  in all material  respects  with,  and has been  administered  in all
material  respects in compliance  with, the applicable  provisions of ERISA, the
Code and the US Age  Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended,  and no event
or condition  has occurred and is  continuing  as to which any Obligor  would be
under an  obligation  to  furnish a report to the Banks  under  sub-clause  0 of
Clause 0 (Financial Statements).

Taxes
The Original  Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries are members of an affiliated group
of corporations filing consolidated returns for US income tax purposes, of which
the  Original  Guarantor is the "common  parent"  (within the meaning of Section
1504 of the Code) of such group.  The Original  Guarantor  and its  Subsidiaries
have filed all US income tax returns and all other material tax returns that are
required  to be filed by them and have  paid  all  taxes  due  pursuant  to such
returns or pursuant to any assessment  received by the Original Guarantor or any
of its  Subsidiaries.  The  charges,  accruals  and reserves on the books of the
Original   Guarantor  and  its  Subsidiaries  in  respect  of  taxes  and  other
governmental charges are, in the opinion of the Obligors,  adequate.  No Obligor
has given or been  requested  to give a waiver  of the  statute  of  limitations
relating  to the  payment of any US,  state,  local and  foreign  taxes or other
impositions.

Investment Company Act
Neither the Original  Guarantor nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is an  "investment
company",  or a company  "controlled"  by an  "investment  company",  within the
meaning of the US Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Public Utility Holding Company Act
Neither  the  Original  Guarantor  nor  any of its  Subsidiaries  is a  "holding
company",  or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of
a "holding company", within the meaning of the US Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935, as amended.

Environmental Matters
Each  of  the  Original   Guarantor  and  its   Subsidiaries  has  obtained  all
environmental,  health and safety  permits,  licences  and other  authorisations
required under all Environmental Law to carry on its business as now being or as
proposed to be conducted,  except to the extent failure to have any such permit,
licence or  authorisation  would not (either  individually  or in the aggregate)
have  a  Material   Adverse   Effect.   Each  of  such  permits,   licences  and
authorisations is in full force and effect,  and each of the Original  Guarantor
and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with the terms and conditions thereof, and
is also in  compliance  with all other  limitations,  restrictions,  conditions,
standards,  prohibitions,  requirements,  obligations,  schedules and timetables
contained in any applicable Environmental Law or in any regulation,  code, plan,
order, decree,  judgment,  injunction,  notice or demand letter issued, entered,
promulgated  or  approved  thereunder,  except to the  extent  failure to comply
therewith  would not (either  individually  or in the aggregate) have a Material
Adverse Effect.

True and Complete Disclosure
The information, reports, financial statements, exhibits and schedules furnished
in writing by or on behalf of any Obligor to the Agent or any Bank in connection
with the  negotiation,  preparation  or delivery of this  Agreement  or included
herein or delivered  pursuant hereto,  when taken as a whole, do not contain any
untrue  statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact  necessary
to make the statements herein or therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under
which they were made, not misleading.  All written  information  furnished after
the date  hereof by or on behalf  of any  Obligor  to the Agent and the Banks in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions  contemplated hereby will be
true,  complete  and  accurate  in every  material  respect,  or (in the case of
projections)  based  on  reasonable  estimates,  on the  date as of  which  such
information is stated or certified.

Liabilities
As at the date as of which the most recent financial  statements of each Obligor
were prepared such Obligor had no, or, in the case of the Original Guarantor, no
member of the Group had any,  liabilities  (contingent or otherwise)  which were
not disclosed  thereby (or by notes thereto) or reserved against therein nor any
unrealised or  anticipated  losses arising from  commitments  entered into by it
which were not so disclosed or reserved against, in each case, as required under
GAAP.

Ownership
Each Borrower is a Subsidiary of the Original Guarantor.

Liens
No Liens  exist  upon any  assets of any  Obligor  save for Liens  which are not
prohibited under Clause 0 (Limitations on Liens).

Governing law and enforcement

The choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance  Documents will be
recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

Any  judgment  obtained  in England in relation  to a Finance  Document  will be
recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

Deduction of Tax
It is not required under the law of its  jurisdiction of  incorporation  to make
any  deduction  for or on account of tax from any  payment it may make under any
Finance Document.

No filing or stamp taxes
Under the law of its  jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the
Finance  Documents  be  filed,  recorded  or  enrolled  with any  court or other
authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be
paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated
by the Finance Documents.

No default
No Event of Default is continuing.

Insolvency
No Obligor or Subsidiary  of an Obligor has taken any corporate  action nor have
any other  steps  been taken or legal  proceedings  been  started or  threatened
against any Obligor or Subsidiary of an Obligor for its winding up, dissolution,
administration or re-organisation  (whether by voluntary arrangement,  scheme of
arrangement or otherwise) or for the  appointment of a receiver,  administrator,
administrative receiver,  conservator,  custodian, trustee or similar officer of
it or of any or all of its assets or revenues.

Pari Passu Ranking
Its payment  obligations  under the Finance  Documents  rank at least pari passu
with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors,  except
for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

Repetition of Representations
The  Repeated  Representations  shall be deemed to be repeated  by the  relevant
Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances  then existing on each day a
Notice of Drawdown is delivered  to the Agent,  on each date on which an Advance
is or is to be made and on the  date on  which  any  company  becomes  (or it is
proposed that a company becomes) a Borrower.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Covenants
Each Obligor covenants and agrees (with respect to itself only) with the Finance
Parties that, so long as any Commitment or Loan is outstanding and until payment
in full of all amounts  payable by each  Obligor  hereunder it shall comply with
the covenants set out in this Clause 0:

Financial Statements
Each Obligor shall deliver or cause to be delivered or otherwise  made available
through  electronic media (which term shall include  e-mail),  provided that the
Obligors shall give prior written notice to each Bank of such availability:

         as soon as  available  and in any event within 60 days after the end of
each of the first  three  quarterly  fiscal  periods of each  fiscal year of the
Original Guarantor,  consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders'
equity and cash flows of the Original  Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries  for such
period and for the period from the  beginning of the  respective  fiscal year to
the end of such  period,  and the  related  consolidated  balance  sheet  of the
Original  Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries as at the end of such period,  setting
forth in each case in comparative form the  corresponding  consolidated  figures
for the corresponding  periods in the preceding fiscal year (except that, in the
case of balance sheets,  such  comparison  shall be to the last day of the prior
fiscal year),  accompanied by a certificate of a senior financial officer of the
Original Guarantor, which certificate shall state that said financial statements
present fairly, in all material respects,  the consolidated  financial condition
and results of operations  of the Original  Guarantor  and its  Subsidiaries  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the US, consistently
applied,  as at the end of, and for,  such period  (subject  to normal  year-end
audit  adjustments)  (or, in lieu  thereof,  copies of the Original  Guarantor's
Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q as filed with the SEC  containing  such financial
statements and information);

as soon as  available  and in any event  within  120 days  after the end of each
fiscal  year of the  Original  Guarantor,  consolidated  statements  of  income,
changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Original Guarantor and the
Original  Guarantor's   Subsidiaries  for  such  fiscal  year  and  the  related
consolidated and consolidating  balance sheets of the Original Guarantor and its
Subsidiaries  as at the end of such fiscal year,  setting  forth in each case in
comparative form the corresponding consolidated figures as of the end of and for
the preceding  fiscal year, and accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent
certified public accountants of recognised international standing, which opinion
shall state that said  financial  statements  present  fairly,  in all  material
respects,  the  consolidated  financial  condition and results of operations and
cash flows of the Original  Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at the end of, and
for,  such fiscal year in accordance  with GAAP (or, in lieu thereof,  copies of
the  Original  Guarantor's  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K as filed  with the SEC
containing such financial statements and information);

as soon as  available  and in any event  within 60 days after the end of each of
the  first  three  quarterly   fiscal  periods  of  each  fiscal  year  of  COB,
consolidated  statements  of income,  changes in  stockholders'  equity and cash
flows of COB and its  Subsidiaries  for such  period and for the period from the
beginning  of the  respective  fiscal  year to the end of such  period,  and the
related  consolidated balance sheet of COB and its Subsidiaries as at the end of
such period,  setting forth in each case in comparative  form the  corresponding
consolidated figures for the corresponding  periods in the preceding fiscal year
(except that, in the case of balance  sheets,  such  comparison  shall be to the
last day of the prior fiscal year),  accompanied  by a  certificate  of a senior
financial  officer of COB,  which  certificate  shall state that said  financial
statements present fairly, in all material respects,  the consolidated financial
condition and results of operations  of COB and its  Subsidiaries  in accordance
with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject
to normal year-end audit adjustments);

         as soon as available  and in any event within 120 days after the end of
each  fiscal  year  of  COB,  consolidated  statements  of  income,  changes  in
stockholders'  equity and cash flows of COB and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal
year and the related  consolidated and  consolidating  balance sheets of COB and
its  Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year,  setting forth in each case
in comparative form the corresponding  consolidated figures as of the end of and
for  the  preceding  fiscal  year,  accompanied  by a  certificate  of a  senior
financial  officer of COB,  which  certificate  shall state that said  financial
statements present fairly, in all material respects,  the consolidated financial
condition and results of operations  and cash flows of COB and its  Subsidiaries
as at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in accordance with GAAP;

as soon as  available  and in any event  within 60 days after the end of each of
the first three  quarterly  fiscal  periods of each fiscal year of the  Acceding
Borrower  and each  Additional  Borrower,  consolidated  statements  of  income,
changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Acceding Borrower and each
Additional Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period and for the period from
the beginning of the respective  fiscal year to the end of such period,  and the
related  consolidated balance sheet of the Acceding Borrower and each Additional
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  as at the end of such period,  setting  forth in
each case in comparative  form the  corresponding  consolidated  figures for the
corresponding  periods in the preceding fiscal year (except that, in the case of
balance  sheets,  such  comparison  shall be to the last day of the prior fiscal
year),  accompanied  by a  certificate  of a  senior  financial  officer  of the
Acceding  Borrower and each Additional  Borrower,  which certificate shall state
that said financial  statements  present fairly, in all material  respects,  the
consolidated  financial  condition  and results of  operations  of the  Acceding
Borrower and each  Additional  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries in accordance with
GAAP,  consistently  applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to
normal year-end audit adjustments);

as soon as  available  and in any event  within  120 days  after the end of each
fiscal year of the Acceding Borrower and each Additional Borrower,  consolidated
statements  of  income,  changes in  stockholders'  equity and cash flows of the
Acceding  Borrower and each Additional  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  for such
fiscal year and the related consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the
Acceding  Borrower and each Additional  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries as at the
end of such fiscal  year,  setting  forth in each case in  comparative  form the
corresponding consolidated figures as of the end of and for the preceding fiscal
year,  and  accompanied by a certificate  of a senior  financial  officer of the
Acceding  Borrower and each Additional  Borrower,  which certificate shall state
that said financial  statements  present fairly, in all material  respects,  the
consolidated financial condition and results of operations and cash flows of the
Acceding  Borrower and each Additional  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries as at the
end of, and for, such fiscal year in accordance with GAAP;

as soon as  available  and in any  event  within  60 days  after the end of each
quarterly fiscal period of each fiscal year of COB, the "Consolidated Reports of
Condition  and  Income" for COB and its Insured  Subsidiaries,  all  prepared in
accordance  with  regulatory  accounting  principles  prescribed  by the Federal
Financial Institutions Examination Counsel;

promptly upon their becoming  available,  copies of all registration  statements
(excluding exhibits to such registration statements, and other than registration
statements filed on Form S-8 or any successor form) and regular periodic reports
filed on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K (or any successor  form), if any, that
any Obligor shall have filed with the SEC or any national securities exchange;

promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders of the Original  Guarantor
generally,  copies of all financial statements,  reports and proxy statements so
mailed;

as soon as possible, and in any event within ten days after any Obligor knows or
has reason to believe that any of the events or conditions  specified below with
respect to any Plan or  Multiemployer  Plan has occurred or exists,  a statement
signed by a senior  financial  officer of such  Obligor  setting  forth  details
respecting such event or condition and the action,  if any, that such Obligor or
its ERISA  Affiliate  proposes to take with  respect  thereto (and a copy of any
report or notice  required to be filed with or given to the PBGC by such Obligor
or an ERISA  Affiliate  with respect to such event or  condition,  except that a
copy of any notice  required to be filed for an event  described in sub-clause 0
of this  sub-clause  0 may be  provided at a later date (to be no later than the
date such notice is filed) if it has not been filed as of the date of the signed
statement described above):

         any reportable  event,  as defined in Section  4043(c) of ERISA and the
regulations  issued  thereunder,  with  respect  to a  Plan,  as  to  which  the
requirement  to provide 30 days'  notice to the PBGC  under  Section  4043(a) or
Section  4043(b) of ERISA applies,  other than a reportable  event for which the
requirement  to provide such notice has been waived by  regulation  or for which
the  PBGC  has   announced   in  Technical   Update  95-3  (or  any   subsequent
administrative  guideline)  that it will not  apply a  penalty  for  failure  to
provide  such  notice  (provided  that a  failure  to meet the  minimum  funding
standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, including,  without
limitation,  the failure to make on or before its due date a required instalment
under  Section  412(m)  of the  Code or  Section  302(e)  of  ERISA,  shall be a
reportable  event  regardless of the issuance of any waivers in accordance  with
Section  412(d) of the Code);  and any request for a waiver under Section 412(d)
of the Code for any Plan;

         the  distribution  under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent
to terminate  any Plan or any action taken by any Obligor or an ERISA  Affiliate
to terminate any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA;

         the institution by the PBGC of proceedings  under Section 4042 of ERISA
for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan,
or the  receipt  by any  Obligor  or any  ERISA  Affiliate  of a  notice  from a
Multiemployer  Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with  respect to
such Multiemployer Plan;

         the complete or partial  withdrawal  from a  Multiemployer  Plan by any
Obligor or any ERISA  Affiliate that results in liability  under Section 4201 or
4204 of ERISA  (including  the  obligation to satisfy  secondary  liability as a
result of a  purchaser  default)  or the  receipt  by any  Obligor  or any ERISA
Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer  Plan that it is in  reorganisation  or
insolvency  pursuant  to  Section  4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it  intends  to
terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA;

         the  institution  of a proceeding  by a fiduciary of any  Multiemployer
Plan against any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate to enforce Section 515 of ERISA,
which proceeding is not dismissed within 30 days; and

         the  adoption  of an  amendment  to any Plan that,  pursuant to Section
401(a)(29)  of the Code or  Section  307 of ERISA,  would  result in the loss of
tax-exempt status of the trust of which such Plan is a part if any Obligor or an
ERISA Affiliate fails to timely provide security to such Plan in accordance with
the provisions of said Sections;

         within five days after any  executive  officer of any  Obligor  obtains
knowledge of the  occurrence of any Default,  if such Default is  continuing,  a
notice of such Default  describing the same in reasonable  detail and,  together
with such notice or as soon thereafter as possible,  a description of the action
that the Obligors have taken or propose to take with respect thereto;

promptly  after any  Obligor  knows that a change in any rating  assigned by any
Rating Agency has occurred, a notice describing the same;

at the time any set of financial statements is furnished pursuant to sub-clauses
0, 0, 0, 0, 0 or 0 of Clause 0 (Financial Statements), a certificate of a senior
financial officer of each Obligor (a) to the effect that no Default has occurred
and is continuing (or, if any Default has occurred and is continuing, describing
the same in reasonable  detail and  describing the action that the Obligors have
taken  or  propose  to take  with  respect  thereto)  and (b)  setting  forth in
reasonable detail (including,  without limitation,  as to the component parts of
relevant definitions of accounting terms included in Clause 0 (Definitions)) the
computations  necessary to determine  whether such Obligor is in compliance with
its  obligations  under Clause 0 (Financial  Covenants) and Clause 0 (Regulatory
Capital)  hereof  as of the end of the  respective  quarterly  fiscal  period or
fiscal year; and

from time to time such other  information  regarding  the  financial  condition,
operations,  business or prospects of any Obligor or any  Subsidiary  thereof as
any Bank or the Agent may reasonably request.

Covenants

Covenants
Each Obligor covenants and agrees with the Finance Parties (in respect of itself
only) that, so long as any Commitment or Loan is  outstanding  and until payment
in full of all amounts  payable by each  Obligor  hereunder it shall comply with
the covenants set out in this Clause 0.

Litigation
Each  Obligor  will  promptly  give to each Bank notice of all legal or arbitral
proceedings,  and  of  all  investigations  or  proceedings  by  or  before  any
governmental or regulatory  authority or agency, and any material development in
respect of such legal or other proceedings, against or affecting such Obligor or
any of its  Subsidiaries,  except  investigations or proceedings (a) as to which
there is no reasonable  possibility of an adverse  determination or (b) that, if
adversely determined, would not (either individually or in the aggregate) have a
Material Adverse Effect.

Existence, Etc
Each Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

         preserve  and  maintain  its  legal  existence  and all of its  rights,
privileges, licences and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct
of its  business  (provided  that  nothing in this Clause 0 shall  prohibit  any
transaction  expressly  permitted  under Clause 0  (Prohibition  of  Fundamental
Changes));

         comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations
and  orders  of  governmental  or  regulatory  authorities  (including,  without
limitation,   the  US  Federal  Reserve  Bank,  ERISA,  the  Financial  Services
Authority, Bank of England, all Environmental Law and the FDIA and all rules and
regulations  promulgated thereunder) if failure to comply with such requirements
could (either individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse Effect;

         pay and discharge all taxes,  assessments and  governmental  charges or
levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its Property prior
to the  date on  which  penalties  attach  thereto,  except  for any  such  tax,
assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being contested in good faith
and by  proper  proceedings  and  against  which  adequate  reserves  are  being
maintained in accordance with GAAP;

maintain  all of its  Properties  used or useful in its business in good working
order and condition  ordinary wear and tear excepted,  except to the extent that
the failure to maintain any such  Property in good working  order and  condition
would not (either  individually  or in the  aggregate)  have a Material  Adverse
Effect  and would not  interfere  in the  ordinary  conduct of its  business  or
operations;

keep adequate  records and books of account,  in which complete  entries will be
made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; and

permit  representatives of any Bank or the Agent,  during normal business hours,
to examine, copy and make extracts from its books and records, to inspect any of
its Properties,  and to discuss its business and affairs with its officers,  all
to the extent  reasonably  requested  by such Bank or the Agent (as the case may
be);  provided that no Obligor shall be required to provide (a) the names of, or
other  information  that could be used to  identify,  account  holders,  (b) any
proprietary  strategic insights or statistical models concerning account holders
or potential account holders,  (c) information  regarding the specific nature or
application of any of the information-based  strategies employed by the Original
Guarantor  and its  Subsidiaries  in the  conduct of their  business  or (d) any
proprietary plans or other proprietary  information  relating to the development
of the business of the Original Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

Insurance
Each Obligor will, and will cause each of its  Subsidiaries to, maintain (either
in its own  name or in the  name  of an  Obligor)  with  financially  sound  and
responsible insurance companies, insurance on all their respective properties in
at least  such  amounts  and  against  at least  such  risks (and with such risk
retention) as are usually  insured against in the same general area by companies
of  established  repute  engaged  in the same or a  similar  business;  and will
furnish to the Banks,  upon  request  from the Agent,  information  presented in
reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.

Prohibition of Fundamental Changes
No Obligor will, nor will it permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to: (a) enter into
any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation,  or liquidate,  wind
up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution); or (b) convey,
sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of
transactions  (a  "Transfer"),  all or  substantially  all of  its  business  or
Property; provided that:

         any  Subsidiary of COB may be merged or  consolidated  with or into, or
Transfer all or substantially all of its business or Property to, (x) COB if COB
is  the  continuing,  surviving  or  transferee  corporation  or (y)  any  other
Subsidiary of COB;

     the  restriction  set forth in sub-clause  0(b) shall apply, in the case of
COB, only to a Transfer of Managed Receivables;

         any Subsidiary of the Original Guarantor (other than any Obligor or any
of their respective Subsidiaries) may be merged or consolidated with or into, or
Transfer  all or  substantially  all of its  business  or  Property  to, (x) the
Original  Guarantor if the Original  Guarantor is the  continuing,  surviving or
transferee corporation or (y) any other Subsidiary of the Original Guarantor;

the Original Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (other than COB) may be merged
or  consolidated  with or into,  or  transfer  all or  substantially  all of its
business  or  Property  to COB  provided  that  COB is the  sole  Borrower  or a
Guarantor hereunder; or the Original Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (other
than  FSB) may be  merged  or  consolidated  with or into,  or  transfer  all or
substantially  all of its  business  or  Property  to FSB  provided  that if the
company merged into FSB is a Guarantor hereunder, FSB has delivered to the Agent
a guarantee in a form similar to the Original  Guarantee  and  guaranteeing  the
same obligations as the Original  Guarantee  guarantees and in a form acceptable
to  the  Agent  with  such  other  supporting  documentation  as the  Agent  may
reasonably request;

         any Subsidiary of the Original  Guarantor (other than COB) may merge or
consolidate with or into, or Transfer all or  substantially  all of its business
or Property to, any person  (other than the  Original  Guarantor or the Original
Guarantor's Subsidiaries) so long as (x) the continuing, surviving or transferee
corporation  is a  Subsidiary  of the  Original  Guarantor  and (y) no  Event of
Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing  immediately  prior  to such  merger,
consolidation or Transfer or would result therefrom; and

nothing in this Clause 0 shall  prohibit  the  Original  Guarantor or any of its
Subsidiaries  from the sale of credit card loans and other  finance  receivables
pursuant to securitisations.

Limitation on Liens
No Obligor will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries  to, create,  incur,
assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any (a)  Receivables  of any  Obligor or
(b)  Restricted  Shares owned by it, in each case whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, except:

Liens for taxes not yet due or Liens for taxes being  contested in good faith by
appropriate  proceedings for which adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment
of the management of the relevant Obligor) have been established;

Liens  imposed by law (a) which are incurred in the ordinary  course of business
and (x) which do not in the aggregate  materially detract from the value of such
Receivables  or Restricted  Shares or  materially  impair the use thereof in the
operation of the business of the Original  Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries
or (y) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which
proceedings  have  the  effect  of  preventing  the  forfeiture  or  sale of the
Receivables or Restricted Shares subject to such Lien or (b) which do not relate
to material  liabilities of the Original  Guarantor and its  Subsidiaries and do
not in the aggregate  materially  detract from the value of the  Receivables  or
Restricted  Shares of the Original  Guarantor  and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a
whole;  provided that no Lien permitted  under this  sub-clause 0 may secure any
obligations in an amount exceeding $10,000,000 (or its equivalent); and

any pledge of Receivables to a Federal  Reserve Bank made in the ordinary course
of business to secure  advances or other  transactions  and manage the liquidity
position of an Obligor or related Subsidiary.

Financial Covenants

The Acceding  Borrower  shall,  at all times,  ensure that it has a Tangible Net
Worth greater than (pound)75,000,000 (or the equivalent thereof).

The Acceding  Borrower  will not permit its Debt to Capital Ratio at any time to
exceed 10 to 1.

No Original  Obligor shall permit its  Delinquency  Ratio on the last day of any
calendar month to exceed 6.0%.

No Original Obligor will permit its Tier 1 Capital to Managed  Receivables Ratio
on any date to be less than  4.0%;  provided  that the Tier 1 Capital to Managed
Receivables  Ratio of any  Original  Obligor  may be less than 4.0%  during  any
period of 90 days so long as (a) on the last day of the fiscal quarter ending on
or  immediately  prior to such  90-day  period,  the Tier 1 Capital  to  Managed
Receivables  Ratio of such Original Obligor was not less than 4.0% and (b) at no
time  during  such  90-day  period is the Tier 1 Capital to Managed  Receivables
Ratio of such Original Obligor less than 3.5%.

The  Original  Guarantor  will not permit its  Tangible Net Worth on any date of
determination  to be less than the sum of (a)  $875,000,000  plus (b) 40% of the
COFC  Cumulative  Net  Income as of the last day of the  fiscal  quarter  of the
Original  Guarantor  ended 31  March  1999  plus (c) 40% of the COFC  Cumulative
Equity Proceeds as of such date of determination.

The Original  Guarantor will not permit its Double Leverage Ratio on any date of
determination to exceed 1.25 to 1.

COB will not permit its  Tangible Net Worth on any date of  determination  to be
less than $550,000,000.

No Original Obligor will permit its Leverage Ratio at any time to exceed 10.0 to
1.

COB will not permit its Tier 1 Leverage Ratio on any date to be less than 4.0%.

COB will not permit the Tier 1 Capital to Risk Adjusted Assets Ratio on any date
to be less than 5.0%.

COB will not permit its Total Capital to Risk Adjusted  Assets Ratio on any date
to be less than 8.0%.

Regulatory Capital
Each Obligor will cause each of its Insured  Subsidiaries to be (and COB so long
as it is an Insured  Subsidiary will be) at all times  "adequately  capitalized"
for purposes of 12 U.S.C. ss.1831o, as amended,  re-enacted or redesignated from
time to time,  and at all times to maintain (and COB so long as it is an Insured
Subsidiary  will maintain) such amount of capital as may be prescribed from time
to time,  whether by  regulation,  agreement or order,  by each Bank  Regulatory
Authority having jurisdiction over such Insured Subsidiary.

Lines of Business

COB will not,  and will not permit  any of its  Subsidiaries  to,  engage to any
extent in any line or lines of business  activity other than as permitted by its
charter or constitutional  documents and as necessary to conduct the business of
a limited purpose credit card bank.

No Obligor will,  nor will it permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, engage to any
material  extent  in  any  line  or  lines  of  business   activity  other  than
consumer-oriented or consumer-related business activities and database marketing
activities,  and other  business  activities  to the extent such other  business
activities  are direct  applications  of the  information-based  strategies  and
related  proprietary  strategies used by such Obligor or its Subsidiaries in the
conduct of its business on the date of this Agreement.

Pari Passu Ranking
The  Obligors  shall  ensure  that all  payment  obligations  under the  Finance
Documents rank at least pari passu with claims of all their other  unsecured and
unsubordinated  creditors,  except for those whose  claims are  preferred by any
bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar law of general application.

Obligations
Notwithstanding  anything  in this Clause 0 to the  contrary,  COB shall have no
obligation (a) to cause the Original Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (other
than COB or any of its  Subsidiaries)  to take or refrain from taking any action
or (b) to cause or prevent any event or circumstance from occurring with respect
to the Original Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries  (other than COB and any of
its Subsidiaries).

Events of Default
If one or more of the following events (herein called "Events of Default") shall
occur and be continuing:

Payments Default
Any Obligor  shall:  (a) default in the payment of any  principal of any Advance
when due (whether at stated maturity or at mandatory or optional prepayment); or
(b) default in the payment of any interest on any Advance,  any fee or any other
amount payable by it hereunder or pursuant to any Finance  Document when due and
such default shall have continued unremedied for three or more Business Days.

Cross Default
The Obligors or any of their  Subsidiaries shall default in the payment when due
of any  principal  of or interest on any of its other  Indebtedness  aggregating
$50,000,000  (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more; or
any  event  specified  in any  note,  agreement,  indenture  or  other  document
evidencing  or  relating to any such  Indebtedness  shall occur if the effect of
such event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such  Indebtedness
(or a trustee  or agent on behalf of such  holder  or  holders)  to cause,  such
Indebtedness  to become  due, or to be prepaid in full  (whether by  redemption,
purchase, offer to purchase or otherwise),  prior to its stated maturity; or the
Original  Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall default in the payment or
delivery when due (whether upon termination or liquidation or otherwise),  under
one or more Swap  Agreements,  of amounts  or  property  required  to be paid or
delivered  having  an  aggregate  fair  market  value  of  $50,000,000  (or  its
equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more.

Representations True
Any representation,  warranty or certification made or deemed made herein (or in
any  modification  or  supplement  hereto) by any  Obligor,  or any  certificate
furnished  to any Bank or the Agent  pursuant to the  provisions  hereof,  shall
prove to have been  false or  misleading  as of the time  made,  deemed  made or
furnished in any material respect.

Other Obligations
         Any Obligor shall default in the  performance of any of its obligations
under any of  sub-clauses  0 or 0 of Clause 0 (Financial  Statements),  Clause 0
(Prohibition of Fundamental  Changes),  Clause 0 (Limitation on Liens), Clause 0
(Financial  Covenants),  Clause 0  (Regulatory  Capital),  Clause  0  (Lines  of
Business) and Clause 0 (Pari Passu Ranking) hereof; or any Obligor shall default
in the  performance  of any of its other  obligations in this Agreement and such
default shall  continue  unremedied for a period of 30 or more days after notice
thereof to such Obligor by the Agent or any Bank (through the Agent).

Unable to pay Debts
         Any  Obligor or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  admit in  writing  its
inability to, or be generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become due.

Insolvency
         Any Obligor or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall (a) apply for or consent
to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver,  conservator,
administrator,   administrative  receiver,   custodian,   trustee,  examiner  or
liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its Property, (b) make a
general  assignment for the benefit of its  creditors,  (c) commence a voluntary
case under the Bankruptcy Code, (d) file a petition seeking to take advantage of
any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganisation (whether by way
of voluntary  arrangement,  scheme of  arrangement  or  otherwise)  other than a
solvent reorganisation, liquidation, dissolution, administration, arrangement or
winding-up, or composition or readjustment of debts, (e) fail to controvert in a
timely and  appropriate  manner,  or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed
against  it in an  involuntary  case under the  Bankruptcy  Code or (f) take any
corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

Proceedings
         A proceeding or case shall be  commenced,  without the  application  or
consent of any  Obligor or any of its  Subsidiaries,  in any court of  competent
jurisdiction,  seeking  (a) its  reorganisation,  (whether  by way of  voluntary
arrangement,   scheme  of  arrangement  or  otherwise)   other  than  a  solvent
reorganisation,   liquidation,  dissolution,   administration,   arrangement  or
winding-up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (b) the appointment
of a receiver, administrator,  administrative receiver, conservator,  custodian,
trustee,  examiner,  liquidator  or the like of such Obligor or Subsidiary or of
all or any substantial  part of its Property or (c) similar relief in respect of
such Obligor or  Subsidiary  under any law relating to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganisation  (whether by way of voluntary arrangement,  scheme of arrangement
or otherwise) other than a solvent reorganisation, winding-up, or composition or
adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed,  or
an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be
entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of 60 or more days; or
an order for relief  against  any  Obligor or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall be
entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code.

Insured Subsidiaries
         Any  Insured  Subsidiary  shall  cease  accepting  deposits  or  making
commercial  loans on the  instruction  of any  Bank  Regulatory  Authority  with
authority  to give  such  instruction  other  than  pursuant  to an  instruction
generally  applicable to banks organised under the  jurisdiction of organisation
of such Insured Subsidiary.

FDIA
         Any Insured Subsidiary shall cease to be an insured bank under the FDIA
and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Capital Restoration
         Any  Insured  Subsidiary  shall be  required  (whether  or not the time
allowed by the appropriate Bank Regulatory  Authority for the submission of such
plan has been  established or elapsed) to submit a capital  restoration  plan of
the type referred to in 12 U.S.C.  ss.1831o(b)(2)(C),  as amended, re-enacted or
redesignated from time to time.

Guarantee of Insured Subsidiary
         The Original  Guarantor  shall  Guarantee in writing the capital of any
Insured Subsidiary as part of or in connection with any agreement or arrangement
with any Bank Regulatory Authority.

Judgment
         A final  judgment or judgments for the payment of money of  $50,000,000
(or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more in the aggregate
shall be  rendered  by one or more  courts,  administrative  tribunals  or other
bodies having jurisdiction against the Obligors or any of their Subsidiaries and
the same  shall  not be  discharged  (or  provision  shall  not be made for such
discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 30 days
from the date of entry thereof and the relevant Obligor or Subsidiary shall not,
within said period of 30 days, or such longer  period during which  execution of
the same  shall  have been  stayed,  appeal  therefrom  and cause the  execution
thereof to be stayed during such appeal.

Plans
         An event or condition  specified in sub-clause 0 of Clause 0 (Financial
Statements)   hereof   shall  occur  or  exist  with  respect  to  any  Plan  or
Multiemployer  Plan and, as a result of such event or  condition,  together with
all other such events or conditions,  any Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate shall
incur or in the opinion of an  Instructing  Group shall be reasonably  likely to
incur  a  liability  to a  Plan,  a  Multiemployer  Plan  or the  PBGC  (or  any
combination  of the  foregoing)  that, in the  determination  of an  Instructing
Group,  would (either  individually or in the aggregate) have a Material Adverse
Effect.

Repudiation
An Obligor  repudiates any Finance Document or does or causes to be done any act
or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any Finance Document.

Illegality
At any time it is or becomes  unlawful  for an Obligor to perform or comply with
any  or all  of  its  obligations  under  the  Finance  Documents  or any of the
obligations  of an Obligor  under the Finance  Documents  are not or cease to be
legal, valid, binding and enforceable.

Ownership
         The  Original  Guarantor  shall  at any time  fail to own and  control,
beneficially and of record (free and clear of all Liens and other encumbrances),
at least 95% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each class
of Voting Securities issued by COB; or the Original  Guarantor shall at any time
while COB plc is a  Borrower  hereunder  fail to own and  control,  directly  or
indirectly  beneficially  and of  record  (free and clear of all Liens and other
encumbrances),  at least 95% of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of capital
stock of each class of Voting Securities issued by COB plc.

Board
         During any period of 25 consecutive  calendar months, a majority of the
Board of  Directors  of the  Original  Guarantor  shall no longer be composed of
individuals  (a) who were members of said Board on the first day of such period,
(b) whose  election or  nomination  to said Board was  approved  by  individuals
referred to in (a)  constituting  at the time of such  election or nomination at
least a majority of said Board,  or (c) whose  election  or  nomination  to said
Board was approved by individuals referred to in (a) and (b) constituting at the
time of such election or nomination at least a majority of said Board.

Exchange Act
         Any person or group of persons  (within the meaning of Section 13 or 14
of the  Exchange  Act,  as amended)  shall have  acquired  beneficial  ownership
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act)
of 20% or more of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of voting  common  stock
issued by the Original Guarantor.

THEREUPON:  (1) in the case of an Event of Default other than one referred to in
Clauses 0 (Insolvency) or 0 (Proceedings) with respect to any Obligor,  (A) upon
request of an  Instructing  Group,  the Agent will,  by notice to the  Principal
Borrower,  terminate the Commitments and they shall thereupon terminate, and (B)
upon request of Banks  holding more than 50% of the aggregate  unpaid  principal
amount  of the Loan  owing by the  Obligors,  the Agent  will,  by notice to the
Principal  Borrower  declare the principal  amount then  outstanding of, and the
accrued  interest  on, the Loan and all other  amounts  payable by the  Obligors
hereunder  to be  forthwith  due and payable,  whereupon  such amounts  shall be
immediately  due and  payable  without  presentment,  demand,  protest  or other
formalities  of any  kind,  all of which  are  hereby  expressly  waived  by the
Obligors;  and (2) in the case of the occurrence of an Event of Default referred
to in Clauses 0 (Insolvency) or 0 (Proceedings) with respect to any Obligor, the
Commitments  shall  automatically  be terminated  and the principal  amount then
outstanding  of, and the  accrued  interest  on, the Loan and all other  amounts
payable by the Obligors hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and
payable without presentment,  demand,  protest or other formalities of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Obligor.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  an Event of Default  under Clause 0 (Events of
Default)  with  respect to the  Original  Guarantor  or any of its  Subsidiaries
(other than COB and its Subsidiaries) shall;

(bb)              not in and of  itself  permit  the  Agent or the  Banks (i) to
                  declare  the  principal  amount then  outstanding  of, and the
                  accrued  interest on, the Loans owing by the  Borrowers or any
                  other  amounts  payable  by  the  Borrowers  hereunder  to  be
                  forthwith   due  and   payable  or  (ii)  to   terminate   the
                  Commitments; and

        entitle   the Agent to serve a notice on COB  requiring it to deliver to
                  the Agent,  as soon as  possible  and in any event  within 120
                  days  of  the  end  of  each  of  its  fiscal  years,  audited
                  consolidated   financial  statements  audited  by  a  firm  of
                  independent   certified   public   accountants  of  recognised
                  international  standing for COB and its Subsidiaries except in
                  respect of any fiscal  year for which the  Original  Guarantor
                  has  already  delivered  to the Agent the  documents  required
                  under   sub-clause    16.2.2   of   Clause   16.2   (Financial
                  Information).

DEFAULT INTEREST

Default Interest Period
If any sum due and payable by any of the Obligors under any Finance  Document to
which it is a party is not paid on the due date therefor in accordance  with the
provisions  of Clause 0  (Payments)  or if any sum due and payable by any of the
Obligors  under any judgment of any court in connection  herewith is not paid on
the date of such judgment, the period beginning on such due date or, as the case
may be,  the date of such  judgment  and  ending  on the  date  upon  which  the
obligation  of such  Obligor to pay such sum (the  balance  thereof for the time
being unpaid being herein referred to as an "unpaid sum") is discharged shall be
divided  into  successive  periods,  each of which  (other than the first) shall
start on the last day of the  preceding  such period and the duration of each of
which shall  (except as otherwise  provided in this Clause 0) be selected by the
Agent.

Default Interest
An Unpaid Sum shall bear interest during each Interest Period in respect thereof
at the rate per annum which is one per cent. per annum above the percentage rate
which  would apply if such Unpaid Sum had been a Tranche B Advance in the amount
and currency of such Unpaid Sum and for the same Interest Period,  provided that
if such Unpaid Sum relates to an Advance  which  became due and payable on a day
other than the last day of an Interest Period relating thereto:

the first Interest  Period  applicable to such Unpaid Sum shall be of a duration
equal to the unexpired  portion of the current  Interest Period relating to that
Advance; and

the percentage rate of interest applicable thereto from time to time during such
period  shall be that which  exceeds by one per cent.  the rate which would have
been applicable to it had it not so fallen due.

Payment of Default Interest
Any interest which shall have accrued under Clause 0 (Default  Interest  Period)
in respect of an Unpaid  Sum shall be due and  payable  and shall be paid by the
Obligor owing such Unpaid Sum on the last day of each Interest Period in respect
thereof or on such  other  dates as the Agent may  specify by written  notice to
such Obligor.

         Broken Periods
If any Bank or the Agent on its behalf  receives or recovers  all or any part of
an  Advance  made by such Bank  otherwise  than on the last day of the  Interest
Period  thereof,  the  Borrower  to whom such  Advance was made shall pay to the
Agent on demand for account of such Bank an amount  equal to the amount (if any)
by which (i) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount
so received or  recovered  had it been  received or recovered on the last day of
the Interest  Period  thereof  exceeds (ii) the amount of interest  which in the
opinion of the Agent would have been payable to the Agent on the last day of the
Interest Period thereof in respect of a deposit in the currency of the amount so
received or recovered equal to the amount so received or recovered  placed by it
with a prime bank in London,  as the case may be, for a period  starting  on the
first  Business Day following the date of such receipt or recovery and ending on
the last day of the Interest Period thereof.

INDEMNITIES
Each Obligor undertakes to indemnify:

         each of the Agent,  the Lead  Arranger  and the Banks and each of their
respective  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents, and delegates against any
cost, claim,  loss,  expense (including legal fees) or liability (other than any
cost, claim,  loss, expense or liability incurred as a result of the Agent, Lead
Arranger or Bank's own wilful misconduct or gross negligence)  together with any
VAT thereon,  which any of them may reasonably sustain or incur as a consequence
of the  occurrence of any Event of Default or any default by any of the Obligors
in the  performance of any of the  obligations  expressed to be assumed by it in
the Finance Documents (or any of them); and

                  each Bank against any loss (other than any loss  incurred as a
                  result  of  such  Bank's  own  wilful   misconduct   or  gross
                  negligence)  it may  suffer  as a  result  of its  funding  an
                  Advance  requested by any of the  Borrowers  hereunder but not
                  made  by  reason  of the  operation  of any one or more of the
                  provisions hereof.

CURRENCY OF ACCOUNT AND PAYMENT

Currency of Account
The euro is the  currency  of account  and payment for each and every sum at any
time due from an Obligor hereunder, provided that:

each  repayment of an Advance or Unpaid Sum or a part  thereof  shall be made in
the currency in which such Advance or Unpaid Sum is  denominated  at the time of
that repayment;

each  payment  of  interest  shall be made in the  currency  in which the sum in
respect of which such interest is payable is denominated;

each payment in respect of costs and  expenses  shall be made in the currency in
which the same were incurred;

each payment pursuant to Clause 0 (Tax Indemnity), Clause 0 (Increased Costs) or
Clause 0  (Indemnities)  shall be made in the  currency  specified  by the party
acting reasonably and claiming thereunder; and

any amount  expressed to be payable in a currency  other than euro shall be paid
in that  other  currency.  If after the date of this  Agreement  a member  state
becomes  a  Subsequent   Participant,   all  obligations  under  this  Agreement
(including  any  obligation  in  respect  of  any  Bank's  Available  Tranche  A
Commitment or Available  Tranche B Commitment) to make a payment in its national
currency unit shall be redenominated  into the euro unit on the date on which it
becomes  a  Subsequent   Participant  (but  otherwise  in  accordance  with  EMU
Legislation).

Currency Indemnity
If any sum due from any of the Obligors under the Finance Documents or any order
or judgment  given or made in  relation  thereto  has to be  converted  from the
currency (the "first currency") in which the same is payable thereunder or under
such order or judgment  into another  currency (the "second  currency")  for the
purpose  of (i) making or filing a claim or proof  against  such  Obligor,  (ii)
obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (iii) enforcing
any order or judgment  given or made in relation  thereto,  such  Obligor  shall
indemnify and hold harmless each of the persons to whom such sum is due from and
against any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between (a) the rate of
exchange  used for such  purpose to convert the sum in  question  from the first
currency into the second currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange at which
such person may in the ordinary  course of business  purchase the first currency
with the second  currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in  satisfaction,  in
whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.

PAYMENTS

Payments to the Agent
On each date on which any Finance Document  requires an amount to be paid by any
of the  Obligors or any of the Banks,  such Obligor or, as the case may be, such
Bank  shall  make the same  available  to the Agent for value on the due date at
such  time and in such  funds  and to such  account  with such bank as the Agent
shall specify in writing from time to time.

Payments by the Agent

Save as otherwise  provided herein,  each payment received by the Agent pursuant
to Clause 0 (Payments to the Agent) shall:

in the  case of a  payment  received  for the  account  of a  Borrower,  be made
available by the Agent to such Borrower by application:

first,  in or towards  payment (on the date,  and in the currency and funds,  of
receipt) of any amount then due from such Borrower  hereunder to the person from
whom the amount was so  received  or in or towards  the  purchase at the Agent's
spot rate then prevailing of any amount of any currency to be so applied; and

secondly,  in or towards payment (on the date, and in the currency and funds, of
receipt) to such account with such bank in the principal financial centre of the
country of the  currency of such payment (or, in the relation to the euro in the
financial  centre in a  Participating  Member State) as such Borrower shall have
previously  notified  to the  Agent  for  this  purpose,  but  nothing  in  this
sub-clause 0(a) shall constitute an encumbrance; and

in the case of any other  payment,  be made available by the Agent to the person
entitled to receive the payment in accordance  with this  Agreement (in the case
of a Bank,  for  the  account  of its  Facility  Office)  for  value  as soon as
reasonably  practicable after receipt by the Agent by transfer to the account of
the person with a bank in the principal  financial  centre of the country of the
currency of such payment (or, in relation to the euro, in the  financial  centre
in a Participating  Member State) as that person has previously  notified to the
Agent.

Payments by the Agent to the Banks
Any  amount  payable  by the  Agent to the Banks  under  this  Agreement  in the
currency of a Participating Member State shall be paid in the euro unit.

No Set-off
All payments required to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall
be calculated without reference to any set-off or counterclaim and shall be made
free and clear of and without any  deduction for or on account of any set-off or
counterclaim.

Clawback
         Where a sum is to be paid hereunder to the Agent for account of another
person,  the Agent shall not be obliged to make the same available to that other
person or to enter into or perform any exchange contract in connection therewith
until it has been able to  establish  to its  satisfaction  that it has actually
received such sum, but if it does make such payment and it proves to be the case
that it had not actually  received such sum, then the person to whom such sum or
the proceeds of such exchange  contract was so made  available  shall on request
refund the same to the Agent together with an amount sufficient to indemnify the
Agent against any cost or loss (other than any cost or loss incurred as a result
of the Agent's own wilful  misconduct or gross  negligence) it may have suffered
or incurred  by reason of its having  paid out such sum or the  proceeds of such
exchange  contract  prior to its  having  received  such sum.  The Agent may not
request any Borrower to refund any sum made  available to it by the Agent except
to the extent that the Agent has still not received that sum from the Bank(s) in
question by close of business in the principal  financial  centre of the country
of the  currency to be paid (or, if there is more than one such  centre,  one of
those  centres as reasonably  selected by the Agent) on the second  Business Day
after the date on which the Agent made that sum available to such Borrower.

Partial Payments
If and whenever a payment is made by an Obligor hereunder and the Agent receives
an amount  less  than the due  amount  of such  payment  the Agent may apply the
amount received  towards the obligations of the Obligors under this Agreement in
the following order:

first, in or towards payment of any unpaid costs and expenses of the Agent;

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest due but unpaid;

thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid; and

fourthly, in or towards payment  pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid.

Variation of Partial Payments
The order of payments set out in Clause 0 (Partial  Payments) shall override any
appropriation  made by the Obligor to which the partial  payment relates but the
order set out in  sub-clauses  0, 0 and 0 of Clause 0 (Partial  Payments) may be
varied if agreed by all the Banks.

Non-Business Days
In the event that any payment  required  to be made under any  Finance  Document
falls to be made on a day  which is not a  Business  Day it shall be made on the
next business day.

Deemed Payments
It is agreed between the Agent and the Banks that a payment to the Banks will be
deemed to have been made by the Agent on the date on which it is  required to be
made under this Agreement if the Agent has, on or before that date,  taken steps
to make that payment in accordance with the regulations or operating  procedures
of the  clearing  or  settlement  system  used by the Agent in order to make the
payment.

Set-Off
Each of the Obligors  authorises  each Bank to apply any credit balance to which
such  Obligor  is  entitled  on any  account of such  Obligor  with that Bank in
satisfaction of any sum due and payable from such Obligor to such Bank hereunder
but unpaid;  for this  purpose,  each Bank is  authorised  to purchase  with the
moneys  standing to the credit of any such account such other  currencies as may
be  necessary to effect such  application.  No Bank shall be obliged to exercise
any  right  given  to it by  this  Clause  0.  Nothing  in this  Clause  0 shall
constitute an encumbrance.

Redistribution of Payments

Sharing
Subject to Clause 0 (Recoveries through Legal Proceedings), if, at any time, the
proportion  which any Bank (a  "Recovering  Bank") has  received  or  recovered,
determined  by  reference  to the Euro Amount  thereof on the date of receipt or
recovery, (whether by payment, the exercise of a right of set-off or combination
of  accounts  or  otherwise)  in  respect  of its  portion  of the  Euro  Amount
(determined on the due date  therefor) of any payment (a "relevant  payment") to
be made under any Finance  Document by any of the  Obligors  for account of such
Recovering  Bank and one or more other Banks in relation to the same Facility is
greater  (the  portion of such  receipt or  recovery  giving rise to such excess
proportion being herein called an "excess  amount") than the proportion  thereof
so received or recovered by the Bank or Banks so  receiving  or  recovering  the
smallest proportion thereof, then:

such  Recovering  Bank  shall pay to the Agent an  amount  equal to such  excess
amount;

there shall  thereupon  fall due from such  Obligor to such  Recovering  Bank an
amount  equal  to the  amount  paid  out by such  Recovering  Bank  pursuant  to
sub-clause 0, the amount so due being, for the purposes hereof, treated as if it
were an unpaid part of such Recovering  Bank's portion of such relevant payment;
and

the Agent  shall  treat the  amount  received  by it from such  Recovering  Bank
pursuant to  sub-clause  0 as if such  amount had been  received by it from such
Obligor  in  respect  of such  relevant  payment  and  shall pay the same to the
persons  entitled  thereto  (including such  Recovering  Bank) pro rata to their
respective entitlements thereto in relation to the same Facility,  provided that
to the extent  that any  excess  amount is  attributable  to a payment to a Bank
pursuant to Clause 0 (Payments by the Agent) such portion of such excess  amount
as is so attributable shall not be required to be shared pursuant hereto.

Repayable Recoveries
If any sum (a "relevant  sum")  received or  recovered  by a Recovering  Bank in
respect of any amount owing to it by any of the Obligors  becomes  repayable and
is repaid by such Recovering Bank, then:

each  Bank  which has  received  a share of such  relevant  sum by reason of the
implementation  of Clause 0 (Sharing)  shall,  upon request of the Agent, pay to
the Agent for account of such  Recovering  Bank an amount  equal to its share of
such relevant sum; and

there  shall  thereupon  fall due from such  Obligor to each such Bank an amount
equal to the amount paid out by it pursuant to  sub-clause  0, the amount so due
being,  for the purposes  hereof,  treated as if it were the sum payable to such
Bank against which such Bank's share of such relevant sum was applied.

Recoveries through Legal Proceedings
No Bank shall  commence  any action or  proceeding  in any court to enforce  its
rights hereunder without consulting with the other Banks and with the consent of
an Instructing  Group (such consent not to be  unreasonably  withheld).  If as a
result of taking  such  action or  proceeding  a Bank shall  receive  any excess
amount (as defined in Clause 0 (Sharing)),  then such Bank shall not be required
to share any  portion of such  excess  amount  with any Bank which has the legal
right to,  but does not,  join in such  action or  proceeding  or  commence  and
diligently  prosecute a separate  action or  proceeding to enforce its rights in
another court.

FEES

Facility Fee on the Tranche A Facility
The  Principal  Borrower  shall  pay to the  Agent  for  account  of each Bank a
facility fee on the amount of such Bank's  Tranche A Commitment  from day to day
during  the period  beginning  on the date  hereof  and ending on the  Tranche A
Termination Date, such facility fee to be calculated at the rate of:

at any time the Rating is BBB+ or Baa1 or better, 0.085 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BBB or Baa2, 0.10 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BBB- or Baa3, 0.125 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BB+ or Ba1, 0.20 per cent. per annum; and

at any time the Rating is BB or Ba2 or worse, 0.30 per cent. per annum,
and  payable in arrear on each  Quarterly  Date  during  such  period and on the
Tranche A Termination Date.

Facility Fee on the Tranche B Facility
The  Principal  Borrower  shall  pay to the  Agent  for  account  of each Bank a
facility fee on the amount of such Bank's  Tranche B Commitment  from day to day
during  the period  beginning  on the date  hereof  and ending on the  Tranche B
Termination Date, such facility fee to be calculated at the rate of:

at any time the Rating is BBB+ or Baa1 or better, 0.125 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BBB or Baa2, 0.150 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BBB- or Baa3, 0.175 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BB+ or Ba1, 0.250 per cent. per annum; and

at any time the Rating is BB or Ba2 or worse, 0.375 per cent. per annum,
and  payable in arrear on each  Quarterly  Date  during  such  period and on the
Tranche B Termination Date.


Tranche A Facility Utilisation Fee
The  Relevant  Borrower  shall  pay to the  Agent  for  account  of each  Bank a
utilisation  fee to be calculated  on the amount by which the average  aggregate
amount of the Tranche A Advances exceed 50 per cent. of the aggregate  amount of
the Tranche A Commitments during each consecutive period from the next Quarterly
Date to the following  Quarterly Date therefrom  (except in the case of the last
such period which shall end on the Tranche A Termination  Date) beginning on the
date hereof up to and ending on the Tranche A Termination Date, such utilisation
fee to be calculated at the rate of:


at any time the Rating is BBB+ or Baa1 or better, 0.05 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BBB or Baa2, 0.10 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BBB- or Baa3, 0.125 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BB+ or Ba1, 0.20 per cent. per annum; and

at any time the  Rating is BB or Ba2 or worse,  0.50 per cent.  per  annum,  and
payable in arrear on each Quarterly Date and on the Tranche A Termination Date.

Tranche B Facility Utilisation Fee
The  Relevant  Borrower  shall  pay to the  Agent  for  account  of each  Bank a
utilisation  fee to be calculated  on the amount by which the average  aggregate
amount of the Tranche B Advances exceed 50 per cent. of the aggregate  amount of
the Tranche B Commitments during each consecutive period from the next Quarterly
Date to the following  Quarterly Date therefrom  (except in the case of the last
such period which shall end on the Tranche B Termination  Date) beginning on the
date hereof up to and ending on the Tranche B Termination Date, such utilisation
fee to be calculated at the rate of:

at any time the Rating is BBB+ or Baa1 or better, 0.05 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BBB or Baa2, 0.10 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BBB- or Baa3, 0.125 per cent. per annum;

at any time the Rating is BB+ or Ba1, 0.25 per cent. per annum; and

at any time the Rating is BB or Ba2 or worse, 0.50 per cent. per annum,

and payable in arrears on each  Quarterly  Date and on the Tranche B Termination
Date.

Arrangement Fee
The Principal  Borrower shall pay to the Lead Arranger the fees specified in the
letter of even date herewith from the Lead Arranger to COB at the times,  and in
the amounts, specified in such letter.

Agency Fee
The  Principal  Borrower  shall pay to the Agent for its own  account the agency
fees  specified  in the  letter  of even  date  herewith  from the  Agent to the
Principal Borrower at the times, and in the amounts, specified in such letter.

Costs and Expenses

Costs and Expenses
The  Principal  Borrower  shall,  from  time  to time on  demand  of the  Agent,
reimburse   each  of  the  Agent  and  the  Lead  Arranger  for  all  reasonable
out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  (including  legal fees) together with any VAT
thereon  incurred by it in  connection  with the  negotiation,  preparation  and
execution  of the  Finance  Documents  and the  completion  of the  transactions
therein  contemplated  except,  for the  avoidance of doubt,  in relation to any
transfer or assignment by any Bank of its rights or obligations hereunder.

         Preservations and Enforcement of Rights
The  Principal  Borrower  shall,  from  time  to time on  demand  of the  Agent,
reimburse the Agent,  the Lead Arranger and the Banks for all costs and expenses
(including legal fees) together with any VAT thereon  reasonably  incurred in or
in connection with the  preservation  and/or  enforcement of any of their rights
under any of the  Finance  Documents  except,  for the  avoidance  of doubt,  in
relation to any transfer or assignment by any Bank or its rights or  obligations
hereunder.

         Stamp Taxes
The  Principal  Borrower  shall pay all stamp,  registration  and other taxes to
which any of the Finance Documents or any judgment given in connection therewith
is or at any time may be subject  and shall,  from time to time on demand of the
Agent,  indemnify  the  Agent,  the Lead  Arranger  and the  Banks  against  any
liabilities, costs, claims and expenses resulting from any failure to pay or any
delay in paying any such tax.

         Banks' Liabilities for Costs
If any Obligor fails to perform any of its obligations under this Clause 0, each
Bank shall, in its Proportion, indemnify the Agent and the Lead Arranger against
any loss incurred by any of them as a result of such  failure,  and the relevant
Obligor shall forthwith  reimburse each Bank for any payment made by it pursuant
to this Clause 0.

         Waivers and Consents
The  Principal  Borrower  shall,  from time to time on demand of the Agent  (and
without  prejudice to the provisions of Clause 0 (Preservations  and Enforcement
of  Rights)  and  Clause  0  (Amendment  Costs)  compensate  the  Agent  for all
reasonable  costs, and expenses  (including  telephone,  fax, copying and travel
costs) incurred by the Agent in connection with its taking such action as it may
deem appropriate in complying with any instructions from an Instructing Group or
any request by any Obligor in connection with:

the granting or proposed granting of any waiver or consent  requested  hereunder
by any Obligor;

any actual breach by any Obligor of its obligations hereunder;

the occurrence of any event which is an Event of Default or a Potential Event of
Default; or

any amendment or proposed amendment hereto requested by any Obligor.

THE AGENT, THE LEAD ARRANGER AND THE BANKS

Appointment of the Agent
Each of the Lead Arranger and the Banks hereby  appoints the Agent to act as its
agent in connection  herewith and  authorises the Agent to exercise such rights,
powers,  authorities and discretions as are specifically  delegated to the Agent
by the terms hereof  together  with all such  rights,  powers,  authorities  and
discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto.

Agent's Discretions
The Agent may:

assume,  unless it has, in its capacity as agent for the Banks,  received notice
to the contrary from any other party hereto, that (a) any representation made or
deemed to be made by an Obligor in  connection  with the  Finance  Documents  is
true, (b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, (c) no
Obligor  is in breach of or  default  under its  obligations  under the  Finance
Documents and (d) any right,  power,  authority or discretion vested herein upon
an Instructing  Group, the Banks or any other person or group of persons has not
been exercised;

assume that (a) the Facility  Office of each Bank is that notified to it by such
Bank in writing and (b) the information provided by each Bank pursuant to Clause
0 (Notices),  Clause 0 (Banks' Mandatory Cost Details) and Schedule 7 (Mandatory
Costs) is true and correct in all respects  until it has received from such Bank
notice of a change to the Facility  Office or any such  information and act upon
any such notice until the same is superseded by a further notice;

engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors
or other experts whose advice or services may to it seem necessary, expedient or
desirable and rely upon any advice so obtained;

rely as to any matters of fact which might  reasonably  be expected to be within
the  knowledge of an Obligor upon a  certificate  signed by or on behalf of such
Obligor;

rely upon any communication or document believed by it to be genuine;

refrain from  exercising  any right,  power or discretion  vested in it as agent
hereunder unless and until  instructed by an Instructing  Group as to whether or
not such  right,  power or  discretion  is to be  exercised  and, if it is to be
exercised, as to the manner in which it should be exercised;

refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of an Instructing  Group
to begin any legal action or  proceeding  arising out of or in  connection  with
this  Agreement  until it shall have  received  such  security as it may require
(whether  by way of  payment in advance  or  otherwise)  for all costs,  claims,
losses,  expenses  (including legal fees) and liabilities  together with any VAT
thereon  which  it  will  or  may  expend  or  incur  in  complying   with  such
instructions; and

assume  (unless  it has  specific  notice to the  contrary)  that any  notice or
request  made by any  Obligor  is made on  behalf  of and with the  consent  and
knowledge of all the Obligors.

Agent's Obligations
The Agent shall:

promptly inform each Bank of the contents of any notice or document  received by
it in its capacity as Agent from an Obligor under the Finance Documents;

promptly  notify  each Bank of the  occurrence  of any Event of  Default  or any
default  by an  Obligor  in  the  due  performance  of or  compliance  with  its
obligations  under the Finance  Documents of which the Agent has notice from any
other party hereto;

save as otherwise provided herein, act as agent hereunder in accordance with any
instructions  given to it by an Instructing  Group,  which instructions shall be
binding on the Lead Arranger and the Banks; and

if so instructed by an  Instructing  Group,  refrain from  exercising any right,
power or discretion  vested in it as agent  hereunder.  The Agent's duties under
the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

Excluded Obligations
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  expressed or implied herein,  neither
the Agent nor the Lead Arranger shall:

be bound to enquire as to (a) whether or not any  representation  made or deemed
to be made by an Obligor in connection  with the Finance  Documents is true, (b)
the  occurrence  or  otherwise  of any Event of  Default or  Potential  Event of
Default,  (c) the performance by an Obligor of its obligations under the Finance
Documents  or (d) any  breach  of or  default  by an  Obligor  of or  under  its
obligations under the Finance Documents;

be bound to  account  to any Bank for any sum or the  profit  element of any sum
received by it for its own account;

be bound to disclose to any other person any information  relating to any member
of the Group if (a) such person, on providing such information, expressly stated
to the Agent or, as the case may be, the Lead  Arranger,  that such  information
was confidential or (b) such disclosure would or might in its opinion constitute
a breach of any law or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person;

be under any  obligations  other than those for which express  provision is made
herein; or

be or be deemed to be a fiduciary for any other party hereto.

Indemnification
Each Bank shall,  in its  Proportion,  from time to time on demand by the Agent,
indemnify  the  Agent  against  any  and all  costs,  claims,  losses,  expenses
(including  legal fees) and liabilities  together with any VAT thereon which the
Agent may incur,  otherwise than by reason of its own gross negligence or wilful
misconduct,  in acting in its capacity as agent hereunder  (other than any which
have been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to Clause 0 (Indemnities)).

Exclusion of Liabilities
Except in the case of gross negligence or wilful default,  none of the Agent and
the Lead Arranger accepts any responsibility:

for the adequacy,  accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum or
any other information supplied by the Agent or the Lead Arranger,  by an Obligor
or by any other  person in  connection  with the Finance  Documents or any other
agreement,   arrangement  or  document   entered  into,   made  or  executed  in
anticipation of, pursuant to or in connection with the Finance Documents;

for the legality,  validity,  effectiveness,  adequacy or  enforceability of the
Finance Documents or any other agreement,  arrangement or document entered into,
made or executed in  anticipation  of,  pursuant  to or in  connection  with the
Finance Documents; or

for the exercise of, or the failure to exercise,  any  judgement,  discretion or
power given to any of them by or in connection with the Finance Documents or any
other  agreement,  arrangement  or document  entered  into,  made or executed in
anticipation  of,  pursuant  to or in  connection  with the  Finance  Documents.
Accordingly,  neither  of the  Agent  and the Lead  Arranger  shall be under any
liability (whether in negligence or otherwise) in respect of such matters,  save
in the case of gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

No Actions
Each of the Banks  agrees that it will not assert or seek to assert  against any
director,  officer or  employee of the Agent or any Lead  Arranger  any claim it
might have against any of them in respect of the matters referred to in Clause 0
(Exclusion of Liabilities).

Business with the Group
The Agent and the Lead  Arranger  may accept  deposits  from,  lend money to and
generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the
Group.

Resignation
The Agent may resign its appointment hereunder at any time without assigning any
reason  therefor by giving not less than thirty  days' prior  written  notice to
that  effect  to  each  of the  other  parties  hereto,  provided  that  no such
resignation  shall be effective  until a successor for the Agent is appointed in
accordance with the succeeding provisions of this Clause 0.

Removal of Agent
An  Instructing  Group may remove the Agent from its role as agent  hereunder by
giving notice to that effect to each of the other parties  hereto.  Such removal
shall take effect only when a successor to the Agent is appointed in  accordance
with the terms hereof.

Successor Agent
If the Agent gives notice of its resignation  pursuant to Clause 0 (Resignation)
or it is removed  pursuant to Clause 0 (Removal of Agent) then any reputable and
experienced  bank or  other  financial  institution  approved  by the  Principal
Borrower may be appointed  as a successor to the Agent by an  Instructing  Group
during the period of such notice but, if no such successor is so appointed,  the
Agent may appoint a successor  approved by the Principal Borrower (such approval
not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Rights and Obligations
If a  successor  to the  Agent is  appointed  under the  provisions  of Clause 0
(Successor Agent),  then (a) the retiring or departing Agent shall be discharged
from any further  obligation  hereunder but shall remain entitled to the benefit
of the  provisions  of this Clause 0 and (b) its successor and each of the other
parties hereto shall have the same rights and obligations  amongst themselves as
they would have had if such successor had been a party hereto.

Own Responsibility
It is  understood  and agreed by each Bank that at all times it has itself been,
and will  continue  to be,  solely  responsible  for making its own  independent
appraisal of and  investigation  into all risks  arising  under or in connection
with the Finance Documents including, but not limited to:

the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status and nature
of each member of the Group;

the  legality,  validity,  effectiveness,  adequacy  and  enforceability  of the
Finance Documents and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into,
made or executed in  anticipation  of,  pursuant  to or in  connection  with the
Finance Documents;

whether  such Bank has  recourse,  and the nature  and extent of that  recourse,
against an Obligor or any other person or any of their  respective  assets under
or  in  connection  with  the  Finance  Documents,   the  transactions   therein
contemplated or any other agreement,  arrangement or document entered into, made
or executed in  anticipation  of,  pursuant to or in connection with the Finance
Documents; and

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any
other information provided by the Agent or the Lead Arranger,  an Obligor, or by
any other person in  connection  with the Finance  Documents,  the  transactions
contemplated  therein or any other  agreement,  arrangement or document  entered
into, made or executed in anticipation of, pursuant to or in connection with the
Finance Documents. Accordingly, each Bank acknowledges to the Agent and the Lead
Arranger that it has not relied on and will not hereafter  rely on the Agent and
the Lead Arranger or any of them in respect of any of these matters.

Banks' Mandatory Cost Details
Each Bank will supply the Agent with such  information and in such detail as the
Agent may require in order to calculate  the  Mandatory  Cost Rate in accordance
with Schedule 7 (Mandatory Costs).

Agency Division Separate
In acting as agent  hereunder  for the Banks,  the Agent  shall be  regarded  as
acting through its agency  division which shall be treated as a separate  entity
from  any  other  of its  divisions  or  departments  and,  notwithstanding  the
foregoing  provisions of this Clause 0, any  information  received by some other
division or department of the Agent may be treated as confidential and shall not
be regarded as having been given to the Agent's agency division.

ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

Benefit of Agreement
This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and enure to the  benefit of each party
hereto  and its or any  subsequent  successors  and  permitted  Transferees  and
assigns.

Assignments and Transfers by the Obligors
None of the  Obligors  shall be entitled to assign or transfer all or any of its
rights,  benefits and obligations  hereunder  except in accordance with Clause 0
(Acceding and Additional Borrowers and Additional Guarantor).

Assignments and Transfers
Any Bank may assign all or any of its rights and benefits  hereunder or transfer
in  accordance  with  Clause 0  (Transfers  by Banks) all or any of its  rights,
benefits and obligations hereunder or transfer its Facility Office provided that
(save in the case of an  assignment  of rights and benefits to any  Affiliate of
such Bank) no such  assignment or transfer may be of an amount of less than euro
10,000,000  or may be made without the prior  written  consent of the  Principal
Borrower such consent not to be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed (and, for the
avoidance of doubt, it shall not be unreasonable  for the Principal  Borrower to
withhold  or delay  their  consent  in the case of an  assignment  of rights and
benefits to any proposed  assignee  whose  long-term debt  obligations  are then
rated below Baa3 by Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. or below BBB- by Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services).

Assignments by Banks
If  any  Bank  assigns  all  or any of its  rights  and  benefits  hereunder  in
accordance with Clause 0 (Assignments and Transfers), then, unless and until the
assignee  has agreed  with the Agent and the Lead  Arranger  and the other Banks
that it shall be under  the same  obligations  towards  each of them as it would
have been under if it had been an original party hereto as a Bank, the Agent and
the Lead  Arranger  and the other Banks shall not be obliged to  recognise  such
assignee as having the rights against each of them which it would have had if it
had been such a party hereto.

Transfers by Banks
If any  Bank  wishes  to  transfer  all or any of its  rights,  benefits  and/or
obligations  hereunder as contemplated in Clause 0 (Assignments  and Transfers),
then  such  transfer  may be  effected  by the  delivery  to the Agent of a duly
completed and duly executed Transfer Certificate in which event, on the later of
the Transfer Date specified in such Transfer  Certificate and the fifth Business
Day after (or such earlier  Business Day endorsed by the Agent on such  Transfer
Certificate  falling  on or  after)  the  date  of  delivery  of  such  Transfer
Certificate to the Agent:

         to the extent that in such Transfer  Certificate the Bank party thereto
seeks to transfer its rights,  benefits and obligations  hereunder,  each of the
Obligors and such Bank shall be released  from further  obligations  towards one
another  hereunder  and their  respective  rights  against one another  shall be
cancelled  (such  rights,  benefits and  obligations  being  referred to in this
Clause 0 as "discharged rights and obligations");

         each of the  Obligors and the  Transferee  party  thereto  shall assume
obligations  towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which
differ from such discharged  rights and obligations only insofar as such Obligor
and such  Transferee  have  assumed  and/or  acquired  the same in place of such
Obligor and such Bank; and

         the Agent, the Lead Arranger, such Transferee and the other Banks shall
acquire the same rights and  benefits  and assume the same  obligations  between
themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had such  Transferee  been an
original  party hereto as a Bank with the rights,  benefits  and/or  obligations
acquired or assumed by it as a result of such transfer.

Transfer Fees
On the date upon which a transfer  takes effect  pursuant to Clause 0 (Transfers
by Banks), the Transferee in respect of such transfer shall pay to the Agent for
its own account a transfer fee of euro 3,500.

Assignments to a Federal Reserve Bank
In addition to the  assignments  and transfers  permitted in this Clause 28, any
Bank may  (without  notice to any  Borrower,  the  Agent or any  other  Bank and
without  payment of any fee) assign and pledge all or any portion of any Advance
made by it hereunder to any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant
to Regulation A and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank.

Disclosure of Information
Any Bank may,  disclose to any actual or potential  assignee or Transferee or to
any sub-participant in relation to any of the Finance Documents such information
about  the  Obligors  and the  Group as such  Bank  shall  consider  appropriate
Provided  that,  prior to the  disclosure of such  information it has obtained a
duly completed confidentiality undertaking (substantially in the form set out in
Schedule 8 (Form of Confidentiality  Undertaking)) from such potential assignee,
Transferee or sub-participant.

Acceding and Additional Borrowers and Additional Guarantor

Transfer by the Original Borrower
If the Agent has  confirmed to COB that the  conditions  set forth in Schedule 3
(Conditions  Precedent) have been satisfied and no Event of Default or Potential
Event of Default has occurred (which has not been remedied or waived pursuant to
Clause 0 (Amendment and Waivers)), and subject to:

the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

the Agent  confirming to COB that it has received,  in form  satisfactory to it,
all of the  documents  set out in Part A of  Schedule 6  (Additional  Conditions
Precedent),  the  Original  Borrower may  transfer in  accordance  with Clause 0
(Conditions  Precedent for Acceding  Borrower)  all of its rights,  benefits and
obligations as a Borrower hereunder to COB plc.

Conditions Precedent for Acceding Borrower
If the  Original  Borrower  wishes to transfer  all of its rights,  benefits and
obligations as a Borrower hereunder as contemplated in Clause 0 (Transfer by the
Original  Borrower),  then such  transfer may be effected by the delivery to the
Agent of a duly  completed and duly executed  Borrower  Accession  Memorandum in
which  event,  on  the  Transfer  Date  specified  in  such  Borrower  Accession
Memorandum,  and if  the  conditions  in  Clause  0  (Transfer  by the  Original
Borrower) are satisfied, then:

each of the Finance  Parties and the Original  Borrower  shall be released  from
further  obligations (so far as such obligations relate to the Original Borrower
in its  capacity as a Borrower)  towards one another  under this  Agreement  and
their  respective  rights  against one another shall be cancelled  (such rights,
benefits  and  obligations  being  referred to in this  Clause 0 as  "discharged
rights and obligations");

         each  of the  Finance  Parties  and COB plc  shall  assume  obligations
towards one another  and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from
such discharged  rights and obligations only insofar as such Finance Parties and
COB plc have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of such Finance Party and
the Original Borrower; and

the Original  Borrower shall become a Guarantor  hereunder and shall be bound by
the terms and conditions of the COB Guarantee.

Request for Additional Borrower
If the Agent has  confirmed  to the Original  Guarantor  that COB is a Guarantor
hereunder,  the  Principal  Borrower  may  request  that any  Subsidiary  of the
Original  Guarantor become an Additional  Borrower for the purposes of utilising
the  Facilities  by  delivering,  or procuring  the delivery to, the Agent of an
Additional  Borrower  Memorandum  duly  executed  by  the  Guarantors  and  such
Subsidiary.

Additional Borrower Conditions Precedent
A  Subsidiary,  in respect of which the  Principal  Borrower  has  delivered  an
Additional Borrower Memorandum to the Agent, shall become an Additional Borrower
and assume all the rights,  benefits and  obligations of a Borrower as if it had
been the Original Borrower on the date on which the Agent notifies the Principal
Borrower that:

an Instructing Group accepts the Principal Borrower's request in respect of such
Subsidiary; and

the Agent has received, in form and substance  satisfactory to it, all documents
and  other  evidence  listed  in Part B of  Schedule  6  (Additional  Conditions
Precedent)  in  relation  to such  Subsidiary,  unless  on such date an Event of
Default or Potential  Event of Default is  continuing or would occur as a result
of such Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower.

Resignation of a Borrower
If at any time a Borrower (other than COB or the Acceding  Borrower) is under no
actual or contingent  obligation under or pursuant to any Finance Document,  COB
may request that such Borrower shall cease to be a Borrower by delivering to the
Agent a Resignation  Notice.  Such  Resignation  Notice shall be accepted by the
Agent on the  date on which it  notifies  COB  that it is  satisfied  that  such
Borrower is under no actual or  contingent  obligation  under or pursuant to any
Finance Document and such Borrower shall  immediately cease to be a Borrower and
shall have no further rights,  benefits or obligations  hereunder save for those
which arose prior to such date.

CALCULATIONS AND EVIDENCE OF DEBT

Basis of Accrual
Any interest,  commission or fee accruing  hereunder will accrue from day to day
and is  calculated  on the basis of actual  number of days elapsed and a year of
360 days (or, in the case of any Advance denominated in sterling,  365 days) or,
in any case where the relevant interbank market practice differs,  in accordance
with the relevant interbank market practice.

Proportionate Reductions
Any repayment of an Advance denominated in an Optional Currency shall reduce the
amount of such Advance by the amount of such Optional  Currency repaid and shall
reduce the EURO Amount of such Advance proportionately.

Quotations
If on any  occasion  a  Reference  Bank or Bank fails to supply the Agent with a
quotation required of it under the foregoing  provisions of this Agreement,  the
rate for which  such  quotation  was  required  shall be  determined  from those
quotations which are supplied to the Agent.

Evidence of Debt
Each  Bank  shall  maintain  in  accordance  with its  usual  practice  accounts
evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by and owing to it hereunder.

Control Accounts
The Agent  shall  maintain  on its books a control  account or accounts in which
shall be  recorded  (a) the  amount of any  Advance  or any  Unpaid Sum and each
Bank's share therein,  (b) the amount of all principal,  interest and other sums
due or to become due from an Obligor and each Bank's  share  therein and (c) the
amount of any sum received or recovered by the Agent  hereunder  and each Bank's
share therein.

Prima Facie Evidence
In any legal action or proceeding  arising out of or in  connection  with any of
the Finance Documents,  the entries made in the accounts  maintained pursuant to
Clause 0 (Evidence of Debt) and Clause 0 (Control Accounts) shall be prima facie
evidence  of the  existence  and  amounts of the  specified  obligations  of the
Obligors therein recorded.

Rounding and Other Consequential Changes

Without  prejudice  and in  addition  to any method of  conversion  or  rounding
prescribed by any EMU Legislation  and without  prejudice to (a) the liabilities
for  Indebtedness  of the Obligors to the Banks under or pursuant to the Finance
Documents or (b) the  Available  Tranche A Facility or the  Available  Tranche B
Facility,  any  reference in the Finance  Documents  to a minimum  amount (or an
integral multiple thereof) in a national currency of a Subsequent Participant to
be paid to or by the Agent  shall,  immediately  upon it  becoming a  Subsequent
Participant,  be replaced  by a  reference  to such  reasonably  comparable  and
convenient  amount (or an  integral  multiple  thereof)  in the euro unit as the
Agent may specify.

Save as  expressly  provided in this Clause 0, the  Finance  Documents  shall be
subject  to such  reasonable  changes  of  construction  as the Agent may at the
relevant time specify to be  appropriate  to reflect the adoption of the euro in
any Participating  Member State and any relevant market conventions or practices
relating to the euro. provided that this Clause shall not reduce or increase any
actual or contingent liability arising under this Agreement.

Certificates of Banks
A  certificate  of a Bank as to (a) the  amount  by  which a sum  payable  to it
hereunder is to be increased under Clause 0 (Tax Gross-up) or (b) the amount for
the time  being  required  to  indemnify  it against  any such cost,  payment or
liability as is mentioned  in Clause 0 (Tax  Indemnity)  or Clause 0 (Changes in
Circumstances)  shall,  in the absence of manifest  error, be conclusive for the
purposes of any of the Finance  Documents and prima facie  evidence in any legal
action or  proceeding  arising out of or in  connection  with any of the Finance
Documents.

Agent's Certificates
A  certificate  of the Agent as to the  amount at any time due from any  Obligor
hereunder or the amount which,  but for any of the  obligations  of such Obligor
hereunder being or becoming void, voidable, unenforceable or ineffective, at any
time would have been due from such Obligor  hereunder  shall,  in the absence of
manifest error, be conclusive for the purposes of the Original Guarantee and COB
Guarantee.

Amendments and Waivers

Amendments and Waivers
         Save as otherwise  provided herein, any provision of any of the Finance
Documents may be amended or supplemented  only if the Principal  Borrower and an
Instructing Group so agree in writing and any Event of Default,  Potential Event
of Default, provision or breach of any provision of any of the Finance Documents
may be waived by an Instructing Group before or after it occurs but:

Provided that:

no such  waiver  or  amendment  shall  subject  any  party  hereto to any new or
additional obligations without the consent of such party;

without the prior written  consent of all the Banks, no such amendment or waiver
shall:

amend or waive any  provision of Clause 0  (Redistribution  of Payments) or this
Clause 0;

reduce the  proportion  of any amount  received or recovered  (whether by way of
set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) in respect of any amount due from
any of the  Obligors  under any of the  Finance  Documents  to which any Finance
Party is entitled;

change the principal amount of or currency of any Advance,  or defer the term of
the Facility or the Interest Period of any Advance;

change  the  Margin,  change the  amount or  currency  or defer the date for any
payment of interest,  commitment  commission,  fees or any other amount  payable
hereunder to all or any of the Agent,  the Lead Arranger and the Banks under any
of the Finance Documents;

amend the definition of Instructing Group, Tranche A Termination Date or Tranche
B Termination Date;

waive, in relation to any Notice of Drawdown, the conditions set out in Clause 0
(Drawdown Conditions for Advances) if (i) an Event of Default or Potential Event
of Default  which  related to Clause 0  (Representations),  Clause 0  (Financial
Covenants) or Clause 0 (Limitation  on Liens) has occurred and is continuing and
(ii) the Loan (or any Bank's portion of the Loan)  hereunder would increase as a
result of such Notice of Drawdown or Advance;

amend or waive any  provision  which  contemplates  the need for the  consent or
approval of all the Banks; or

release  the  Original  Guarantee  or the COB  Guarantee  or amend or waive  any
material provision of the Original Guarantee or the COB Guarantee; and

notwithstanding  any other provisions  hereof, the Agent shall not be obliged to
agree to any such amendment or waiver if the same would:

amend or waive any  provision of this Clause 0, Clause 0 (Costs and Expenses) or
Clause 0 (The Agent, the Lead Arranger and the Banks); or

otherwise  amend or waive any of the  Agent's  rights  under any of the  Finance
Documents  or  subject  the  Agent  or  the  Lead  Arranger  to  any  additional
obligations thereunder.

Amendment Costs
If any Obligor  requests any amendment,  supplement,  modification  or waiver in
accordance with Clause 0 (Amendments and Waivers) then that Obligor shall within
five  Business  Days  of  demand  of the  Agent,  reimburse  the  Agent  for all
reasonable  costs and  expenses  (including  legal fees)  together  with any VAT
thereon incurred by the Agent in the  negotiation,  preparation and execution of
any written instrument contemplated by Clause 0 (Amendments and Waivers).

Remedies and Waivers
No failure to exercise,  nor any delay in exercising,  on the part of the Agent,
the Lead  Arranger and the Banks or any of them,  any right or remedy  hereunder
shall operate as a waiver thereof,  nor shall any single or partial  exercise of
any right or  remedy  prevent  any  further  or other  exercise  thereof  or the
exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies  herein provided
are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Partial Invalidity
If, at any time,  any provision of any Finance  Document is or becomes  illegal,
invalid  or  unenforceable  in any  respect  under the law of any  jurisdiction,
neither the legality,  validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of
the Finance  Documents  nor the  legality,  validity or  enforceability  of such
provision under the law of any other  jurisdiction  shall in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

Notices

Communications in writing
Each communication to be made under any Finance Document shall, unless otherwise
stated,  be made in writing but, unless  otherwise  stated,  may be made by fax,
telex or letter.

Delivery
Any  communication  or document to be made or delivered by one person to another
pursuant to any of the Finance  Documents shall (unless that other person has by
fifteen days' written notice to the Agent specified  another address) be made or
delivered  to that other  person at the address  identified  with its  signature
below (or, in the case of a Transferee,  at the end of the Transfer  Certificate
to  which  it is a party  as  Transferee)  (or,  in the  case  of an  Additional
Borrower,  in the Additional Borrower Memorandum to which it is a party) (or, in
the case of the Acceding Borrower, in the Borrower Accession Memorandum to which
it is a  party)  and  shall  be  deemed  to have  been  made or  delivered  when
despatched  and  the  appropriate  answerback  received  (in  the  case  of  any
communication  made by  telex)  or (in the  case  of any  communication  made by
letter)  when left at that  address or (as the case may be) ten days after being
deposited  in the post  postage  prepaid in an envelope  addressed to it at that
address or (in the case of any communication  made by fax) transmission has been
completed  and, in the case of the Agent,  when  received by the  department  or
officer identified with the Agent's signature below (or such other department or
officer as the Agent shall from time to time specify for this purpose).

English language
Each  communication  and  document  made or  delivered  by one party to  another
pursuant to any of the  Finance  Documents  shall be in the English  language or
accompanied  by a translation  thereof into English  certified (by an officer of
the  person  making  or  delivering  the  same)  as  being a true  and  accurate
translation thereof.

Notices Effective
Each  communication or document to be made or delivered to any Obligor hereunder
shall be effective if made or delivered to the Principal Borrower.

Counterparts
This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts  and by different
parties  hereto on  separate  counterparts  each of  which,  when  executed  and
delivered, shall constitute an original, but all the counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and all matters arising from or connected with it are governed by
English law.

JURISDICTION

Jurisdiction of English and New York courts

The courts of England  have  jurisdiction  to settle any  dispute (a  "Dispute")
arising  out of or in  connection  with,  this  Agreement  (including  a dispute
regarding  the  existence,  validity or  termination  of this  Agreement  or the
consequences of its nullity).

The  courts of the  State of New York and the  courts  of the  United  States of
America,  in each  case  sitting  in the  County  of New  York,  New  York  have
jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.

The  Parties  agree that the courts of England or the courts of the State of New
York or the United States of America sitting in the County of New York, New York
are  the  most  appropriate  and  convenient   courts  to  settle  Disputes  and
accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

This  Clause 0 is for the benefit of the Finance  Parties  only.  As a result no
Finance Party shall be prevented from taking  proceedings  relating to a Dispute
in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance
Parties may take concurrent proceeding in any number of jurisdictions.

Service of Process
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law:

in connection with any proceedings in England:
                  COB   hereby irrevocably  confirms to the Finance Parties that
                        any service of process in relation to proceedings before
                        the English Courts in connection with Finance  Documents
                        may take  place at its  address  at 18  Hanover  Square,
                        Third Floor, London W1R 9DA; and

                  the   Original  Guarantor and each other  Obligor  irrevocably
                        appoints  COB  or,  as the  case  may  be COB  plc at 18
                        Hanover Square, Third Floor, London W1R 9DA as its agent
                        for service of process in  relation  to any  proceedings
                        before the English courts in connection with any Finance
                        Document; and


each  Obligor  agrees  that  failure by a process  agent to notify the  relevant
Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

Waiver of jury trial
EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT AGREES TO WAIVE  IRREVOCABLY ITS RIGHTS TO
A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS  AGREEMENT OR ANY OF
THE DOCUMENTS  REFERRED TO IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION  CONTEMPLATED IN
THIS  AGREEMENT.  This waiver is intended to apply to all  Disputes.  Each party
acknowledges  that (a) this  waiver is a material  inducement  to enter into the
Finance Documents, (b) it has already relied on this waiver in entering into the
Finance  Documents  and (c) it will  continue  to rely on this  waiver in future
dealings.  Each party represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal
advisers  and that it  knowingly  and  voluntarily  waives its jury trial rights
after  consultation  with its legal advisers.  In the event of litigation,  this
Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.



The Banks
Bank                                                    Tranche A    Tranche B
                                                       Commitment   Commitment
                                                          EURO         EURO
The Chase Manhattan Bank                               20,000,000   20,000,000

Barclays Bank PLC                                      17,000,000   17,000,000

Citibank N.A.                                          17,000,000   17,000,000

Credit Suisse First Boston                             17,000,000   17,000,000

Deutsche Bank AG London                                17,000,000   17,000,000

Lloyds TSB Bank plc                                    17,000,000   17,000,000

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., London Branch                      13,000,000   13,000,000

Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena S.p.A., London Branch  13,000,000   13,000,000

Banca Popolare di Novara S.C.a.R.L. , London Branch    13,000,000   13,000,000

Bank of America N.A.                                   13,000,000   13,000,000

Credit Lyonnais                                        13,000,000   13,000,000

First Union National Bank, London Branch               13,000,000   13,000,000

HSBC Bank plc                                          13,000,000   13,000,000

ING Bank N.V.                                          13,000,000   13,000,000

KBC Bank N.V. , London Branch                          13,000,000   13,000,000

Landesbank Baden-Wuerttemberg, London Branch           13,000,000   13,000,000

Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York              13,000,000   13,000,000

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc                         13,000,000   13,000,000

Societe Generale                                       13,000,000   13,000,000

The Sumitomo Bank, Limited                             13,000,000   13,000,000

Westdeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale                   13,000,000   13,000,000

TOTAL                                                  300,000,000  300,000,000



Form Of Transfer Certificate
To:               Barclays Bank Plc

                              TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
relating to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the  "Credit  Agreement")  dated [ ] 2000  whereby  multicurrency
revolving  loan  facilities  were made available to Capital One Bank as original
borrower and Capital One Financial  Corporation as original guarantor by a group
of  banks on  whose  behalf  Barclays  Bank  Plc  acted  as agent in  connection
therewith.  1.  Terms  defined  in the Credit  Agreement  shall,  subject to any
contrary indication, have the same meanings

herein.  The terms Bank,  Transferee and Portion  Transferred are defined in the
schedule hereto.

The     Bank (i)  confirms  that the details in the  schedule  hereto  under the
        heading  "Bank's  Participation  in the  Tranche  A  Facility",  "Bank's
        Participation  in the  Tranche B  Facility"  and  "Advances"  accurately
        summarises its  participation  in the Credit  Agreement and the Interest
        Period or Term of any existing Advances and (ii) requests the Transferee
        to accept and procure the transfer by novation to the  Transferee of the
        Portion Transferred  (specified in the schedule hereto) of its Tranche A
        Commitment  and/or Tranche B Commitment and/or its participation in such
        Advance(s) by counter-signing  and delivering this Transfer  Certificate
        to the Agent at its address for the service of notices  specified in the
        Credit Agreement.

The     Transferee hereby requests the Agent to accept this Transfer Certificate
        as being  delivered  to the Agent  pursuant  to and for the  purposes of
        Clause 0  (Transfers  by Banks) of the  Credit  Agreement  so as to take
        effect in  accordance  with the terms thereof on the Transfer Date or on
        such  later  date as may be  determined  in  accordance  with the  terms
        thereof.

The     Transferee  confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement
        together  with such other  information  as it has required in connection
        with this  transaction and that it has not relied and will not hereafter
        rely on the Bank to check or enquire on its  behalf  into the  legality,
        validity, effectiveness,  adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any such
        information  and further agrees that it has not relied and will not rely
        on the Bank to assess or keep under  review on its behalf the  financial
        condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of the
        Obligors.

The     Transferee hereby undertakes with the Bank and each of the other parties
        to the Credit  Agreement  that it will perform in accordance  with their
        terms all those  obligations which by the terms of the Finance Documents
        will be assumed by it after delivery of this Transfer Certificate to the
        Agent and  satisfaction of the conditions (if any) subject to which this
        Transfer Certificate is expressed to take effect.

The     Bank makes no  representation  or warranty and assumes no responsibility
        with  respect to the  legality,  validity,  effectiveness,  adequacy  or
        enforceability of the Finance Documents or any document relating thereto
        and  assumes  no  responsibility  for  the  financial  condition  of the
        Obligors or for the performance and observance by the Obligors of any of
        its  obligations  under the Finance  Documents or any document  relating
        thereto and any and all such conditions and warranties,  whether express
        or implied by law or otherwise, are hereby excluded.

The     Bank hereby gives notice that nothing herein or in the Finance Documents
        (or any document relating thereto) shall oblige the Bank to (a) accept a
        re-transfer  from the Transferee of the whole or any part of its rights,
        benefits  and/or  obligations  under the Finance  Documents  transferred
        pursuant  hereto  or (b)  support  any  losses  directly  or  indirectly
        sustained  or  incurred  by the  Transferee  for any  reason  whatsoever
        including  the  non-performance  by an Obligor or any other party to the
        Finance  Documents (or any document relating thereto) of its obligations
        under any such document.  The Transferee hereby acknowledges the absence
        of any such obligation as is referred to in (a) or (b) above.

This    Transfer  Certificate  and the rights,  benefits and  obligations of the
        parties  hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
        English law.

                                  THE SCHEDULE
2.       Bank:

Transferee:

Transfer Date:

Bank's Participation in the Tranche A Facility:
        Bank's Tranche A Commitment                          Portion Transferred

Tranche A Advance(s):
Amount of Bank's Participation   Interest Period and         Portion Transferred
                                 Repayment Date

Bank's Participation in the Tranche B Facility:
Bank's Revolving Commitment                                  Portion Transferred

Tranche B Advance(s):            Interest Period and         Portion Transferred
Amount of Bank's Participation   Repayment Date

[Transferor Bank]                                [Transferee Bank]
By:                                              By:
Date:                                            Date:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS OF TRANSFEREE
Address:
Contact Name:
Account for Payments
in euro:
Fax:
Telephone:

Conditions Precedent
3. In relation to each Original Obligor:

(cc)              a copy,  certified as at the date of this Agreement a true and
                  up-to-date  copy by an  Authorised  Signatory of such Original
                  Obligor,  of the  constitutional  documents  of such  Original
                  Obligor;

        a         copy,  certified  as at the date of this  Agreement a true and
                  up-to-date  copy by an  Authorised  Signatory of such Original
                  Obligor,  of a  board  resolution  of  such  Original  Obligor
                  approving  the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of the
                  Finance  Documents  and the terms and  conditions  thereof and
                  authorising  officers  of such  Obligor  to sign  the  Finance
                  Documents  and any  documents to be delivered by such Original
                  Obligor pursuant thereto; and

        a         certificate  of  an  Authorised  Signatory  of  such  Original
                  Obligor  setting out the names and  signatures  of the persons
                  authorised to sign, on behalf of such  Original  Obligor,  the
                  Finance  Documents  and any  documents to be delivered by such
                  Original Obligor pursuant thereto.

An      opinion  of  the  local  in-house   Counsel  to  each  Original  Obligor
        incorporated  in  a  jurisdiction   other  than  England  and  Wales  in
        substantially  the form distributed to the Banks prior to the signing of
        this Agreement.

An      opinion of the Banks' local Counsel in the jurisdiction of incorporation
        of each Original  Obligor which is incorporated in a jurisdiction  other
        than  England and Wales in  substantially  the form  distributed  to the
        Banks prior to the signing of this Agreement.

An      opinion of Clifford Chance Limited Liability Partnership,  solicitors to
        the Agent, in  substantially  the form distributed to the Banks prior to
        the signing of this Agreement.

Evidencethat the fees,  costs and  expenses  required to be paid by the Original
        Guarantor pursuant to Clause 0 (Arrangement Fee), Clause 0 (Agency Fee),
        Clause 0 (Costs and Expenses) and Clause 0 (Stamp Taxes) have been paid.

A       copy,  certified a true copy by an Authorised Signatory of each Original
        Obligor, of the Original Financial Statements of such Original Obligor.

Evidencethat the party or parties  specified  in Clause 0 (Service  of  Process)
        have agreed to act as the agents of each Original  Obligor  incorporated
        in a  jurisdiction  other  than  England  and Wales for the  service  of
        process in England.

Evidencethat the credit  facility  for Capital  One Finance  Company and Capital
        One Inc.  provided  pursuant to the credit  facility  agreement dated 29
        August 1997 has been repaid in full and cancelled.

<PAGE>

The Original Guarantee duly executed by the Original Guarantor.

Evidence  that each  Obligor has  appointed a person to act as its agent for the
service of process in New York.

Notice of Drawdown
From:      [Insert name of Borrower]
To:        Barclays Bank Plc
Dated:

Dear Sirs,
4.      We refer to the agreement  (the "Credit  Agreement")  dated [ ] 2000 and
        made between Capital One Financial Corporation as original guarantor and
        Capital One Bank as original  borrower,  Barclays Bank Plc as agent, the
        financial  institutions named therein as Banks and others. Terms defined
        in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meaning in this notice.

We      hereby give you notice  that,  pursuant to the Credit  Agreement  and on
        [date of proposed Advance],  we wish to borrow a [Tranche A]/[Tranche B]
        Advance  having an  Original  EURO  Amount of euro[ ] upon the terms and
        subject to the conditions contained therein.

We would like this Advance to be denominated in [currency].

         We would  like  this  Advance  to have a first  Interest  Period of [ ]
months duration.

We      confirm that the representations  which are deemed to be repeated at any
        time after the date hereof in accordance  with Clause 0  (Repetition  of
        Representations)  of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as of the
        date hereof by reference to the facts and circumstances  existing at the
        time (or, if any such  representation  is expressly  stated to have been
        made as of a specific  date,  as of such specific  date),  except to any
        extent waived  pursuant to Clause 0 (Amendments and Waivers) and, to the
        best of our  knowledge  and belief,  having made due enquiry no Event of
        Default or Potential  Event of Default has  occurred  which has not been
        remedied or waived pursuant to Clause 0 (Amendments and Waivers).

The proceeds of this drawdown should be credited to [insert account details].

                                           Yours faithfully
                                           .............................
                                           Authorised Signatory
                                           for and on behalf of
                                           [Name of Borrower]



Form of Borrower Accession Memorandum
Part A
                               Acceding Borrowers

To:               Barclays Bank Plc as Agent
From:  Capital One Bank (Europe) plc and Capital One Financial  Corporation  and
Capital One Bank.

Dated:

Dear Sirs,
Capital One - Borrower Accession Memorandum
5.      We refer to the agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, novated
        or  supplemented,  the  "Facility  Agreement")  dated [ ] 2000  and made
        between  Capital  One Finance  Corporation  as  original  guarantor  and
        Capital  One Bank as  original  borrower,  Chase  Manhattan  plc as lead
        arranger,  Barclays  Bank Plc as agent  and the  financial  institutions
        named therein as banks.

Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall bear the same meaning herein.

The     Original  Borrower  hereby  requests  the Agent to accept this  Borrower
        Accession Memorandum as being delivered to the Agent pursuant to and for
        the  purposes  of  Clause  0  (Acceding  and  Additional  Borrowers  and
        Additional  Guarantor) of the Facility Agreement so as to take effect in
        accordance with the terms thereof on the Transfer Date provided that the
        conditions  referred to in Clause 0 (Transfer by the Original  Borrower)
        of the Facility  Agreement have been  satisfied.  The Original  Borrower
        requests COB plc to accept and procure the transfer to COB plc of all of
        its rights,  benefits and  obligations  as a Borrower under the Facility
        Agreement by  counter-signing  and  delivering  this Borrower  Accession
        Memorandum  to the  Agent at its  address  for the  service  of  notices
        specified in the Facility Agreement.

The     Transfer  Date  shall be the  first  date  upon  which (i) the Agent has
        confirmed  that the  documents  set forth in the Schedule 3  (Conditions
        Precedent)  to the  Facility  Agreement  have been  delivered  in a form
        acceptable to the Agent;  (ii) no Event of Default or Potential Event of
        Default has occurred  (which has not been remedied or waived pursuant to
        Clause 0  (Amendments  and  Waivers);  and (iii) the Agent has confirmed
        that the  conditions  set forth in the Part A of Schedule 6  (Additional
        Conditions  Precedent) to the Facility  Agreement in relation to COB plc
        and COB have been delivered in a form acceptable to the Agent.

COB     plc hereby  undertakes with the Original  Borrower and each of the other
        parties to the  Facility  Agreement  that with effect from the  Transfer
        Date  it  will  perform  in  accordance   with  their  terms  all  those
        obligations which by the terms of the Facility Agreement will be assumed
        by it.

The     Original  Guarantor  confirms that it will guarantee in accordance  with
        the Original  Guarantee all the obligations of COB plc under the Finance
        Documents in all respects in  accordance  with the terms of the Facility
        Agreement and COB confirms that it will guarantee in accordance with the
        COB  Guarantee  all of the  obligations  of COB plc  under  the  Finance
        Documents in all respects in  accordance  with the terms of the Facility
        Agreement.

COB     undertakes  that,  upon its becoming a Guarantor,  to perform all of the
        obligations  expressed to be assumed by it under the Facility  Agreement
        by a  Guarantor  and  agrees  that it shall  be  bound  by the  Facility
        Agreement in all respects as if it had been an original party thereto as
        a Guarantor.

The Original Guarantor and COB (each on behalf of itself and the Borrower);

(dd)              hereby  makes,  for the  benefit  of the Agent and each of the
                  Banks,  each of the  representations  which  are to be  deemed
                  repeated at any time after the date hereof in accordance  with
                  Clause  0  (Repetition  of  Representations)  of the  Facility
                  Agreement  are  true and  correct  as of the  date  hereof  by
                  reference to the facts and circumstances  existing at the time
                  (or, if such  representation  is expressly stated to have been
                  made as of a specific date, as of such specific date),  except
                  to any extent  waived  pursuant  to Clause 0  (Amendments  and
                  Waivers); and

(ee)              confirms  that no  Event  of  Default  or  Potential  Event of
                  Default  has  occurred  and has not been  remedied  or  waived
                  pursuant to Clause 0 (Amendments and Waivers).

COB plc's administrative details are as follows:

Address:


Fax No.:


This Memorandum shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance
with English law.

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL
CORPORATION                                   CAPITAL ONE BANK

By: ...............................           By: ..............................

CAPITAL ONE BANK (EUROPE) plc

By: ...............................

Part B
                              Additional Borrowers

To:     Barclays Bank Plc as Agent

From:  [Subsidiary] and Capital One Financial  Corporation  Capital One Bank and
Capital One Bank (Europe) plc.

Dated:

Dear Sirs,
Capital One - Additional Borrower Memorandum
6.      We refer to the agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, novated
        or  supplemented,  the  "Facility  Agreement")  dated [ ] 2000  and made
        between  Capital  One Finance  Corporation  as  original  guarantor  and
        Capital  One Bank as  original  borrower,  Chase  Manhattan  plc as lead
        arranger,  Barclays  Bank Plc as agent  and the  financial  institutions
        named therein as banks.

Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall bear the same meaning herein.

COB     plc hereby  requests that  [Subsidiary]  become an  Additional  Borrower
        pursuant to Clause 0 (Request for  Additional  Borrower) of the Facility
        Agreement.

[Subsidiary] undertakes to deliver the documents  listed in Part B of Schedule 6
        (Additional Conditions Precedent) to the Facility Agreement.

[Subsidiary] hereby agrees to such request and accordingly undertakes,  upon its
        becoming a Borrower,  to perform  all the  obligations  expressed  to be
        undertaken under the Facility Agreement by a Borrower in all respects as
        if it had been an original party thereto as an Original Borrower.

The     Guarantors  confirm  that they will  guarantee  in  accordance  with the
        Original  Guarantee  or the COB  Guarantee  (as the case may be) all the
        obligations of [Subsidiary]  under the Finance Documents in all respects
        in accordance with the terms of the Facility Agreement.

Each Guarantor (on behalf of itself, the other Borrowers and Guarantors);

(vii)             hereby  makes,  for the  benefit  of the Agent and each of the
                  Banks,  each of the  representations  which  are to be  deemed
                  repeated at any time after the date hereof in accordance  with
                  Clause  0  (Repetition  of  Representations)  of the  Facility
                  Agreement  are  true and  correct  as of the  date  hereof  by
                  reference to the facts and circumstances  existing at the time
                  (or, if such  representation  is expressly stated to have been
                  made as of a specific date, as of such specific date),  except
                  to any extent  waived  pursuant  to Clause 0  (Amendments  and
                  Waivers); and

(viii)            confirms  that no  Event  of  Default  or  Potential  Event of
                  Default  has  occurred  and has not been  remedied  or  waived
                  pursuant to Clause 0 (Amendments and Waivers).

[Subsidiary's] administrative details are as follows:

Address:

Fax No.:

Process Agent*
[Subsidiary] agrees that the documents which start any Proceedings and any other
documents  required to be served in relation to those  Proceedings may be served
on it at  [address  of  Subsidiary's  place of  business  in  England] or at any
address in Great Britain at which process may be served on it in accordance with
Part XXIII of the  Companies  Act 1985/[on  name of process  agent in England at
address  of  process  agent  or,  if  different,   its  registered   office.  If
[[Subsidiary]  ceases  to  have a  place  of  business  in  Great  Britain]/[the
appointment of the person mentioned above ceases to be effective],  [Subsidiary]
shall immediately appoint another person in England to accept service of process
on its behalf in England. If it fails to do so (and such failure continues for a
period of not less than fourteen  days),  the Agent shall be entitled to appoint
such a person by notice.  Nothing  contained  herein shall restrict the right to
serve process in any other manner allowed by law. This applies to Proceedings in
England and to Proceedings elsewhere.]

This Memorandum shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance
with English law.

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL
CORPORATION                                  CAPITAL ONE BANK (EUROPE) PLC

By: ...............................          By: ..............................


CAPITAL ONE BANK

By: ...............................


[SUBSIDIARY]


By: ...................................


Additional Conditions Precedent
Part A
                                Acceding Borrower

7.      A copy,  certified as at the date of the Borrower Accession Memorandum a
        true and  up-to-date  copy by an  Authorised  Signatory  of the proposed
        Acceding  Borrower,  of the  constitutional  documents  of the  Acceding
        Borrower.

A       copy,  certified  as at  the  date  of the  COB  Guarantee  a  true  and
        up-to-date copy by an Authorised Signatory of COB, of the constitutional
        documents of such proposed Additional Guarantor.

A       copy,  certified as at the date of the Borrower  Accession  Memorandum a
        true and  up-to-date  copy by an  Authorised  Signatory  of the Acceding
        Borrower,  of a board  resolution  of such  proposed  Acceding  Borrower
        approving the execution and delivery of a Borrower Accession Memorandum,
        the accession of such proposed  Acceding  Borrower to this Agreement and
        the  performance  of its  obligations  under the Finance  Documents  and
        authorising  named persons or officers to sign such  Borrower  Accession
        Memorandum,  any other  Finance  Document and any other  documents to be
        delivered by the Acceding Borrower pursuant thereto.

A       copy,  certified  as at  the  date  of the  COB  Guarantee  a  true  and
        up-to-date copy by an Authorised Signatory of COB, of a board resolution
        of COB approving the execution and delivery of the COB Guarantee and the
        performance  of  its  obligations   under  the  Finance   Documents  and
        authorising  named  persons or officers to sign the COB  Guarantee,  any
        other  Finance  Document and any other  documents to be delivered by COB
        pursuant thereto.

A       certificate of an Authorised  Signatory of the Acceding Borrower setting
        out the names and  signatures  of the  person or persons  authorised  to
        sign,  on  behalf  of such  proposed  Acceding  Borrower,  the  Borrower
        Accession  Memorandum,   any  other  Finance  Documents  and  any  other
        documents to be delivered by such proposed  Acceding  Borrower  pursuant
        thereto.

A       certificate of an Authorised  Signatory of COB setting out the names and
        signatures  of the person or persons  authorised  to sign,  on behalf of
        COB,  the COB  Guarantee,  any  other  Finance  Documents  and any other
        documents to be delivered by COB pursuant thereto.

A       copy,  certified a true copy by an Authorised  Signatory of the Acceding
        Borrower, of its latest financial statements.

An opinion of COB's in-house  counsel in form and substance  satisfactory to the
Agent (acting reasonably).

An      opinion of Clifford Chance Limited Liability Partnership,  solicitors to
        the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

An      opinion of the Agent's New York law legal counsel, in form and substance
        satisfactory  to the Agent  confirming,  inter alia,  that the  Original
        Guarantee shall guarantee the obligations of the Acceding Borrower under
        the Agreement.

Evidence that COB plc has been authorised to carry on deposit taking business in
the United Kingdom.

A duly executed original copy of the COB Guarantee.

Part B

<PAGE>

                              Additional Borrowers

8.      A copy,  certified  as at the date of the relevant  Additional  Borrower
        Memorandum a true and up-to-date copy by an Authorised  Signatory of the
        proposed Additional  Borrower,  of the constitutional  documents of such
        proposed Additional Borrower.

A       copy,  certified  as at the  date of the  relevant  Additional  Borrower
        Memorandum a true and up-to-date copy by an Authorised  Signatory of the
        proposed  Additional  Borrower,  of a board  resolution of such proposed
        Additional   Borrower   approving  the  execution  and  delivery  of  an
        Additional   Borrower   Memorandum,   the  accession  of  such  proposed
        Additional  Borrower  to  this  Agreement  and  the  performance  of its
        obligations  under the Finance  Documents and authorising a named person
        or  persons  to sign  such  Additional  Borrower  Memorandum,  any other
        Finance  Document  and  any  other  documents  to be  delivered  by such
        proposed Additional Borrower pursuant thereto.

A       certificate  of an  Authorised  Signatory  of  the  proposed  Additional
        Borrower  setting out the names and  signatures of the person or persons
        authorised to sign, on behalf of such proposed Additional Borrower,  the
        Additional  Borrower  Memorandum,  any other  Finance  Documents and any
        other  documents to be delivered by such  proposed  Additional  Borrower
        pursuant thereto.

A       certificate  of an  Authorised  Signatory  of  the  proposed  Additional
        Borrower  confirming  that the  utilisation of the Facilities  would not
        breach any restriction of its borrowing powers.

If      the proposed Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other
        than England and Wales, a copy, certified a true copy by or on behalf of
        the proposed  Additional  Borrower,  of each such law, decree,  consent,
        licence, approval,  registration or declaration as is, in the opinion of
        counsel  to the  Banks,  necessary  to render  the  relevant  Additional
        Borrower Memorandum legal, valid, binding and enforceable,  to make such
        Additional  Borrower  Memorandum  admissible in evidence in the proposed
        Additional  Borrower's  jurisdiction of incorporation  and to enable the
        proposed Additional  Borrower to perform its obligations  thereunder and
        under the other Finance Documents.

A       copy,  certified a true copy by an Authorised  Signatory of the proposed
        Additional Borrower, of its latest financial statements.

If      the proposed Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other
        than England and Wales,  an opinion of the Banks'  local  counsel in the
        relevant jurisdiction in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

An      opinion of Clifford Chance Limited Liability Partnership,  solicitors to
        the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

An      opinion of the Agent's New York law legal counsel, in form and substance
        satisfactory  to the Agent  confirming,  inter alia,  that the  Original
        Guarantee and COB Guarantee  shall both guarantee the obligations of the
        Additional Borrower under the Agreement.

If      the proposed  Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other
        than England and Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in the
        relevant  Additional  Borrower Memorandum has agreed to act as its agent
        for the service of process in England.

Evidence  that each  Obligor has  appointed a person to act as its agent for the
service of process in New York.

Mandatory Costs
9.      The  Mandatory  Cost  Rate  is an  addition  to  the  interest  rate  to
        compensate Banks for the cost of compliance with the requirements of the
        Bank of England and/or the Financial  Services  Authority (or, in either
        case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions).

On       the first day of each Interest Period,  as the case may be, (or as soon
         as possible  thereafter)  the Agent shall  calculate,  as a  percentage
         rate, a rate (the "additional costs rate") for each Bank, in accordance
         with the  formulae  set out  below.  The  Mandatory  Cost  Rate will be
         calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Banks'  additional
         costs rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage  participation of
         each  Bank  in  the  relevant  Advance)  and  will  be  expressed  as a
         percentage rate per annum.

The      additional  costs rate for any Bank lending from a Facility Office in a
         Participating  Member State will be the percentage notified by the Bank
         to the  Agent  as the  cost  of  complying  with  the  minimum  reserve
         requirement of the European Central Bank.

The      additional  cost rate for each Bank lending  from a Facility  Office in
         the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

(ff)     in relation to sterling Advances:

                       [OBJECT OMITTED]per cent. per annum

         in relation to Advances in any currency other than sterling:

                      [OBJECT OMITTED]per cent. per annum.

Where:

        A         is the percentage of eligible  liabilities  (assuming these to
                  be in excess of any  stated  minimum)  which that Bank is from
                  time to time  required to  maintain  as an interest  free cash
                  ratio  deposit  with the Bank of England  to comply  with cash
                  ratio requirements.

        B         is the percentage  rate of interest  (excluding the Margin and
                  the  Mandatory  Cost Rate)  payable for the relevant  Interest
                  Period, as the case may be, on the Advance.

        C         is the percentage (if any) of eligible  liabilities which that
                  Bank is  required  from time to time to  maintain  as interest
                  bearing special deposits with the Bank of England.

        D         is the  percentage  rate  per  annum  payable  by the  Bank of
                  England to the Agent on interest bearing special deposits.

        E         is the rate of charge  payable  by that Bank to the  Financial
                  Services  Authority  pursuant to the Fee Regulations (but, for
                  this  purpose,  ignoring any minimum fee required  pursuant to
                  the   Fee   Regulations)   and   expressed   in   pounds   per
                  (pound)1,000,000 of the Fee Base of that Bank.

For the purposes of this Schedule:

(gg)              "eligible   liabilities"  and  "special   deposits"  have  the
                  meanings  given to them from time to time under or pursuant to
                  the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the
                  Bank of England;

"Fee Regulations" means the Banking  Supervision (Fees) Regulations 1999 or such
other law as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees
for banking supervision; and

"Fee Base" has the meaning  given to it, and will be  calculated  in  accordance
with, the Fee Regulations.

In       application  of the above  formulae,  A, B, C and D will be included in
         the formulae as percentages  (i.e. 5 per cent.  will be included in the
         formula  as  5  and  not  as  0.05).  A  negative  result  obtained  by
         subtracting  D from B shall be taken as  zero.  The  resulting  figures
         shall be rounded to four decimal places.

Each     Bank shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose
         of  calculating  the  above  formulae.   In  particular,   but  without
         limitation, each Bank shall supply the following information in writing
         on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Bank:

(hh)     its jurisdiction of incorporation and the jurisdiction of its Facility
         Office; and

         such other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such
         purpose.

Each Bank  shall  promptly  notify  the Agent in  writing  of any  change to the
information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

The      percentages or rates of charge of each Bank for the purpose of A, C and
         E above shall be  determined  by the Agent  based upon the  information
         supplied  to it pursuant  to  paragraph  7 above and on the  assumption
         that,  unless a Bank  notifies the Agent to the  contrary,  each Bank's
         obligations in relation to cash ratio  deposits,  special  deposits and
         the Fee  Regulations  are the same as those of a typical  bank from its
         jurisdiction  of  incorporation  with a  Facility  Office  in the  same
         jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in
an additional  costs rate which over or under  compensates any Bank and shall be
entitled  to  assume  that the  information  provided  by any Bank  pursuant  to
paragraph 7 above is true and correct in all respects.

The      Agent shall distribute the additional  amounts received pursuant to the
         Mandatory Cost Rate to the Banks on the basis of the  additional  costs
         rate for each Bank, in accordance  with the above formulae and based on
         the information provided by each Bank pursuant to paragraph 6 above.

Any      determination  by the Agent  pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a
         formula,  the  Mandatory  Cost Rate,  an  additional  costs rate or any
         amount payable to a Bank shall,  in the absence of manifest  error,  be
         conclusive and binding on all of the parties hereto.

The      Agent  may from time to time,  after  consultation  with the  Principal
         Borrower  and the  Banks,  determine  and  notify  to all  parties  any
         amendments  or  variations  which are required to be made to any of the
         formulae set out above in order to comply with any change in law or any
         requirements  from time to time  imposed  by the Bank of England or the
         Financial  Services  Authority (or, in either case, any other authority
         which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such  determination
         shall,  in the absence of manifest  error, be conclusive and binding on
         all the parties hereto.

Form of Confidentiality Undertaking
From:    [Disclosing Bank]
         [Address]
         and
         Capital One Financial Corporation
         [Address]

To:      [Prospective Recipient]
         [Date]
Dear Sirs,
Capital One - Confidentiality Agreement
We refer to our  conversations  about the  facility  for certain  members of the
Capital One Group (the "Transaction") and to the agreement (as from time to time
amended,  varied,  novated or supplemented,  the "Facility Agreement") dated [ ]
2000 and made between Capital One Finance  Corporation as original guarantor and
Capital One Bank as original  borrower,  Chase  Manhattan plc as lead  arranger,
Barclays  Bank Plc as agent and the  financial  institutions  named  therein  as
banks.  Following our receipt of a copy of this letter  countersigned by you, we
may give you certain structural concepts,  information and documents relating to
the Transaction  (together the  "Information").  In this letter, the [Disclosing
Bank] Group means  [Disclosing  Bank] and its  subsidiary  undertakings,  parent
undertakings and fellow subsidiary  undertaking (each as defined in Sections 258
and 259 of the Companies Act 1985) and the "Capital One Group" means Capital One
Financial  Corporation and its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates.  In return for us
agreeing to provide you with certain Information,  you agree as follows: (b) You
shall hold in strict confidence all Information disclosed to you by us or on our
behalf  and  agree  that  such  Information  is  supplied  solely to help you in
deciding  whether you want to participate in the  Transaction and will solely be
used by you  for  that  purpose.  Despite  this  obligation,  you  may  disclose
Information (to the extent permitted by law):

(ix) to your  advisers  who need to know such  Information  for the  purpose  of
evaluating the Transaction;

(x)  which,  except  through a failure by you or any  adviser to comply  with an
undertaking as to confidentiality, is in the public domain; and

(xi)  to  bank  supervisory   authorities,   statutory   auditors  or  examining
authorities, if you are obliged by law or regulation to disclose the Information
to them.

If you have to disclose any Information  under  sub-paragraph  (iii) above,  you
will give us such prior notice of that disclosure as is reasonably practicable.

You     shall get your  advisers to give us an  undertaking  in the form of this
        letter  before  letting  them see any of the  Information.  You shall be
        responsible for any breach by your advisors of any such undertaking.

At      our request,  you shall  provide us with details of all advisers to whom
        any Information has been, or is to be, disclosed.

You     acknowledge that no member of the [Disclosing Bank] Group is responsible
        for the accuracy and/or  completeness of any  Information.  You shall be
        solely  responsible  for  making  your  own  independent  appraisal  and
        investigation  of the  Transaction  and all parties  connected  with the
        Transaction  (the  "Transaction  Parties").  You shall not rely upon any
        member of the  [Disclosing  Bank ] Group (now or hereafter) (1) to check
        the accuracy and/or completeness of any Information, or (2) to assess or
        review  any  aspect  of  the  Transaction  or  any  Transaction   Party.
        Accordingly,  except in the case of fraud,  the [Disclosing  Bank] Group
        accepts no responsibility or liability to you (whether for negligence or
        otherwise).

You acknowledge that:

(xii)             members of the  [Disclosing  Bank]  Group may,  now and in the
                  future,  have other investment and commercial  banking,  trust
                  and other  relationships  with  Transaction  Parties  and with
                  other parties ("Other Parties");

(xiii)            as a  result  of these  other  relationships,  members  of the
                  [Disclosing  Bank]  Group  may have or get  information  about
                  Other Parties,  Transaction  Parties and/or the Transaction or
                  which may be relevant to any of these. Despite this, no member
                  of the  [Disclosing  Bank]  Group will have to  disclose  such
                  information,  or the  fact  that it is in  possession  of such
                  information, to you;

(xiv)             members of the  [Disclosing  Bank]  Group may,  now and in the
                  future,  have fiduciary or other relationships under which it,
                  or they, may exercise  voting power over securities of various
                  persons.  Those  securities  may,  from time to time,  include
                  securities of Transaction Parties; and

(xv)              each member of the  [Disclosing  Bank] Group may exercise such
                  voting  powers,   and  otherwise   perform  its  functions  in
                  connection with such fiduciary or other relationships, without
                  regard to its  relationship to the Transaction  Parties and/or
                  the Transaction.

You     will return to us all documents evidencing the Information together with
        any copies of the  Information,  promptly  upon either (1) your decision
        not to participate  in the  Transaction or (2) a request by us to do so,
        in each case, save as required by law.

You     agree that the delivery to you of  Information  does not  constitute any
        representation  or warranty by  [Disclosing  Bank] as to the accuracy or
        completeness of that Information.

This letter  embodies  the entire  agreement  between you and us relating to the
Information.  It supersedes  any prior  agreement or  understanding  (oral or in
writing) relating to the Information.  It may not be amended or waived except in
writing.  You acknowledge that you have not relied on any  representation  other
than  those  set  out in  this  letter.  We  are  not  liable  to  you  for  any
representation (other than any fraudulent representation) that is not set out in
this letter.  You  acknowledge  that,  except where  otherwise  indicated,  your
obligations  under this letter are for the benefit of both the Capital One Group
and the [Disclosing  Bank] Group and can be enforced by either.  This letter and
all claims arising from or in connection  with it are governed by, and are to be
construed in accordance with, English law. You submit,  for our benefit,  to the
jurisdiction  of the English courts for the resolution of any dispute arising in
connection  with this letter.  Please  sign,  date and return to us the enclosed
copy of this letter to confirm your agreement to the above. Yours faithfully

 ........................................
for and on behalf of
[Disclosing Bank]


 .......................................
for and on behalf of
Capital One Financial Corporation



<PAGE>


[On Copy]:
Agreed and Accepted
for and on behalf of
[Prospective Recipient]

 ........................................
Dated [   ]

Existing Proceedings
         In connection with the transfer of  substantially  all of Signet Bank's
credit card business to Capital One Bank (the "Bank") in November 1994,  Capital
One  Financial  Corporation  (the  "Company")  and the Bank agreed to  indemnify
Signet Bank (which was  acquired by First Union Bank on November  30,  1997) for
certain liabilities incurred in litigation arising from that business, which may
include  liabilities,  if any,  incurred  in the  purported  class  action  case
described below.

         During  1995,  the Company and the Bank became  involved in a purported
class action suit relating to certain collection  practices engaged in by Signet
Bank and,  subsequently,  by the Bank.  The  complaint in this case alleges that
Signet Bank and/or the Bank violated a variety of California  state statutes and
constitutional  and common law duties by filing collection  lawsuits,  obtaining
judgements  and pursuing  garnishment  proceedings  in the Virginia state courts
against defaulted credit card customers who were not residents of Virginia. This
case was filed in the  Superior  Court of  California  in the County of Alameda,
Southern Division, on behalf of a class of California  residents.  The complaint
in this case seeks unspecified statutory damages, compensatory damages, punitive
damages,  restitution,  attorneys'  fees and costs,  a permanent  injunction and
other equitable relief.

         In early 1997, the California  court entered  judgement in favor of the
Bank on all of the plaintiffs' claims. The plaintiffs appealed the ruling to the
California Court of Appeals First Appellate  District Division 4. In early 1999,
the Court of Appeals  affirmed the trial court's  ruling in favor of the Bank on
six  counts,  but  reversed  the  trial  court's  ruling  on two  counts  of the
plaintiffs' complaint. The California Supreme Court rejected the Bank's Petition
for Review of the  remaining two counts and remitted them to the trial court for
further  proceedings.  In August 1999, the trial court denied without  prejudice
plaintiffs'  motion to certify a class on the one remaining common law claim. In
November  1999,  the United  States  Supreme  Court  denied  the Bank's  writ of
certiorari on the remaining two counts,  declining to exercise its discretionary
power to review these issues.

         Subsequently, the Bank moved for summary judgement on the two remaining
counts and for a ruling that a class  cannot be  certified  in this case.  These
motions are pending.

         Because no specific  measure of damages is demanded in the complaint of
the California  case and the trial court entered  judgement in favor of the Bank
before the parties completed any significant  discovery,  an informed assessment
of the  ultimate  outcome of this case  cannot be made at this time.  Management
believes,  however,  that there are  meritorious  defenses  to this  lawsuit and
intends to defend it vigorously.

         The Company is commonly subject to various other pending and threatened
legal actions arising from the conduct of its normal business activities. In the
opinion of management,  the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of
any pending or threatened  action will not have a material adverse effect on the
consolidated  financial  condition of the Company. At the present time, however,
management is not in a position to determine  whether the  resolution of pending
or threatened litigation will have a material effect on the Company's results of
operations in any future reporting period.

<PAGE>

Form of Original Guarantee

                        CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                  THE GUARANTOR

                                BARCLAYS BANK PLC
                                    AS AGENT

                               CHASE MANHATTAN PLC
                                   AS ARRANGER

                                       AND

                                    THE BANKS
                                   AS LENDERS
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    GUARANTEE
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

GUARANTEE  dated as of [ , 2000] made by CAPITAL ONE  FINANCIAL  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware corporation (the "Guarantor"), in favor of BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Agent,
CHASE MANHATTAN plc as Arranger and THE BANKS named in the First Schedule to the
Facility Agreement (as hereinafter  defined)  (including any and all branches or
offices thereof, the "Banks"), as lenders  (collectively,  the "Beneficiaries").
WHEREAS, the Guarantor and Capital One Bank, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of
the Guarantor,  have entered into a Multicurrency  Credit  Agreement dated as of
the date  hereof  (as  from  time to time  amended,  the  "Facility  Agreement")
providing  credit  facilities  by the Banks to the  Borrowers (as defined in the
Facility  Agreement)  (the  "Facilities")  in a  principal  amount up to but not
exceeding EUR  750,000,000;  and WHEREAS,  the Guarantor has determined that the
making of the Facilities to the Borrowers will be financially  beneficial to the
Borrowers and the Guarantor;  NOW, THEREFORE,  to induce the Banks and the other
Beneficiaries  to enter into the Facility  Agreement and to  participate  in the
Facilities,  and for other good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the Guarantor agrees as follows.
1. Definitions Except as otherwise  expressly provided herein,  terms defined in
the Facility Agreement are used herein as defined therein.

The Guarantee

The Guarantor hereby:

guarantees  to the  Beneficiaries  and their  successors  and assigns the prompt
payment in full when due of all  obligations  of the  Borrowers now or hereafter
existing under the Facility Agreement,  whether for principal,  interest,  fees,
expenses or otherwise (such obligations being the "Guaranteed Obligations"); and

         agrees as a primary  obligation to indemnify each Beneficiary from time
to time on demand from and  against  any loss  incurred by it as a result of the
Facility  Agreement being or becoming void,  voidable or  unenforceable  for any
reason whatsoever,  whether or not known to such Beneficiary, the amount of such
loss being the amount which such Beneficiary  would otherwise have been entitled
to recover from the Borrowers.

Obligations Unconditional
The  Guarantor  acknowledges  that the  obligations  undertaken by it under this
Guarantee  are  absolute,  irrevocable  and  unconditional  under  any  and  all
circumstances.  In full  recognition  and in furtherance  of the foregoing,  the
Guarantor agrees as follows:

Without  affecting the  enforceability  or  effectiveness  of this  Guarantee in
accordance with its terms and without affecting, limiting, reducing, discharging
or terminating the liability of the Guarantor, or the rights,  remedies,  powers
and privileges of the Beneficiaries under this Guarantee, the Beneficiaries may,
at any time and from  time to time and  without  notice or demand of any kind or
nature whatsoever except as expressly required by applicable law:

amend, supplement,  modify, extend, renew, waive, accelerate or otherwise change
the time for payment or performance  of, or the terms of, all or any part of the
Guaranteed  Obligations (including any increase or decrease in the rate or rates
of interest on all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations);

amend,  supplement,  modify,  extend, renew, waive or otherwise change, or enter
into  or  give,  any  Finance  Document  or any  agreement,  security  document,
guarantee, approval, consent or other instrument with respect to all or any part
of the Guaranteed Obligations, any Finance Document or any such other instrument
or any term or provision of the foregoing;

accept  or  enter  into  new  or  additional  agreements,   security  documents,
guarantees  (including  letters of credit) or other  instruments in addition to,
any Finance  Document,  any existing  security in relation to all or any part of
the Guaranteed  Obligations or any collateral now or in the future  constituting
security for the Guaranteed Obligations;

accept or receive  (including from any other guarantor of all or any part of the
Guaranteed  Obligations,   if  any)  partial  payments  or  performance  of  the
Guaranteed  Obligations  (whether  as a result  of the  exercise  of any  right,
remedy, power or privilege or otherwise);

settle,  compromise,  release,  liquidate or enforce upon such terms and in such
manner as the  Beneficiaries  may determine or as applicable law may dictate all
or any part of the Guaranteed  Obligations or any collateral for or guarantee of
(including  without limitation any letter of credit, if any, issued with respect
to) all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

consent to the merger or consolidation of, the sale of substantial assets by, or
other  restructuring or termination of the corporate  existence of the Borrowers
or any other person (including  without limitation any other guarantor of all or
any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, if any);

proceed  against the Borrowers or the Guarantor or any  collateral in such order
and such manner as the Beneficiaries may, in their discretion, determine;

enter into such other transactions or business dealings with the Borrowers,  any
Subsidiary or affiliate of the Borrowers or the Guarantor or any other guarantor
of all or any  part  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  as the  Beneficiaries  may
desire; and

do all or any  combination of the actions set forth in this Section 2.21 or take
any other actions or fail to take any actions to the fullest extent  permissible
under applicable law in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

The  enforceability and effectiveness of this Guarantee and the liability of the
Guarantor, and the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Beneficiaries,
under this  Guarantee  shall not be affected,  limited,  reduced,  discharged or
terminated,  and the Guarantor  hereby expressly  waives,  to the fullest extent
permitted by law, any defense now or in the future arising, by reason of:

the  illegality,  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of all or  any  part  of the
Guaranteed Obligations,  any Finance Document or any other agreement relative to
all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

any  disability  or  other  defense  with  respect  to all or  any  part  of the
Guaranteed  Obligations  of the  Borrowers or any other  guarantor of all or any
part of the Guaranteed  Obligations  (including without limitation any issuer of
any letter of credit),  including the effect of any statute of limitations  that
may bar the enforcement of all or any part of the Guaranteed  Obligations or the
obligations of any such other guarantor;

the  illegality,  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any security or guarantee
(including  without  limitation any letter of credit) for all or any part of the
Guaranteed  Obligations  or the lack of perfection  or continuing  perfection or
failure of the priority of any lien on any collateral for all or any part of the
Guaranteed Obligations;

the cessation,  for any cause  whatsoever,  of the liability of the Borrowers or
any other  guarantor  of all or any part of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  (other
than,  subject  to  Section  2.5  hereof,  by  reason  of the full  payment  and
performance of all Guaranteed Obligations);

any failure of the Beneficiaries to pursue or exhaust any right,  remedy,  power
or privilege it may have against the Borrowers or any other  guarantor of all or
any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other person or to take any action
whatsoever to mitigate or reduce such or any other  guarantor's  liability under
this  Guarantee,  the  Beneficiaries  being under no obligation to take any such
action  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  all or  any  part  of  the  Guaranteed
Obligations  may be due and payable and that the  Borrowers may be in default of
their obligations under any Finance Document;

any  counterclaim,  set-off  or other  claim  which the  Guarantor  or any other
guarantor  of all or any part of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  has or alleges to
have with respect to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

any failure of the Beneficiaries to file or enforce a claim in any bankruptcy or
other proceeding with respect to any person;

any bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  arrangement, readjustment of debt,
liquidation  or  dissolution  proceeding  commenced  by or against any  Obligor,
including any discharge of, or bar or stay against  collecting,  all or any part
of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  (or  any  interest  on all or any  part  of the
Guaranteed Obligations) in or as a result of any such proceeding;

any action taken by the Beneficiaries  that is authorized by this Section 2.2 or
otherwise in this Guarantee or by any other provision of any Finance Document or
any omission to take any such action;

any change in the direct or indirect ownership or control of the Borrowers or of
any shares or ownership interests thereof; or

any other  circumstance  whatsoever that might  otherwise  constitute a legal or
equitable  discharge  or defense of a surety or  guarantor of all or any part of
the Guaranteed Obligations.

The  Guarantor  expressly  waives,  for the  benefit of the  Beneficiaries,  all
set-offs and counterclaims and all diligence, presentment, demand for payment or
performance,  notices  of  nonpayment  or  nonperformance,  protest,  notices of
protest,  notices of  dishonor  and all other  notices or demands of any kind or
nature  whatsoever,  and any  requirement  that the  Beneficiaries,  exhaust any
right,  power or remedy or proceed  against  the  Borrowers  under the  Facility
Agreement or any other agreement  referred to herein or therein,  or against any
other  person  under  any  other  guarantee  of,  or  security  for,  any of the
Guaranteed  Obligations,  and all notices of acceptance of this  Guarantee or of
the existence, creation, incurring or assumption of new or additional Guaranteed
Obligations.  The Guarantor  further expressly waives the benefit of any and all
statutes of limitation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

The  Guarantor  represents  and  warrants  to  the  Beneficiaries  that  it  has
established   adequate  means  of  obtaining  financial  and  other  information
pertaining to the business,  operations and condition  (financial and otherwise)
of the  Borrowers  and  their  properties  on a  continuing  basis  and that the
Guarantor is now and will in the future remain fully familiar with the business,
operations  and condition  (financial  and otherwise) of the Borrowers and their
properties.  The Guarantor further  represents and warrants that it has reviewed
and  approved  each of the  Finance  Documents  and is fully  familiar  with the
transactions  contemplated  by the  Finance  Documents  and  that it will in the
future remain fully familiar with such  transaction  and with any new agreements
relating  to  the  Facilities.   The  Guarantor   hereby  expressly  waives  and
relinquishes  any duty on the part of the  Beneficiaries  (should  any such duty
exist)  to  disclose  to such or any other  guarantor  of all or any part of the
Guaranteed  Obligations any matter of fact or other  information  related to the
business,  operations or condition  (financial or otherwise) of the Borrowers or
their  properties  or to any  Finance  Document or the  transactions  undertaken
pursuant to, or contemplated  by, any such Finance  Document,  whether now or in
the future known by the Banks.

The Guarantor  intends that its rights and obligations  shall be those expressly
set forth in this  Guarantee  and that its  obligations  shall not be  affected,
limited,  reduced,  discharged  or  terminated  by reason of any  principles  or
provisions of law which conflict with the terms of this Guarantee.

Understanding With Respect to Waivers and Consents
The  Guarantor  represents,  warrants  and agrees  that each of the  waivers and
consents set forth in this Guarantee is made  voluntarily  and  unconditionally.
If,  notwithstanding  the intent of the parties that the terms of this Guarantee
shall  control in any and all  circumstances,  any such  waivers or consents are
determined to be  unenforceable  under applicable law, such waivers and consents
shall be effective to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Taxes
The  provisions  of Clauses 8, 9 and 10 of the  Facility  Agreement  shall apply
mutatis mutandis to this Guarantee to the extent that such provisions  relate to
payment obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

Reinstatement
The  obligations  of the Guarantor  under this Section 2 shall be  automatically
reinstated  if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf
of the Borrowers in respect of the  Guaranteed  Obligations is rescinded or must
be  otherwise  restored  by any  holder  of any of the  Guaranteed  Obligations,
whether  as a result of any  proceedings  in  bankruptcy  or  reorganization  or
otherwise,  and the Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the Beneficiaries on
demand for all reasonable  costs and expenses  (including,  without  limitation,
fees  of  counsel)  incurred  by  the  Beneficiaries  in  connection  with  such
rescission or  restoration,  including  any such costs and expenses  incurred in
defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference,
fraudulent transfer or the like under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

Subrogation
The Guarantor  hereby agrees that,  until the final payment and  satisfaction in
full of all  Guaranteed  Obligations  and the  expiration or  termination of the
Commitment of the Banks under the Facility Agreement,  it shall not exercise any
right or remedy  arising by reason of any  performance by it of the guarantee in
Section 2.1 hereof,  whether by subrogation or otherwise,  against the Borrowers
or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed  Obligations or any security for
any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Remedies
The  Guarantor  agrees  that,  as  between  the  Guarantor  and the  Banks,  the
obligations of the Borrowers under the Facility  Agreement may be declared to be
forthwith  due and payable as provided  in Clause 18 of the  Facility  Agreement
(and  shall be  deemed  to have  become  automatically  due and  payable  in the
circumstances  provided  in said  Clause 18) for  purposes of Section 2.1 hereof
notwithstanding  any  stay,  injunction  or other  prohibition  preventing  such
declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as
against  the  Borrowers  and  that,  in the event of such  declaration  (or such
obligations  being deemed to have become  automatically  due and payable),  such
obligations  (whether or not due and payable by the Borrowers)  shall  forthwith
become due and payable by the Guarantor for purposes of said Section 2.1.

Manner of Payment
The  Guarantor  shall make any payment  required to be made  hereunder in lawful
money as specified in Clause 21 of the Facility  Agreement and in same day funds
to the Banks at the place  specified  for  payments in the  Facility  Agreement,
without set-off, counterclaim or other defense and free and clear of and without
deduction  for any  present  or future  income,  stamp or other  taxes,  levies,
imposts, deductions, charges, fees, withholdings,  liabilities,  restrictions or
conditions of any nature whatsoever now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected,
assessed or withheld by any  jurisdiction  or by any  political  subdivision  or
taxing authority  thereof or therein (whether pursuant to Delaware law, New York
law or otherwise).

Representations and Warranties
The  Guarantor  represents  and  warrants to the  Beneficiaries  that all of the
representations  and  warranties  pertaining to the  Guarantor  contained in the
Facility Agreement are true and correct as of the date the same are deemed to be
made or repeated  under Clause  15.23 of the Facility  Agreement by reference to
the facts and circumstances then existing.

Covenants

General Covenants
The  Guarantor  agrees  that until the final  payment in full of the  Guaranteed
Obligations  it  will  comply  with  each  of the  covenants  pertaining  to the
Guarantor under the Facility Agreement.

Regulatory Capital
The Guarantor will cause each of its respective Insured Subsidiaries (if any) to
be at all times "adequately capitalized" for purposes of 12 U.S.C. ss. 1831o, as
amended,  re-enacted  or  redesignated  from  time to time,  and at all times to
maintain such amount of capital as may be prescribed from time to time,  whether
by regulation,  agreement or order,  by each Bank  Regulatory  Authority  having
jurisdiction over such Insured Subsidiary.

Further Assurances
The Guarantor shall from time to time upon the written request of an Instructing
Group,  execute and deliver  such further  documents  and do such other acts and
things as an Instructing  Group may reasonably  request in order fully to effect
the purposes of this Agreement.

 Miscellaneous

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

This Guarantee  shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with, the law
of the State of New York.

The Guarantor  hereby  submits to the  nonexclusive  jurisdiction  of the United
States District Court for the Southern  District of New York and of any New York
state court  sitting in New York City for the purposes of all legal  proceedings
arising out of or relating to this  Guarantee or the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.  The  Guarantor  hereby  irrevocably  appoints  CFC  the  United  States
Corporation  Company  of 375 Hudson  Street,  New York,  NY 10014 (the  "Process
Agent") as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to receive service of all writs,
summons and other process in connection  with any such legal  proceedings in New
York and agrees that the failure of the Process Agent to convey any such process
to the  Guarantor  shall not  impair or affect  the  validity  thereof or of any
judgment based thereon.

The Guarantor  irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue
of any such  proceeding  brought  in such a court  and any  claim  that any such
proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Waiver of Jury Trial
THE GUARANTOR AND THE  BENEFICIARIES  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT  PERMITTED BY  APPLICABLE  LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL  PROCEEDING   ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  RELATING  TO  THIS  GUARANTEE  OR  THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Notices
All notices,  requests,  consents and demands  hereunder shall be in writing and
telecopied  or delivered to the intended  recipient at the "Address for Notices"
specified beneath its name on the signature pages hereof or, as to any party, at
such  other  address  as shall be  designated  by such party in a notice to each
other  party.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Guarantee,   all  such
communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by telex
or telecopier or personally  delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice,  upon
receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

Waivers, Etc.
The  terms of this  Guarantee  may be  waived,  altered  or  amended  only by an
instrument in writing duly executed by the Guarantor and the Beneficiaries.

Successors and Assigns
This Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and
their respective  successors and assigns (provided,  however, that the Guarantor
shall not assign or  transfer  any of its  rights  hereunder  without  the prior
written consent of the Beneficiaries).

Counterparts
This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken
together  shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument and any of the parties
hereto may execute this Guarantee by signing any such counterpart.

Severability
If any provision hereof is invalid and unenforceable in any jurisdiction,  then,
to the fullest extent  permitted by law, (i) the other  provisions  hereof shall
remain in full  force and  effect in such  jurisdiction  and shall be  liberally
construed in favor of the  Beneficiaries in order to carry out the intentions of
the  parties  hereto as nearly as may be  possible  and (ii) the  invalidity  or
unenforceability  of any provision hereof in any  jurisdiction  shall not affect
the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Guarantor has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed
and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:      ........................................
Name:
Title:
Address for Notices:       2980 Fairview Park Drive
                           Falls Church, VA  22042
Attention:                 [     ]

<PAGE>

Form of COB Guarantee


                                CAPITAL ONE bank
                                  THE GUARANTOR

                                BARCLAYS BANK PLC
                                    AS AGENT

                               CHASE MANHATTAN PLC
                                   AS ARRANGER

                                       AND

                                    THE BANKS
                                   AS LENDERS
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    GUARANTEE
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

GUARANTEE dated as of [ , 2000] made by CAPITAL ONE BANK, a Virginia corporation
(the "Guarantor"),  in favor of BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Agent, CHASE MANHATTAN plc
as Arranger and THE BANKS named in the First Schedule to the Facility  Agreement
(as hereinafter defined) (including any and all branches or offices thereof, the
"Banks"), as lenders (collectively, the "Beneficiaries"). WHEREAS, the Guarantor
and Capital One Financial Corporation, its parent corporation, have entered into
a Multicurrency Credit Agreement dated as of [__________, 2000] (as from time to
time amended, the "Facility Agreement") providing credit facilities by the Banks
to the Borrowers (as defined in the Facility  Agreement) (the "Facilities") in a
principal  amount up to but not  exceeding  EUR  750,000,000;  and WHEREAS,  the
Guarantor  wishes  Capital  One Bank  (Europe)  plc to  accede  to the  Facility
Agreement as a Borrower and has determined  that the making of the Facilities to
the Borrowers will be financially beneficial to the Borrowers and the Guarantor;
NOW,  THEREFORE,  to induce the Banks and the other  Beneficiaries to enter into
the Facility Agreement and to participate in the Facilities,  and for other good
and  valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby
acknowledged,  the  Guarantor  agrees  as  follows.  2.  Definitions  Except  as
otherwise expressly provided herein, terms defined in the Facility Agreement are
used herein as defined therein.


The Guarantee

The Guarantor hereby:

guarantees  to the  Beneficiaries  and their  successors  and assigns the prompt
payment in full when due of all  obligations  of the  Borrowers now or hereafter
existing under the Facility Agreement,  whether for principal,  interest,  fees,
expenses or otherwise (such obligations being the "Guaranteed Obligations"); and

         agrees as a primary  obligation to indemnify each Beneficiary from time
to time on demand from and  against  any loss  incurred by it as a result of the
Facility  Agreement being or becoming void,  voidable or  unenforceable  for any
reason whatsoever,  whether or not known to such Beneficiary, the amount of such
loss being the amount which such Beneficiary  would otherwise have been entitled
to recover from the Borrowers.

Obligations Unconditional
The  Guarantor  acknowledges  that the  obligations  undertaken by it under this
Guarantee  are  absolute,  irrevocable  and  unconditional  under  any  and  all
circumstances.  In full  recognition  and in furtherance  of the foregoing,  the
Guarantor agrees as follows:

Without  affecting the  enforceability  or  effectiveness  of this  Guarantee in
accordance with its terms and without affecting, limiting, reducing, discharging
or terminating the liability of the Guarantor, or the rights,  remedies,  powers
and privileges of the Beneficiaries under this Guarantee, the Beneficiaries may,
at any time and from  time to time and  without  notice or demand of any kind or
nature whatsoever except as expressly required by applicable law:

amend, supplement,  modify, extend, renew, waive, accelerate or otherwise change
the time for payment or performance  of, or the terms of, all or any part of the
Guaranteed  Obligations (including any increase or decrease in the rate or rates
of interest on all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations);

amend,  supplement,  modify,  extend, renew, waive or otherwise change, or enter
into  or  give,  any  Finance  Document  or any  agreement,  security  document,
guarantee, approval, consent or other instrument with respect to all or any part
of the Guaranteed Obligations, any Finance Document or any such other instrument
or any term or provision of the foregoing;

accept  or  enter  into  new  or  additional  agreements,   security  documents,
guarantees  (including  letters of credit) or other  instruments in addition to,
any Finance  Document,  any existing  security in relation to all or any part of
the Guaranteed  Obligations or any collateral now or in the future  constituting
security for the Guaranteed Obligations;

accept or receive  (including from any other guarantor of all or any part of the
Guaranteed  Obligations,   if  any)  partial  payments  or  performance  of  the
Guaranteed  Obligations  (whether  as a result  of the  exercise  of any  right,
remedy, power or privilege or otherwise);

settle,  compromise,  release,  liquidate or enforce upon such terms and in such
manner as the  Beneficiaries  may determine or as applicable law may dictate all
or any part of the Guaranteed  Obligations or any collateral for or guarantee of
(including  without limitation any letter of credit, if any, issued with respect
to) all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

consent to the merger or consolidation of, the sale of substantial assets by, or
other  restructuring or termination of the corporate  existence of the Borrowers
or any other person (including  without limitation any other guarantor of all or
any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, if any);

proceed  against the Borrowers or the Guarantor or any  collateral in such order
and such manner as the Beneficiaries may, in their discretion, determine;

enter into such other transactions or business dealings with the Borrowers,  any
Subsidiary or affiliate of the Borrowers or the Guarantor or any other guarantor
of all or any  part  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  as the  Beneficiaries  may
desire; and

do all or any  combination of the actions set forth in this Section 2.21 or take
any other actions or fail to take any actions to the fullest extent  permissible
under applicable law in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

The  enforceability and effectiveness of this Guarantee and the liability of the
Guarantor, and the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Beneficiaries,
under this  Guarantee  shall not be affected,  limited,  reduced,  discharged or
terminated,  and the Guarantor  hereby expressly  waives,  to the fullest extent
permitted by law, any defense now or in the future arising, by reason of:

the  illegality,  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of all or  any  part  of the
Guaranteed Obligations,  any Finance Document or any other agreement relative to
all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

any  disability  or  other  defense  with  respect  to all or  any  part  of the
Guaranteed  Obligations  of the  Borrowers or any other  guarantor of all or any
part of the Guaranteed  Obligations  (including without limitation any issuer of
any letter of credit),  including the effect of any statute of limitations  that
may bar the enforcement of all or any part of the Guaranteed  Obligations or the
obligations of any such other guarantor;

the  illegality,  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any security or guarantee
(including  without  limitation any letter of credit) for all or any part of the
Guaranteed  Obligations  or the lack of perfection  or continuing  perfection or
failure of the priority of any lien on any collateral for all or any part of the
Guaranteed Obligations;

the cessation,  for any cause  whatsoever,  of the liability of the Borrowers or
any other  guarantor  of all or any part of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  (other
than,  subject  to  Section  2.5  hereof,  by  reason  of the full  payment  and
performance of all Guaranteed Obligations);

any failure of the Beneficiaries to pursue or exhaust any right,  remedy,  power
or privilege it may have against the Borrowers or any other  guarantor of all or
any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other person or to take any action
whatsoever to mitigate or reduce such or any other  guarantor's  liability under
this  Guarantee,  the  Beneficiaries  being under no obligation to take any such
action  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  all or  any  part  of  the  Guaranteed
Obligations  may be due and payable and that the  Borrowers may be in default of
their obligations under any Finance Document;

any  counterclaim,  set-off  or other  claim  which the  Guarantor  or any other
guarantor  of all or any part of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  has or alleges to
have with respect to all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

any failure of the Beneficiaries to file or enforce a claim in any bankruptcy or
other proceeding with respect to any person;

any bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  arrangement, readjustment of debt,
liquidation  or  dissolution  proceeding  commenced  by or against any  Obligor,
including any discharge of, or bar or stay against  collecting,  all or any part
of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  (or  any  interest  on all or any  part  of the
Guaranteed Obligations) in or as a result of any such proceeding;

any action taken by the Beneficiaries  that is authorized by this Section 2.2 or
otherwise in this Guarantee or by any other provision of any Finance Document or
any omission to take any such action;

any change in the direct or indirect ownership or control of the Borrowers or of
any shares or ownership interests thereof; or

any other  circumstance  whatsoever that might  otherwise  constitute a legal or
equitable  discharge  or defense of a surety or  guarantor of all or any part of
the Guaranteed Obligations.

The  Guarantor  expressly  waives,  for the  benefit of the  Beneficiaries,  all
set-offs and counterclaims and all diligence, presentment, demand for payment or
performance,  notices  of  nonpayment  or  nonperformance,  protest,  notices of
protest,  notices of  dishonor  and all other  notices or demands of any kind or
nature  whatsoever,  and any  requirement  that the  Beneficiaries,  exhaust any
right,  power or remedy or proceed  against  the  Borrowers  under the  Facility
Agreement or any other agreement  referred to herein or therein,  or against any
other  person  under  any  other  guarantee  of,  or  security  for,  any of the
Guaranteed  Obligations,  and all notices of acceptance of this  Guarantee or of
the existence, creation, incurring or assumption of new or additional Guaranteed
Obligations.  The Guarantor  further expressly waives the benefit of any and all
statutes of limitation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

The  Guarantor  represents  and  warrants  to  the  Beneficiaries  that  it  has
established   adequate  means  of  obtaining  financial  and  other  information
pertaining to the business,  operations and condition  (financial and otherwise)
of the  Borrowers  and  their  properties  on a  continuing  basis  and that the
Guarantor is now and will in the future remain fully familiar with the business,
operations  and condition  (financial  and otherwise) of the Borrowers and their
properties.  The Guarantor further  represents and warrants that it has reviewed
and  approved  each of the  Finance  Documents  and is fully  familiar  with the
transactions  contemplated  by the  Finance  Documents  and  that it will in the
future remain fully familiar with such  transaction  and with any new agreements
relating  to  the  Facilities.   The  Guarantor   hereby  expressly  waives  and
relinquishes  any duty on the part of the  Beneficiaries  (should  any such duty
exist)  to  disclose  to such or any other  guarantor  of all or any part of the
Guaranteed  Obligations any matter of fact or other  information  related to the
business,  operations or condition  (financial or otherwise) of the Borrowers or
their  properties  or to any  Finance  Document or the  transactions  undertaken
pursuant to, or contemplated  by, any such Finance  Document,  whether now or in
the future known by the Banks.

The Guarantor  intends that its rights and obligations  shall be those expressly
set forth in this  Guarantee  and that its  obligations  shall not be  affected,
limited,  reduced,  discharged  or  terminated  by reason of any  principles  or
provisions of law which conflict with the terms of this Guarantee.

Understanding With Respect to Waivers and Consents
The  Guarantor  represents,  warrants  and agrees  that each of the  waivers and
consents set forth in this Guarantee is made  voluntarily  and  unconditionally.
If,  notwithstanding  the intent of the parties that the terms of this Guarantee
shall  control in any and all  circumstances,  any such  waivers or consents are
determined to be  unenforceable  under applicable law, such waivers and consents
shall be effective to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Taxes
The  provisions  of Clauses 8, 9 and 10 of the  Facility  Agreement  shall apply
mutatis mutandis to this Guarantee to the extent that such provisions  relate to
payment obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee.

Reinstatement
The  obligations  of the Guarantor  under this Section 2 shall be  automatically
reinstated  if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf
of the Borrowers in respect of the  Guaranteed  Obligations is rescinded or must
be  otherwise  restored  by any  holder  of any of the  Guaranteed  Obligations,
whether  as a result of any  proceedings  in  bankruptcy  or  reorganization  or
otherwise,  and the Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the Beneficiaries on
demand for all reasonable  costs and expenses  (including,  without  limitation,
fees  of  counsel)  incurred  by  the  Beneficiaries  in  connection  with  such
rescission or  restoration,  including  any such costs and expenses  incurred in
defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference,
fraudulent transfer or the like under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

Subrogation
The Guarantor  hereby agrees that,  until the final payment and  satisfaction in
full of all  Guaranteed  Obligations  and the  expiration or  termination of the
Commitment of the Banks under the Facility Agreement,  it shall not exercise any
right or remedy  arising by reason of any  performance by it of the guarantee in
Section 2.1 hereof,  whether by subrogation or otherwise,  against the Borrowers
or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed  Obligations or any security for
any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Remedies
The  Guarantor  agrees  that,  as  between  the  Guarantor  and the  Banks,  the
obligations of the Borrowers under the Facility  Agreement may be declared to be
forthwith  due and payable as provided  in Clause 18 of the  Facility  Agreement
(and  shall be  deemed  to have  become  automatically  due and  payable  in the
circumstances  provided  in said  Clause 18) for  purposes of Section 2.1 hereof
notwithstanding  any  stay,  injunction  or other  prohibition  preventing  such
declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as
against  the  Borrowers  and  that,  in the event of such  declaration  (or such
obligations  being deemed to have become  automatically  due and payable),  such
obligations  (whether or not due and payable by the Borrowers)  shall  forthwith
become due and payable by the Guarantor for purposes of said Section 2.1.

Manner of Payment
The  Guarantor  shall make any payment  required to be made  hereunder in lawful
money as specified in Clause 21 of the Facility  Agreement and in same day funds
to the Banks at the place  specified  for  payments in the  Facility  Agreement,
without set-off, counterclaim or other defense and free and clear of and without
deduction  for any  present  or future  income,  stamp or other  taxes,  levies,
imposts, deductions, charges, fees, withholdings,  liabilities,  restrictions or
conditions of any nature whatsoever now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected,
assessed or withheld by any  jurisdiction  or by any  political  subdivision  or
taxing authority  thereof or therein (whether pursuant to Virginia law, New York
law or otherwise).

Representations and Warranties
The  Guarantor  represents  and  warrants to the  Beneficiaries  that all of the
representations  and  warranties  pertaining to the  Guarantor  contained in the
Facility Agreement are true and correct as of the date the same are deemed to be
made or repeated  under Clause  15.23 of the Facility  Agreement by reference to
the facts and circumstances then existing.

Covenants

General Covenants
The  Guarantor  agrees  that until the final  payment in full of the  Guaranteed
Obligations  it  will  comply  with  each  of the  covenants  pertaining  to the
Guarantor under the Facility Agreement.

Regulatory Capital
The Guarantor  will cause its Insured  Subsidiaries  (if any) to be at all times
"adequately  capitalized"  for  purposes  of 12 U.S.C.  ss.  1831o,  as amended,
re-enacted or redesignated  from time to time, and at all times to maintain such
amount of capital as may be prescribed from time to time, whether by regulation,
agreement or order, by each Bank Regulatory  Authority having  jurisdiction over
such Insured Subsidiary.

Further Assurances
The Guarantor shall from time to time upon the written request of an Instructing
Group,  execute and deliver  such further  documents  and do such other acts and
things as an Instructing  Group may reasonably  request in order fully to effect
the purposes of this Agreement.

 Miscellaneous

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

This Guarantee  shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with, the law
of the State of New York.

The Guarantor  hereby  submits to the  nonexclusive  jurisdiction  of the United
States District Court for the Southern  District of New York and of any New York
state court  sitting in New York City for the purposes of all legal  proceedings
arising out of or relating to this  Guarantee or the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.  The  Guarantor  hereby  irrevocably  appoints  CFC  the  United  States
Corporation  Company  of 375 Hudson  Street,  New York,  NY 10014 (the  "Process
Agent") as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to receive service of all writs,
summons and other process in connection  with any such legal  proceedings in New
York and agrees that the failure of the Process Agent to convey any such process
to the  Guarantor  shall not  impair or affect  the  validity  thereof or of any
judgment based thereon.

The Guarantor  irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue
of any such  proceeding  brought  in such a court  and any  claim  that any such
proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Waiver of Jury Trial
THE GUARANTOR AND THE  BENEFICIARIES  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT  PERMITTED BY  APPLICABLE  LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL  PROCEEDING   ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  RELATING  TO  THIS  GUARANTEE  OR  THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Notices
All notices,  requests,  consents and demands  hereunder shall be in writing and
telecopied  or delivered to the intended  recipient at the "Address for Notices"
specified beneath its name on the signature pages hereof or, as to any party, at
such  other  address  as shall be  designated  by such party in a notice to each
other  party.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  Guarantee,   all  such
communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by telex
or telecopier or personally  delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice,  upon
receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

Waivers, Etc.
The  terms of this  Guarantee  may be  waived,  altered  or  amended  only by an
instrument in writing duly executed by the Guarantor and the Beneficiaries.

Successors and Assigns
This Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and
their respective  successors and assigns (provided,  however, that the Guarantor
shall not assign or  transfer  any of its  rights  hereunder  without  the prior
written consent of the Beneficiaries).

Counterparts
This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken
together  shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument and any of the parties
hereto may execute this Guarantee by signing any such counterpart.

Severability
If any provision hereof is invalid and unenforceable in any jurisdiction,  then,
to the fullest extent  permitted by law, (i) the other  provisions  hereof shall
remain in full  force and  effect in such  jurisdiction  and shall be  liberally
construed in favor of the  Beneficiaries in order to carry out the intentions of
the  parties  hereto as nearly as may be  possible  and (ii) the  invalidity  or
unenforceability  of any provision hereof in any  jurisdiction  shall not affect
the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Guarantor has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed
and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

CAPITAL ONE BANK
By:      ........................................
Name:
Title:
Address for Notices:

Attention:                 [     ]

<PAGE>


Form of Resignation Notice
To:        Barclays Bank Plc
From:      Capital One Financial Corporation and Capital One Bank

Dated:
Dear Sirs,
10.     We refer to an agreement  (the "Credit  Agreement")  dated [ ], 2000 and
        made between  Capital One Financial  Corporation as original  guarantor,
        Capital One Bank as the original  borrower,  Barclays Bank Plc as agent,
        Chase  Manhattan  plc as lead  arranger and the  financial  institutions
        defined therein as Banks and others.

Terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall bear the same meaning herein.

We      declare  that  [name  of  Borrower]  is under no  actual  or  contingent
        obligation under any Finance Document in its capacity as a Borrower.

Pursuantto Clause 0 (Resignation  of a Borrower) we hereby request that [name of
        Borrower] shall cease to be a Borrower under the Credit Agreement.

                                Yours faithfully


                                CAPITAL ONE BANK
                        CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION



Form of Commitment Increase Letter
Capital One Financial Corporation
[Address]
and
Capital One Bank
[Address]

Barclays Bank PLC
as Agent
[Address]

Dear Sirs
Capital One - Commitment Increase Letter
We refer to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the "Facility Agreement") dated [ ] 2000 and made between Capital
One Financial Corporation as original guarantor and Capital One Bank as original
borrower,  Chase Manhattan plc as lead arranger,  Barclays Bank Plc as agent and
the financial  institutions  named therein as banks.  Terms used but not defined
herein  have  the  respective  meanings  given  to such  terms  in the  Facility
Agreement.  This Commitment  Increase  Letter is delivered  pursuant to Clause 0
(Increases Effective) of the Facility Agreement.  If, prior to the execution and
delivery of this Commitment  Increase Letter,  the undersigned is a Bank already
party to the Facility  Agreement,  then the undersigned hereby agrees that, from
the  Commitment  Increase  Date referred to below,  the  Commitment of such Bank
under the  Facility  referred to below is  increased  by an amount  equal to the
Commitment  Increase  Amount  referred to below.  If, prior to the execution and
delivery of this  Commitment  Increase  Letter,  the  undersigned  is not a Bank
already  party to the Facility  Agreement,  then the  undersigned  hereby agrees
that, from the Commitment Increase Date referred to below, the undersigned shall
have a Commitment under the Facility referred to below in an amount equal to the
Commitment  Increase  Amount  referred to below.  Commitment  Increase Date: [ ]
Facility:  Facility [A/B] Commitment  Increase Amount:  euro [ ] The undersigned
agrees with the Agent,  the Lead  Arranger,  the Banks and the Obligors that the
undersigned  will, from and after the Commitment  Increase Date, be a "Bank" for
the purposes of the Facility  Agreement (if not already a "Bank" thereunder) and
be under the same obligations  towards each of them in respect of the Commitment
Increase Amount as it would have been had it been an original party thereto as a
Bank.  This  Commitment  Increase  Letter and the rights and  obligations of the
parties  hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English
law. Yours faithfully


 ........................................
for and on behalf of
[Acceding]/[Existing] Bank

 ........................................
for and on behalf of
Capital One Financial Corporation

 ...........................................
For and on behalf of
Capital One Bank

 ........................................
for and on behalf of
Barclays Bank PLC

 ........................................
for and on behalf of
Chase Manhattan plc

 ........................................

for and on behalf of
[Tranche A Banks]

 ........................................
for and on behalf of
[Tranche B Banks]


<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES
The Original Guarantor
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:          Stephen Linehan
Address:     c/o Capital One Services, Inc.
             8000 Jones Branch Drive
             McLean, VA 22102
Fax:         (703) 875-1099


The Original Borrower and COB
CAPITAL ONE BANK
By:          Stephen Linehan
Address:     c/o Capital One Services, Inc.
             8000 Jones Branch Drive
             McLean, VA 22102
Fax:         (703) 875-1099


<PAGE>


The Lead Arranger
CHASE MANHATTAN PLC
By:        Neville Crow
Address:   125 London Wall
           London EC2Y 5AJ
Telephone: 020 7777 1161
Fax:       020 7777 4783
Attention: Elizabeth McAlpine

The Agent
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By:        John Loomes
Address:   5 The North Colonnade
           Canary Wharf
           London  E14 4BB
Telephone: 020 7773 2362
Fax:       020 7773 1840
Attention: Roger Cosby

The Banks
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
By:        Neville Crow
Address:   125 London Wall
           London  EC2Y 5AJ
Telephone: 020 7777 1161
Fax:       020 7777 4783
Attention: Elizabeth McAlpine

<PAGE>

BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By:        John Loomes
Address:   5 The North Colonnade
           Canary Wharf
           London  E14 4BB
Telephone: 020 7773 2362
Fax:       020 7773 1840
Attention: Roger Cosby

CITIBANK N.A.
By:        Toby Reid
Address:   Citigroup Centre
           33 Canada Square
           Canary Wharf
           London  E14 5LB
Telephone: 020 7986 5367
Fax:       020 7986 2605
Attention: Charles Legrand

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
By:        Matthew Vyle
           Paloma San Valontin
Address:   Credit Products Group
           Credit Suisse First Boston
           Five Cabot Square
           London  E14 4QJ
Telephone: 020 7888 5794
Fax:       020 7888 8391
Attention: Christopher Lally


DEUTSCHE BANK AG LONDON
By:        Jonathan Morford
Address:   Winchester House
           1 Great Winchester Street
           London  EC2N 2DB
Telephone: 020 7545 4827
Fax:       020 7545 4414
Attention: Jonathan Morford

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC
By:        Noshir Desai
Address:   Financial Institutions
           St Georges House
           PO Box 787
           6-8 Eastcheap
           London  EC3M 1AE
Telephone: 020 7661 4958/020 7661 4962
Fax:       020 7661 4790
Attention: John Roberts/Simon Diver

ABN AMRO BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
By:        Nick Jukes
Address:   250 Bishopsgate
           London  EC2M 4AA
Telephone: 020 7678 5050
Fax:       020 7678 5196
Attention: Chris Rogers



BANCA MONTE DEI PASCHI DI SIENA S.p.A., LONDON BRANCH
By:        Jonathan Morford
Address:   122 Leadenhall Street
           London  EC3V 4RH
Telephone: 020 7645 7800
Fax:       020 7645 7900
Attention: Mark Dalligan/Antonio Cini

BANCA POPOLARE DI NOVARA S.C.a.R.L., LONDON BRANCH
By:        Jonathan Morford
Address:   Bucklersbury House
           Walbrook
           London  EC4N 8EL
Telephone: 020 7489 0404
Fax:       020 7236 2033
Attention: Peter Soulsby

BANK OF AMERICA N.A.
By:        Jonathan Morford
Address:   901 Main Street
           66th Floor, Dallas
           TX 75205
           USA
Telephone: + 214 209 0567
Fax:       + 214 209 0604
Attention: Shelly Harper



<PAGE>


CREDIT LYONNAIS
By:        J Hunphreys-Davies
Address:   PO Box 81
           Broadwalk House
           5 Appold Street
           London  EC2A 2JP
Telephone: 020 7214 7089
Fax:       020 7214 7098
Attention: Jeremy Humphreys-Davies

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, LONDON BRANCH
By:        Ian Morrison
Address:   3 Bishopsgate
           London  EC2N 3AB
Telephone: 020 7216 1602
Fax:       020 7929 4644
Attention: Richard Morley

HSBC BANK PLC
By:        Colin Richards
Address:   Financial Services Sector
           3rd Floor, 27-32 Poultry
           London  EC2P 2BX
Telephone: 020 7260 8657
Fax:       020 7260 7393
Attention: Phil Baines

<PAGE>

ING BANK N.V.
By:        Jonathan Morford
Address:   Financial Institutions
           ING Bank N.V.
           Bijlmerplein 888
           1102 MG Amsterdam
           Netherlands
Telephone: + 31 205 63 5308
Fax:       + 31 205 63 5448
Attention: Mr Gerard Peeters

KBC BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
By:        Justin Chittock
Address:   7th Floor, Exchange House
           Primrose Street
           London  EC2A 2HQ
Telephone: 020 7256 4815
Fax:       020 7256 4846
Attention: Justin Chittock

LANDESBANK BADEN-WUERTTEMBERG, LONDON BRANCH
By:        Jonathan Morford
Address:   Bucklersbury House
           83 Cannon Street
           London  EC4N 8TJ
Telephone: 020 7634 1861
Fax:       020 7634 1892
Attention: Diane Howie/Ulrike Kaes

MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:        Jonathan Morford
Address:   60 Wall Street
           5th Floor, New York
           NY 10260-0060
           USA
Telephone: + 212 648 1537
Fax:       + 212 648 5018
Attention: Maria Dell'Aquila

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
By:        Hugh Riddlesdell
Address:   Corporate & Institutional Banking
           4th Floor, Waterhouse Square
           138-142 Holborn
           London  EC1N 2TH
Telephone: 020 7375 8593/8591
Fax:       020 7375 8555
Attention: Hugh Riddlesdell/Spencer Goss

SOCIETE GENERALE
By:        Jonathan Morford
Address:   SG House
           41 Tower Hill
           London  EC3N 4DG
Telephone: 020 7676 6421
Fax:       020 7676 6432
Attention: Frances Williams



THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED
By:        Sarah Quinlan
Address:   Temple Court
           11 Queen Victoria Street
           London  EC4N 4TA
Telephone: 020 7786 1163
Fax:       020 7248 3187
Attention: Sarah Quinlan

WESTDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
By:        Martin Fiddaman
Address:   51 Moorgate
           London  EC2R 4AE
Telephone: 020 7638 6141
Fax:       020 7374 8546
Attention: Credit Admin


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission